IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


-    6' 


2.5 
2.2 

20 

L8 


L25  IIU  I .6 


'm. 


m 


<^^ 


til 

Sdaices 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


^  'V^' 


5?  ...W 


^ 


J 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


CanaJian  Institute 


for  Historical  Microreproductlons  /  Instltut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notas  tachniquas  at  bibliographiquas 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  altar  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


□    Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


D 


D 


n 


a 


D 


Couverture  endommag^e 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  at/ou  pelliculie 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


□    Coloured  maps/ 
Cartes  gAographiques  en  couleur 


Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encra  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


I      I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relid  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serrie  f  sut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  intftriaure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  Atait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  filmtas. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplimentaires: 


L'Institijt  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  iti  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibJiographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m6thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


□    Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 


Pagias  damaged/ 


I I    Pages  endommagies 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pelliculies 


r~n    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 


>|    Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d^coiordes,  tacheti§es  ou  piqu6es 


I      I    Pages  detached/ 


D 


Pages  ditachies 

Showthroughi 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Qualiti  indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  material  supplimantaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Mition  disponible 


rri  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I      I  Includes  supplementary  material/ 

r~n  Only  edition  available/ 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  una  pelure. 
etc.,  ont  iti  film6es  d  nouveau  de  fapon  4 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmi  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 


10X 


14X 


18X 


22X 


y 


12X 


16X 


20X 


26X 


30X 


24X 


28X 


U 


32X 


J 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Seminarv  of  Quebec 
Library 

The  images  appearing  here  ere  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  Impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  Impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — »-  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc..  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  In  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  co  ner.  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  film*  f ut  reproduit  grAce  k  la 
gin4rosltA  de: 

S6niinaire  de  Quibec 
Bibliothlque 

Les  images  sulvantes  ont  M  reproduites  avec  ie 
plus  grand  soin.  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  la  nettet*  de  Texempiaire  fiim6,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exemplelres  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimie  sont  fiimis  en  commen^ant 
par  Ie  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernlire  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impresslon  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  Ie  second 
plat,  salon  ie  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  film^s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impresslon  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaftra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  Ie 
cas:  Ie  symbols  — »>  signifie  "A  SUIVRE".  Ie 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc..  peuvent  dtre 
filmte  A  des  taux  de  reduction  diffArents. 
Lorsque  ie  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cllchi,  il  est  film6  i  partir 
de  I'angle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas.  en  prenant  Ie  nombre 
d'images  nAcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  mithode. 


1 

2 

3 

1  2  3 

4  5  6 


STAGES  OF   SOCIETY. 


Civilized  and  enlightened.  —  Half^civHized. 


w 


^ 


") 


^w 


m 


f 

Jr- 


<i^^_ 


\c^    f  k> 


T 


'^  de 


MITCHELL'S   SCHOOL   GEOi 

A  SYSTEM  q(f 

MODERN  GEOGRA. ^ 

COMPRISING  A  DESCRIPTION  OP  THE   PRESENT  OTATE 

WOKLD, 

AND  ITS  FIVE  GREAT  DIVISIONS 
AMERICA,  EUROPE.  ASIA.  AFRICA.  AND  OCEANTCA, 

WITH  THEIR  SEVERAL 

EMPIRES.  KINGDOMS.  STATES.  TERRITOKIES,  &a 

THE  WHOLE 
EMBEX.I.ISHED  BT  NUMEROUS  BHOKAVlUOa 

Of  v.„„„..„,e,e.,.„g„jj«.  Of  Nature  .„.  An;  .os..kerwi"*.  "' 

Of  Remarkable  and  Noted  Events.       ^^^^ 
SIMPLIFIED  AND  ADAPTED  TO  THE  CAPACIt/^^|^  * 


[tationa 


ILLUSTRATED  BY  AN 

ATLAS  OP  EIGHTEEN  MAPS, 

DRAWN  AND  ENGRAVED  TO  ACCOMPANY  THE  WORK. 


BY  S.  AUGUSTUS  MITCHELL. 


f 


PHILADELPfHA: 

THOMAS,  COWPERTHWAIT,  &  CO. 

1843. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

Th«  publication  of  the  Sixth  Censui  of  the  United  States,  (1840.)  baa  enabled 
the  Author  to  complete  the  first  periodicRl  revision  of  his  Scliool  Geography  and 
Atias,  in  conformity  with  the  plan  proposed  in  the  preface  of  the  former,  and 
which  will  be  repeated  regularly  hereafter,  every  successive  period  of  five  years. 

In  the  present  revision,  all  the  new  facts  developed  by  the  late  census,  that  are 
applicable  to  the  subject,  hav^  been  embodied  in  the  Geography,  together  with 
such  notices  of  recent  public  works,  ic,  throughout  the  Union,  as  a  due  attention 
to  the  progress  of  improvement  rendered  necessary,  and  the  plan  of  the  book 
permitted.  The  various  political  changes,  also,  that  have  occurred  in  foreign 
countries  since  the  first  publication  ■>*'  ♦»»«?  br>ok-such  as  the  reunion  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Canada ;  the  secession  oi  :.:.  State  of  Yucatan  from  the  Mexican 
Republic ;  the  dissolution  of  the  Peru-Bolivian  Confederation ;  the  retrocession 
of  Syria  to  its  former  masters ;  the  annexation  of  part  of  New  Zealand  to  tlie 
British  Empire,  and  other  similar  events,  have  all  been  carefully  noted.  In 
addition  to  which,  tuch  mistakes  as  htve  been  detected  by  a  close  examination 
of  both  sections  of  the  work,  and  which  are  more  or  less  unavoidable  in  com- 
pilations  of  this  kind,  have  been  thoroughly  corrected.  Such  emendations  huve 
been  likewise  made  in  the  Statistics  of  various  European  and  other  States,  aa 
could  be  collected  from  a  strict  examination  of  the  latest  Geographical  and 
Statistical  works.  , 

On  the  engraved  plates  of  the  Atlas,  the  population  of  the  principal  Cities 
and  Towns  in  the  United  States  has  been  accurately  inserted,  so  far  as  the  last 
census  has  furnished  the  means ;  also,  all  such  Counties  recently  established  in 
the  various  States  and  Territories  of  the  Union,  as  were  required  to  make  the 
maps  correspond  with  that  important  national  document ;  together  with  all  ^ 
the  requisite  alterations,  corresponding  to  the  political  changes  noted  above, 
that  have  taken  place  in  diflferent  parts  of  the  world.  In  the  Geographical  and 
Statistical  Tables  appended  to  the  Atlas,  such  improvements  have  been  made  as 
will,  with  the  addition  of  two  new  pages  of  American  Statistics,  render  that 
pan  of  the  work  much  more  valuable  than  before. 

The  numerous  testimonials  of  approbation  bestowed  on,  and  the  extensive 
patronage  obtained  for,  JlfitcAe«'s  School  Geography  and  Jltlas,  in  every  section 
of  the  United  States,  are  highly  gratifying  to  the  Author  and  Publishers,  and 
prompt  them  to  use  such  reasonable  endeavours  to  improve  each  futur  ?  revision 
as  to  render  the  work  at  all  times  worthy  of  public  favour,  and  satisfactory  to 
their  patrons. 

Philadelphia,  October  lat,  1842. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  ConKreas.  in  the  year  1839,  by  &  Augustus  Mtehell  in 
the  clerk's  office  of  the  district  court  of  the  eastern  district  of  Pennsylvania. 


PRINTED  BY  J.  KAY,  JUN.  AND   BROTHER. 


(4) 


PREFACE. 


At  no  former  period,  has  the  science  of  Geography  been  considered  of 
more  importance,  as  a  branch  of  elementary  education,  than  at  the  present 
time ;  and  its  value  and  utility  are  so  obvious  as  to  require  but  little  illustnu 
tion.  Perhaps  no  study  is  bettor  calculated  to  awaken  and  cherish  that  spirit 
of  curiosity  and  inauiry  which  is  so  natural  to  the  youthful  mind ;  and  none, 
under  proper  ret,alation  and  tuition,  aflfords  a  better  prospect  of  leading  to 
useful  and  important  results. 

Within  the  last  twelve  or  flfleen  )?ear8,  the  great  attention  paid  to  geogra- 
phy in  our  principal  schools  and  seminaries,  has  been  the  means  of  producing 
several  meritorious  works  on  this  subject.  They  have  each  their  respective 
peculiarities  and  excellencies ;  and  are  generally  well  calculated  to  aid  the 
scholar  in  his  progress  towards  acquiring  a  considerable  knowledge  of  that 
interesting  science.  They  ought  not,  however,  to  be  regarded  as  superseding 
all  further  endeavours  in  this  department  of  usefulness,  or  as  discouraging 
any  well  intended  eflbrls  of  others  to  do  good  in  a  similar  way. 

Geography  is,  more  than  any  other  science,  in  its  nature  constantly  pro- 
gressive ;  and  hence,  demf>nds  unceasing  diligence  on  the  part  of  those  whose 
attention  is  directed  to  the  publication  of  works  connected  with  it  A  con- 
siderable deficiency,  in  this  respect,  is  obser\able  in  some  of  the  most  popular 
school  geographies  now  in  use  m  this  country. 

Several  liiil  in  representing  various  parts  of  the  world,  according  to  their 
actual  subdivisions  at  the  present  day.  Even  the  divisions  of  our  own  coun- 
try are  not  accurately  laid  down ;  ard,  in  the  exhibition  of  the  South  American 
States,  there  is  a  general  deficiency.  Australia,  or  New  Holland,  though 
divided  by  the  British  government,  a  number  of  years  ago,  into  two  great 
sections,  is  neither  described  nor  represented  in  that  way  in  any  school  geo- 
graphy extant 

Important  naisstatements  have  been  also  observed  in  some  of  the  works 
alluded  to,  which  have  doubtless  escaped  the  observation  of  their  authors, 
and,  though  they  do  not  essentially  detract  from  the  merits  of  their  respective 
works,  must  still  be  regarded  as  material  blemishes.  In  one  work,  (edition 
of  1838,)  it  is  asserted,  that  the  western  part  of  the  State  of  Tennessee  is  in- 
habited by  the  Chickasaw  Indians— that  wild  horses  and  buffaloes  abound  in 
Arkansas— that  the  greatest  part  of  the  State  of  Alabama  is  inhabited  by  the 
Choctaw,  Cherokee,  and  Creek  Indians ;  and  that  the  interior  of  Newfound- 
land is  inhabited  by  the  Red  Indians.  All  these  statements  were  true,  a  num- 
ber of  years  ago;  but  are  noi  so  at  the  present  day. 

A  iP?  Mississippi  Valley,  or  the  couiitry  extending  from  the  Rocky  to  the 
o  <!w?  .  ^  ^°.""'*""^*  '^  described,  in  the  same  work,  as  being  more  than 
J.OOO  miles  wide.  Yet  the  whole  continent,  from  ocean  to  ocean,  measured 
acrros  the  centre  of  the  valley  in  question,  is  only  2,600  miles  in  extent. 

The  Boa  Constrictor  is  enumerated  as  one  of  the  animals  found  in  Africa. 
It  18  stated,  that  the  largest  are  about  80  feet  long;  and  besides  deer,  dogs, 
and  bullocks,  even  horses  with  their  riders  are  said  to  be  destroyed  by  this 
enormous  serpent ;  both  expiring  together  in  the  same  fatal  fold  of  the  mon- 
ster .  This  is  a  mere  popular  fallacy,  unsupported  by  any  authentic  testimony ; 
and  certainly  ought  not  to  be  inserted  in  a  work  on  elementary  education. 

In  another  work,  the  population  of  the  Ionian  Islands  is  stated  to  be  800,000, 
while,  m  fact,  it  is  less  than  one-lburth  of  that  amount.  Another  school  geo- 
graphy  describes  the  island  of  Teneriffe  as  one  of  the  Cape  Verd  islands; 
while,  m  lact,  it  is  one  of  the  Canaries.    Nor  are  the  atlases  less  erroneous 

(5> 


I 


1 

I 


VI 


PREFACE. 


Titicaca :  this  is  a  piiit  ve  er«T  h  hK.tn"\!„if  r""^"  "u  ^"^/'"^  '«"»  Lake 
of  the  Amazon  river  are  entiSj  IS  7  ^.r".  \^''*'  '^«  *'«"'*  patera 
by  ranges  of  the  highr  llTifnlTruthZcita'"''  above-mentioned. 

eJei^aL^rxrd'in^si;r"oXT^^^^^ 

authentic  writerl, :  somS  prct?oi7hrch  wf kriut  IT"'  ""^'^  ^^  '^^  '"O"* 
whose  very  existonce  is  nmblemnf^.n  oro  ?  •  ■  "?"*'"^  *'®'''"'"'  a"*^  others 
number  o?inhab,mm«    P""^'^'"^'"'"'-  "^  exhibited  as  containing  a  definite 

sented  as  abioiutely  8K;7S™ot  c«  of  sro^irS!  ''  '°"^k"'«  ''^P'^- 
diate  proximity.  ^""  '^^  ^""  ""'es  in  their  imme- 

h«  willingly  bears  tMUm  n.  m  ih«  „nit  f  '  ""  '"™"w"><»>  of  some  worku 
by  8  clone  allanlion  to  ll.e  mvlZn  „TJ°    °  T"!*'™"  •"""">";  b"  hope». 

To  obviate  this,  fho  author^aT&ed  t^  S  hif  ""T  ^^''^  ««"'P'?*"«d- 
sion.  commencing  with  the  nSt  census  of  thiirn^  ."«'"''  **  Periodical  revi- 
repeated,  and  continued  reSrfv  once  i"  fiv.^^^^  '^H''^  ^'^  ^« 

pose  of  embodvinff  all  thrC  iLt T       ^^«yea™  thereafter,  for  the  pur- 

would  permit.to  deSe  the  v„:im./^iv  '^.^''^.'^  prescribed  for  his  work 

especially^apted  tothi  work     TCare^  drawings,  and  are 

distinct  manner.    Those  iUiisf^tin^  ^  are  carefully  engraved,  m  a  neat  and 

found  in  atlSof  thirSri  S  ?mm  th'.  r  ""'^  ^''""".  "«  "«»  "^^^''^^ 
with  the  countries  they  r^resent  win  nn  J»  kT^k  "!•  ^''r'*^'""«  connectea 
of  Oceanica  is  compiled  ZhhSoTrlrJt  "?''  ^  "^""^  "«®*»l-  The  map 
raoml  changes  Shhare  taken  ilarSr^h  '"^  '^^  >P?«ant  religious  anS 
resting  region  within  the  LsftJ^^nt '^         "5^5-  P""e'Pal  islands  of  that  inte- 


PREFACE. 


VII 


of  lending  objects  in  nature  ond  art.  and  others  elucidate  imoortant  facte 
■tated  jn  the  body  of  the  worli.  A  few,  it  will  be  perceived!ar3  a  nltiS 
character:  these  illustrate  some  of  the  most  important  incident  iJ  the  hito^ 
of  our  country,  and  will  associate,  in  the, mind  of  the  pupil,  iri  a  sirikini  an^ 
•the7arr.tS"Ji''"' ^'^^  ''"  characteristic  feature.%'f  ?LVrtr,;*Sh 

Teachers  will  observe  that  the  work  throughout  ia  divided  into  short 
sections,  such  as  are  considered  sufficient  for  (.ne^esson.  wS  are  mSkS  fS 
the  p,.rjK,se  of  saving  the  teacher  the  trouble  of  designaUnrthem  Thev 
are  gmdually  enlarged  during  the  p«.gress  of  the  work!  so  af  to  cS^pJnJ 
Willi  the  increased  capacity  of  the  pupil.  »^r"»pona 

Those  wlio  may  conceive  a  single  section  insufficient  for  a  lesson  mm- 
pve  two  or  more  at  once  The  plln  has  been  adopted  J  the  suggeSn  S 
sevemi  experienced  teachers,  anJ  will  no  doubt  be  found  useful^* 

them  b/ .hi  „n'!!rM""^'"?  *"  ^*'*.  '''l^  ^'^^«  «^«'««  «<'»'»««  ««achod  to 
nrZ\2  .1  1^  ^  '*''"''''  ""'^^  "  P**""  ""^  compasses,  or  the  edge  of  a  slip 
M     •      "  »««™«"«ay  measure  tie  length  and   breadth  of  countrie. 

on  .11'""!''  flu"'  *'■••,  ^^''  '''"  ?'^«  '''"^'y  ^  the  exercises,  and  mS 
mn  ^v  I'J^'^^  ^"Pi'  "•  «  "'o'-etfecided  manner  than  by  any  other  mefh^ 
many  valuable  particulars  that,  if  inserted  in  the  geography,  would  SSe 
Its  dimensions  much  beyond  its  proscribed  limits  ^  increase 

of  the  aZ  'Ph '^  '""'  ^"f  ■  ^«r"'^*^  °"  ^'^«  construction  and  execution 
fmm  .d  ^  ;  F^^  geographical  features  of  the  maps  have  been  obtained 
Jrora  the  latest  authorities,  and  those  who  are  critically  acquainted  ilj^h 
modeni  maps,  will  perceive  many  new  items  of  inlbrmS  XcidatiflffTra- 
portant  facts  not  to  (le  found  in  any  other  school  geography  extent  ^ 
.Jil®  engraving  has  been  executed  by  the  best  artiste  In  that  line  in  the 
country  who  have  used  every  endeavour  t«  render  the  lettSfng  dear  dZ 
SoLnH  «"«''7»^derBtood.  a  matter  of  some  moment  to  the  pupil,  who  t 
iZZ     l^  ^"  1  '  P^ff^'f '^d  •"  ascertaining  the  names  of  places,  we     rwerted 

M^^^^^^^^^  ^^  -.^  usefurtot-  t^ 

Ihe  distances  from  the  countries  on  one  continent  ui  those  on  others  in 

the  same  parallels  of  latitude,  are  interesting  as  pointii^  oTthe  width  o?th« 
Thf'^'^'w^'  '^^'  ^'^P"'"^  tf'^'^hief  divisions  of  ife  earth  '*"* 

Ihe  population  of  cities  and  towns,  the  leneth  of  rivers  the  heiVhfs  nml 

aKe^p^n^aTJoTAT^"  '^"^^^  f-m^he  m^ ^TuttnSctr^^^^^^^ 
BimVe  Lfcs«  i'rbrd"eTJ^'^"'«"'  ^^  ^'^^"^^^  ^ 

the  several  si'  'Z'ZVv  ""f"."""  «he  number  of  "the  counties  into  which 
number  mrtSrl-'  ?u  "^  o"'^^' ""'  '^'''""  ^^"^  '««"'««•  "^"^  qu^-stion ;  as  the 
creS  "^Tn  a  vpJ.^^  ^i*'  ^f  ^f"'  ""'^  l^'^^'*^^"'  S'«'e«'  is  continually  \n- 
fn  SfssiDD^  arSf^P"^"  ''=''""'  geography,  (edition  of  1838.)  the  counties 
kansS'^E^hl  p  Ttli  ^^"'TT^  '"  f^'  ^''^b«™'^  36,  Georgia  76.  and  Ar- 
U?e  Tumbe.:  a  re  r^estc'vTse' 4^^^^^^  '^"«  --'^• 

of  61  counties  in  fbu/^totes  only  ""^   ^^  **"  "'"'"** 


INTRODUCTION. 


Gkographt  is  a  description  of  the  world,  with  its  inhabitaiita  and 
productions.  It  is  not  only  an  entertaining  and  curious,  but  highly 
useful  study.  It  opens  and  enlarges  the  muA ;  gives  a  true  knowledge 
of  the  various  situations  of  countries,  with  thoir  rivers,  mountains,  &c.; 
and  is  of  such  importance  in  history,  that  without  it,  nothing  can  bo 
understood  with  either  satisfaction  or  correctness. 

It  must  have  attracted  the  attention  of  mankind  at  a  very  early  pe- 
riod. The  desira  to  become  acquainted  with  the  country  they  lived  in, 
and  to  determine  and  establish  its  boundaries,  would  naturally  direct 
their  attention  to  it 

The  study  of  Geography  will  enable  young  persons,  when  they  hear 
of  distant  countries,  to  tell  where  they  are  situated— what  are  their  pro- 
ductions—how they  are  governed,  and  what  kind  of  people  live  there. 
To  know  these  things  is  very  important,  and  will  give  all  who  are 
acquainted  with  them  an  advantage  over  those  who  possess  not  such 
knowledge:  it  will  be  a  satisfaction  to  themselves  and  to  their  parents; 
and  will  be  a  proof  that  they  have  attended  well  to  their  studies. 

TO  THE  PUPIL. 

The  engraving  on  the  opposite  page  is  a  picture  of  one  side  of  our 
earth,  as  it  would  appear  if  seen  from  a  great  distance.  It  rolls  like  an 
immense  ball  through  the  heavens,  surrounded  on  every  side  by  the 
planets  and  the  countless  myriads  of  stars,  all  performing  their  stated 
motions  under  the  guidance  of  the  great  Creator  who  first  called  them 
into  existence. 

Men  live  on,  and  are  constantly  walking  about,  this  great  ball,  the 
earth.  CiUes  and  towns  are  built  on  it;  trees  and  plants  grow  on  it; 
and  ships  sail  on  the  sea:  yet  the  earth  is  all  the  time  turning  round 
and  round,  as  if  you  rolled  a  ball  or  an  apple  on  the  floor,  or  threw  it  from 
you  into  the  air.  All  this  is  true ;  but  it  is  hard  to  understand.  It  is 
done  by  the  power  of  God,  who  made  us,  and  all  things  on  ♦he  earth, 
with  the  sun,  the  moon,  and  tlic  vast  multitude  of  stars  we  see  in  the 
sky.  "In  the  beginning,  God  created  the  heaven  and  the  earth;  the 
heavens,  and  all  the  host  of  them."    Gen.  I.  II. 

(8) 


ui 


MITCHELL'S  SCHOOL  GEOGRAPHY. 


PART   FIRST. 


inhabitants  and 
0U8,  but  highly 
true  knowledge 
nountains,  &.c. ; 
nothing  can  bo 

I  very  early  pe- 
y  they  lived  in, 
naturally  direct 

(vhen  they  hear 
it  are  their  pro* 
ople  live  there. 
ve  all  who  are 
ossess  not  such 
»  their  parents ; 
studies. 


>ne  side  of  our 
It  rolls  like  an 
xy  side  by  the 
ng  their  stated 
rst  called  them 

great  ball,  the 
Its  grow  on  it ; 
turning  round 
T  threw  it  from 
erstand.  It  is 
on  ♦he  earth, 
we  see  in  the 
the  earth;  the 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


1.  What  is  Geography  7 

Ans.  It  is  a  description  of  the  surface  of  the  Earth. 

2.  What  is  the  surface  of  the  Earth? 
A.  It  is  the  part  on  which  we  live. 

3.  How  is  the  surface  of  the  Earth  divi  led? 
A.  Into  Innd  and  water. 

4.  How  much  of  the  earth's  surface  is  Land  ? 

A.  Abo4it  one-fourth  part:  the  remainder  is  water. 

On  the  map  of  the  World,  No.  1.,  in  the  Atlas,  you  will  see  that 
there  is  a  great  deal  more  water  than  land  on  the  earth.  The  coloured 
part  shows  tiic  land ;  the  rest  is  water. 


10 


GEOOIIAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


6.  How  much  more  water  than  land  ii  there  on  the  Earth  7 

A.  There  is  at  least  three  times  more  water  than  land. 

6.  What  is  the  name  given  to  the  chief  part  of  the  water  on  tiie  lur. 
face  of  the  earth? 

A.  It  is  called  the  Sea,  or  Ocean. 

7.  Is  the  water  of  the  Ocean  lalt  or  fl««h7 
A.  It  is  salt. 

8.  How  docs  tho  Ocean  appear  7 

A.  It  appears  blue  and  boundless,  liKe  the  sky. 

9.  How  wide  is  it? 

A.  In  some  places,  10,00U  miles  wide;  in  others,  8000 
and  4000,  so  that  ships  may  sail  for  weeks,  and  even 
months,  without  coming  to  land. 

10.  In  what  way  dooH  the  Ocean  benefit  mankind  7 

A.  It  furnishes  an  abode  for  innumerable  fishes,  which 
are  the  means  of  supplying  millions  of  mankind  with  food 
and  employment :  besides  this,  the  ocean  renders  intercourse 
between  distant  countries  easy  and  rapid. 

11.  For  what  purpose  do  ships  sail  on  the  Ocean  7 

A.  They  carry  the  productions  of  our  own  country  to  other 
parts  of  the  world,  and  bring  back  in  return  things  that  are 
useful  to  us. 

12.  What  do  our  ships  take  to  other  countries  7 

A.  They  take  cotton,  flour,  tobacco,  rice,  and  many  other 
articles. 

13.  What  do  they  bring  back  in  return  7 

A.  From  some  countries,  they  bring  woollen,  cotton,  and 
silk  goods,  which  are  useful  to  us  for  clothing ;  from  some, 
coffee  and  sugar ;  and  from  others,  gold  and  silver. 


14.  What  is  the  trade  carried  on  in  ships  called  7 

A.  It  is  called  Commerce,  and  is  highly  useful  to  mankind. 

15.  How  is  it  useful  7 

A.  It  gives  employment  to  vaot  numbers  of  men ;  and  by 
it  we  become  acquainted  with  other  parts  of  the  Earth. 

16.  In  what  other  way  does  tho  Ocean  benefit  mankind? 

A.  The  vapour  or  fog  which  rises  from  the  ocean,  forms 
rain,  which  waters  the  earth,  and  fills  our  springs  and  rivers. 


try  to  other 
gs  that  are 


nany  other 


:otton,  and 
rom  some, 


)  mankind. 

n ;  and  by 

rth. 

? 

ean,  forms 
md  rivers. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEPINITI 


1 7.  What  else  may  be  observed  of  the  Ocean 

A.  Its  saltneas  prevents  it  from  becoming 
constant  agitation  of  its  waters,  by  the  winds,  prescrveTu 
from  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold. 

This  shows  how  wisely  God  has  created  all  things. 


NATURAL  DIVISIONS  OF  WATER. 


The  Ocean. 


18.  How  is  the  Ocean  divided  ? 

A.  Into  five  great  parts,  likewise  called  Oceans.. 

19.  Which  are  the  five  Oceans? 

A.  They  are  the  Northern,  Southern,  Atlantic,  Pacific,  and 
Indian  Oceans. 

20.  What  other  names  have  some  of  the  Oceans  ? 

A.  The  Northern  is  often  called  the  Arctic,  and  the  South- 
em,  the  Antarctic  Ocean ;  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  is  sometimes 
called  the  South  Sea. 

21.  Into  what  other  parts  is  the  water  divided  ? 

A.  Into  Seas,  Archipelagoes,*  Bays,  Gulfs,  Sounds,  Straits, 
Channels,  Lakes,  and  Rivers. 

22.  What  is  a  Sea? 

A.  It  is  a  collection  of  water,  smaller  than  an  ocean,  arid 


Archipelagoes,  pronounced  Ar-ke-pel-a-goes. 


12 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS* 


f  jrrounded  by  land,  as  the  Mediferranean  Sea,  the  Black 
Sea,  &c.  X 

93.  What  is  an  Archipelago  ? 

A.  It  is  a  sea  filled  with  islands,  as  the  Grecian  Archipel- 
ago, east  of  Greece,  or  the  West  Indies,  which  is  sometimes 
called  the  Columbian  Archipelago. 

94.  What  is  a  Gulf  or  Bay? 

A.  It  is  a  part  of  the  Sea,  extending  into  the  land,  as  the 
G  ul f  of  Mexico,  Hudson's  Bay. 

25.  What  is  a  Strait  ? 

A.  It  is  a  narrow  passage,  connecting  different  bodies  of 
water,  as  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar,  &c. 

26.  What  is  a  Sound  ? 

A.  It  is  a  small  sea,  so  shallow  that  its  depth  may  be  mea- 
sured by  a  line  dropped  from  the  surface  to  the  bottom,  as 

Long  Island  Sound,, 
PanilJco  Sound. 

27.  What    la    a 
Channel  ? 

A.  It  is  a  pas- 
sage of  watery  wi- 
der thmi  a  Strait, 
as    the   English 
^  ""•"»"•  Channel. 

28.  ^Tiat  fs  a  Harbour  or  Haven  ? 

A.  It  is 'a  small  bay,  where  vessels  mr/  remain  at  anchoF 
in  saiety. 

3 


1 

AL 

•ke. 

29. 

What 

:s  a 

Lake? 

A. 

It  is 

a 

collection 

of 

water, 

s»7Feunded 

by 

feiiJy 

GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


13 


as  Lake  Superior,  Lake  Winnipeg,  or  the  Lake  of  Geneva, 
in  Switzerland. 

30.  Wliere  are  the  largest  Lakes  to  be  found  ? 

A.  In  iVorth  America :  they  are  so  wide  and  deep,  that  the 
largest  ships  may  sail  on  them. 

31.  Is  the  water  of  lakes  salt  or  firesh  1 

A.  Lakes  are  both  salt  and  fresh :  of  the  lattfer,  the  largest 
»  Lake  Superior. 

32.  Which  is  the  largest  salt  lake  ? 

A.  The  Caspian  Lake,  or  sea,  in  Asia.  Salt  lakes,  when 
large,  are  conimonly  called  seas,  as  the  Sea  of  Aral,  the  Dead 
Sea,  &c. 

33.  How  do  lakes  discharge  their  waters  7 

A.  Fresh-water  lakes  generally  discharge  their  waters 
through  a  river  into  the  ocean ;  but  salt  lakes  have  seldom 
any  outlet. 


I  at  anchor 


34.  What  is  a  river  ? 

A.  A  stream  of  fresh  water,  running  from  springs  or  from 
.ukes,  into  the  ocean,  as  the  Mississippi,  the  Amazon,  &c. 

35.  How  are  rivers  formed  7 

A.  By  numerous  small  branches,  flowing  from  mountains 
or  hills. 

3f).  What  are  the  small  branches  of  rivers  called  ? 
A.  Brooks  and  creeks. 

37.  What  is  the  place  where  a  river  empties  into  the  sea  called  ? 
A.  Its  mouth ;  and  where  it  rises,  its  source  or  head. 

38.  What  is  the  place  through  which  a  river  flowb  called  ? 
i..  Its  bed,    r  channel. 


u 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


i     i 


Fall,  ot  Cataract. 

When  rivers  flow  down  steep  or  perpendicular  banks,  they  form  falls 
or  cataracts,  as  tJic  falls,  of  Niagara,  the  falls  of  the  Passaic,  and  others. 
39.  What  is  a  Canal  ? 

A.  It  is  a  wide  ditch  or  channel,  filled  with  water,  through 
which  boats  convey  travellers  and  goods  from  one  town  to 
another. 


Canal  and  Lock. 

40.  Where  are  Canals  most  numerous  ? 

A.  In  the  United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  Holland. 

41.  Which  is  the  largest  Canal  in  the  world  ? 
A.  The  Imperial  Canal,  in  China, 

42.  Which  are  the  largest  Canals  in  the  United  States  ? 

A.  The  Erie  Canal,  in  New  York ;  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Canal,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 

4 

NATURAL  DIVISIONS  OF  LAND. 


15 


43.  How  is  the  land  surface  of  the  earth  divided  7 

A.  Into  two  great  divisions,— -the  Eastern  and  Western 

continents. 

44.  Wlmt  do43s  the  Eastern  continent  comprise  7 
A.  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. 

45.  What  does  the  Western  continent  comprise  7 
A.  North  America  and  South  America. 

46.  What  other  division  is  there  on  the  earth  ? 

A.  Oceanica,  which  comprises  the  islands  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

NORTHERN   OCEAN. 

J  Bainn'i 

o  n  T  H 

BudmnW 


SOUTHERN   OCEAN, 

47.  What  ore    the  Eastern  and  Western  continents 


called  7 


sometimes 


A.  The  Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres.    The  word 
hemisphere  signifies  half  a  globe. 


16 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


f 


The  map  of  the  world,  No.  1.,  in  the  Atlas,  shows  the  Eastern  and 
Western  Hemispheres. 

48.  Into  what  division  is  the  earth  divided  by  the  Equator? 
A.  Into  the  Northern  and  Southern  Hemispheres. 

49.  What  does  the  Northern  Hemisphere  compri£ie  ? 

A.  All  that  part  of  the  earth  between  the  Equator  and  the 
North  Pole. 

50.  What  does  the  Southern  Hemisphere  comprise  7 

A.  All  that  part  of  the  earth  between  the  Equator  and  tlic 
South  Pole. 

The  map  of  the  world,  No.  2.,  in  the  Atlas,  shows  the  Northern  and 
Southern  Hemispheres. 

51.  What  are  the  natural  divisions  of  the  land  surface  of  the  earth  ? 

A.  Continents,  Peninsulas,  Isthmuses,  Islands,  Capes,  Pro- 
montories, &c. 

52.  Why  arc  these  called  natural  divisions  ? 

A.  To  distinguish  them  from  political  divisions,  such  as 
Empires,  Kingdoms,  Republics,  &c. 

53.  What  is  a  Continent  ?  » 

A.  It  is  a  great  extent  of  land,  containing  many  countries. 
America  is  a  continent. 

54.  What  is  a  Peninsula  ? 

A.  It  is  a  portion  of  land,  nearly  surrounded  by  water. 
Africa  and  South  America  are  peninsulas. 

55.  What  is  an  Isthmus  ? 

A.  It  is  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  which  joins  two  parts  of  a 
continent,  or  a  peninsula  to  a  continent ;  as  the  Isthmus  of 
Darien,  and  the  Isthmus  of  Suez. 

56.  What  are  Islands  7 

A.  They  are  portions  of  land,  entirely  surrounded  by  wa- 
ter, as  the  British  Islands,  or  Newfoundland. 

57.  What  is  a  Capo  ? 

A.  It  is  a  point  of  land  extending  into  the  sea,  as  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  Cape  Horn,  &:c. 

58.  What  is  a  Promontory  7 

A.  It  is  a  high  point  of  Innd,  extending  into  the  sea,  the 
extreme  end  of  which  is  sometimes  called  a  cape,  some- 
times a  point,  and  sometimes  a  headland. 


le  Eastern  and 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 
5 


17 


uator  and  the 


ator  and  tlic 


3  Northern  and 


Some  Capes  and 
Promontories  have 
]ight>houses  built 
on  them  :  these  are 
BO  called  because 
they  have  a  bright 
light  burning  on  the 
top  of  them  after 
dark,  that  ships  may 
not  sail  too  near  the 
land. 

59.  What    is    a 
Mountain  ?  ^  Promontory  and  Light-House. 

A.  It  is  a  portion  of  land,  raised  up  to  a  great  height. 

60.  How  high  are  the  highest  mountains  in  the  world  ? 

A.  They  are  about  five  and  a  half  miles  high ;  others  are 
two,  three,  and  four  miles  high. 

61.  What  is  a  chain  or  range  of  Mountains? 

A.  A  number  of  mountains  joined  together,  and  extending 
many  hundreds,  and  even  thousands  of  miles  in  length. 


flaiM.    Baage  of  MonnUin*.     MounUoi.    Valley.    Billf.    Volcaito.    City  ra  Fire. 

62.  What  is  a  Volcano  ? 

A.  It  is  a  burning  mountainj  with  an  onenin*T  at  the  tor 
called  a  crater. 

G3.  What  rises  from  the  crater  of  a  Volcano  ? 
C 


;[    7ir^  '||"]BUBB^B 


I 


18 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


A.  Fire  and  smoke  constantly  rise  from  many  Volcanoes. 

64.  What  is  somutimcs  throvn  out  by  Volcanoes  7 

A.  Melted  lava,  large  stones,  ashes,  and  often  floods  of  water. 

65.  How  many  Volcanoes  are  there  in  the  world  ? 

A.  More  than  200 :  of  which  upwards  of  one-half  are  in 
America. 

Cities  and  towns  are  sometimes  set  on  fire  by  the  burning  lava  which 
flows  dovvn  the  sides  of  volcanoes :  others  have  been  destroyed  by  floods 
of  water ;  and  some  by  vast  showers  of  hot  ashes. 


Ascent  of  Mont  Blanc. 

Some  mountains  are  so  steep  and  rugged,  that  it  is  difficult  to  ascend 
to  the  top  of  them.  The  picture  represents  a  party  of  men  going  up 
Mont  Blanc,  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe.  They  were  more  than 
two  days  in  getting  to  the  top,  and  were  almost  frozen  with  cold.  The 
summits  of  the  highest  mountains,  even  those  in  the  hottest  parts  of  the 
earth,  are  always  covered  with  ice  and  snow. 

66.  What  is  a  hill  ? 

* 

A.  It  is  a  portion  of  land  raised  up,  but  not  so  high  as  a 
mountain. 

67.  What  is  a  Valley  ? 

A.  It  is  a  low  portion  of  country  between  mountains  or  hills. 

68.  What  is  a  Plain  ? 

A.  It  is  a  portion  of  country  nearly  flat  or  level. 

69.  Are  all  plains  alike  in  appearance  ? 

A.  No ;  some  are  covered  with  grass,  some  with  tre«8, 
and  some  only  with  sand. 


y  Volcanoes. 
>ods  of  water, 
e-half  are  in 

ing  lava  which 
oyed  by  floods 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 

6 


19 


icult  to  ascend 
nen  going  up 
sre  more  than 
th  cold.  The 
st  parts  of  the 


high  as  u 

ains  or  hills, 
il. 
with  treoB, 


70.  What  arc  plains  covered  with  sand  called  ? 
A.  They  are  denominated  deserts  ;  some  are  also  covered 

with  stones  and  gravel.     Deserts  are  generally  destitute  of 
water.  o  ^ 

71.  Which  are  the  largest  deserts  in  the  world  7 

A.  The  great  African  desert,  and  the  desert  of  Cobi,  in 
ixsia* 

72.  With  what  is  the  African  desert  interspersed  ? 

A.  Various  fertile  spots  that  are  scattered  here  and  there 
over  the  surface,  like  islands  in  the  ocean. 

73.  What  are  these  called  ? 

A.  They  are  called  Oases :  they  are  all  inhabited,  and  serve 
as  resting  places  for  travellers. 


The  Great  Desert. 


rZ?i!  ?T  *"*  'n  ^^^'l"®^^  c'-ossed  by  parties  of  travellers,  with 
camels;  these  are  called  caravans;  both  men  and  beasts  often  suffer 
greatly  from  want  of  water,  and  sometimes  perish  from  thirst.    The 

Kitr'"'^'^"*'  ^  l™^"  ■"^''^"  '''''^^'''S  the  desert,  one  of  the  people 
of  which  appears  to  have  just  expired.  f  ^i'^ 

74.  What  are  Caves  or  Caverns  ? 

A.  They  are  openings  in  the  earth,  often  wonderful  on 
account  ot  their  great  size  and  extent. 


1 


80 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


One  of  the 
most  remarkable 
is  FingarsCave, 
in  Staffu,  an  isl< 
and  on  the  west 
coast  of  Scotland. 
Its  sides  are  for- 
med with  the  reg. 
ularity  of  walls 
of  hewn  stone. 
It  is  227  feet  in 
length,  and  42 
feet  wide,  and 
_.      .,    „  presents  a   most 

Fingal's  Cave.  striking  example 

of  the  sublime  and  beautiful  creations  with  which  God  has  adorned  the 
world. 

75.  What  are  public  roads  ? 

A.  Pathways  used  for  travelling  from  place  to  place. 

76.  Arc  roads  useful  to  mankind  ? 

A.  They  are  highly  useful,  for  without  them  the  peopit  in 
different  parts  of  the  same  country  would  not  know  each  other. 

77.  What  is  a  rail-road  ? 

A.  An  improved  kind  of  road,  now  much  used  in  the 
IJniteJ  States,  and  also  in  some  parts  of  Europe. 


Rail  Road. 
The  cars  or  carriages  used  on  them,  are  drawn  by  steam  locomotive 
engines,  at  the  rate  of  12  or  15  miles  an  hour,  and  sometimes  even 
more.  Vast  numbers  of  people,  and  great  quantities  of  merchandise, 
are  conveyed  by  them  from  place  to  place,  in  a  maimer  much  more 
convenient  than  by  llie  old  method  of  travelling. 


f? 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


21 


used  in  the 


PRODUCTIONS  OF  THE   EARTH. 

78.  What  are  the  productions  of  the  earth  ? 
A.  They  are  either  vegetable,  animal,  or  mineral. 

79.  What  are  vegetable  productions  ? 
A.  They  are  all  things  that  grow  out  of  the  ground,  as 

rces,  plants,  grain,  fruits  and  flowers. 

80.  What  are  the  vegetable  productions  most  useful  to  mankind  ? 
A.  Wheat,  corn,  rye,  rice,  potatoes,  bread-fruit,  &c. 

81.  What  are  the  chief  classes  of  the  animal  kingdom  ? 
A.  They  are  beasts,  birds,  fishes,  reptiles,  and  insects. 
83.  What  are  minerals  ? 
A.  Thoy  consist  of  substances  of  various  kinds,  that  are 

[dug  out  of  the  earth. 

83.  What  are  the  principal  classes  of  minerals  ? 

A.  Four:  the  metallic,  the  inflammable,  precious  stones, 
and  building  stones. 

84.  What  are  the  most  important  metallic  minerals  7 
A.  They  are  gold,  silver,  iron,  copper,  and  lead. 

85.  What  are  the  principal  inflammable  minerals  ? 

.^     A.  They  are   pitcoal,    peat,  sulphur,  bitumen,  and  as» 
Iphaltum. 

86.  What  are  the  most  valuable  precious  stones  ? 
A.  Diamonds,  sapphires,  rubies,  and  emeralds. 


Diamond  River. 

Diamonds  arc  highly  valuable,  and  are  often  found  amongst  the 
[  earth,  at  the  bottoms  of  rivers.    The  engraving  represents  a  river  in 


rm 


23 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


Great  Goyicr. 

n 


South  Amorioa,  from  which  t!ic 
water  haa  been  nuurly  ull  ptim|)o«l 
out  by  tho  nmchiiio  on  the  rijfht 
hand  of  tho  picture,  and  negro  hIuvcb 
aro  nxttuiining  tho  earth  for  dio* 
monds. 

87.  What  oro  some  of  tho  prin. 
cipal  building^toneu  I 

A.  Thoy  nro  granite,  lime, 
stone,  marble,  chalk,  slate,  and 
sandstone. 

Mineral  springs,  both  hot  and 
cold,  occur  in  many  parts  of  the 
earth.  Tho  most  remarkable  oro 
tho  Cievsers,  or  Spouting  springs  of 
Iceland,  which  throw  up  volumes  of 
hot  water,  with  a  noise  like  cannon 
to  tlio  iioight  of  90  or  100  feet. 


8 


88. 
A. 
81). 
A. 
sun. 

yo. 

A. 

ni. 
A. 

93. 
A. 
93. 
A. 
94. 
A. 


ON  THE  FORM  AND  MOTIONS  OF  THE  EARTH. 

Wliat  is  tho  earth  ? 

It  is  one  of  the  planete. 

What  arc  tho  planets  ? 

Immense  bodies  like  the  earth,  which  revolve  round  the 


What  is  the  shape  or  form  of  tho  earth  ? 

It  is  round,  like  a  ball  or  orange. 

By  what  oUicr  nnnics  is  tho  earth  known  7 

It  is  also  called  the  World,  the  Globe,  and  the  Sphere. 

How  many  motions  has  tlie  earth,  and  what  ore  they  ? 

Two ;  the  daily,  and  the  yearly. 

What  is  tho  daily  motion  of  the  earth  ? 

That  in  which  it  turns  round  every  twenty.four  hours. 

What  is  the  yearly  motion  of  the  earth  ? 

That  in  which  it  goes  round  the  sun  once  every  year. 

Wliat  takes  place  during  the  earth's  yearly  motion  ? 


95. 
A 

96.  What  b  a  change  of  seasons  7 


OEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


38 


rolve  round  the 


A.  The  change  from  winter  to  spring,  from  spring  to  sum- 
mcr,  from  summer  to  autumn,  and  from  autumn  to  wintei 
ugnin. 

97.  What  is  the  effflct  of  tho  oartli'a  daily  motion  7 
A.  It  produces  tho  change  from  day  to  night. 

98.  If  tho  earth  did  not  turn  round  on  its  oxib,  what  effect  would 
be  produced  7 

A.  On  one  side  there  would  be  constant  day,  and  the 
j  people  would  bo  parched  up  by  the  heat  of  the  sun. 

99.  What  then  would  bo  tho  condition  of  tho  people  living  on  the 
lotlieraide?  * 

A.  They  would  have  constant  night,  and  would  be  frozen 
[with  cold. 

100.  What  do  these  things  teach  us  ? 

A.  That  the  works  of  the  Almighty  are  directed  by  infinite 
|Wisdom  and  goodness. 

9 

101.  What  is  tho  axis  of  the  earth  7 

A.  It  is  an  imaginary  line  passing  through  its  centre  from 
forth  to  South. 

102.  Whot  are  tho  poles  of  tho  earth  ? 
A.  The  ends  of  the  axis. 

103.  How  many  poles  are  there  7 
A.  Two ;  the  North,  and  the  South  Pole. 

104.  Where  are  the  poles  situated  7 

A.  The  North  Polo  is  the  north  point  of  the  earth's  axis, 
Ind  the  South  Pole  is  the  south  point. 

>  ir°'"i  ♦'!"^°"*u^T?^  °^ilJ®  ^"'^^^  N°-  *•  °f  the  Atlas,  the  North 
.  ole  and  the  South  Pole.  You  will  perceive  that  this  map  consists  of 
Jhe  i^astem  and  Western  Hemispheres,  that  is,  a  map  of  both  sides  of 
•he  earth  presented  to  view  at  once ;  and  although  the  words  North  Pole 

nd  bouth  Pole  are  written  twice,  yet  there  is  but  one  North  Pole  and 
one  bouth  role. 

105.  How  far  distant  are  the  poles  situated  from  each  other? 
A.  One  hundred  and  eighty  degrees. 

106.  How  many  miles  is  that  7 

A.    About  12..50fl  miloc    wliifli  Ic  Vjolf  r^.,.^J  *l ..IJ 

107.  What  is  the  size  or  bulk  of  the  earth  ? 


u 


OEOORAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


A.  It  is  nearly  25,000  miles  in  circumference,  and  8,000 
in  diameter. 

108.  What  in  meant  by  the  circumforcnce  of  the  earth  7 

Circumference  is  the  distance  round  the  middle  of  its  sur- 
face  or  outside. 

109.  What  is  meant  by  diameter  7 

It  is  the  distance  across  or  through  the  middle  part  of  it. 

110.  If  you  were  to  run  a  thread  round  the  outside  of  an  apple,  th 
lengt]i  of  it  would  be  the  extent  of  the  circumfBronco ;  and  if  you  were 

to  cut  the  apple  through  the  middle  and  mcusure  it 
across  tlie  cut  part,  that  would  be  the  diomuter. 

111.  So  great  is  the  circumference  of  the  earth, 
that  if  a  man  could  travel  without  interruption  from 
water,  it  would  take  him  one  thousand  days,  or 
three  years,  to  come  round  to  the  place  he  started 
from,  reckoning  that  he  travelled  twenty-five  miles 
every  day. 


.OUt>f^_ 


10 


112.  What  are  the  circles  of  the  earth? 

They  are  the  equator,  the  tropics,  the  polar  circles,  and  the 
parallels  and  meridians. 

113.  Are  these  circles  alike  in  extent? 

The  equator  and  meridians  only  are  of  the  same  extent, 
and  are  called  the  great  circles. 

114.  What  are  the  other  circles  7 

The  Tropical  and  Polar  circles,  and  the  Parallels.  These 
being  smaller  in  extent  than  the  former,  are  called  small 
circles. 

115.  What  is  the  Equator? 

It  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  oxtending  from  easi  fo  m  '^st 
round  the  globe,  and  at  an  equal  distance  from  es  h  co'u. 

On  map  of  the  World,  No.  1.,  the  Equator  is  the  line  that  passes 
through  the  middle  of  both  hemispheres.  You  will  find  Uie  word  equa- 
tor  near  it. 

116.  What  i«<  the  distance  of  the  Equator  from  the  Poles  ? 

It  is  9'i  tl^^^iees,  or  about  62-50  miles  from  the  North  Pole, 


ence,  and  8,000 


circles,  and  the 


e  same  extent, 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS, 
117.  What  are  tho  Tropics  7 


25 


They  are  two  smaller  circles  run- 
ning like  the  Equator  from  East  to 

118.  Where  are  they  placed? 
At  the  distance  of  23^  degrees,  or 

1637  miles,  north  and  south  from  tho 
Ecjuutor. 

119.  What  aro  the  names  of  the  Tropics  ? 
Tho  iioriliem  tropic  is  called  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  and  the 

southern  k  called  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

Point  out  on  map  of  the  World,  No.  1.,  the  Tropics  of  Cancer  and 
Capricorn.  You  will  find  them  between  the  figures  20  and  30  that  are 
printed  on  the  edge  of  the  map. 


Oirclei. 


11 


120.  What  are  the  Polar  Circles  ? 
They  are  two  small  circles  running  from  east  to  "west 

121.  Where  are  they  placed  7 
At  the  distance  of  23i  degrees  from  each  Pole. 

122.  What  are  their  names  7 

The  Arctic  Circle  is  the  northern  twlar  circle,  and  the  Ant- 
•rctic  Circle  is  the  southern  poiar  circie. 

Point  out  on  map  of  the  World,  No.  1.,  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic 
circles.  They  are  between  the  figures  60  and  70  which  ore  written  on 
the  edge  of  the  map. 


Meridians. 


Parallels. 
123.  What  are  tlie  Parallels  ? 
They  are  circles  runiiing  from  east  to  west. 
D 


1 


26 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


124.  How  are  they  represented  on  the  Maps  ? 

By  lines  crossing  from  side  lo  side.  ^ 

125.  What  are  the  Meridians  ? 

They  are  circles  running  from  Pole  to  Pole  through  the- 
Equator. 

126.  Ho^v  are  they  reprssented  on  the  Maps  ? 

By  lines  extending  from  the  top  to  the  bottom. 
Point  out  on  map  No.  1.,  the  Parallels  and  Meridians. 

127.  How  are  geographical  circles  divided  ? 

A.  Every  circle  is  supposed  to  be  divided  into  360  degrees, 
and  every  degree  into  60  geographical  miles  or  minutes. 

128.  What  is  the  length  of  a  degree  of  a  great  circle  ? 
A.  It  is  69i  common  miles. 

129.  How  will  you  find  the  number  of  miles  in  any  given  number 
of  degrees  ? 

A.  By  multiplying  the  degrees  by  69^. 


12 


LATITUDE. 
130c  What  is  latitude  ? 
A.  It  is  distance  from  the  Equator  either  north  or  south. 

131.  How  is  latitude  divided  ? 

A.  Into  north  and  south  iatitude.  All  countries  situated 
north  of  the  equator,  are  in  north  latitude;  and  those  south 
of  it,  are  in  south  latitude, 

132.  How  is  latitude  represented  on  maps  ? 

A.  By  lines  drawn  across  the  map  from  side  to  side. 
These  are  called  parallels. 

133.  How  is  latitude  numbered  ? 

A.  The  numbers  are  marked  on  the  sides  of  the  map,  at 
the  ends  of  the  lines  of  latitude. 

134.  How  is  latitude  counted? 

A.  In  degrees  from  the  Equator  towards  the  poles,  from  1 
to  90.  . 

135.  How  can  you  distinguish  between  north  and  south  latitude  7 
A.  If  the  numbers  increase  from  the  bottom  towards  the 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


27 


)le  through  thd- 


my  given  number 


top  of  the  Map,  it  is  North  Latitude ;  but  if  they  increase 
from  the  top  towards  the  bottom,  it  is  South  Latitude. 

13G.  On  Map  of  the  World,  No.  1,  Eastern  Hemisphere.    In  what 
latitude  is  Europe  ?     Ans.  N.  Le. 

137.  In  what  latitude  is  Australia?     Ans.  S.  Le. 

138.  In  what  latitude  is  Africa  ?   Ans.  Partly  in  N.  and  partly  in  S.  Le. 

139.  In  what  latitude  is  Asia  ?     Ans.  N.  Le. 

140.  On  the  Western  Hemisphere.     In  what  latitude  is  North 
America  ?     Ans.  N.  Le. 

141.  In  what  latitude  is  South  America?     Ans.  N.  Le.  and  S.  Le. 

142.  What  latitude  have  places  on  the  Equator  ? 

A.  They  have  no  latitude,  for  it  is  on  the  Equator  where 
latitude  begins. 

143.  What  is  the  latitude  at  the  Poles  ? 

A.  It  is  90  degrees,  which  is  the  full  extent  to  which  lati- 
tude is  carried. 

144.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  latitude  if 

A.  It  means  breadth ;  it  was  applied  long  ago  to  distances 
north  and  south,  because  the  world  was  supposed  to  be  much 
less  in  extent  in  that  direction  than  from  east  to  west. 

145.  Do  the  degrees  of  latitude  vary  in  length  ? 

A.  No  ;  they  are  all  alike,  being  694  miles  each ;  and  of 
the  same  lengi-h  as  the  degrees  of  longitude  on  the  Equator. 


13 


side  to  side. 


LONGITUDE. 

146.  What  is  longitude  ? 

A.  It  is  distance  east  or  west  from  an  established  meridian. 

147.  How  is  longitude  represented  ? 

A.  By  lines  running  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  the  map. 

148.  How  is  it  reckoned  ? 

A.  In  degrees  east  and  west  on  our  maps ;  it  is  reckoned 
from  the  meridians  of  Greenwich  and  Washington. 

149.  How  is  it  counted  ? 

A.  From  the  place  of  beginning,  180  degrees  each  way ; 


28 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


therefore  the  longitude  of  a  place  cannot  be  more  than  180 
degrees  east  or  west. 

150.  How  is  it  marked  ? 

A.  Generally  in  numbers  on  the  top  and  bottom  of  the 
map,  at  the  end  of  the  meridians. 

On  map  of  the  world,  No.  1,  the  longitude  is  marked  on  the  Equator 
m  consequence  of  a  want  of  room  at  the  ends  of  the  lines ;  but  on  maps 
INos.  d,  4,  5,  6,  &c.  It  13  marked  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  maps. 

151.  How  can  you  distinguish  between  east  and  west  longitude  7 
A.  If  the  numbers  increase  towards  the  right  hand,  it  is 

east  longitude  ;  but  if  they  increase  towards  the  left  hand,  it 
IS  west  longitude. 

latitud '  ?^'^  ^^^  <iegrees  of  longitude  of  the  same  length  as  those  of 

A.  They  are  of  the  same  length  as  those  of  latitude  on  the 
bquator  only. 

153.  How  do  they  differ  from  those  of  latitude  ? 

A.  They  constantly  decrease  as  we  go  either  north  or 
south  from  the  equator  towards  the  poles,  where  the  meridians 
all  meet,  and  the  longitude  ceases. 


14 


154.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  longitude  ? 

A.  It  signifies  length.  It  was  used  for  this  purj^ose  because 
formerly  the  earth  was  supposed  to  be  much  longer  from  East 
to  West  than  from  North  to  South. 

155.  On  some  of  the  maps  the  longitude  is  marked  on  the  top  from 
Greenwich,  and  on  the  bottom  from  Washington,  the  difference  being 
77  degrees.  The  same  lines  serve  to  express  the  longitude  of  both 
places,  and  are  numbered  accordingly. 

156.  How  do  nations  generally  reckon  longitude  ? 
A.  From  the  capital  of  their  own  country. 

157.  We  reckon  ours  from  the  city  of  Washington ;  the  English  from 
t^reenwich  ;  the  French  from  Paris ;  and  the  Spaniards  from  Madrid. 

158.  On  the  Equator  a  degree  of  longitude  is  69^  miles  in  length :  at 
4--i  degrees  of  latitude  it  is  only  three-fourths  of  that  extent ;  at  60  deerrees 
It  IS  one  half;  at  75  degrees  one  quarter ;  and  at  the  poles  it  is  nothing. 

^159.  Places  on  the  Equator  have  no  latitude,  and  those  on  the  first  me- 
n«ian  no  luiigitudc ;  therefore,  at  the  point  where  the  first  meridian 
crosses  the  Equator,  there  is  neither  latitude  nor  longitude. 


s. 

more  than  180 

bottom  of  the 

sd  on  the  Equator, 
aes ;  but  on  maps 
n  of  the  maps. 

vest  longitude  7 

ight  hand,  it  is 

he  left  hand,  it 

ingth  as  those  of 
latitude  on  the 


iither  north  or 
3  the  meridians 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


29 


Lir}?ose  because 
nger  from  East 

I  on  the  top  from 

difference  being 

jngitude  of  both 


:he  English  from 
I  from  Madrid. 

ilea  in  length ;  at 
[it ;  at  60  degrees 
»les  it  is  nothing. 
3  on  the  first  me- 
e  first  meridian 
ide. 


160.  What  is  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Washington  and 
I  Greenwich  ? 

161.  What  is  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude  on  the  Equator. 

162.  What  is  it  on  the  42d  degree  of  latitude  ?  on  the  60th  degree  7 
I  on  the  75th  degree  7  and  at  the  Pules  7 

163.  Where  is  there  no  latitude  7 

164.  Where  is  there  no  longitude  7 
On  maps  Nos.  1  and  14,  you  will  find  that  the  meridian  marked  (?, 

[crosses  the  Equator  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea.    In  that  spot,  there   is 
peilher  latitude  nor  longitude. 

15- 


MAPS. 

165.  What  is  a  map  7 

A.  It  is  a  picture  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  the  earth'3 

urface. 

166.  What  is  a  number  of  maps  made  into  a  book,  called  7 
A.  An  Atlas. 

167.  In  what  way  are  maps  usually  drawn  7 

A.  Tlie  top  of  tlie  map  is  north,  the  bottom  south,  the  right 
land  is  east,  and  the  left  hand  west. 
I    168.  What  is  meant  by  North,  South,  East,  and  West  7 

4   A.  They  are  the  four  cardinal  or  principal  points  of  the 
Compass, 

169.  What  is  a  compass  7 
j  A.  An  instrument  used  by  naviga- 
(prs  at  sea,  to  point  out  their  course. 
*    170.  How  does  it  point  out  their  course? 

A.  The  needle,  or  bar  of  the  com- 
pass, always  points  to  the  north. 

171.  In    what  direction  are  North    and 
South  7 

A.  The  north  is  towards  the  North  Pole,  and  the  south  is 
•wards  the  South  Pole. 

172.  In  what  direction  does  East  and  West  lie  7 
A.  East  is  towards  that  point  where  the  sun  rises,  and 

rV  cat   wijcic  uu  iiUiS. 

173.  If  you  stand  with  your  face  towards  where  the  sun  rises,  the 


I  ffi 


i  III 


30 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


North  will  be  on  your  left  hand,  the  South  on  your  right  hand,  and  the 
West  will  be  behind  you. 


A  Map. 


16 


174.  On  maps,  rivers  are  shown  by  black  lines  winding  according 
to  their  course. 

175.  Mountains  are  shown  by  lines  which  form  a  shade  in  thedirec* 
tion  in  which  they  extend. 

176.  Cities  and  towns  are  shown  by  a  black  dot,  and  the  capitals  of 
countries  by  a  large  dot  and  eight  smaller  ones  around  it. 

177.  The  boundaries  of  countries  are  made  by  dotted  lines. 

178.  Sandy  deserts  and  sand  banks  in  the  ocean,  are  shown  by  a 
great  number  of  dots  resembling  sand.  The  ocean,  or  sea,  is  shaded 
by  lines  to  separate  it  from  the  land. 

179.  The  latitude  is  shown  by  lines  extending  on  the  maps  from  side 
to  side,  and  the  longitude  by  lines  running  from  the  top  to  the  bottom, 
except  on  map  No.  2,  of  the  world,  where  the  latitude  is  shown  by  cir- 
cular  lines,  extending  in  succession  farther  and  farther  from  the  centre, 
and  longitude  by  straight  Hues  extending  from  the  centre  to  the  cir- 
cumference. 

180.  Point  out  on  map  No.  3,  of  the  Atlas,  the  Mississippi,  tlie  Mis- 
souri, the  Rio  del  Norte,  and  the  Columbia  rivers. 

181.  Point  out  the  cities  of  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Balti- 
more, New  Orleans,  Havannu,  La  Fucbla,  and  Guanaxuato. 

182.  Point  out  the  capitals  Quebec,  Washington,  Houston,  Mexica 
and  St.  Salvador. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


31 


ht  hand,  and  ths 


iding  according 

ladc  in  the  direc> 

d  the  capitals  of 
it 

3d  lines. 

are  shown  hy  a 
r  sea,  is  shaded 

:  maps  from  side 
p  to  the  bottom, 
is  shown  by  cir- 
from  the  centre, 
sntre  to  the  cir- 

sissippi,  tlie  Mis* 

ladelphia,  Balti* 
lato. 

[ouston,  Mexica 


183.  Point  out  the  boundary  between  the  United  States  ancr  Mexico, 
between  the  United  States  and  British  America,  and  between  British 
America  and  Russian  America. 

184.  Point  out  tlie  great  American  Desert,  the  great  Sandy  Desert 
m  Mtxicc,  and  the  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland. 

185.  Point  out  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  the 
Snowy  Mountains,  and  the  Mexican  Cordilleras. 


17 


ZONES. 

186.  What  are  Zones  ? 

A.  Sections  or  divisions  of  the  earth's 
Jsurface,  formed  by  the  tropics  and  the 
[polar  circles. 

187.  What  does  the  word  Zone  mean  ? 

A.  A  belt  or  girdle,  because  it  passes 
ground  the  earth. 

188.  How  many  Zones  are  there  ? 


Zones. 


^'  ^'^e-  one  torrid,  two  tenaperate,  and  two  frigid  zones. 


TORRID    ZONE. 

^    189.  What  part  of  the  earth's  surface  is  occupied  by  the  Torrid  Zone  7 
.    A.  The  part  which  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator  and 

d^etwoen  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

I    190.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  Torrid  ? 
*   A.  It  means  very  hot,  parched,  or  dried  up. 


I  ji 

m 


32 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


191.  What  is  the  breadth  of  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 

A.  It  is  3243  miles  in  breadth  from  North  to  South. 

192.  Why  is  the  Torrid  Zone  the  hottest  part  of  the  earth  7 

A.  Because  it  is  more  exposed  to  the  heal  of  the  sun  than 
any  other  part  of  the  earth. 

193.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Torrid  Zone  7 
A.  Two ;  the  wet  and  the  dry. 

194.  To  which  of  our  seasons  do  they  correspond  7 

A.  The  wet  season  corresponds  to  our  winter,  and  the  dry 
to  our  summer. 

195.  What  is  the  climate  of  the  Torrid  Zone  7 

A.  During  some  parts  of  the  year  it  is  delightful ;  but  at 
other  times  the  heat  is  very  oppressive,  and  the  earth  is 
parched  and  dried  up. 


18 


196.  To  what  is  the  Torrid  Zone  subject  7 

A.  To  the  most  violent  storms  of  wind,  which  destroy 
almost  every  thing  within  their  reach. 

197.  To  what  else  is  the  Torrid  Zone  subject  7 

A.  It  is  more  subject  to  earthquakes  than  the  other  parts 
of  the  earth,  and  is  also  the  seat  of  dangerous  and  deadly 
diseases. 

198.  For  what  is  the  Torrid  Zone  remarkable  7 

A.  For  the  finest  fruits,  many  of  the  most  useful  vegetable 
productions,  and  the  largest  and  most  ferocious  animals. 

199.  What  are  some  of  the  principal  fruits  of  the  Torrid  Zone  7 
A.  Oranges,  lemons,  pine-apples,  cocoa-nuts,  the  bread- 
fruit, &c. 

200.  What  are  some  of  the  most  useflil  vegetable  productions  7 

A.  Coffee,  tea,  sugar,  indigo,  cinnamon,  cloves,  nutmegs, 
pepper,  &c. 

201.  Which  are  the  most  remarkable  animals  7 

A.  The  elephant,  rhinoceros,  hippopotamus,  camelopard, 
lion,  tiger,  &lc. 

209.  Wliat  are  some  of  the  other  remarkable  animals  7 

A.  The  ostrich  and  condor,  with  numerous  birds  of  splendid 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


33 


)T,  and  the  dry 


ightful;  but  at 
I   the  earth  is 


which  destroy 


the  other  parts 
us  and  deadly 


iseful  vegetable 
3  animals. 
PorridZone? 
Its,  the  bread* 

•roductions  ? 
oves,  nutmegs, 


s,  camelopard, 

als? 

irds  of  splendid 


amage,  and  the  largest  and  most  venomous  serpents  and 
sects. 

203.  Wliat  are  the  complexion  and  habits  of  the  people  of  the  Torrid 
one  ? 

A.  They  are  generally  of  a  dark  or  black  colour,  and  in- 
dolent and  efleminate  in  their  habits. 

204.  What  is  their  character  ? 

A.  They  are  but  seldom  distinguished  for  industry,  enter- 
rise,  or  learning. 

19 


TEMPERATE   ZONES 


205.  Where  are  the  Temperate  Zones  situated  ? 
A.  Between  the  tropics  and  the  polar  circles. 

206.  IIow  are  they  distinguished  from  each  other  ? 

A.  The  one  north  of  the  equator  is  called  the  north  tern 
Zonf '  °"*^  ^^"^'^  °^  ^^®  ^"^"^^"^  ^^®  ^""'^^  temperate 

207.  What  does  the  word  temperate  mean  when  applied  to  climate  ? 
A.  Mild,  moderate  ;  neither  too  hot  nor  too  cold. 

208.  Where  is  the  north  temperato  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  arctic  circle. 

209.  Where  is  the  south  temperate  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  tropic  of  Capricorn  and  the  antarctic  circle. 
E 


'fin 


!i:f!in 

PiMi 


34 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


210.  What  is  the  breadth  of  the  temperate  Zones  ? 

A.  They  occupy  a  breadth  of  about  2970  miles  each. 

211.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  temperate  Zones? 

A.  They  are  four ;  Spring,  Summer,  Autumn  or  Fall,  and 
Winter. 

212.  What  climate  does  the  temperate  Zones  enjoy  ? 

A.  They  enjoy  a  more  equal  and  healthy  climate  than  any 
other  parts  of  the  earth. 

213.  Do  the  temperate  Zones  equal  the  torrid  Zone  in  the  number 
of  their  vegetable  productions  ? 

A.  The  vegetable  productions  of  the  temperate  Zones  are 
neither  so  numerous  nor  luxuriant  as  those  of  the  torrid  Zone. 

214.  What  are  the  principal  vegetable  productions  of  the  temperate 
Zones  ? 

A.  Corn,  wheat,  and  rice,  with  apples,  peaches,  pears, 

olives,  figs,  &c. 

215.  Are  tlie  animals  of  the  temperate  Zones  like  those  of  the  torrid 
Zone? 

A.  No :  they  are  generally  of  smaller  size,  and  are  less 
numerous  and  ferocious. 

216.  Of  what  kinds  are  the  animals  of  the  temperate  Zones  ? 
A.  Of  the  domestic  and  useful  kinds  mostly. 

217.  What  are  some  of  the  domestic  animals  ? 

A.  The  horse,  camel,  ox,  ass,  mule,  sheep,  hog,  and  dog. 

218.  What  are  some  of  the  wild  animals  ? 

A.  They  are  the  bear,  wolf,  buffalo,  elk,  deer,  fox,  &c. 

219.  What  are  the  colour  and  character  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
temperate  Zones  ? 

A.  Those  of  the  north  temperate  Zone  in  particular  have 
white  or  fair  complexions,  and  generally  more  strength  of 
body  and  mind  than  the  inhabitants  of  the  other  Zones. 

220.  For  what  are  they  distinguished  ? 

A.  For  industry,  enterprise,  and  learning. 

221.  What  do  they  comprise? 

A.  The  most  civilized  and  improved  portion  of  mankind. 

222.  What  Zone  lies  south  of  this  country  ? 

223.  What  Zone  separates  the  north  temperate  and  south  temperate 
Zones  from  each  other  ? 

224.  In  what  Zone  do  we  live  ? 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


35 


20 


ate  than  any 


in  the  number 


articular  have 


of  mankind,     i 


south  temperate 


FRIGID    ZONES. 

235.  Where  are  the  frigid  Zones  situated  7 

A.  Between  the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

226.  How  are  they  distinguished  ? 

A.  Tiie  one  north  of  the  equator  is  called  the  north  frigid 
Zone,  and  that  south  of  the  equator  the  south  frigid  Zone. 

227.  Wliere  is  the  north  frigid  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  arctic  circle  and  the  North  Pole. 

228.  Where  is  the  soutli  frigid  Zone  situated.? 

A.  Between  the  antarctic  circle  and  the  South  Pole. 

229.  Why  are  the  Zones  about  the  poles  called  frigid  ? 
A.  Because  the  climate  is  excessively  cold. 

230.  Why  is  the  climate  of  these  Zones  colder  tliun  that  of  othei- 
parts  of  the  earth  ? 

A.  Because  the  rays  of  the  sun  are  less  direct,  and  impart 
a  smaller  degree  of  heat  than  in  countries  nearer  the  Equator. 

231.  What  are  the  Frigid  Zones  covered  with  ? 
A.  Chiefly  with  ice  and  snow. 

232.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Frigid  Zones  ? 

A.  The  seasons  are  two ;  a  long  cold  winter  and  a  short 
summer,  without  spring  or  autumn. 


36 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


233.  What  fruits  are  found  in  the  Frigid  Zones  7 

A.  Only  a  few  small  berries  which  grow  in  those  parts 
nearest  to  the  temperate  Zones. 

234.  What  kind  of  animals  live  there  7 

A.  None  but  the  most  hardy,  as  the  White  Bear,  Musk 
Ox,  Reindeer,  &c. 

235.  Wiiat  are  the  number,  stature,  and  colour  of  the  inhabitants  ? 
A.  They  are  but  few  in  number,  of  short  stature,  and  have 

dark  complexions. 

236.  In  what  are  they  deficient? 

A.  In  intelligence,  being  ignorant  of  reading,  writing,  and 
learning. 

21  — — 

QUESTIONS  ON  THE  DIFFERENT  ZONF^, 
{The  first  Map  of  the  Atlas  before  the  learner.) 

237.  On  map  of  the  world,  No.  1.,  Western  Hemisphere,  point  on* 
the  countries  tliat  are  in  the  Torrid  Zone. 

A.  They  are  part  of  Mo.,  the  whole  of  Ga.,  Ca.,   Ga. 
Pu.,  Bl. 

238.  Point  out  the  Islands  in  the  Torrid  Zone,  beginning  at  the  left 
hand  side  of  the  map. 

A.  They  are  Sh.,  Me.,  Ns.,  Fy.,  Fe.,  N.-Ca.,  Sy.,  Gn., 
Ms.,  Gs.,  W.-ls.,  C.  Ve. 

239.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  Torrid  Zone,  on  the  Map  of  the 
Eastern  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  part  of  the  Gt.-Dt.,  the  whole  of  Sa.,  Gn., 

L.-Ga.,  Sn.,  Ea.,  Zr.,  part  of  Aa.,  part  of  Hn.,  Sm.,  part  of  Ca. 

240.  Point  out  the  Islands  in  the  Torrid  Zone,  in  the  Eastern  Ilemi- 
sphere,  beginning  at  the  left  hand. 

A.  They  are  S.-Ha.,  part  of  Mr.,  Ma.,  Cn.,  Sa.,  Ja.,  pnrt 

of  Fa.,  Hn.,  Pe.,  Le.,  Ce.,  Bo.,  Cs.,  Se.,  Tr.  N.-Ga.,  N.-ld., 

N.-Bn.,  Le.,  part  of  Aa. 

241.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  North  Temperate  Zone,  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  a  part  of  Aa.,  part  of  N.-Bn.,  Lr.,  part  of 
Gd.,  Ca.,  U.-Ss.  part  of  Mo. 

*  The  letters  Mo.,  Ga.,  Ca.,  &c.,  are  the  first  and  last  letters  of  the  names 
of  those  countries  that  the  learner  is  required  to  point  out  on  Uie  mapi. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


87 


ite  Bear,  Musk 


242.  Point  out  the  islands. 

A.  They  are  the  An.,  Vs.,  Nd.,  As. 

243.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  North  Temperate  Zone  of  the 
Eastern  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  a  part  of  Sa.,  Fe.,  Sn.,  By.,  part  of  the  Gt.- 
Dt.,  Et.,  Aa.,  ly.,  Ty.,  Pa.,  part  of  Aa.,  Ty.,  part  of  Hn.,  Tt., 
^lart  of  Ca. 

244.  Point  out  the  islands. 

A.  They  are  Id.,  Bh.-Is.,  Sn.,  Jo.,  Nn.,  Ku.,  Lo.,  part 
of  Fa. 

245.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  South  Temperate  Zone  of  tlie 
Western  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  Ci.,  Bs.-As.,  Pa. 

246.  Point  out  the  Islands. 
A.  They  are  N.-Zd.,  Ce.,  Fd.,  Ta.-Fo.,  S.-Sd.,  S.-Oy.,  S.- 

Ld.,  part  of  Gs.-Ld. 

247.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  South  Temperate  Zone  of  the 
[Eastern  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  Ce.-Cy.,  Ca. 

248.  Point  out  the  islands. 
A.  They  are  Tn.-Aa.,  Mn.,  and  Ca.,  Ks.,  part  of  Mr.,  part 

of  Aa.,  Vn.-Ds.-Ld. 

249.  The  countries  in  tlie  North  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Western  Hemi. 
sphere,  are  part  of  Aa.,  part  of  Nw.-Bn.,  part  of  Gd. 

250.  TJie  countries  in  the  North  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Eastern  Hemi- 
sphere, are  Ld.,  part  of  Aa.,  with  the  islands  Sn.,  Na.,  Za.,  N.-Sa. 

251.  The  only  land  in  the  South  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere, is  a  part  of  Gs.-Ld. ;  and  in  the  South  Frigid  Zone  of  the  East, 
ern  Hcnusphere  there  is  Es.-Ld. 

in  what  Zone  does  the  United  States  lie  ?    N.  Te. 

What  Zone  contains  the  largest  animals  ?    Td. 

Which  Zones  contain  the  most  useful  animals  ?    Te. 

Which  Zones  produce  the  most  hardy  animals  ?     Fd. 

Which  Zone  is  most  subject  to  violent  storms  of  wind  ?     Td. 

In  which  Zone  are  the  people  the  most  industrious  ?     N.  Te. 

Which  Zone  is  the  most  subject  to  earthquakes  ?    Td. 

In  which  Zones  is  the  climate  most  healthy  ?     Te. 

Which  of  the  'i'emperate  Zones  contains  tlie  most  powerful  and  civil- 
ized nations  ?    N.-Te. 


88 


OEOORAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 
22 


POLITICAL  DIVISIONS. 

252.  Tlio  inhabited  parts  of  the  earth  have  been  from  very  early 
times  divided  into  Empires,  Kingdoms,  Republics,  and  Slates,  of 
various  kinds. 

233.  What  in  an  Empire  7 

A.  It  is  a  state  composed  of  several  countries  governed  by 
an  Emperor. 

254.  How  are  Empires  sometimes  composed  7 

A.  Of  countries  immediately  joining  each  other,  which 
form  a  compact  body  ;  as  the  Empire  of  Austria. 

255.  What  do  other  Empires  comprise  7 

A.  Territories  separated  by  vast  oceans,  and  situated  in 
distant  i)urts  of  the  earth,  as  the  British  Empire. 

256.  What  is  a  kingdom  7 

A.  It  is  a  country  governed  by  a  kmg,  as  France,  Spain,  &c. 


J .-  *  * 


,iiii(--.-'i7-i(iriiPi|fii[? 


m'¥M^'Xim:m^m. 


Palace  at  Versailles. 

257.  What  are  Palaces  7 

A.  Buildings  inhabited  by  Emperors  or  Kings.  They  are 
generally  of  great  extent,  and  cost  vast  sums  of  money. 

258.  What  is  a  Republic  7 

A.  A  country  whose  laws  are  administered  by  ruler 
chosen  by  the  people ;  as  the  United  States,  Texas,  &c. 

259.  How  are  Empires,  Kingdoms,  Republics,  &,c.  subdivided  7 

A.  Into  governments,  as  in  Russia;  departments,  as  in 
France  ;  cantons,  as  in  Switzerland  ;  provinces,  as  in  Spain 
and  Portugal ;  and  states,  as  in  the  United  States,  Mexico,  &c. ' 

260.  What  are  the  subdivisions  of  the  various  states  which  form  our 
Republic  7 

A.  Into  counties,  except  in  South  Carolina,  where  they  are 


!. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


30 


1  from  very  early 
s,   Olid   Sutcs,  of 


ies  governed  by 


1  other,   which 

ti'ia. 

and  situated  in 
re. 


ince,  Spain,  <S(c. 


I 


igs.    They  are 
Df  money. 


:nllcd  districts,  and  in  Louisiana,  where  they  are  called 
larishos. 

2U1.  How  arc  counties  subdivided  7 

A.  Into  towns  in  New  England,  and  into  townships  in  the 
VlidUlc  and  some  of  the  Western  States. 


City  of  St.  Peteraburg. 

262.  What  is  a  City  ? 

A.  It  is  a  large  collection  of  houses  of  various  kinds,  com- 
arising  churches,  hanks,  libraries,  manufactories,  stores,  and 
ihvelling-houses. 

263.  In  what  way  is  a  city  particularly  distinguished  from  a  town  7 
A.  By  being  incorporated  with  peculiar  privileges,  and  in 

jing  governed  by  a  Mayor,  Aldermen,  &c. 
'     264.  What  is  a  town,  and  a  village  7 

A.  A  town  is  a  collection  of  houses  smaller  than  a  city. 
A  village  is  smaller  than  a  town. 


sred   by  ruler 
Pexas,  &c. 
subdivided  ? 

rtments,  as  in 
cs,  as  in  Spain 
;s,  Mexico,  &c. 
s  wliich  form  our 


i 


23 


265.  What  is  a  township  7 
5    A.  It  is  a  tract  of  country  generally  divided  into  farms, 

'  nd  often  containing  towns,  villages,  and  even  cities,  within 
ts  limits. 

266.  What  is  a  county  7 

A.  It  is  a  division  belonging  to  a  State,  comprising  in  many 
cases  a  large  extent  of  country. 

267.  What  does  a  county  contain  ? 
A.  Nearly  every  county  in  the  United  States  contains  a 

fvhere  they  are  Mcoun^y  town,  and  "Court-house. 


40 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


268.  What  is  done  there  ? 

A.  Courts  of  justice  are  held  there,  and  those  who  break 
the  laws  are  tried  and  punished. 

269.  What  is  the  capital  of  a  State  ? 

A.  It  is  the  city  or  town  chosen  for  the  meeting  of  the 
State  Legislature. 

270.  What  do  the  capitals  of  States  usually  contain  ? 

A.  The  State  House,  State  Prison,  Governor's  residence, 
and  other  offices  connected  with  the  government  of  the  State. 

271.  In  some  states,  the  most  important  place  in  it  is  chosen  for  the 
capital,  without  any  regard  to  its  position,  as  Boston,  in  Massachusetts. 
In  most  instances,  however,  a  central  position  is  adopted. 

272.  What  is  the  State  House  ? 

A.  The  house  where  the  Legislature  of  the  state  meets. 

273.  What  is  the  Legislature  of  a  State  ? 

A.  A  body  composed  of  men  who  have  power  to  make  laws. 

274.  Who  is  Uie  Governor  of  a  State  ? 

A.  He  is  the  person  who  executes  the  laws  of  the  State. 

275.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ? 
A.  It  is  the  city  of  Washington,  the  place  adopted  by  the 


meetmg 


of  the  national 


American   people   for  the  annual 
Congress. 

276.  After  whom  was  it  named  ? 
General  Washington. 

277.  What  is  the  National  Congress  ? 

A.  It  is   an  assembly  composed  of  the  Representatives 
elected  by  the  people. 

278.  For  what  length  of  time  are  the  Representatives  elected  by  the 
people. 

A.  The  members  of  the  Senate  are  elected  for  six  years, 
and  thos€  of  the  House  of  Representatives  for  two. 

24 . 

279.  What  two  bodies  does  Congress  comprise  T 

A.  The  Senate  and  the  House  of  Representatives. 

280.  What  are  the  duties  of  Gonornsg  7 

a.    To  make  the  laws  by  wJiich  the  nation  is  governed. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


41 


)se  who  break    I 


(leeting  of  the 

I? 

)r's  residence, 

it  of  the  State. 

3  chosen  for  the 
1  Massachusetts. 
A. 


itate  meets. 
'  to  make  laws. 

f  the  State. 

idopted  by  the 
r  the  national 


Representatives 
;s  elected  by  the 

for  six  years, 
two. 


lives. 

s  governed. 


281.  In  what  building  in  the  city  of  Washington  does  Congress 
hold  its  meetings  ? 

A.  In  the  Capitol  which  is  one  of  the  finest  edifices  in 
America. 


Capitol  at  Washington. 

282.  Who  executes  the  laws  passed  by  Congress  ? 

A.  The  President,  with  the  aid  of  the  other  officers  of 
rgovernment. 

283.  Who  is  the  President  of  the  United  States  ? 

A.  He  is  the  chief  magistrate,  or  head  of  the  government. 

284.  By  whom  is  he  chosen  to  that  office  ? 
A.  By  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

S5.  During  what  period  does  he  hold  his  office  ? 
A.  He  holds  his  oflice  during  the  term  of  four  yeaw 

286.  What  forms  the  American  nation  ? 

A.  The  whole  of  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

287.  The  word  nation  signifies  a  distinct  body  of  people  liviDo- 
under  one  government  "        r    r  & 

288.  What  is  a  Country  ? 

A.  A  large  tract  of  land,  a  region,  one's  native  soil. 

289.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  a  country  ? 

A.  Those  parts  of  land  and  water  which  lie  next  to  the 
hne  which  separates  it  from  another  country. 

290.   What,  in  fhn  Inlori/^r  «r  «  r,^,.~4 t 

A.  It  is  the  central  or  inland  parts. 


I 

11  ill 


'I 


jjHiii 


42 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


291.  What  is  the  frontier  of  a  country  ? 

A.  Those  parts  which  lie  near  the  border  or  boundary,  the 
outside  portions. 

292.  Thus  wo  say,  the  Northern  frontier,  the  Southern  frontier,  &c., 
according  as  the  parts  are  situated  to  the  North,  South,  East,  or  West. 

293.  What  are  the  maritime  parts  of  a  coxmtry  ? 

A.  Those  parts  which  border  on  the  sea  coast. 


Aiiatie.  Malay.         European.    African.    Aniericaii. 

25 

RACES  OF  MEN. 

294.  Man  is  the  most  perfect  of  the  works  of  God,  being  created  in 
his  own  image,  and  formed  by  his  wisdom,  to  subdue  and  exercise 
dominion  over  all  the  earth. 

295.  From  whom  has  the  whole  human  race  descended  ? 
A.  From  our  first  parents,  Adam  and  Eve. 

296.  What  does  the  human  race  present  ? 

A.  Several  varieties,  differing  greatly  from  each  other  in 
colour,  form,  and  features. 

297.  What  is  the  cause  of  the  varieties  in  the  human  race  ? 

A.  It  is  probably  owing  to  a  difference  in  climate,  food,  and 
mode  of  life,  and  no  doubt  partly  to  causes  which  we  do  not 
understand. 

298.  What  are  the  various  races  of  mankind  7 


'f. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


43 


each  other  in 


A.  They  are  five,  the  European  or  Caucasian,  Asiatic  or 
Mongolian,  American,  Malay,  and  African  or  negro. 

299.  How  may  they  be  classed  in  regard  to  their  colour  ? 

A.  Into  the  White,  Yellow,  Red,  Brown,  and  Black  races. 

300.  What  nations  does  the  European  or  White  race  include  ? 

A.  The  nations  of  Europe,  Western  Asia,  the  North  of 
Africa,  with  all  the  white  inhabitants  of  America  and  other 


regions. 


30!.  What  nations  does  the  Asiatic  or  Yellow  race  include  ? 
A.  All  the  nations  of  Asia  east  of  the  Ganges  river,  (ex- 
cepting the  Malays  of  Malacca.) 

302.  What  other  nations  belong  to  this  race  ? 

A.  The  Finns  and  Laplanders  of  Europe,  and  the  Esqui- 
maux  of  America,  also  belong  to  the  Asiatic  race. 

303.  Wliat  part  of  tlie  earth  does  the  American  or  copper-coloured 
race  inhabit? 

A.  The  whole  of  the  American  continent,  except  those 
larts  occupied  by  the  descendants  of  Europeans,  with  the 
*isquimaux  and  Negroes. 

304.  What  nations  does  the  Malay  or  Brown  race  include  ? 

A.  The   people  of  Malacca  and  Malaysia,  with  those  of 
Polynesia  and  New  Zealand. 

305.  What  part  of  the  earth  does  the  African  or  Black  race  inhabit? 
A.  All  Western,  Central,  and  Southern  Africa,   with   a 

considerable  part  of  Madagascar  and  Australasia. 

306.  A  large  number  of  this  race  are  found  in  both  North  and 
South  America,  where  they-  are  chiefly  in  a  state  of  slavery. 

307.  The  European  or  Caucasian  is  the  most  noble  of  the  five  races 
of  men.     It  excels  all  others  in  learning  and  the  arts,  and  includes  the 
most  powerful  nations  of  ancient  and  modern  times.     The  most  valu 
ble  institutions  of  society,  and  the  most  important  and  useful  inventio 
have  originated  with  the  people  of  this  race. 

Which  is  the  most  noble  of  the  five  races  of  men  ? 

In  what  does  it  excel  all  others  ? 

What  does  it  include  ? 

What  has  originated  with  the  people  of  this  race  ? 

,,  T*',^J"^'^  o^tJ'«  '•aces  of  men  do  the  greater  part  of  the  nooplfi  nf  the 
United  Slates  belong?  -  r  »     i o 

To  which  race  do  you  belong  ? 


44 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS, 


26 


STAGES  OF  SOCIETY. 

308.  Nations  live  in  various  stages  of  society,  and  their  condition  is 
found  to  depend  materiallv  on  the  progress  they  have  made  in  know, 
'edge,  learning  and  refinement,  and  in  their  skill  in  the  mechanic  arts. 

309.  Ho\v  may  nations  be  divided  according  to  their  habits  of  life 
and  state  of  improvement  ? 

A.  Into  five  classes,  viz  :  savage,  barbarous,  half-civilized, 
civilized,  and  enlightened. 

310.  How  do  men  live  in  the  savage  state  ? 

A.  By  hunting,  fishing,  and  on  the  spontaneous  produc- 
tions  of  the  ground.  They  are  generally  clad  in  the  skins  of 
wild  animals,  and  reside  in  miserable  huts,  or  dens,  and  caves 
in  the  earth. 

311.  What  is  the  general  character  of  savage  nations  ? 

A.  They  are  bloodthirsty  and  revengeful,  often  eat  the 
flesh  of  the  enemies  they  take  in  war,  and  treat  their  women 
as  slaves. 

312.  What  de. 
gree  of  knowl- 
edge  do  they  pos- 
sess? 

They  pos- 
sess little  or  no 
knowledge  of 
agriculture,  or 
the  mechanic 
arts,  and    are 

ignorant  of  reading,  writing,  and  a  regular  form  of  govern- 

ment. 

313.  What  nations  are  examples  of  this  class  ? 

A.  The  nations  of  Australia,  or  New  Holland,  and  New 
Guinea,  most  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  North  and  South 
America,  and  the  Kamtschatdales  or  people  of  Kamtschatka. 

314.  In  what  manner  do  barbarous  nations  live  ? 

A-  By  agriculture  and  the  pasturage  of  cnffle,  sheep,  &c. 

315.  They  understand  a  few  of  the  most  simple  arts,  and  are  ao 
quainted  with  reading  and  writing  only  to  a  very  limited  extent. 


Habitations  or  the  Kamtschatdales. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS.  45 

316.  What  nations  are  examples  of  this  class  ? 

A.  The  roving  tribes  of  Tartary,  Arabia,  Central  Africa, 
and  the  people  of  Abyssinia. 


27 


s,  half-civilized, 


317.  How  are  the  half-civilized  nations  distinguished  ? 
A.  They  understand  agriculture  and  many  of  the  arts 

[tolerably  well,  have  written  languages,  with  some  knowledge 
jof  learning  and  books. 

318.  They  have  also  established  laws  and  religion,  some  little  foreign 
commerce,  but  are  very  jealous  of  strangers,  and  treat  their  women 
generally  as  slaves. 

319.  What  nations  may  be  considered  as  belonging  to  the  half- 
civilized  class  ? 

A.  China,  Japan,  Burmah,  Siam,  Turkey,  Persia,  &c. 

320.  How  are  civilized  nations  distinguished  ? 
A.  The  arts  and  sciences  are  well  understood,  and  the 

habitants  derive  their  subsistence  pirincipally  from  agricul- 
re,  manufactures,  and  commerce. 

321.  What  is  the  condition  of  the  great  body  of  the  people  in  some 
liviHzed  states  ? 

A.  They  are  very  ignorant  and  superstitious,  and  there  is 
likewise  a  vast  difference  between  the  condition  of  the  upper 
*nd  lower  classes  of  society. 

322.  What  countries  rank  among  the  civilized  nations  ? 
A.  Russia,  Spain,  Portugal,  Greece,  Mexico,  &c. 

323.  What  is  the  character  of  enlightened  nations  ? 

A.  They  are  noted  for  the  intelligence,  enterprise,  and 
industry  of  their  inhabitants  ;  among  them  also  the  arts  and 
sciences  are  carried  to  a  high  state  of  perfection. 

324.  How  are  they  otherwise  noted  ? 
A.  Females  are  treated  with  politeness  and  respect,  the 

principles  of  free  government  are  well  understood,  and  edu- 
cation and  learning  are  more  general  than  among  other  nations. 

325.  What  nations  belong  to  this  class  ? 

A.  The  United  States,  Great  Britain,  France,  Switzerland 
and  some  of  the  German  States. 


4R 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


!  n  M  m. 


i 


Waterloo  Bridge. 


326.  Enlightened  and  civilized  nations  are  distinguished  by  the 
number  and  variety  of  their  public  buildings,  and  works  of  national 
utility  ;  of  tliese,  colleges,  hospitals,  libraries,  bridges,  canals,  rail-roads, 
&.C.,  are  amongst  the  most  prominent. 


28 


I  I 


GOVERNMENT. 


327.  In  every  part  of  the  earth  it  has  been  found  necessary  to  have 
some  system  of  government,  or  some  power  or  authority,  tiiat  shall 
protect  the  good  and  punish  the  wicked. 

328.  Without  government,  no  one  could  be  secure  either  in  his  per- 
son or  property,  and  the  world  would  be  a  scene  of  confusion  and 
bloodshed. 

329.  What  is  government  ? 

A.  It  is  the  power  or  system  by  which  the  laws  of  a 
country  are  made  and  executed. 

330.  What  is  the  object  o^  government  ? 

A.  To  afford  protection  to  life  and  property,  and  ensure 
the  happiness  of  the  people. 

33J .  What  are  the  different  kinds  of  government  ? 

A.  Three ;  Monarchy,  Aristocracy,  and  Democracy. 

332.  What  is  Monarchy  ? 

A.  It  is  that  form  of  government  in  which  an  Emperor  or 
King  rules  during  his  life.  Emperors,  Kings,  &c.  are  alsc 
called  Sovereigns. 

333.  What  are  the  forms  of  Monarchy  ? 

A.  Two  ;  absolute  and  limited  Monarchy. 

334.  What  is  an  absolute  Monarchy  ? 

A.  Where  the  monarch  governs  according  to  his  own  will 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


47 


inguished  by  the 
vorks  of  national 
canals,  rail-roads, 


necessary  to  have 
Ihority,  tiiat  shall 

either  in  his  per- 
Df  confusion  and 


the  laws  of  a 


ty,  and  ensure 


mocracy. 

an  Emperor  or 
,  &c.  are  alsc 


335.  What  countries  are 
ruled  in  this  manner  ? 

A.  China,  Turkey, 
Persia,  and  generally 
all  the  states  of  Asia 
land  Africa. 

336.  Some  countries  are 
[ruled  by  tyrants,  who  use 
[their  people  with  great  cru- 
elty, and   in    consequence 
irc   afraid    to    go    abroad 

|without  being  surrounded 
|by  soldiers. 

337.  The  picture  repre- 
[eents  the  Emperor  of  Mo- 
rocco, who  is  one  of  the 

lost  despotic  sovereigns 
In  existence.  When  he 
ippears  in  public,  every 
Dne    he    meets  must    fall 


Emperor  of  Morocco. 


nth  their  faces  to  the  earth,  and  there  remain'  until  the  despot  haii 

issed. 

338.  What  is  a  limited  monarchy  7 

A.  Where  the  power  of  the  monarch  is  limited  by  a  con. 
stitution. 

339.  What  states  are  ruled  by  a  limited  monarchy  ? 
A.  Great  Britain,  France,  Sweden,  &c. 

29 


o  his  own  will 


340.  What  is  an  aristocracy  ? 

A.  A  government  where  the  power  is  vested  in  a  ibw  per 
kns  called  nobles. 

This  does  not  at  present  exist  as  a  distinct  form  of  government,  bm 
frequently  found  com  jined  with  others. 

341.  How  is  aristocracy  frequently  found  combined  1 
A.  With  monarchy  and  democracy. 

342.  This  is  the  case  in  Great  Britain  and  other  limited  monarchieo. 
iThe  king  represents  the  monarchy,  the  nobles  the  aristocracy,  and  the 
1  representative  body  the  democracy. 

343.  What  is  a  Democracy  ? 

A.  It  is  a  free  government,  in  which  the  people  choose 
[their  own  rulers  for  stated  periods  of  time. 


48 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


:l!' 


1 

i 
j 

iiliii 

344.  What  states  have  democratic  governments  ? 

A.  The  United  States,  Texas,  Mexico,  and  all  the  Spanish 
American  States. 

345.  What  was  the  first  kind  of  government? 

A.  The  Patriarchal,  in  which  every  father  or  patriarch 
rules  his  own  family  or  servants. 

346.  Does  this  kind  of  government  still  exist  ? 

A.  Yes ;  but  it  is  found  only  amongst  rude  and  barbarou i 
tribes. 

347.  What  tribes  are  governed  in  this  manner  ? 

A.  The  Bedouins  of  Arabia  and  the  Great  Desert,  the  Lap- 
landers, and  some  others. 

318.  How  did  Patriarchs  become  chiefs  ? 

A.  Jn  process  of  time  families  increased  in  numbers,  and 

patriarchs  became  chiefs  and  rulers. 

349.  How  did  chiefs,  &c.  become  monarchs  7 

A.  Some  chiefs  being  ambitious  and  powerful,  conquered 
others,  and  became  monarchs  of  empires,  kingdoms,  &c. 

350.  What  titles  do  rulers  assume  in  different  parts  of  the  world  ? 
A.  In  Asia,  they  are  called  Nabobs,  Sultans,  Shahs,  Ra- 
jahs, Imams,  Khans,  &c. 

351.  What  are  they  called  in  Europe? 

A.  Emperors,  Kings,  Princes,  Dukes,  Electors,  &c. 

352.  What  are  they  called  in  America  ? 

A.  In  America  the  chief  magistrate  of  the  different  repub* 
lies  takes  the  name  of  President. 


30 


RELIGION. 

353.  All  races  of  men,  even  the  most  savage,  appear  to  believe  in 
the  existence  of  some  invisible  being  possessed  of  power  superior  to 
man.  The  various  methods  in  which  this  faith  is  manifested,  form  so 
many  different  modes  of  religion,  and  exhibit  one  of  the  most  striking 
diversities  by  which  nations  are  distinguished  from  each  otlier. 

354.  How  mav  the  different  forma  of  reliorinn  tie  divided? 

A.  Into  true  and  false. 


GE'^GRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


48 


355.  In  what  does  true  religion  consist  7 

A.  In  worshipping  God,  according  to  his  revealed  will. 

356.  In  what  does  false  religion  consist? 

A..  In  the  worship  of  idols,  and  the  rejection  of  the  true 
Ood. 

357.  What  are  the  principal  systems  of  religion? 

A.  The  Christian,  Mahomedan,  Pagan,  and  Jewish. 

358.  Who  are  Christians  ? 

A.  Those  who  believe  in  Christ,  as  the  Saviour  of  man- 
kind. 


A  Christian  Church. 
359.  Into  what  churches  are  Christians  divided  ? 

A.  Three :  Catholic,  Greek,  and  Protestant. 

[360.  In  what  do  these  agree  ? 

A.  In  the  necessity  of  redemption  through  the  Saviour. 

361.  In  what  do  they  differ  7 
A.  In  points  of  doctrine,  and  modes  of  worship. 

362.  How  are  Protestants  divided? 
A.  Into  various  sects  ;  of  which  the  chief  are  Episcopa 

[Hans,  Lutherans,  Presbyterians,  Baptists,  Methodists,  Friends, 
I  &c. 

363.  Who  are  Mahomedans,  or  Mussulmans  ? 

A.  Those  who  believe  in  Mahomed,  a  religious  impostor, 
I  who  lived  in  Arabia,  about  600  years  after  Christ. 

364.  How  are  Mahomedans  divided  ? 

A.  Into  two  sects :  the  sect  of  Ali,  and  the  sect  of  Omar. 
G 


5    !l:} 


50 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


A  Mabomedan  Mosque. 

31 


365.  Who  are  Pagans  or  Heathens  7 

A.  Those  who  believe  in  false  Gods,  and  who  worship 
idols,  beasts,  birds,  serpents,  &c. 

366.  They  comprise  several  classes,  such  as  Bramins,  Buddhists 
worshippers  of  the  Grand  Lama,  &.C.,  and  number  more  than  one  half 
the  iniiabitants  of  the  earth. 


A  Pagan  Temple. 

367.  Who  are  the  Jews  ? 
A.  They  are  those  who  believe  in  the  Old  Testament,  but| 

reject  the  New,  and  expect  a  Saviour  yet  to  come. 

368.  The  Christian  nations  are  much  superior  in  knowledge  and! 
power  to  all  others,  and  through  the  increase  of  their  colonies,  the  in* 
iluencc  of  the  press,   and   the  exertions  uf  ihe  Missionaries,  will  M  < 
doubt,  in  the  course  of  a  few  generations,  spread  their  religion  over  the  I 
greater  part  of  the  earth. 


GEOGRAPHICAL    DEFINITIONS. 


51 


d  who  worship 

imins,  Buddhists 
tore  than  one  half 


Testament,  but 
)me. 

n  knowledge  and 
r  colonies,  the  in* 
isionurics,  will  no; 
r  religion  over  the 


3C)9.  Tiio  importiince  attached  by  mankind,  in  oil  quarters  of  the 
^orld,  to  tiio  wortihip  of  the  Deity,  \n  most  Ktrikingly  displayed  by  the 
lumbers  of  costly  and  splendid  edifices  erected  for  religious  purposes. 

What  nations  are  superior  in  knowledge  and  power  to  oil  others? 

What  will  cause  their  rehgion  to  be  spread  over  the  greater  part  of 
le  earth  7 

To  what  do  mankind,  in  all  quarters  of  the  world,  attach  importance  ? 

How  is  it  most  strikingly  displayed  7 

370.  Thesearo  called  among  Christians,  churches,  cathedrals,  and 
shapcla;  amongHt  the  Muhomedans,  they  take  the  name  of  Mosques; 
ind  among  tlie  Pagan  Hindoos,  they  are  termed  Pagodas. 

32  


LANGUAGES. 

371.  The  diversities  of  language  form  one  of  the  most  striking 
ints  of  distinction  between  the  various  nations  of  the  earth,  and  their 
rrangement  into  a  general  system  crmstitutes  an  important  branch  of 
cogruphy.  The  languages  of  cultivated  nations  are  both  written  and 
f^poken ;  while  those  of  savnge  und  barbarous  races  are  merely  verbal, 
I'lmd  are  not  reduced  to  writing. 

.(    372.  The  number  of  original  languages  in  the  world,  amounts  to 

■libout  80,  but  including  the  various  dialects  or  branches  derived  from 

them,  they  number  upwards  of  3000,  of  which  more  than  1200  are 

Anoericnn,  and  about  550  European.    In  Asia  and  Oceanica,  there  are 

nearly  1000,  and  in  Africa  276. 

How  many  original  languages  are  there  in  the  world  7 

How  many  branches  or  dialects  are  derived  from  them  ? 

How  many  of  these  are  American  ? 

How  many  are  European  ? 

How  many  are  there  in  Asia  and  Oceanica  ? 

How  many  are  there  in  Africa  ? 

^     373.  The  Chinese  language  is  spoken  by  the  greatest  number  of 

.  people,  but  the  English  is  the  most  widely  spread,  and  will  probably 

'  become  more  general  than  any  other.     It  is   now  spoken  in  every 

I  quarter  of  the  globe,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  simplicity,  concisa 

ne«s,  and  strength. 

374.  The  number  of  books  printed  in  the  English  language  is  prob. 
I  ably  greater,  and  the  influence  of  its  literature  is  more  extensive, 
1  than  in  the  case  of  any  other  language. 

What  language  is  spoken  by  the  greatest  number  of  people  7 

Which  is  the  most  widely  spread  ?     Where  is  it  spoken  7 

For  what  is  it  distinguished  7 

In  what  language  is  it  probable  that  the  greatest  number  of  booki 
18  printed  7 


62 


GEOGRAPHICAL    EXERCISES. 


3d 


I 


.'  i"  sii 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  MAPS. 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD,  NO.  1.. BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Of  what  Hemispheres  does  this  Map  consist  7    En.  and  Wn. 
What  dues  the  Eustern  Hemisphere  comprise  7 
A.  AH  that  part  of  the  earth  lying  east  of  longitude  20 
degrees  west  from  Greenwich. 
Hottiisphere  signifies  Imlf  a  globe. 

What  great  divisions  does  the  Eastern  Hcmispliero  contain  7    Ee., 
Att.,  Aa. 

These  divisions  form  the  Eastern  Continent,  or  Old  World. 

What  does  the  Western  Continent  comprise  7 

A.  All  that  part  of  the  earth  lying  west  of  longitude  20 
degrees  west  from  Greenwich. 

What  great  divisions  does  the  Western  Hemisphere  contain  ?     N.- 
Aa.,  S.-Aa. 

These  divisions  form  the  Western  Continent,  or  the  New  World. 
What  is  a  Continent  7    Refer  to  No.  53,  page  1 6. 

What  great  division  lies  partly  in  the  Eastern  and  partly  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere  7    Oa. 

This  division  is  composed  entirely  of  islands. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  tlie  greatest  amount  of  land  7 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  greatest  amount  of  water  7 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  largest  islands  7     En. 

Which  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world  7    Aa. 

Which  are  the  two  next  largest  7    Bo.,  N.-Ga. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  ? 

Which  is  the  smallest  division  7    Ee. 

Which  division  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  extends  farthest  south  ? 


En. 
Wn. 


Aa. 


Aa. 


Which  extends  farthest  to  the  north  7    Aa. 
Which  extends  farthest  south,  Europe  or  Asia  ? 
Which  extends  farthest  west  7    Aa. 
Which  extends  farthest  east  7    Aa. 


Aa. 


34 


Which  is  the  most  southern  land  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  ?  Es.-Ld 
Which  is  the  mnnt.  Ronthern  in  th«  Wnotom  TTo>n:anlio,.o  t     ci„  t  A 

What  is  an  Ocean  7 


GEOGRAPHICAL    EXERCISES. 


53 


A.  It  is  a  vast  body  of  salt  water. 

What  five  Oceans  are  in  the  Eastern  HcmiBphere  7  Nn.,  Sn.,  Fc, 
Ac.,  In. 

What  four  Oceans  are  in  tlie  Western  Hemisphere  7  Nn.,  Sn.,  Pc., 
Ac. 

There  are  only  five  Oceans  on  the  earth,  of  which  four  extend  into 
both  Ilcnusphcrcs.  The  Indian  is  tlio  only  Ocean  tliat  is  wholly  in  one 
HciniNphcre. 

Which  is  the  largest  Ocean  7    Pc. 

Which  is  the  second  in  extent?     Ac. 

Which  is  the  third  in  extent  ?     In. 

Which  is  the  fourth  in  extent  ?    Sn.  or  Antarctic. 

Which  is  the  fifth  in  extent  ?    Nn.  or  Arctic. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  7    N.- 


[Aa. 


Which  extends  furthest  East  ?     S.-A. 

Which  extends  farthest  West  ?     N.-A. 

Is  North  America  in  North  or  South  Latitude  7    N.-Le. 

Why  is  it  in  North  Latitude  ? 

Is  South  America  mostly  in  North  or  in  South  Latitude  7  S.-Le. 

Why  is  it  mostly  in  South  Latitude  ? 

In  what  direction  does  South  America  lie  from  North  America  7    S. 

What   regions  lie  Soutli  and  South-east  of  South  America  ?     S.- 
.,  S..Oy.,  S..Ld.,  G..Ld. 


35 


sphere  7  Es.-Ld 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD,  NO.  2. 

What  Hemispheres  does  this  map  comprise  7    Nn.  and  Sn. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  greatest  quantity  of  land  7    Nn. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  greatest  quantity  of  water  7    Sn. 

What  great  divisions  are  wholly  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  7  Aa., 
!e.,  N.-A. 

What  great  divisions  are  partly  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere  7   Aa., 
I.-Aa.,  Oa. 

What  does  the  Northern  Hemisphere  comprise  7 

A.  All  that  part  of  the  earth  north  of  the  Equator. 

What  does  the  Southern  Hemisphere  comprise  7 


A.  All  that  part  of  th 


Equator. 


64 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES 


:tti/ii' 


What  groat  divisjons  arc  partly  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere  7  Aa. 
S.-Aa.,  Oa. 

What  four  regions  lie  nearest  the  North  Pole?  N.-Sa.,  N.-Za., 
Sn.,  Gd. 

Nearest  tlie  South  Pole  ?    Va.-Ld.,  Ac.-Ct,  Gs.-Ld.,  Es..Ld. 

What  navigator  has  sailed  nearest  the  Soutli  Pole  7 

A.  Captain  James  C.  Ross,  in  1840. 

What  other  navigator  sailed  nearly  as  far  south  7 

A.  Captain  James  Weddell  in  1823. 

Captain  Ross  sailed  within  830  miles  of  the  South  Pole.  Some 
navigators  have  gone  still  nearer  to  the  North  Pole :  Captain  Parry 
went  witliin  500  miles  of  it,  but  was  stopped  by  the  ice  from  approach* 
ing  closer.  He  found  the  sea,  even  in  tiie  middle  of  summer,  covered 
with  ice,  and  no  signs  of  eitlier  birds  or  beasts  were  to  be  seen. 


36 


.  MAP  NO.  3.  — NORTH  AMERICA. 

What  Ocean  bounds  North  America  on  the  East  7    Ac. 

What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  West  ?    Pc. 

What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  North  7    Ac. 

An  Ocean  is  a  vast  body  of  salt  water. 

What  Sea  is  north  of  British  and  Russian  America  7    Pr. 

What  S«a  between  the  West  Indies  and  South  America  ? 

Tell  what  a  Sea  is.    Refer  to  Question  32,  page  11. 


Cn. 


Ca. 


What  great  Gulf  lies  east  of  Mexico  ?     Mo. 

What  Gulf  between  Mexico  and  California  7 

What  Gulf  west  of  Newfoundland  7    S-Le. 

What  Gulf  south-east  of  Boothia  Felix  7     Ba. 

What  great  Bay  separates  Prince  Williom's  Land  from  Greenland  7 


Bs. 


Hs. 


What  great  Bay  is  south-west  of  Prince  William's  Land  ? 

What  Bay  south  of  Hudson's  Bay  7    Js. 

What  Bay  between  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  7     Fy. 

What  two  Bays  on  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States  7     De.,  Ce. 

What  Bay  east  of  Yucatan  7     Hs. 

What  Bay  west  of  Yucatan  ?    Ce. 

What  Bay  east  of  Guatimala  ?     Ga. 

What  Bay  west  of  Alaska?    Bl. 

De::icribe  a  Bay.    24, 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES.  55 

What  Strait  between  America  and  Asia?     B». 

What  Strait  west  of  Greenland  ?     Ds. 

What  does  it  connect  7      B.-By.  and  the    A.-On. 

Wliat  three  Straits  north  of  Labrador  7     Hs.,  Fs.,  Cd. 

What  Strait  separates  Newfoundland  from  Labrador?    Be. 

What  is  a  Strait  7    25.         

What  two  Sounds  in  Baffin's  Bay  7    Ss.,  Ls.  *• 

What  Sound  on  the  east  coast  of  Greenland  7     Ds. 

What  two  Sounds  m  Russian  America?     Nn.,  P-Ws. 

What  Sound  between  Queen  Charlotte's  and  Vancouver's  Island? 
Q.  Cs. 

What  Sound  north  of  Cape  Hatteras  ?    Ae. 

Describe  a  Sound.    26. 


What  five  Lakes  are  in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States  ?   Sr~ 
Mn.,  Hn.,  Ee.,  Oo. 

What  river  do  they  all  flow  into  ?    S.-Le. 

What  are  the  four  principal  Lakes  in  British  America?    Wg.,  Ab» 
I  G.-Se.,  G.-Br. 

What  two  Lakes  are  in  the  northern  part  of  Mexico?    Ts.,  Ba. 
What  Lakes  are  in  the  western  part  of  Mexico  7     Te. 
What  Lake  is  in  the  southern  part  of  Guatimala  ?    Na. 
Tell  what  a  Lake  is.    29. 

37 

What  River  flows  into  the  Polar  Sea  7    Ms. 


CI. 


Which  are  the  two  chief  Rivers  that  flow  into  Hudson's  Bay  7    Nn, 


What  River  of  the  United  States  flows  into  the  Pacific  Ocean  ?    Ca. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  California  7    Co. 

Which  two  large  Rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico?    ML,  Ne. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  7     S..Le. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  ?     Fs. 

What  River  flows  into  Ungava  Bay  ?     Kh. 

What  River  flows  from  Lake  Chapala  7    Ge. 

What  River  flows  from  Lake  Nicaragua  7    S..Jn. 

Describe  a  River.    34. 

How  are  Rivers  shown  on  Maps  ?    174. 


What  Peninsula  is  in  tlie  south  part  of  Russian  America? 

What  Peninsula  north  nf  Hndoor'-  'i""  '     H'- 

What  Peninsula  in  the  southern  part  of  British  America? 


Aa. 


N.Sa. 


I. -II 

I.I  i 


H    i 


56 


mm 


m 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


What  Peninsula  in  the  southern  part  of  the  United  States  ? 
What  Peninsula  in  the  western  part  of  Mexico  7    Ca. 
What  Peninsula  in  the  eastern  part  of  Mexico  ?    Yn. 
What  is  a  Peninsula  7    54. 


Fa, 


What  Island  lies  east  of  Greenland  7    Id. 

What  Island  west  of  Greenland  7    Do. 

What  Island  in  Hudson  Bay  7    Sn. 

What  four  Islands  in  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence?    Nd.,  Ai.,  C.-Bn, 
P..Es. 

What  Ic!?nds  east  of  Savannah  7    Bs. 

What  Islands  south-east  from  Florida  7    Ba. 

What  Islands  between  North  and  South  America  7    W.-I8. 

Which  are  the  four  largest  of  the  West  India  Islands  7    Ca.,  Hi,  | 
Ja.,  P.-Ro. 

These  are  called  the  Great  Antilles. 

Which  are  the  two  chief  Islands  on  the  west  coast  of  the  United 
States  7    Vs.,  Q.-Cs. 

Tell  what  Islands  are.    56. 

Which  is  the  most  western  Cape  of  North  America  7    P-Ws. 
Which  is  the  most  eastern  Cape  7    Re.  ' 

Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  7    Ga. 
Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  of  Greenland  ?    Fl. 
What  three  Capes  on  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States  7    Cd,, 
Hs.,  CI. 
Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  of  the  United  States  7    Se. 
The  most  southern  Cape  of  California  7    Ls. 
The  most  eastern  Cape  of  Guatimala  7    G-Ds. 
What  is  a  Cape  7    57. 

38 

What  Mountains  extend  through  the  whole  of  North  America  7    Ry 

What  are  they  called  in  Mexico  7     M.  Cs. 

What  Mountains  extend  along  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  1    Sy. 

What  Mountains  extend  through  the  eastern  part  of  the  United  j 
States  7    Ay. 

What  two  Mountains  are  in  the  southern  part  of  Russian  America?  ] 
S..Es.,  Fr. 

What  two  Mountains  are  in  the  western  part  of  British  America? 
Bn.,  Hr. 

What  is  a  Mountain?    59. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


57 


Nd.,  Ai.,  C-Bn, 


ast  of  the  United  i 


h  America  ?   Ry 


What  Highlands  are  in  the  northern  part  of  Greenland  ?    A.-Hs. 

Mountains  and  Hills  are  often  called  Highlands. 

What  two  Peaks  are  in  the  western  part  of  the  United  States  ?  Ls.,  Js. 

Mountains  that  are  higher  than  those  around  them  are  sometimes 
called  Peaks. 

What  Peaks  are  in  the  northern  part  of  Mexico  ?    Sh. 
What  Volcano  is  in  the  southern  part  of  Mexico  ?    PI. 


What  two  Volcanoes  are  in  Guatimala  ? 
What  is  a  Volcano  ?     62. 


Wr..Ca. 


What  Desert  lies  in  the  western  part  of  the  United  States  ?    G.-An. 
WJiat  Desert  lies  in  the  northern  part  of  Mexico  ?    G.-Sy. 
What  is  a  Desert?    70. 


Which  is  the  most  western  division  of  North  America  ?    R-Aa. 

This  is  called  Russian  America  because  it  belongs  to  Russia. 

Which  is  the  most  eastern  division  of  North  America  ?    Gd. 

This  is  sometimes  called  Danish  America  because  it  belonffs  to  Den. 
mark.  * 

Which  is  the  largest  division  in  the  North  ?    B.-Aa. 

This  is  called  British  America  because  it  belongs  to  Great  Britain. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  in  the  Centrb  ?     U.-S. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  in  the  South  ?    Mo, 

What  division  lies  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico  ?    Ts. 

Which  division  lies  south  of  Mexico  ?    Ga. 

This  division  is  likewise  called  Central  America. 

What  small  division  lies  north  of  Guatimala  ?     Be. 

What  great  Archipelago  lies  east  of  Mexico  and  Guatimala?  W..Is. 

What  is  an  Archipelago  ?    23. 


What  is  the  capital  of  British  America  ?    Qc 

What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States?    Wn. 
What  is  the  capital  of  Texas?     Hn. 

What  is  th J  capital  of  Mexico?     Mo. 
What  IS  the  capital  of  Guatimala  ?    S.JSr. 

What  part  of  North  America  is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  ?  Mo. 
What  parts  are  crossed  by  the  Arctic  Circle  ?    Gd.,  B.-Aa.,  R..Aa 
In  what  Z.,ne  is  the  middle  part  of  North  America  ?     N.-Te. 
In  whiil  Zone  is  the  southern  part  7     Td. 
in  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part  ?    N.-Fd 
H 


HI 

j 

■ 

1 1 

58  GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 

What  countries  of  North  America  are  in  the  North  Frigid  Zone? 
Gd.,  B.-Aa.,  R.-Aa.  ,    n  a     tt  Q 

What  countries  are  in  the  North  Temperate  Zone?    B-Aa,  U..&., 

Ts.,  Mo. 

What  countries  arc  in  the  Torrid  Zone  ?    Mo.,  Ga.,  W-Is. 
In  what  Zone  is  the  largest  part  of  North  America  ?    N  -Te. 


39 


MAP  NO.  4.  — UNITED  STATES. 

What  country  bounds  the  United  States  on  the  North  7    B-Aa. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  East  ?    Ac-On. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  West?    Pc-On. 
What  Gulf  bounds  it  on  the  South  ?    Mo. 

What  Gulf  separates  Vancouver's  Island  from  Oregon  Territory  ?  Ga. 
What  Republics  lie  west  of  the  United  States  ?    Mo.,  Ts. 
What  five  great  Lakes  are  in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States? 
Sr.,  Hn.,  Mn.,  Ee.,  Oo.  «         ,    m 

What  is  the  name  of  the  eastern  part  of  Lake  Huron  ?    Me. 
What  Lake  lies  east  of  Lake  Ontario  ?    Cn. 
What  Lake  lies  north-west  of  Lake  Superior  t    Ws. 

What  great  river  extends  through  the  middle  of  the  U.  States  ?    Mi. 

Which  are  its  three  great  western  branches?    Mi.,  As.,  Rd. 

Which  is  its  principal  eastern  branch  ?    Oo. 

Into  what  Gulf  does  the  Mississippi  flow  ?     Mo. 

What  River  witli  two  names  in  the  western  part  of  the  United 
States  ?    On.  or  Ca. 

What  are  its  two  principal  branches  ?    Ls.,  Cs. 

What  throe  Rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  north  of  Cape  Cod? 
Ft.,  Kk.,  Mk. 

What  three  between  Cape  Cod  and  Cape  Charles  ?    Ct.,  Iln.,  De. 

What  three  flow  into  Chesapeake  Bay  ?     Sa.,  Pc.,  Js. 

What  River  flows  into  Albemarle  Sound  ?    Re. 

What  two  flow  imo  Pamlico  Sound  ?    Tr.,  Ne. 

What  seven  Rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  between  Cape  Lookout 
and  Cape  Cannuvcral  ?    C.-Fr.,  G.-Pe.,  Se.,  Sh.,  Aa.,  S.-Ms.,  S.-Js. 

What  three  Rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  east  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Mississippi  ?    PL,  Aa.,  Apalachicola. 

_ 40 . 

Tliere  are  eight  Capes  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  SUites. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


59 


of  the  United 


What  are  they  T    Cd.,  Mr.,  Cs.,  Hy.,  Hs.,  Lt,  Fr.,  CI. 

^Vhat  two  Capes  are  on  the  west  side  of  Florida  7    Rs.,  Se. 

What  Cape  west  of  Apalachee  Bay  7    S.-Bs. 

What  four  Capes  are  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States  7  Fy., 
Fr.,  Od.,  Mo. 

What  three  Bays  are  between  Cape  Cod  and  Cape  Hatteras  7    N.* 
Y.,  De.,  Ce. 

What  four  Bays  are  on  the  west  coast  of  Florida  ?  Cm.,  Ta.,  Vr.,  Ae. 

What  three  Bays  between  Cape  St  Bias  and  the  mouths  of  the  Mis> 
sissippi  River  7    ra.,  Me.,  Bk. 

WJiat  three  Sounds  are  between  Cape  Lookout  and  Cape  Cod  7    Po., 
Ae.,  L.-Id. 

What  Sound  on  the  west  coast  of  Vancouver's  Island  7    Na. 


What  Island  is  there  on  the  coast  of  Maine  7    M.-Dt 

What  two  Islands  lie  south  of  Massachusetts  7    Nt.,  M  -Yd. 

What  Island  lies  south  of  Rhode  Island  ?    Bk. 

What  Island  lies  south  of  Connecticut  7    L.-Id. 

What  Islands  lie  soutli  of  Florida  7    R-Rs.  and  T-Is. 

Reefs  signify  low  sandy  islands. 

What  Island  is  separated  from  the  Oregon  Territory  by  the  Gulf  of 
Georgia  7    Ys. 

What  range  of  Mountains  is  in  the  western  part  of  the  United 
States  7    Ry. 

What  three  ranges  of  Mountains  are  in  the  Eastern  part  of  the 
United  States  7    Cd.,  Ay.,  B.-Re. 

These  three  ranges  are  called  sometimes  the  Apalachian  Mountains. 

In  what  State  is  the  Black  Mountain  7    N.-Ca. 

This  is  the  highest  mountain  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  United  States. 

What  Mountains  are  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey  ?     Be. 

What  Mountains  are  in  Yermont  and  New  Hampshire  7    Gn.,  We. 

The  White  Mountains  are  the  highest  in  New  England. 

What  Mountains  are  in  Arkansas  and  Missouri  ?    Ok. 


-41 


26. 


How  many  States  are  there  in  the  United  States  7 

How  many  Territories,  including  Florida  7     6. 

There  is  also  a  District,  called  the  District  of  Columbia,  which  you 

will  see  on   M-in  No.  7.      Jt  ia  TO  mWoo  \nnrr  •>"/!    in  m^l^^'-  ...JJ" 1 

contams  Washington  City,  the  capital  of  the  United  States.    Thus  the 
United  States  contain  33  separate  divisions. 


60 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


ii.iw'  I'i 


There  are  13  States  lying  along  tlie  Atlantic  Ocean  between  Florida 
and  New  Brunswick. 

What  arc  they  ?    Me.,  N.-H.,  Ms.,  R.-!.,  Ct,  N-Y.,  N.  J.,  Do.,  Md., 
Va.,  N.-C.,  S-C,  Ga. 

What  State  lies  north  of  Long  Island  Sound  ?    Ct 

To  what  State  does  Long  Island  belong  ?    N..Y. 

What  three  States  and  Territory  lie  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?    La., 
Mi.,  Aa.,  Fa. 

What  two  States  lie  west  of  the  Mississippi  River  ?    As.,  Mi. 

What  three  Territories  lie  between  the  Mississippi  and  the  Rocky 
Mountains  7     la..  Mi.,  In. 

What  TerrUory  lies  between  the  Mississippi  River  and  Lakes  Supe- 
rior  and  Michigan  ?     Wn. 

What  four  States  lie  directly  east  of  the  Mississippi  River  ?    Mi., 
Te.,  Ky.,  Is. 

What  State  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Mississippi  ?    La. 

What  State  is  bounded  by  Lakes  Huron,  Michigan,  and  Superior?  Mn. 

What  three  States  are  bounded  by  Lake  Erie  ?    N.-Y.,  Pa.,  Oo. 

What  State  is  bounded  by  Lake  Ontario  ?    N-Y. 

What  two  States  does  Lake  Champlain  separate  ?    N.-Y,  Vt 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Connecticut  River  ?  N.-H.,  Vt 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Delaware  River  ?    Pa.,  N.-J. 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Potomac  River  ?    Va.,  Md. 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Savannah  River  ?    S.-C,  Ga. 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Chattahoochee  River  ?  Ga.,  Aa. 

What  five  States  are  bounded  by  the  Ohio  River  ?   la..  Is.,  Oa  Ky.,  Va. 

What  two  States  are  separated  in  part  by  the  Cumberland  Moun- 
tains  ?    Va.,  Ky. 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ?    N.- 
C,  Te. 

42 

Which  is  the  largest  State  ?    Va. 

The  smallest  ?    R.-I. 

What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ?    Wn. 

Which  of  the  Eastern  States  have  each  two  capitals  ?    Ct.,  R.-I. 

The  six  Eastern  States  are  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Mas- 
sachusetts, Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 

What  is  the  capital  of  each  ?  Aa.,  Cd.,  Mr.,  Bn.,  Pe.,  Nt.,  Hd.,  N.-Hn. 

The  four  Middle  States  are  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennaylvaniau 
and  Delaware. 

What  is  the  capital  of  each  ?    Ay.,  Tn.,  Hg.,  Dr. 


GEOGRAPHICAL    EXERCISES. 


61 


Mexico  ?    La., 


Quntains  ?    N- 


The  eight  Soutliern  States  are  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina, 
Suutli  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alubania,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana. 

What  is  tlie  capital  of  each  ?   As.,  Rd.,  Rh.,  Ca.,  Me.,  Ta.,  Jn.,  N.-Os. 

The  eight  Western  States  arc  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Michigan, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas. 

What  is  the  capital  of  each  ?  Cs.,  Ft.,  Ne.,  Dt.,  Is.,  Va.,  J.-Cy.,  L.-Rk. 

The  organized  Territories  ar'?  Florida,  Wisconsin,  and  Iowa. 

What  is  the  capital  of  each  ?    Te.,  M..Cy.,  Bn. 

Through  what  States  does  the  40th  parallel  of  Latitude  pass  7  N.- 
Jy.,  Pa.,  Va.,  Oo.,  la.,  Is. 

Tiirough  what  Territory  does  it  pass  ?    la. 

Through  or  near  what  Cities  and  Towrs  does  it  pass  ?  Pa.,  Lr.,  Bd., 
Wg.,  Zc,  Cs.,  Bn.,  Qy.  These  places  have  all  the  same  or  very  nearly 
the  same  latitude. 

What  six  places  have  nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Washington  City  ? 
Wk.,  Ph.,  Mn.,  Vs.,  Va.,  S.-Cs. 

By  placing  a  ruler  on  the  Map  directly  on  the  place  named,  keeping 
it  parallel  with  the  lines  that  cross  the  Map  from  east  to  west,  tlie 
learner  will  see  at  once  all  tliose  places  that  have  the  same  latitude. 

What  places  have  the  same  latitude  as  the  City  of  New<York  7  Nk., 
Br.,  Br.,  Pu.,  Lt.,  Pa.,  Bn. 

What  places  have  the  same  latitude  as  Boston  7    Wr.,  Dt.,  S.-Jh.,  Ga. 

Through  what  States  does  the  meridian  of  Washington  pass  7  N. 
y..  Pa.,  Md.,  Va.,  N.-C. 

Through  or  near  what  Cities  or  Towns  does  it  pass  7     Ea.,  Ga. 

These  places  therefore  have  the  same  longitude  as  Washington  City. 

What  four  places  have  about  the  same  longitude  as  Boston  7  Sm., 
Nt,  Ph.,  Dr. 

43  

MAP  NO.  10.  — SOUTH  AMERICA. 

What  Ocean  bounds  South  America  on  the  East  7    Ac. 

What  on  the  West?    Pc. 

What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  North  7    Cn. 


What  are  the  principal  Mountains  of  South  America? 

What  is  their  length  7 

The  highest  peak.  Mount  Sorato,  is  nearly  5  miles  high 
highest  Mountain  in  America. 

What  is  the  next  highest  Mountain  7    li. 

On  what  side  of  South  America  are  the  Andes  7    Wt. 

What  Mountains  are  on  the  East  7    Bn. 

How  long  are  they  7 


As. 


It  is  tlie 


'ft;:''' 


f! 


62 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


What  Mountains  are  in  the  west  part  of  Brazil  ?    Gl. 
What  Mountains  are  between  Brazil  and  Guiana  ?    Ay. 


Which  is  the  largest  River  in  South  America  ? 

Which  is  its  largest  branch  7     Ma. 

Which  is  the  second  River  in  length  ?    R..Pa. 

Which  is  the  third?    Oo. 

Which  is  tlie  fourth  ?    S.  Fo. 

Into  what  Ocean  do  these  flow  ?    Ac. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Caribbean  Sea  ?    Ma. 


An. 


Which  is  the  most  northern  Cape  of  South  America  ? 
Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  7    Hn. 
Which  is  the  most  eastern  7    S.-Re. 
Which  is  the  most  western  7    Bo. 


Gs. 


What  two  Gulfs  are  on  the  Caribbean  Sea  7    Dn.,  Va. 

What  two  are  on  the  west  coast  7    Gl.,  Ps. 

What  are  the  principal  Bays  on  the  west  coast  7    Pa.,  Co. 

What  are  the  principal  Bays  on  the  east  coast  7  A-Ss.,  S.-Ms.,  S.-Ge. 


What  Islands  are  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  7    B.-Ae.,  Ma. 

These  are  a  part  of  the  Little  Antilles,  which  form  the  southern  din- 
eion  of  the  West  Indies.  Margarita  belongs  to  Venezuela,  and  is  the 
only  West  Indian  Island  that  is  owned  by  a  South  American  power. 

What  five  Islands  north  of  South  America  7  Td.,  To.,  Ga.,  Bs,,  S..VL 

These  form  a  part  of  the  Caribbee  Islands. 

What  Island  lies  between  the  Amazon  and  Para  rivers  ?    Js. 

What  Islands  on  the  coast  of  Brazil  south  of  the  Equator  7  la.,  As- 
S.^n.,  Ca.,  S..Ca.,  Ti. 

What  Islands  east  of  Patagonia  7    Fd. 

What  Island  south  of  Patagonia  7    T.-Fo. 

What  Island  east  of  Terra  del  Fuego  7    S..Ld. 

What  Island  east  of  Staten  Land  7    S-Ga. 

What  Islands  south  of  Terra  del  Fuego  7    Cn. 

What  Island  south  of  Chili  7    Ce. 

What  three  Archipelagoes  south  of  Chiloe  7    Cs.,  M.-Ds.,  Q..A3. 

What  Island  south  of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  7    Wn. 

What  Islands  west  of  Chili  7    J.-Fs-,  S.-Fx. 

What  Island  in  the  Gulf  of  Guayaquil  7    Po. 


GEOGRAPHICAL    EXERCISES. 


63 


44 


What  Lake  lies  in  the  north-west  part  of  Venezuela  7    Mo. 


What  Lake  forms  part  of  the  boundary  between  Peru  and  Bo- 
livia?   Ta. 

What  two  Lakes  are  in  Bolivia  7    Uy.,  Xs. 

What  three  Lakes  are  in  Buenos  Ayres  7    Ve.,  P'^,  la. 

What  two  Lakes  are  in  the  southern  part  of  Brazil  7     Ps.,  Mm. 

What  Lake  in  Peru  forms  the  source  of  the  Amazon  River  7    Rs. 


What  are  the  extensive  grassy  plains  in  the  east  part  of  Brazil 
called  ?    The  Sm. 

What  are  the  elevated  plains  in  the  west  part  of  Brazil  called  7  C.-Ps. 

Point  out  in  Venezuela  the  word  Llanos,  and  in  Buenos  Ayres  the 
word  Pampas.  These  are  the  names  given  to  extensive  plains  in  those 
parts  of  South  America.  They  are,  like  the  Sertam  in  Brazil,  the  Prai- 
ries in  North  America,  and  the  Steppes  of  Asia,  covered  with  grass,  on 
which  vast  herds  of  cattle  roam  and  feed. 


The  three  most  northern  divisions  on  the  west  side  of  South  America 
are  called  the  Colombian  States. 
Which  are  they  7    Va.,  N.-Ga.,  Er. 

The  two  next  lying  immediately  south  of  these  are  called  the  Pera< 
vian  States. 

What  are  their  names  7    Pu.,  Ba. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  South  America  7    Bl. 

Which  is  the  smallest  division?    Py. 

Which  division  belongs  to  the  British,  Dutch,  and  French  7    Ga. 

Which  is  the  most  northern  division  of  South  America?    N.-Ga 

Which  is  the  most  western  division?    Er. 

Which  is  the  most  eastern  division?    BI. 

Which  is  the  most  southern  division?    Pa. 

Which  two  divisions  are  separated  by  the  Andes  7    B.-As.  and  Ci. 

What  is  the  Capital  of  New  Grenada  7    Ba.    Of  Venezuela  7    Cs. 

OfEquhdor?    Qo.    Of  Peru  7    La. 

Of  Bolivia?    Ca.    Of  Brazil  7    R..Jo.    Of  Paraguay  7    An. 

Of  Uruguay  7    Mo.     Of  Buenos  Ayres?    B.-As.    Of  Chili  7    Sa 

What  States  does  the  Equator  pass  through  7    BL,  Va.,  N.-Ga.,  Er. 
What  is  the  Equator?     115. 

What  States  does  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  pass  through  7    Bl.,  Py., 
B.-As.,  Ba. 


64 


GEOGRAPHICAL    EXERCISES. 


In  what  Zone  is  that  part  of  South  America  that  lies  north  of  the 
Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?    Td. 

In  what  Zone  is  that  part  south  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?    S.  Te. 

What  portion  of  South  America  is  in  the  Torrid  Zone,  the  largest  or 
•mallest  f    Lt  »  a 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  the  Torrid  Zone  7     189. 


In  what  Latitude  is  the  greatest  part  of  South  America  ?    S.  Lc. 

Why  is  it  in  South  Latitude  ?     131. 

What  is  Latitude  7     130. 

In  what  Longitude  is  South  America,  rcck-u^ng  ftom  Green^vich  7 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  West  Longitude  7    151. 
What  is  Longitude  7    146. 


45 


'  I  MAP  NO.  11. —  EUROPE. 

What  Ocean  bounds  Europe  on  the  West  7    Ac. 

What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  North  7     Ac. 

What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  South  7     Mn. 

What  Mountains  bound  it  on  the  east  7    Ul. 

There  are  eight  Seas  in  Europe.    What  are  they  7    We-  Be.  Nl» 
fQ.,  Mn.,  Ma.,  Bk.,  Av. 

What  Sea  is  on  the  north  of  Russia  7    We. 

What  Sea  between  Russia  and  Sweden  7    Be. 

What  Sea  between  Scotland  and  Denmark  7    Nh. 

What  Sea  between  England  and  Ireland  7     Ih. 

What  Sea  between  Europe  and  Africa  7    Mn. 

What  Sea  south  of  Turkey  7    Ma. 

What  two  Seas  south  of  Russia  7    Bk.,  Av. 

What  is  the  name  of  the  Sea  between  Greece  and  Asia  7    Ao. 

What  is  an  Archipelago  7    23. 


What  large  Islands  lie  west  of  Europe  7     B.-Is. 

The  Island  containing  England,  Scotland,  and  Wales,  is  called  Great 
Britain. 

What  Island  lies  west  of  Great  Britain  7    Id. 

What  four  groups  of  Islands  are  west  and  north  of  the  British  Isles? 
Hs.,  Oy.,  Sd.,  Fe. 

What  large  Island  lies  west  of  Norway  7    Id. 


north  of  the 


Greenwich  7 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


65 


Ad,  Do.,  01,  Gd.,  Od.,  Rn. 


Wt)at  Islands  are  in  the  Baltic  Sea? 
Zd.,  Fn. 

What  iBlanda  in  the  Mediterronean  belonjf  to  Spain  ?    Be. 

What  Islands  belong  to  France  7    Co.    To  Great  Britain  7    Ma.,  In. 
To  Egypt  7    Ca., 

What  Island  soutli  of  Italy  7    Sy. 
What  Mountain  do  you  observe  on  it?    Ea. 
What  Ibland  cast  of  Greece  7    Nt. 
What  small  Island  between  Tuscany  and  Corsica?    Ea. 
This  island  is  remarkable  for  being  the  place  to  which  Napoleon  Bo- 
naparte was  banished  in  1814. 

What  Island  bears  the  same  name  as  a  kingdom  in  Italy  7    Sa. 
Whot  small  Island  between  England  and  Ireland  7    Mn. 


What  Gulf  between  Sweden  and  Russia  7    Bo. 

Whot  two  Gulfs  in  the  Baltic  Sea  7    Fd.,  Ro. 

Wliat  Gulf  south  of  France  7     Ls. 

What  Gulf  south  of  the  Kingdom  of  Sardinia  7    Go. 

What  Gulf  east  of  Italy  7    Ve. 

What  Gulf  in  the  Black  Sea  7     Bs. 

What  Bay  north  of  Spain  7    By. 


46 


What  Channel  between  France  ond  England  7  Eh. 
What  Channel  between  Wales  and  Ireland  ?  S.-Gs. 
What  Channel  between  Ireland  and  Scotland  7  Nh. 
What  Channel  between  Denmark  and  Norway  ?  S..Rk. 
W'hat  Channel  between  Denmark  and  Sweden  ?  Ct. 
What  Channel  between  the  Marmora  and  Black  Seas  7    Co. 


What  Strait  between  Franco  and  England  ?    Dr. 

What  Strait  between  Europe  and  Africa  7    Gr. 

What  Strait  between  Corsica  and  Sardinia?    Bo. 

What  Strait  between  the  Mediterranean  and  the  Sea  of  Marmora  7  Ds. 

What  Strait  between  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Azov  7    Ee. 

What  Strait  between  Italy  and  Turkey  ?    Oo. 


What  Mountains  form  the  boundary  between  Europe  and  Asia?   UL 
Wjiui  Mountains  divide  iSweden  and  Norway  /     Dd. 
What  Mountains  divide  France  and  Spain  ?    Ps. 


1 

fIfW 

i 

1 :  ■'  it         ' 

m.i 

|h;r 

i 

1 

II 

I 

If 


ii'l.  ;i;J 


lililMIl 


66 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  Mountains  in  France  7    C«.,  Ae,  \ 

What  Mountains  in  the  north  of  Spain  7    Cn. 
What  Mountains  in  the  south  of  Spain  7    Sa.-Ma.,  Sa..Na. 
What  Mountains  in  Switzerland  7    As.  these  are  the  highest  in  Eu. 
rope.    Mt.  Blanc  is  the  highest  of  the  Alps,  it  is  near  three  miles  high. 
What  Mountains  extend  through  Italy  7     Ae. 
What  Mountains  in  tho  east  of  Austria  7    On. 
What  Mountains  extend  through  Turkey  7    Bn. 


Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 
Which 


is  the 
is  tho 
is  tho 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  tho 


Nh. 


most  northern  capo  of  Europe  7 
most  southern  7     Mn. 
most  southern  cape  of  Norway  7     No. 
most  southern  cape  of  England?     L..Ed. 
most  southern  capo  of  Ireland  7    Cr. 
most  northern  cape  of  Spain  7    01. 
most  western  cupo  of  Spain  7    Fe. 
most  southern  capo  of  Portugal  7     S.-Vt. 
most  southern  cape  of  Greece  7    Mn. 


What  Rivers  flow  into  the  White  Sea  7    Oa.,  Da.,  Mc. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia  7    Ua.,  Ta.,  Kx.,  La.,  Sa. 
11.,  Jja.,  Dl. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Baltic  Sea  7    Da.,  Nn.,  Va.,  Or. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  North  Sea  7    Ee.,  Wr.,  Es.,  Re. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  7    Sn.,  Se.,  Le.,  Ge..  Ma 
Do,,  1  s.,  Ga.,  Gr. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Mediterranean  Sea  7    Eo.,  Re.,  Tr. 
What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Venice  7    P. 
What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Black  Sea  7    De.,  Dr.,  Bg.,  Dr. 
What  River  flows  into  the  Sea  of  Azov  7    Dn. 


47 


What  Peninsula  lies  west  of  the  Baltic  sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia' 
Sn.  Ny. 

What  Peninsula  lies  south  of  Norway  7    Dk. 
What  Peninsula  lies  south  of  France  7    Sn.  PI. 
What  Peninsula  lies  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice  ?    ly. 
What  Peninsula  lies  south  of  Turkey  ?    Ge. 
What  Foninsuii  iiea  west  of  tiie  Sea  of  Azov  7    Ca. 


i>,  Kx.,  La.,  So. 


ilf  of  Bothnia* 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


67 


Aa. 


What  grand  division  of  the  earth  lies  east  of  Europe  7 

Wimt  country  liei  east  of  the  Ural  Mountains  7    Sa. 

What  is  the  largest  division  in  Europe  7    Ra. 

What  divisions  lie  west  of  Uje  Baltic  Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia  ? 
on.,  riy. 

What  division  lies  south  of  the  Baltic  Sea  7    Pa. 
What  division  lies  west  of  the  Black  Sea  7    Ty. 
What  division  lies  west  of  the  Archipelago  7     Ge. 
What  division  lies  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice  7     ly. 
What  division  lies  north  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice  7    Aa. 
What  division  lies  north  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  7    Fe. 
What  divisions  lie  west  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  7    Sn.,  PI. 
What  divisions  lie  on  the  Black  Sea  7    Ty.,  Ra. 
Hd^Bra*''''^"  divisions  lie  on  the  North  Sea  7    Ny.,  Sd.,  Ed.,  Dk.,  Hr., 

What  divisions  lie  on  the  Baltic  Sea  7    Sn.,  Dk.,  Ra.,  Pa. 

What  divisions  lie  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean  7    Ny.,  Sd.,  Id.,  Fe.,  Sn.,  PI. 

What  divisions  lie  on  the  Mediterranean  Sea  7    Sn.,  Fe.,  ly.,  Ge. ' 


What  is  the  Capital  of  Sweden  7  Sm.  —  Of  Russia  7  S..Pff.  —  Of 
SuSTh  ^nrn(^''''T'J  "'■-WEngland7  Ln.3ifHol. 
Dn  or  W~*^^^'K'"'2]  ^k  -  ^^  P^"««i*  ^  B"-  -  Of  Saxony  : 
Be  "of  f/'^'"?'!^  ®^^- ^^.  B^^^'^  ^  Mh.  -  Of  Switzerland  7 
X^:r-?.^*^5ance7    Pb.- Of  Spain  7     Md.  -  Of  Portugal  7     Ln.~ 

Nnnt  /"^^  Tn- Of  Tuscany?   Fc-OfthePopedonf?   Re.-lof 
Naples?    Ns.- Of  Austria  7    Va. -Of  Turkey?    Ce.- Of  Greece? 


NoWnVi.L'i^^^'  "Europe?  N.-Le.  -  How  do  you  know  it  is  in 
JNorth  Latitude  7  In  what  Longitude  is  it  mostly  7  E.-Le.—  How  do 
LoLiS  ;'  '  p!"  J"^^°"|'}"de  7  What  parts  of  Europe  are  "  Wes? 
Longitude?    Pi.,  Sn    Fe.,  Ed.,  Sd..  Id.- Which  is  the  most  Northern 

wSilp^"TJ  .^^Ti^*^'^^  '^  '^^  most  Southern?  Ge.- 
Which  IS  the  most  Eastern  7    Ra.  —  Which  is  the  most  Western  7    Id. 


48 


MAP  NO.  14 — ASIA. 

What  great  division  bounds  Asia  on  the  West?    Ee. 
What  great  division  bounds  Asia  on  the  North  East  7    N.-Aa. 
What  great  division  bounds  it  on  the  South  West  7    Aa.' 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  North  7    Ac.  or  Northern. 


68 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  South  ?    In, 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  East  ?    Fc. 


What  Sea  divides  Asia  from  Africa  7    Rd. 

What  Sea  separates  Hindoostan  from  Aratiia  ?    An. 

What  Sea  lies  west  of  Syria  ?    Mn. 

What  two  seas  lie  north  of  Turkey  ?    Ma.,  Bk. 

What  Sea  lies  east  of  Nova  Zembla  7     Ka. 

What  Sea  lies  east  of  Kamtschatka  7    Ka. 

What  Sea  lies  west  of  Kamtschatka  7    Ok. 

What  Sea  lies  west  of  the  Kurile  Islands  7    Jo. 

What  Sea  lies  between  Niphon  and  Corea  7    Jn. 

What  Sea  lies  west  of  Corea  ?    Yw. 

What  Sea  lies  east  of  Cochin  China  7  Ca. 

Asia  contains  three  interior  Seas :  which  are  they  7    Cn.,  AI.,  Dd. 


What  Mountains  separate  Europe  from  Asia  7     (JL 

What  Mountains  bound  Siberia  on  the  South  7    L.-Ay.,  G.-Ay. 

What  Mountains  extend  through  Mongolia  7     Tn. 

What  Mountains  bound  Thibet  on  the  north  7     Kn. 

What  Mountains  bound  Hindoostan  on  the  North-East  7    Hh. 

Which  is  the  highest  of  the  Himmaleh  mountains  and  its  height  ?    Ce. 

What  Mountains  in  the  southern  part  of  Hindoostan  7    Gt 

What  Mountains  are  in  Turkey  7    Ts. 

What  Mountains  are  in  Persia  ?     Ez. 

What  Mountains  bound  Independent  Tartary  on  the  South  7    H.,-Koi 

What  Mountains  are  in  China  7    Pg.,  Mg. 

What  Mountains  separate  Circassia  from  Georgia  7    Cs. 


What  three  Gulfs  are  in  the  north  part  of  Siberia  7    Oe.,  Yi.,  La. 

What  two  Gulfs  between  Persia  and  Arabia  7    Pn.,  Os. 

What  two  Gulfs  on  the  west  coast  of  Hindoostan  ?    Ch.,  Cy. 

What  Gulf  separates  Hindoostan  from  Ceylon  7    Mr. 

What  Gulf  south  of  Birmah  7    Mn. 

What  Gulf  between  Siam  and  Cambodia  ?    Sm. 

What  Gulf  east  of  Anam  7    Tn.    What  near  the  Yellow  Sea  7    Pe. 

What  Gulf  north  of  Kamtschatka  7    Ar. 


Which  is  the  most  northorn  Cape  of  Asia  7    G»-Vis 
Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  7    Ra. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


69 


ow  Sea  ?    Pe. 


Which  is  the  most  eastern  Cape  7    Et. 

Which  are  the  most  southern  Capes  of  Hindoostan  and  Birmah  ?   Cn. 
andNs. 

49 

What  three  great  Rivers  flow  into  the  Northern  Ocean  ?    Oe.,  Yi.,  La. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Channel  of  Tartary  ?    Ar. 

What  two  large  rivers  flow  through  China  ?    Ho.,  Yg. 

What  River  separates  Cochin  China  from  Cambodia  ?    Ca. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Martaban  ?    ly. 

What  two  Rivers  flow  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal  ?    Gs.,  Br. 

What  River  bounds  Hindoostan  on  the  west  ?     Is. 

What  two  Rivers  unite  and  flow  into  the  Persian  Gulf?    Es.,  Ts. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Caspian  Sea  ?    Va.,  UI. 

What  two  Rivers  flow  into  the  sea  of  Aral  ?    Ao.,  Sn. 

What  River  flows  througli  Little  Bucharia  7    Cr. 

What  Island  west  of  Syria  7    Cs. 

What  Island  south  of  Hindoostan  7    Cn. 

What  Islands  in  the  Bay  of  Bengal  7    An.,  Nr. 

What  Island  west  of  Malacca  ?    P.-Pg. 

What  Island  south  of  China  7    Hn. 

What  Islands  east  of  China  7    Fa.,  L..Co. 

What  Islands  form  the  Empire  of  Japan  7    Jo.,  Nn.,  Se.,  Ku. 

What  Island  east  of  Mantchooria  7    Sn. 

What  Islands  south  of  Kamtschatka  7    Ke. 

What  range  of  Islands  east  of  Kamtschatka  7    An. 

What  three  Islands  north  of  Siberia  7    Ki.,  Lf.,  N.-Sa, 


What  Strait  separates  Asia  from  North  America  7    Bs. 

What  Strait  between  the  islands  of  Jesso  and  Niphon  7    My. 

What  Strait  between  Corea  and  Japan  7    Ca. 

What  Strait  between  China  and  Formosa  7    Fa. 

What  Strait  between  Malacca  and  Sumatra  7    Ma. 

What  Strait  between  Arabia  and  Abyssinia  7    Bl. 

What  two  great  divisions  docs  this  Strait  separate  7    Aa.,  Aa. 

What  Peninsula  lies  between  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Red  Sea  ? 
What  Peninsula  south  of  Siam  7     Ma. 

What  Peninsula  between  the  Yellow  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Japan  7   Ca. 
What  Peninsula  between  the  seas  of  Ochotsk  and  Kamtschatka  7   Ka. 


Aa. 


70 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  Isthmus  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ? 
What  two  great  divisions  does  it  unite  ?    Aa.,  Aa. 
What  Isthmus  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Siam  ?    Kw. 


Sz. 


50 


What  three  Lakes  are  in  the  southern  part  of  Siberia  ?    Ty.,  An,,  Bl 

What  two  are  in  Soongaria  ?    Bh.,  Z..Nr. 

The  word  Nor  in  Central  or  Middle  Asia,  appears  to  mean  Lake. 

What  Lake  is  in  Little  Bucharia  ?    L.-Nr. 

What  thre6  Lakes  in  China  ?    K.-Nr.,  Tg.,  Pg. 

What  Lake  in  Afghanistan  ?    Zh. 

The  Caspian,  Aral,  and  Dead  Seas,  are  in  fact  Lakes,  but  have  been 
Called  Seas  because  their  waters  are  salt 


Rn. 
Ce. 


Hn, 


To  what  Empire  do  the  Northern  parts  of  Asia  belong  ? 

What  Empire  in  the  middle  and  eastern  parts  of  Asia  ? 

What  great  division  in  the  south  of  Asia  ?     la. 

What  country  north  of  the  Altay  Mountains  ?    Sa. 

What  great  division  south  of  the  Altay  Mountains  ?    C.-Ty. 

What  great  division  east  of  the  Caspian  Sea  ?    I.-Ty. 

What  country  south  of  the  Black  Sea  ?    Ty. 

What  country  east  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?    Sa. 

What  country  east  of  the  Red  Sea  ?    Aa. 

What  country  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea  ?    Pa.  * 

What  countries  east  of  Persia  ?    An.,  Bn. 

What  country  between  the  Arabian  Sea  and  the  Bay  of  Bengal 

What  countries  east  of  i  -e  Bay  of  Bengal  ?    Bh.,  Sm. 

What  division  east  of  the  Cambodia  River  ?    Am. 

What  countries  are  included  in  Anam  ?    Ca.,  C.-Ca.,  Tn.  part  of  Ls. 

What  country  north  of  Anam  ?    Ca. 

The  Chinese  Empire  includes  nine  different  countries ;  what  are  they  ? 
Sa.,  Ma.,  Ma.,  L.-Ba.,  L.-Tt,  Tt,  Bn.,  Ca.,  Ca. 

Independent  Tartary  includes  six  different  countries :  what  arethev? 
Ks.,  Ta.,  Ka.,  Kn.,  G.-Ba.,  Kz.  ^ 

Afghanistan  includes  two  different  States ;  what  are  they  ?    Ht.,  CI. 

What  Empire  lies  east  of  the  Chinese  Empire  ?    Jn. 

What  is  the  Capital  of  Siberia?  Tk.  — Of  the  Tartar  States, 
Kokan,  Khiva,  and  Great  Bucharia  ?  Kn.,  Ka.,  Ba.  —  Of  Persia  ?  Tn. 
—  Gi  the  Arabian  States,  Iledjaz,  Yemen,  Nedsjed,  and  Omon  ?  Ma. 
Sa.,  Da.,  Mt —  Of  Herat  ?    Ht Of  Cabul  ?    CI. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


ean  Sea  7   Sz. 


)ut  have  been 


71 


Of  Lahore  ?  Le.  —  Of  Hindoostan  ?  Ca.  —  Of  Thibet  ?  La.  —  0/ 
Birmah  ?  Aa.  —  Of  Siam  ?  Bk.  —  Of  Anam  7  He.  —  Of  China  7 
Pn.  — OfCorea?    Ko.— Of  Japan?    Jo. 


What  country  in  Asia  does  the  Arctic  Circle  pass  through  7    Sa. 

What  countries  does  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  pass  through  7    Aa.,  Hn., 
Bh.,  Ca. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part  of  Asia  7    N.  Fd. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  central  part  of  Asia  ?     N.-Te. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  southern  part  of  Asia  7    Td. 

In  what  Latitude  is  Asia  wholly  7    N.-Le. 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  North  Latitude  7     135. 

In  what  Longitude  is  Asia  from  Greenwich  7     E.-Lc. 

How  do  you  know  it  is  East  Longitude  7     151. 


51 


MAP  NO.  16 — AFRICA. 

What  Sea  bounds  Africa  on  the  North  7    Mn. 
What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  East  7    Rd. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  East  7    In. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  West  ?    Ac. 


What  Strait  separates  Morocco  from  Spain  7    Gr. 

What  Strait  separates  Abyssinia  from  Arabia  7    BL 

What  Gulf  between  Tripoli  and  Barca  7    Sa. 

What  Gulf  between  Berbora  and  Arabia  7    An. 

What  Gulf  south  of  Upper  Guinea  7    Ga. 

What  Bays  on  the  southern  part  of  the  west  coast  ?    G.-Fh.,  Wh., 
S.-Cr.,  S.-Ha. 

What  Bay  on  the  east  coast  north  of  Caffraria  7     Da. 

What  Channel  between  Madagascar  and  Mozambique  7 


Ba. 


Me. 


Which  is  the  most  northern  Cape  of  Africa? 

Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  7    Ls. 

Which  is  the  most  eastern  Cape  7    Gi. 

Which  is  the  most  western  Cape  7    Ve. 

What  celebrated  Cape  near  the  southern  extremity  of  Africa  ? 

What  two  Capes  on  tlie  desert  coast  7    Br.,  Bo. 

What  Cape  at  the  southern  ejitremity  of  Liberia  7    Pg. 


w-^^ 


6.He. 


n 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  Cape  at  the  northern  extremity  of  Mozambique  ?    Do. 
What  Cape  at  the  northern  extremity  of  Zanguebar  1    Bs. 

Which  is  the  principal  River  in  Africa  7    Ne. 

The  Nile  is  remarkable  for  dowing  1600  miles  without  receiving  the 
smallest  tributary. 

Into  what  Sea  does  the  Nile  empty  ?    Mn. 

What  are  its  three  chief  branches  ?    Ad.,  Ai.,  Te. 

What  three  Rivers  empty  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  west  coast 
of  Africa  ?    SI.,  Ga.,  R^-Ge. 

What  River  in  Liberia  ?    S-Ps. 

What  River  empties  into  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  ?    Nr. 

This  is  a  very  remarkable  river ;  though  heard  of  20  centuries  ago, 
its  source  and  mouth  were  discovered  only  a  few  years  since. 

What  River  between  Angola  and  Benguela  ?    Ca. 

What  River  between  Loango  and  Congo  ?    Co. 

What  River  south  of  Benguela  ?    Be. 

What  River  runs  through  tlie  country  of  the  Hottentots  7    Oe. 

What  River  flows  into  Delagoa  Bay  ?    Me. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Mozambique  Channel  7    Ze. 

What  Rivers  run  through  Zanguebar  7    Oe.,  We. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  Lake  Tchad  7    Yu.,  Sy. 

What  t'vo  Lakes  in  Soudan  7    Td.,  Fc. 

What  Lake  north  of  Bambarra  ?    De. 

Wha .  Lake  in  Abyssinia  7    Da. 

What  Lake  in  Barbary  7    Lh. 

What  Lake  west  of  Zanguebar  and  Mozambique  ? 


Mi. 


52 


What  three  groups  of  Islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  belong  to  Por- 
tugal ?     Ae ,  Ma.,  C.-Ve. 

What  group  of  Islands  belongs  to  Spain  7    Cy. 

What  three  Islands  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  belong  to  Portugal  7  Ps., 
S.-Ts.,  An. 

Which  IS  the  most  northern  Island  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  ?    F.-Po. 

What  two  Islands  south  of  the  Equator  belong  to  Great  Britain? 
An.,  S.-Ha. 

St.  Helena  is  remarkable  for  being  the  place  of  imprisonment  and 
burial  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte.  He  died  here  in  1821,  after  a  residence 
f     nx  years.    In  the  year  1840,  his  remains  were  taken  to  France. 


What  great  Archipelago  in  the  Indian  Ocean  7    En. 


he  west  coast 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES.  73 

What  are  its  principal  Islands  and  groups  ?    Mr.,  Co.,  Se.,  Ae.,  Ma. 

Which  are  the  Mascarenha  Islands  ?    Bn.,  Ms. 

The  latter  is  often  called  the  Isle  of  France. 

What  Islands  belong  to  Great  Britain  ?    Ms.,  Se.,  Ae. 

What  Island  belongs  to  France  ?    Bn. 

What  Islands  belong  to  Muscat  ?    Pa.,  Zr.,  Ma. 

What  Islands  between  Madagascar  and  Mozambique  ?    Co. 

Wiiat  Islands  north-east  of  Cape  Guardafui  ?    Sa.,  A-Ca. 

To  what  power  does  Socotra  belong  ?    Kn. 

What  Mountains  extend  through  Barbary  ?    As. 
.^  What  is  the  highest  Peak  of  the  Atlas  Mountains?    Mn.    How  high 

What  Mountains  between  Soudan  and  Guinea?    Kg. 
What  Mountains  between  Soudan  and  Ethiopia  ?    Mn. 
What  Mountains  in  Congo  ?    CI. 

What  Mountains  in  Cape  Colony  ?    Sw.  * 

What  Mountains  west  of  Mozambique  ?    La. 
I   Ju^^^''  Mountains  have  been  called  by  geoffraphers  the  Hark-ll^^- 

What  Mountains  in  Madagascar  ?    Ra.,  Rd. 


What 

What 

What 

What 

What 

What 

What 
I  L.-Ga. 

What 

What 

Wliat 

What 
iHs.,  fis. 


great  division  occupies  the  northern  part  of  Afl-ica  ?    By 
States  does  Barbary  include  ?    Mo.,  As.,  Ts.,  Ti.,  B.  Jd 
great  division  lies  south  of  Barbary  ?    G.-Dt. 

great  divisions  lie  south  of  the  Great  Desert?    Sn   Sa 
great  divisions  lie  south  of  Soudan  ?    U.-Ga.,  L..gL  and  Ea 
great  division  lies  west  of  Soudan  ?    Sa. 
great  division  on  the  Mrest  coast  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator  ? 

grea'  division  on  the  east  coast  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator  ?  Zr. 
great  division  hes  south  of  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  ?    Ea 
colony  occupies  the  southern  extremity  of  Africa  ?    C  -Cv      ' 
two  races  of  men  inhabit  the  country  north  of  Cape  CoI«ny  7 


53 


What  countries  lie  on  the  Red  Sea?    Et.,  Na.  Aa 

In  what  country  are  the  mouths  of  the  river  Nile  dtuated  ?    Et 

Iculled?^  1C      """^  '°'"P"''^  '^^^^^^  '^^  outlets  of  the  river  NUe 


I  i! 


74 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  is  a  Delta  ? 

It  is  a  term  applied  to  those  districts  embraced  by  the  outlets  of  rivers 
The  Nile,  Niger,  Ganges,  Mississippi,  and  other  great  streams,  have 
each  their  respective  deltas. 


What  Desert  occupies  a  large  portion  of  the  north  of  Africa  ?    G.-Dt 
What  Desert  between  the  river  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea  ?    Nn. 
What  Desert  is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?    Ch. 
How  long  and  wide  is  the  Great  Desert  ? 

This  is  the  largest  Desert  in  the  world ;  and  though  extremely  hot, 
and  in  most  places  destitute  of  water,  yet  contains  a  number  of  fertile 
spots  called  Oases,  all  of  which  arc  inhabited. 

Which  are  the  five  principal  Oases  ?    Fn.,  Tt.,  As.,  Bli.,  Ty. 

There  are  fonr  other  Oases :  which  are  they  ?    Aa.,  Sh.,  E.-Dl.,  E.-Kb. 

What  is  the  western  part  of  the  Great  Desert  called  ?    Sa. 


What  is  the  CapittJ  of  Morocco?  Mo.  — Of  Algiers?  Al.— Of 
Tunis?  Ts.  — Of  Tripoli?  Ti.  — Of  Fozzan  ?  Mk.— Of  Egypt? 
Co.  —  Of  Nubia  ?  N.-Da  —  Of  Foota  Jallon  ?  To.  —  Of  Ashantce  ? 
Ce.  —  Of  Dahomey  ?  Ay.  —  Of  Benin  ?  Bn.  —  Of  Kaarta  ?  Ko.  - 
Of  Timbuctoo  ?  To.  —  Of  Bambarra  ?  So.  —  Of  Houssa  ?  Ka.  - 
OfYarriba?  Eo.  —  Of  Bornou  ?  Bu.  —  Of  Bergoo  ?  Wa.  — OfDar- 
for  ?  Ce.  --  Of  Kordofan  ?  It.—  Of  Abyssinia  ?  Gr.  —  Of  Congo  ? 
S..Sr.  —  Of  Angola  ?  S.-P-Lo.  —  Of  Bcnguela  ?  S.-F.-Ba.  —  Of  Ca- 
zembe?  Ce.  —  Of  Monomotapa?  Zo.  —  Of  Mozambique  ?  Of  Cape 
Colony  ?    C.  Tn.  —  Of  Imcrina  ?     Tu. 


What  parts  of  Africa  arc  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  ?   G.  Dt.,  EL 

What  parts  by  the  Equator  ?    L.-Ga.,  Eu.,  Zr. 

What  parts  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?    Hs.,  D.-Ch.,  Bs.,  Mo. 

In  what  Zone  is  Africa  mostly  ?    Td. 

In  what  Zone  is  that  part  of  it  north  of  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  ?     N.  Te. 

In  what  Zone  is  that  part  of  it  south  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?   S.  Tc. 

Africa  comprises  about  37  degrees  of  North  Latitude,  and  35  degrees 
of  South  Latitude.    In  what  Latitude  then  is  it  mostly  situated  ?    N,-Le. 

Africa  comprises  more  than  50  degrees  of  East  Longitude,  and  about 
18  degrees  of  West  Longitude.  In  what  Longitude  is  it  then  mostly? 
Pl-Lc. 


54 


MAP  NO.  IB  —  OCEANICA, 
Which  a-e  the  three  grand  divisions  of  Oceanica?    Tifu.,  An.,  Pa. 


«r?  G.Dt.,EL 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  O'jeanica  ?    Pa. 
Which  is  the  smallest  division  of  Occanica  ?    Ma. 


75 


What  three  considerable  Islands  does  the  Equator  pass  through  in 
Malaysia  ?    Sa.,  Bo.,  Cs. 

What  Island  lies  south-east  of  Sumatra  ?    Ja. 

What  five  Islands  east  of  Java?     By.,  Sa.,  Ja.,  Fs.,  Tr. 

What  Islands  east  of  Celebes  ?    Se. 

What  Islands  east  of  the  China  Sea  ?    Pe. 

Which  are  the  two  largest  of  the  Philippine  Islands  ?    Ln.,  Mo. 

What  Strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Malacca  ?    Ma. 

What  Strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Java  ?     Sa. 

American  vessels  generally  pass  tlirough  the  Straits  of  Sunda  on 
going  to  or  returning  from  China. 

What  Strait  between  Borneo  and  Celebes  ?    Mr. 

Wliat  Islands  between  Borneo  and  Mindanao?     So. 

What  Mountain  in  Sumatra  directly  under  the  Equator  ?    Or. 

Which  is  the  largest  Island  of  Australasia  ?    Aa. 

What  are  its  divisions  ?     W.-Aa.,  S.-Aa.  and  N8..W. 

What  Colony  on  the  south-east  coast  of  Australia  ?     B.-By. 

What  Colony  on  the  west  coast  ?    S.-Rr.    On  the  south  ?    S-Aa, 

What  Island  south  of  Australia  ?    V.-D.-Ld. 

What  Strait  separates  Australia  from  Van  Diemen's  Lapd  ?     Bs. 

What  Strait  separates  Australia  from  Papua  or  New  Guinea  ?    Ts. 

What  two  Gulfs  on  opposite  sides  of  Australia  ?    Ca.,  Sa. 

Which  is  the  principal  River  in  Australia  ?     My. 

Which  are  the  principal  Mountains  l\  Australia  ?    Be.,  Bs. 

Which  is  its  principal  town  ?    Sy. 


What 

Wiiat 
Cn.,  Le. 

WJiat 

What 

What 

What 

What 
Zealand 

What 


large  Island  north  of  Australia  ?    Pa.  or  N.-Ga. 

Islands  north-east  of  Australia  ?      S.-Ao.,  N.-Ga.,  N.-Id.,  N.- 

Islands  east  of  Australia  ?     N.-Hs.,  N.-Ca.,  Nk. 

Sea  between  Australia  and  New  Hebrides  ?     CI. 

Islands  south-east  of  Australia  ?     N.-Zd. 

Strait  between  the  two  largest  Islands  of  New  Zealand  ?    Cs. 

Strait  between  the  middle  and  southernmost  Island  nf  New 
I    Fx. 

Bays  in  the  northern  part  of  New  Zealand  ?    Is.,  Py. 


76 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


55 


Which  Archipelago  of  Polynesia  does  the  Equator  pass  through  ?    01 

Which  arc  the  principal  Archipelagoes  and  Islands  of  Polynesia  north 
of  the  Equator  ?     Ms.- A.,  Ab.-A.,  Co.,  Le.,  Sh.,  Aa. 

What  Archipelago  lies  on  the  140th  meridian  of  Longitude  west  from 
Greenwich  ?    Ms. 

Wliat  groups  of  Islands  does  it  contain  ?    Wn.,  Ms. 

Whicli  are  the  principal  Islands  east  of  the  IGOth  meridian  of  Longi. 
tude  west  from  Greenwich,  and  south  of  the  Equator  ?  Sy.,  Gn.,  Cs., 
Al.,  Ps.,  Pu.,  Gr.  P-Ws.,  K..Gs. 

Which  are  the  principal  Islands  that  lie  west  of  the  IGOth  meridian 
of  Longitude  west  from  Greenwich,  and  south  of  the  Equaior  t  Ns., 
Fy.,  Fe.,  Hi.,  Ta.,  Kc. 


Which  is  the  most  northern  Island  of  Polynesia  ?    Ms. 
Which  are  the  most  southern  Isles  of  Polynesia  ?     Kc. 
Which  is  tlie  most  eastern  Island  of  Polynesia  ?     Er. 
Which  are  the  most  western  Islands  of  Polynesia  ?    S.-As. 


I'he  most  important  group  of  Islands  belonging  to  Polynesia  is  on 
the  20th  parallel  of  North  Latitude.     Which  is  it  ?    Sh. 

Which  is  the  principal  of  the  Sandwich  Islands  ?    Hi.  or  Oe. 

What  high  Mountain  is  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii  and  its  height? 
M.-Rh. 

What  distinguished  personage  was  killed  here  in  the  year  1779? 
CCk. 


What  Tropic  crosses  the  northern  part  of  Oceanica  ?    Cr. 

What  Tropic  crosses  the  southern  part  ?    Cn. 

What  great  Circle  crosses  the  central  or  middle  part  ?    Er. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part  of  Oceanica  ?    N.-Te. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  middle  parts ?     id. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  southern  part  ?    S.-Te. 

Oceanica  comprises  50  degrees  of  South  Latitude,  and  40  North  Lati. 
tude. 

In  what  Latitude  then  is  it  mostly  ?    Sh. 

Oceanica  comprises  about  05  degrees  of  east  and  72  of  west  Longi- 
tude from  Greenwich. 

In  what  Longitude  then  is  it  mostly  ?    Et. 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


77 


PART    SECOND. 


ude  west  from 


10  North  Lati. 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


Figure  and  Population  of  the  Earth. 
53 

1.  The  Earth  is  a  vast  globe  or  spherical  body  similar  to  a 
solid  ball.  Its  entire  surface  is  about  200  millions  of  square 
miles,  of  which  one-fourth  or  50  millions  of  square  miles  is 
land,  and  the  remaining  three-fourths  are  covered  with  water. 

2.  Ignorant  people  suppose  the  earth  to  be  a  flat  body,  bounded  on 
all  sides  by  the  sea  and  sky.  More  attentive  observers  were,  however, 
longr  ago  persuaded  that  it  is  a  globe  or  sphere,  similar  in  form  to  a 
ball  or  apple. 

3.  Various  circumstances  render  it  evident  that  the  earth 
must  be  a  body  round  in  every  direction ;  of  which  one  of  the 


1.  What  is  the  earth  ?     What  is  its  entire  surface  ?     How  mnch 


SI    ii; 


land  ?  How  much  is  water  ?  2.  What  do  ignorant  people  suppose  the 
earth  to  be?  Of  what  wore  more  attentive  observers  persuaded? 
3.  What  is  one  of  the  most  striking  proofs  that  the  earth  is  round  in 


78 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


most  striking  proofs  is  that  furnished  by  an  eclipse  of  the 

moon,  which  takes  place  in  consequence  of  the  earth  coming 

between  the  sun  and  :!"    !p.<.:  n^  and  causing   the   circular 

shadow  of  the  ear»h  lo  be  !f.f<iwn  on  the  latter  body. 

4.  If  the  earth,  instead  ot  being  round  in  all  directions,  was  merely 
a  circular  flat  body  like  the  top  of  a  round  table,  the  shadow  thrown 
from  it  on  the  moon  would  at  one  time  or  other  present  the  appearance 
of  an  oval,  of  a  straight  line,  or  some  other  figure  difibrcnt  from  that 
which  it  has  always  been  found  to  assume. 

6.  Sailing  round  the  world  is  another  proof  of  its  globular 
form.  It  is  well  known  that  navigators,  by  leaving  any  sea- 
port, Philadelphia  lor  instance,  and  sailing  as  nearly  east  or 
west  from  it  as  the  form  of  the  different  continents  will  per- 
mit,  may  go  round  the  world  and  return  to  the  place  they  left 
in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  from  which  they  started.. 

6.  To  pail  round  the  world  is  called  circumnavigp.ung  it,  and  was 
first  accomplished  by  Magellan,  a  Portuguese  navigator,  more  tiian 
three  hundred  years  ago.  It  was  for  a  long  time  considered  a  great 
undertaking,  but  it  has  been  of  late  years  so  often  performed,  that  it  is 
not  now  thought  to  be  an  enterprise  of  any  importance. 


57 


7.  When  a  ship  comes  from  sea  towards  the  land,  we  first 
get  sight  of  the  tops  of  the  masts  and  rigging  ;  as  she  advan- 
ces nearer,  the  lower  parts  are  seen  ;  and  at  last  the  hull,  or 
body  of  the  vessel,  comes  distinctly  into  view.  If  the  earth 
were  not  spherical,  the  hull  would  be  the  first  part  seen. 

8.  A  person  sailing  to  the  southern  parts  of  the  earth,  perceives  that 
the  sun  appears  more  and  more  to  come  directly  over  him  at  noon,  which 
at  length  actually  happens ;  and  after  he  has  passed  the  Equator,  the 
sun  begins  to  appear  to  the  northward,  and  will  go  farther  and  farther 
in  that  direction  as  he  advances  south. 

9.  New  stars  will  also  come  into  view  in  the  southern  horizon,  while 
those  in  the  nortliern  parts  will  gradually  disappear.  These  circum- 
stances could  not  possibly  happen  if  the  earth  were  a  flat  body,  whereas 


every  direction  ?  4.  If  the  earth  was  a  circular  flat  body  what  appear- 
ance would  its  shadow,  present  ?  5.  What  is  another  proof  of  its 
globular  form  ?  How  must  navigators  sail  to  go  round  the  world  ? 
6.  What  is  it  called  ?  Who  was  the  first  that  did  it?  What  was  it 
for  a  long  time  considered  ?  7.  What  do  we  first  get  sight  of  when  a 
siiip  comes  from  sea  ?  What  at  last  cotnes  distinctly  into  view  ?  8.  What 
will  a  person  sailing  to  the  south  perceive?  'After  he  has  passed  the 
Equator,  what  will  begin  to  appear  ?    9.  What  will  come  into  view  ? 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPPY. 


79 


t  from  that 


Ship  coming  tVom  Sea. 

on  the  supposition  that  it  is  spherical,  they  all  appear  isimple  and  pro> 

bablc. 

10.  The  inhabitants  of  the  earth  amount  to  about  eight  hun- 
dred millions,  and  if  they  were  equally  distributed,  every 
square  mile  of  land  would  contain  16  human  beings. 

11.  On  an  average,  a  generation  of  men  is  supposed  to  exist  about 
33  years.  Some  individuals  live  more  than  twice,  and  a  very  few  three 
times  that  period  ;  but  the  estimate  is  that  800  millions  of  human  beings 
are  born  and  die  every  33  years ;  being  at  the  rate  of  almost  25  mil- 
lions a  year,  66,000  every  day,  2700  every  hour,  and  45  every  minute. 

12.  The  creation  of  the  world,  according  to  the  book  of 
Genesis,  took  place  near  6,000  years  ago,  so  that  supposing 
the  average  duration  of  life  to  have  been  always  the  same, 
about  175  generations  of  men  would  have  existed  since  that 
time. 

13.  In  the  early  ages  of  the  earth,  however,  the  duration  of  life  was 
greater  than  at  present;  herefore,  it  is  probable  that  a  smaller  number 
of  generations  of  men  nitist  have  existed  than  according  to  the  above 
calculations. 


What  could  not  possibly  happen  ?  10.  How  many  inhabitants  are  there 
on  the  earth  ?  Suppose  they  were  equally  distributed,  what  would  be 
the  effect  ?  11.  How  long  on  an  average  docs  a  generation  of  men  exist  ? 
How  many  are  born  and  die  every  thirty-three  years  ?  How  many  die 
'^■''■ty  yehi  :  iLiViity  uay  I  i^vcry  hour  f  hi  very  m  mute  f  la,  now  long 
has  the  world  been  crea^d  ?  How  many  generations  are  supposed  to 
have  lived  since  that  time  ?    13.  When  was  the  duration  of  life  greater 


80 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


58 


14.  The  world  comprises  five  great  divisions,  viz:  Ameri. 
ca,  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and  Oceanica ,  these  are  each 
subdivided  into  various  Empires,  Kingdoms,  Uepublics,  dec. 

15.  Ainoriua  is  a  groat  continent,  entirely  Hcpuratful  iVorn  the  other 
nnrtH  ut'  tliu  earth.  It  is  oilen  called  tlio  New  World,  and  also  the 
VVoHtorn  continent. 

16.  EurofK)  is  the  smallest  of  the  five  grand  divisions,  yet  it  oontaini 
the  most  |K>werful  nations  in  the  world. 

17.  Asia  iu  the  largest  division  of  the  Globe,  and  comprises  more 
tlian  one  half  of  the  Eastern  continent.  It  is  the  most  populous  <i>mrtcr 
of  the  earth. 

18.  Africa  is  a  groat  pcninRula,  united  to  Asia  by  the  isthmus  of 
Suez.     It  Ih  the  least  known  of  any  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  earth. 

19.  Oceanica  comprises  the  various  groups  of  Islands  situated  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean  between  the  Eastern  and  Western  continents. 

20.  Of  the  population  of  the  earth,  405  millions  belong  to 
the  European  or  Caucasian  race,  280  millions  to  the  Asiatic 
or  Mongolian  race,  90  millions  to  the  African  or  Negro  race, 
20  millions  to  the  Malay  race,  and  10  millions  to  the  American 
race. 


SquareMiles 

Population. 
46,500,000 

233,r)no,ooo 

450,000,000 
57,000,000 
18,000,000 

Square  Miles. 

6,000,000 
77,000,000 
34,000,000 
20,000,000 
13,000,000 

America  .... 

Europe 

Asia 

Africa 

Oceanica  .... 

15,000,000 

3,500,000 

16,000,000 

11,000,000 

4,500,900 

Northern  Ocean 
Pacific        do. 
Atlantic      do. 
Indian        do. 
Southern     do. 

50,000,000 

805,000,000 

150,000,000 

than  at  present  ?  14.  What  does  the  world  comprise  7  What  are  they  ? 
15.  What  is  America?  16.  What  is  Europe?  17.  What  is  Asia? 
18.  What  is  Africa?  19.  What  does  Oceanica  comprise?  20.  Of 
the  population  of  the  earth,  how  many  belong  to  the  Euro}K;an  race? 
The  Asiatic  ?  The  African  ?  Tlie  Malay  ?  The  American  ?  Tell 
from  the  table  the  number  of  square  miles  and  population  in  America. 
In  Europe.  In  Asia.  In  Africa.  In  Oceanica.  Tell  the  extent  in 
square  miles  of  tlie  Northern  Ocean.  The  Pacific.  The  Atlantic. 
The  Indian.    The  Soutliern. 


AMKRICA. 


81 


AMERICA. 


Landing  of  Columbus. 
50 

1.  America  is  an  extensive  continent,  comprising  one  of 
the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe.  It  contains  about  three- 
iQUtlis  of  the  drv  land  on  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and  is 
waslicd  on  all  sides  by  vast  oceans. 

2.  Its  climate  is  various,  embracing  that  of  every  Zone, 
the  torrid,  the  temperate  on  both  sides  of  the  equator,  and 
part  of  liie  frigid.  It  is  said  to  be  colder,  generally,  than  in 
places  in  the  same  latitude  in  other  parts  of  the  world. 

3.  This  continent  is  distin<iuished  for  the  variety  and 
richness  of  its  vegetable  productions,  the  number  of  its  mines 
of  gold,  silver,  and  precious  stones,  and  for  the  freedom  ol 
its  political  institutions. 

4.  Th(;  inhabitants  amount  to  about  46  and  a  half  mil- 
lions, of  whom  20  millions  are  whites,  10  millions  of  Indians, 
8  millions  of  negroes,  and  8  and  a  half  millions  of  the  mixed 
races. 

5.  The  whites  are  chiefly  Englifh  in  the  North,  and  Spaniards  in 


America.  Q. 1.  What  does  America  contain?     2.  What  is  said 

4.  What  is  tlie  number  of  inhabitants?    5.  What  arc  Ihe  Whites? 


mm 


Mkll 


liiii 


82 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


the  South,  with  some  French,  Portuguese,  Germans,  Dutch,  &c.  Tho 
iirjjroes  are  Africans  and  their  descendants, who  were  purchased  as 
slaves  in  tlieir  native  country  and  brought  iiither  from  time  to  time. 

6.  The  aboriginal  population  consists  of  two  distinct  races ;  the 
Esquimaux*  inliabiting  the  shores  and  Islands  of  tiie  Arctic  regions, 
and  the  copper-colourcd  Indians  who  are  spread  over  the  rest  of  the 
continent. 

7.  America  is  called  the  Western  continent,  because  it  lies 
to  the  westward  of  Europe,  and  the  New  World  from  its  re- 
cent discovery.  It  was  unknown  to  European  nations  until 
the  year  1492.  It  was  at  that  time  discovered  by  Christopher 
Columbus,  a  native  of  Genoa,  in  Italy,  who  was  the  most 
skilful  navigator  of  his  age. 

o.  Tiie  great  object  whicli  engaged  the  attention  of  the  maritime 
nations  of  Europe,  at  that  peiiod,  was  a  passage  by  sea  to  the  East 
Indies. 

9.  The  spherical  figure  of  the  earth,  which  Columbus  understood, 
made  him  conceive  the  idea  that  the  eastern  parts  of  the  world  stretched 
so  far  towards  Europe,  tliat  they  might  be  reached  in  a  moderate  space 
of  time  by  sailing  westward. 

1 0.  The  project  of  Columbus  was  generally  regarded  as  so  visionary, 
that  it  was  only  after  muny  years  of  ardent  solicitation,  that  Ferdinand 
and  Isabella,  King  and  Queen  of  Spain,  were  at  last  induced  to  patronize 
his  enterprise. 

60 

11.  He  was  furnished  by  them  with  three  small  vessels  and  ninety 
men,  and  left  Palos,  a  port  on  the  south  of  Spain,  August  3d,  1492. 
On  tlie  12th  of  October  following,  he  discovered  Guanahani  Island, 
which  he  named  St.  Salvador. 

12.  He  visited  at  that  time  several  of  the  adjacent  Islands,  and  re- 
turned to  Spain,  where  he  was  received  v.nth  tiie  greatest  honours.  He 
made  three  other  successful  voyages  of  discovery,  but  was,  notwith- 
standing, treated  with  gross  injustice  by  tliose  who  were  envious  of  the 
fame  he  had  acquired. 


The  Negroes  ?  6.  The  Aboriginal  population  ?  7.  What  is  Amer- 
ica frequently  called  ?  In  what  year  was  it  discovered  ?  Who  die- 
covered  it?      8.   What  great  object   engaged  the  attention   of  the 


nations  of  Europe  at  that  period 
ceive  ?     10.  Who  patronized  him  ? 
with  ?     When  did  he  leave  Spain  ? 
12.  What  did  he  visit  at  that  time  ? 


9.  What  idea  did  Columbus  con- 
11.  What  did  they  furnish  him 

When  did  he  discover  Guanahani  ? 
How  was  he  received  in  Spain '! 


*  Esquiinauxy  Es-ke-mo. 


AMERICA. 


83 


13.  The  discovery  of  Columbus  excited  a  spirit  of  enterprise  unknown 
and  unfelt  at  any  time  before,  and  drew  numerous  adventurers  from 
ail  parts  of  Europe. 

14.  In  1497,  John  Cabot,  and  his  son  Sebastian,  natives  of  Venice 
m  the  service  of  Henry  VII.  of  England,  discovered  North  America! 
and  explored  the  coast  from  Newfoundland  to  Florida. 

15.  In  1499,  Americus  Vespucius,  a  native  of  Florence,  visited  South 
^"'S^'''%.r  ?J"^r  return  to  Europe,  he  published  the  first  account  of 
tlieNew  World,  of  which  he  claimed  the  original  discovery,  and  thereby 
gave  ins  name  to  the  Western  Continent  Tiiis  however  does  not  lessen 
the  glory  which  crowns  the  discovery  of  Columbus,  and  which  will  de- 
scend with  his  memory  to  the  most  distant  ages. 

16.  It  was  at  first  supposed  that  America  was  a  part  of  the  Eastern 
Continent;  the  Islands  first  discovered  received  therefore  the  name  of 
the  West  Indies,  and  the  inhabitants  that  of  Indians,  which  was  after- 
wards  extended  to  the  natives  of  tlie  whole  country. 

17.  Much  controversy  has  taken  place  on  the  origin  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  New  World  :  tliey  were  found  in  various  stages  of  society,  from 
tl.e  lowest  savage  staie  to  tliat  of  a  half-civilized  people.  TJie  conclu- 
sionis  that  they  emigrated  fi-om  the  Eastern  Continent,  and  that  they 
reached  America  from  the  nearest  points  of  North- Western  Europe  and 
JNorUi-Eastcrn  Asia,  but  at  wliat  period  is  entirely  unknown. 

18.  Several  years  elapsed  before  America  was  known  to  be  a  sepa- 
rate continent;  at  length  in  1513  Balbao,  a  Spaniard,  ascended  the 
mountains  m  the  isthmus  of  Darien,  and  first  saw  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

19.  The  Western  Continent  is  generally  described  under 
two  grand  divisions,  viz  :  North  America,  and  South  America; 
these  are  joined  together  by  the  isthmus  of  Darien.  There 
IS  besides  a  great  collection  of  islands  lying  between  the  two 
continents,  usually  called  the  West  Indies  fbut  by  some  il  is 
also  ter-ned  the  Columbian  Archipelago. 


What  did  he  afterwards  do  ?  How  was  he  treated?  13.  What  did 
tlic  discovery  of  Columbus  excite  ?  14.  Wlio  discovered  North  Amer- 
ica?    15.  Who  pubHshcd  the  first  account  of  the  New  World  ?     After 

1  c  ??ri^^^  ^^  "^"^^'^  •  ^^^^^  ^^"  descend  to  the  most  distant  ages  ? 
lb.  What  was  America  supposed  to  be?  What  did  the  Islan.-^s  first 
discovered  receive?  The  inhabitants?  17.  What  has  taken  place  on 
the  origin  of  the  inhabitants?  How  were  they  found?  What  is  the 
conclusion?  18.  Who  first  saw  the  Pacific  Ocean?  19.  W^hal  are 
the  divisions  of  the  Western  continent  ? 


84 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


NORTH   AMERICA. 


North  American  Indians. 

61  — 

1 .  NoKTH  America  comprises  the  northern  division  of  the 
Western  Continent.  It  extends  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  to  the 
Isthmus  of  Darien,  a  distance  of  4800  miles  in  length,  and 
from  3200  to  2600  in  breadth. 

2.  The  Rivers,  Lakes,  Plains,  and  Mountains,  of  this 
continent,  are  all  on  a  grand  scale,  and  are  among. the  most 
remarkable  in  the  world. 

3.  The  Mississippi  and  Missouri  far  surpasses,  in  lenjrth  of  course, 
the  principal  rivers  of  the  eastern  continent;  and  Lake  Superior  is  the 
larjrest  body  of  fresh  water  known.  It  forms,  with  the  great  lakes 
with  whicli  it  is  connected,  a  vast  interior  sea,  affording  a  continuoi.3 
navigation  many  hundreds  of  miles  in  extent. 

4.  The  precious  and  useful  metals  and  minerals  exist  in 
North  America  in  great  abundance.  Gold,  silver,  copper,  and 
tin,  are  found  in  Mexico ;  and  gold,  iron,  lead,  and  coal,  in  the 


ltl't»1lll'«l'j;<t!!i!ilip 


North  America.  Q.~l.  Wftat  is  North  America?  What  is  its  ex- 
tent ?  2.  What  are  on  a  grand  scale  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  its  rivers 
and  lakes  ?     4.  What  metals,  &,c.,  exist  in  great  abundance  ?     What 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


8S 


United  States — where  the  three  latter  abound  in  such  quanti- 
ties, tliat  ages  of  the  most  active  industry  will  not  probably 
exhaust  them. 

5.  Among  the  animals  of  North  America,  there  are  several  species 
not  found  in  any  other  part  of  the  world.  The  grizzly  and  barren  ground 
bears  arc  peculiar ;  also  tlje  moose  or  elk,  the  wapiti,  and  the  caribou  or 
rf'in-dcer.  The  buffalo,  musk-ox,  and  rocky  mountain  sheep  and  goat, 
all  ditfer  from  animals  of  the  same  kind  found  elsewliere. 


Buffalo. 


Rocky  Mountain  Sheep. 


6.  Various  species  of  birds  abound  ;  of  the  rapacious  kind,  there  are 
eagles,  vultures,  hawks,  falcons,  &c.  The  bald-headed  eagle  is  well 
known  as  being  the  chosen  emblem  of  our  own  republic.  The  wild 
turkey  is  a  native  of  this  continent,  and  was  introduced  into  Europe 
about  30  years  after  the  discovery  of  America. 


Bald  Eagle.  Pinnated  Grouse. 

7.  The  highly  esteemed   canvas-back  duck,  the   diminutive   hum- 


abounds  in  the  United  States  ?     5.  What  is  raid  of  the   animals  of 
North  America  ?     6.  What  species  of  birds  abound  ?     What  is  said 


of    tUc 


1171  1/1        4«««*Trrt«r  Kt  .r*     7 


t  1 


\\TU„*    ^*i,«-    i.;-j,. 


■.«*:_„ — I  7 


w 


i    ! 


i  '' 


a    1 

i 


i 

. ',  1 

86 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


ming-bird,  the  whip-poor-will,  the  blue  jay,  and  the  mockin;]^  bird,  nre 
nil  confined  to  this  continent ;  while  grouse,  pheasants,  &.C.,  of  dillci  cal 
kinds,  are  found  in  various  parts,  and  are  highly  esteemed  for  food. 


Alligator. 


Kattle-Snake. 


8.  The  alligator  exists  only  in  the  southern  section  of  the  continent, 
being  seldom  seen  north  of  Louisiana  and  the  Carolinas.  Tlie  rattle 
snake  is  pecufiar  to  the  New  World ;  it  is  formidable  for  the  deadly 
venom  of  its  bite,  and  comprises  five  or  six  different  varieties. 

9.  The  Indians  and  Esquimaux  constitute  the  original  inhabitants 
of  the  country.  The  Indians  are  usually  tall,  straight,  and  erect  in 
form,  of  a  dark  copper-colour,  with  high  cheek-bones  and  long  coarse 
black  hair  ;  while  the  Esquimaux  arc  short  and  stout  in  person,  and  of 
a  dirty  reddish  yellow  complexion.  The  latter  are  lively  and  cliecrful 
in  disiKjsition,  and  appear  to  be  more  social  and  domestic  in  their  habits 
than  savages  usually  are. 

10.  North  America  is  politically  divided  into  the  Republics  of  the 
United  States,  Texas,  Mexico,  and  Guatimala ;  the?e  occupy  the  conti- 
nent  south  and  west  of  the  great  lakes,  while  the  iiorllieru  parts  com- 
prise the  colonial  territories  of  Great  Britain  and  Russia 


L.BSERVAT10NS    ON    THE    QUESTIONS. 

In  bounding  any  country  or  state,  let  the  learner  tell  what  is  on  the 
north,  what  on  the  south,  on  the  east,  and  on  the  west. 

To  the  first  question  on  the  following  page — How  is  Russian  America 
bounded  ?  the  answer  will  be,  on  the  north  by  the  Polar  Sea,  south  by  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  east  by  British  America,  and  west  by  Bliering's  Strait. 

In  telling  of  Gulfs,  Bays,  or  Sounds,  say  what  countries  tliey  are  in, 
or  are  surrounded  by,  and  what  Oceans  they  are  conriocted  with,  thus: 
Baffin's  Bay  is  bounded  east  by  Greenland,  west  by  Prince  William's 
Land,  and  leads  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 


8.  Of  the  alligator  ?  9.  Who  comprise  the  original  inhabitants  of 
the  country?  VVi)at  is  said  of  the  Indians?  Of  the  Esquimaux? 
iO.  How  is  North  America  poiiticaiiy  divided? 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


87 


Tell  what  countries,  or  divisions,  Straits  separate,  and  what  Oceans. 
Eays,  &c.  they  connect:  thus,  Bhering's  Strait  separates  An,^rica  Com 
Asia,  and  connects  the  Pacific  and  the  Arctic  Oceans. 

Tell  where  Lakes  are  situated,  and  with  what  Rivers  they  are  con- 
nectcd :  thus  Lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  and  Ontario,  arc  between 
Canada  and  the  United  States,  and  flow  into  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

Tell  where  Peninsulas  are  situated,  to  what  countries  they  belong 
ami  what  waters  surround  them:  thus.  Nova  Scotia  is  in  the  southern 
part  of  British  America;  it  has  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  the  Gulf  of  St 
Lawrence  on  the  north,  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  south.  Tell 
where  islands  are  situated,  and  their  direction  from  the  nearest  Conti- 
nent  or  ot.«ej  Islands;  thus,  Cuba  is  in  the  West  Indies;  it  is  south  of 
the  United  btate.s,  east  of  Mexico,  and  north  of  Jamaica 

Tell  wiiere  Mountains  are  situated,  iiow  they  extend,  what  countries 
they  separate,  and  what  their  lengtii  is:  thus,  the  Rocky  Mts.  are  in  the 
western  part  of  North  America;  they  extend  through  Russian  America, 
British  America,  the  United  States,  and  Mexico;  they  separate  in  part 
the  Umted  htatos  and  British  America,  and  are  4,000  miles  in  length- 
Tell  where  Rivers  rise,  in  what  direction  they  flow,  and  where  they 
empty :  tiius  the  Mississippi  rises  west  of  Lake  Superior,  flows  south- 
ward  hrough  the  United  States,  and  empties  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
Tell  also  he  branches  which  form  the  main  stream  of  various  rivers  in 
the  United  States  :  thus,  the  Alleghany  and  Monongahela  form  the  Ohio ; 
tlie  Mattapony  m  Virginia  is  formed  of  the  Mat,  the  Ta,  the  Po,  and  the  Ny. 
USE  OF  THE  SCALES. 

By  means  of  the  Scales  of  Miles,  which  are  attached  to  nearly  all  the 
Maps,  the  learner  may  measure  the  length  and  breadth  of  Continents, 
feeas.  Gulfs  &c.  Thus,  for  example,  take  with  a  pair  of  compasses,  or 
the  edge  of  a  slip  of  paper,  the  length  of  the  Scale  of  Miles  of  Map 

frl-/''c^'^T?  "^'-^  ^*/'°'"  ^'"^'^''«  ®o""d  *"  the  southern  ex- 
tren  ity  of  North  America ;  it  will  be  found  to  extend  nearly  five  timea 

11  !f.  "^  ??  '^/l^*  ?r  ^^°"*  '^'^^0  '""e^"-  On  north  latitude  40  de- 
fnnn  ^  ^''««''J'\of  the  Continent  is  2,600  miles  ;  on  latitude  52  degrees, 
^,000  miles,  and  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Porto  Rico  1,800.  These  exercises 
will  give  variety  to  the  studies,  and  impress  on  the  mind  of  the  pupil 
me  length  and  breadth  of  countries  and  their  distances  from  each  other 
<v-c.,  m  a  more  decided  manner  than  by  any  other  method. 

♦«?J1'*"'^^),"^^''^^;^J''''"'''*^°''  «"  the  Maps,  the  learner  will  under- 
tZ..  A  /*"  .  ''^"^,!'''  "^Countries,  the  population  of  the  cities  and 
towns,  and  the  lengths  of  the  nve-s,  are  represented. 


f-:2 


hoSd?    r""!  ?T  li'^yi'S"  "^"''''■"^  ^«""ded?    British  Americi 
ed"    rni*?7^    t     U"'ted  Status  bounded?    Capital?    Texas  bound. 

Cunit-,ir«    •     f«^'^^,i""'V'*^rf',    ^^^'Pit.!?     Gaatimala  bounded? 
capital?     Bahzc  bomided  ?     Cupilal? 

iiow  is  North  America  hounded  ? 


98 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY, 


Where  is  Coronation  Gulf?  G.  of  Boothia?  G.  of  St.  Lawrence? 
Welcome  G.  ?  G.  of  Georgia  ?  G.  of  California  ?  G.  of  Mexico  ?  G. 
of  Tchuantepcc  ?    What  is  a  Gulf  or  Bay  ?    24,  page  12. 


Where  is  Bristol  Bay  ?  Melville  B.  ?  Hudson's  B.  ?  Musquito  B.  ? 
Ungava  B.  ?  Jumes'  B.  ?  B.  of  Sir  Francis  Drake  ?  B.  of  Fundy  ? 
Delaware  B.  ?  Chesapeake  B.  ?  Tampa  B.  ?  B.  of  Campeche  ?  B.  of 
Honduras  ?     B.  of  Guatimala  ?  * 


Where  is  Norton's  Sound?  Prince  William's  S.?  Smith's  S.? 
Lancaster  S.?  Davy's  S.?  Queen  Charlotte's  S.  ?  Albemarle  S.? 
What  is  a  Sound  ?     26,  page  12. 

Where  is  Bhering'st  S?rait?  Davis'  S.  ?  Cumberland  S.?  Fro 
bisher's  S.  ?  Hudson's  S. ;  S.  of  BcUislc  ?  t  Gut  or  S.  of  Canseau  ? 
Claaset's  S.  ?     Hovv  wide  is  ilJicring's  S.  ?  Where  is  Pr. Regent's  Inlet? 

Whjj.t  is  a  Strait  ?    25,  page  12. 

Where  is  Great  Bear  Lake?  Great  Slave  L. ?  Athabasca  L.T 
Winnipeg  L.?  L.  Superior?  L.Huron?  L.Michigan?  L.Erie? 
L.  Ontario?  L.  Chapala  ?  §  L.  Nicaragua ?  ||  What  are  the  lengths  of 
tlie  four  first  and  of  the  last  Lake  ? 

What  is  a.  Lake  ?     JJ9,  page  12. 


Where  is  the  Peninsula  of  Alaska  ?     Melville  ?     Greenland  ? 
Scotia?     Florida?     Yucatan?     California?      Boothia  Felix ? 
What  is  a  Peninsula  ?     54,  page  1 6. 


Nova 


Where  is  Cape  Prince  of  Wales  ?  C.  Bathurst  ?  C.  Rrcwsfcr  ?  C, 
Farewell?  C.St,  Lewis?  C.  Race?  C.  Sable?  N.  S.  C.  Cod? 
r.  Hatteras?  C.  Sable  ?  Fa.  C.  St.  Antonio  ?  C.  Gracias  &  Dios? 
C.  Mendocino  ?  Mom  Hermoso  ?  C.  St.  Lucas  ?  C.  Gorda  ?  P^int 
De  Witt  Clinton  ?  P.  Becchey  ?  P.  Barrow  ?  Capes  ate  frequently 
called  Points. 

What  is  a  Cape  or  Point  ?    57,  page  16. 

Where  is  Nunnivack  Island  ?  Kodiak  I.  ?  Sitcha  L  ?  Quren  Char- 
lotte's I.  ?  Vaucouver's  I.  ?  North  Georgian  Islands  ?  S  lutlianinlon 
L?  Disco  I.?  Newfoundland  I.?  Anticosti  I.?  Prince  Edward's 
I.?  Cape  Breton  I.?  Bermudas  Islands?  Balianiii  Itnlantls  ?  Tlie 
West  Indies?  Cuba?  Hayti  ?  Jamaica?  Porlo  Rico?  The  lust 
four  are  called  the  Great  Antilles.  Where  are  the  Caribhee  Islands? 
Where  is  Curacoa?  Margarita?  Buen  Ayre  ?  Oruba?  Torluga? 
Orchilla  ?     The  last  six  are  called  the  Little  Antilles. 

What  are  Islands?    56,  page  16. 


*  Guatimala,  Gwa-te-mah'-Ia.     t  Bhering's,  Bo-rings',     t  Bdlisle,  Bcl-il» 
)  Cluiijola,  Sha'-pa-la.  11  Nicaragua,  Nic-ar-avv'-gua. 


dlisle,  Bcl-il» 


RUSSIAN   AMERICA.  §0 

.63  — 

i.n*'!??^^;""^^'^ u'V^^  ^^'^'^y  Mountains ?  and  what  is  their 
\  ^It  I  wu^'^  """  *?*'  ^""^y  ^^'  ^  Alleghany  Mts.  ?  and  their 
Zf    W)  m"  l^c  "l"^''"  Highlands?     Th/ Mexican  CordiUe- 

ris?  Where  18  Mount  St.  Ellas?  Mt.  Brown  ?  Mt.  Hooker  ?  Tell 
the  lieighta  of  the  three  last  Mountains.  Where  in  Long's  Peak? 
Spanish  P.?  Popocatepetl*?  The  Water  Volcano  ?  Cosiguina?  The 
three  last  are  Volcanos.  b  -^  "^ 

What  is  a  Volcano  ?     62,  page  17. 

Where  is  Mackenzie's  River?      Great  Fish  R  ?      rhnrohni  P  ? 

faf  R  f  W'rr'%  ""i     ""'^^^'^  «•  ^     <^^l-nb^'  R  ?  '  Colo 
radoR.?     Rio  del  Norte?     Brazos  R.  ?     Mississip^^  R.  ?    Give  the 
lengtiis  of  all  these  rivers,  and  Uie  parts  of  the  Occa;.  into  which  thev 
flow.    What  is  a  River?    34,  page  13,  ^<"  "uo  wmcn  mey 

What  stream  dd  you  observe  extending  alonjr  the  cast  coast  of  fhp 
United  States  from  Florida  to  the  Grand  ^Bank  o^f  N^w" undLnd  ?  Gf 
bm.  Un^  13  a  remarkable  current  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  which  runs 
whore  It  IS  narrowest  at  the  rate  of  5  miles  an  hour,  less  nbg  nT 
pidity  as  It  flows  north.     The  water  is  warmer  in  the  Gulf  StreL  thSx 

h..       if  ^T"'  P'?  V^'""  ^'^^''^^'  «"^  «f  ^  different  colour  also,^ 
that  sailors  know  when  they  come  within  its  limits. 

How  many  miles  is  it  from  Labrador  to  Russia?     To  Denmark? 

?o"ThuSrT''  h^'h"^'%^°"/«"^-     ^'•°'»  ^^"^-"i-  to  Corea 
fL     I     R        ^      "."^"I??".".-      ^••"'»  the  United  States  to  Greece? 
Iro     the  Bermudas  to  Madeira?     From  the  United  States  to  Egypt? 
from  Guatimala  to  Hindoostan  ?  ^fcJ'F'' 

WJiich  are  the  eight  largest  Cities  in  North  America  ?  The  ponula- 
hZ  Mol t-Pa!,     '         '"^  "P""^"      ^"•'  ^- Y^^"  P-'  Be'  K, 

tJiiZZ^'"'^  f  ^  P^'^'  tliat  contain  between  40,000  ond  80,000  inhabi- 
tants  each  ;  which  are  they?     Ml.,  Ci.,  S.-L.-Pi.,  Gu..  Oa,  P.-Pe 
h'.hiZ':  ^'^  !f"'-t««"  Cities  that  contain  between  20,000  and  40,000  in- 
habuunts  each  ;  which  are  they  ?     Qc    Ay.,  Pg.,  Le.,  Cn.,  Zs.,  Do.,  Vd  , 
iN.-ba.,  Ln.,  Co.,  S.-Jo.,  Kn.,  S..Js.     What  is  a  City  ?    262,  page  39. 


64 


RUSSIAN  AMERICA. 

1.  RTTssiANf  America  comprises  that  part  of  the  Conti- 
nent lymg  nearest  to  Asia,  from  which  it  is  .separated  by  Bhe- 
rings  btrait,  and  from  British  America  by  the  141st  dearee 
01  west  longitude.  ° 

Rjfsstan  America.  Q.^1.  What  does  Russian  America  comorise  ? 
52!!i!!!!!!!!!!il^!^i^^  what  separates  it  from 


rC 

M 


pu-cai-a-peer-ii. 


•i  Russian,  Ru'-shan. 


I  .■.■i 


.    .t.| 


llv 


II 


90 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


It  is  a  cold,  dreary,  and  almost  unknown  region,  inhabited 
chiefly  by  Indians  and  Esquimaux. 

2.  The  Russians  have  established  a  number  of  trading  factorica 
along  the  coast,  the  principal  of  which  is  New  Archangel.  Here  they 
barter  fire-arms,  beads,  tobacco,  and  other  articles,  for  the  lurs  ob. 
tained  by  Uie  natives  in  hunting. 


"T'BfEI'il&'/s^ 


Subterraneous  Mansion  of  the  Aleutian  Islanders. 

3.  The  Aleutian »  or  Fox  Islands  extend  to  a  great  distance  west- 
ward  from  the  Peninsula  of  Alaska :  they  are  inhabited  by  a  race  of 
savages  who  live  in  houses  under  ground,  which  contain  each  from  50 
to  150  inh'ibitants,  and  are  divided  into  numerous  apartments,  wliicli, 
though  dark  o;id  dirty,  protect  their  inmates  effectually  from  the  weather. 

Map  No.  3.— What  Sea  bounds  Russian  America  on  the  north  ?  Pr.  — 
What  Ocean  on  tlie  south  ?  Pc.  —  Whfit  country  on  the  east  ?  B.-Aa.  — 
What  is  the  most  northern  point?  Bw.  — The  most  western  Cape'i 
p.-Ws.  —  What  Peninsula  in  the  south  ?  Aa.  —  What  two  Mountams  id 
tlie  south-east  ?  S.-Es^  Fr.  —  On  wh|t  Island  is  New  Archangel  situ- 
ated  ?    Sa. 


65 


GREENLAND. 

1.  Greenland  is  one  of  the  most  desolate  and  barren  re 
gions  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  An  almost  perpetual  winter 
prevails,  interrupted  only  by  a  short  summer  of  a  few  weeks' 

British  America?  By  whom  is  it  chiefly  inhabited ?  2.  What  have 
the  Russians  established  along  the  coast  ?  IIow  do  they  trade  with  the 
natives?  3.  What  Islands  extend  westward  from  Alaska?  By  \\^om 
are  they  inhabited  ?  How  do  they  live  ?  What  do  they  contam  ?  How 
are  they  divided  ? 

Greenland.  Q.—1.  What  is  Greenland?     To  what  power  does  H 

*  JLlciitUiii,  Al-U'-shua. 


GREENLAND,  AND  BRITISH  AMERICA.  91 

duration.     The  whole  region  is  claimed  by  Denmark,  which 
has  formed  some  small  settlements  along  the  western  coTs 

district  which  he  named  the  ArSthknds^    Th      ''k.  ^'.f^r'"*'!'* 
had  never  before  seen  _  p^f'^"'*' "'^'"ands.     The  inhabitants,  who 

Lu.  —  What  Jand  on  the  east  cm^t  ?    «5«       n       .u   '?*'  ^-  "*•'  ^^'^  J^., 


66 


BRITISH  AMERICA. 
onnV-  ^"'7^.''  A3IERICA  compriscs  thc  whole  of  the  American 
continent  ymg  north  of  the  United  States,  with  Te  ex^eS 

Princi' R^vv''H"'  ^T  ^j^^\^"'^^i"'  Canada,  New  Brunswick, 
rmce  Edward  s  Island,  Nova  Scotia,   and   Cape  Breton 

S  onl^f  tf  '1'"'  ^'  ^-^-"d'-d.    About^ne-tenth 

3.  The  climate  of  British  America  is  very  severe  much 
exceeding  what  is  felt  under  the  same  latitude  i  the  Old  Con 
now  V    r       the  southern  sections  are  covered  with  ice  and 

nartl  o7.f'^  '''  !'''  T""'^^  ^"  ^^'^  y^^^'*  ^"^  ^^  ^he  northern 
4  T?   ,  ,    ''^'^"^''y  ^''^  '^'"t^*"  is  ''»'mo«t  perpetual. 
4.  Xhe  lakes  which  form  a  portion  of  the  boundary  line  between 

5' What  did  r  ^ V  ^'^ V^^^^'?'  °^  t'^«  settlements  ?  Of  the  inhabitants  ? 
resnectfnrr  tho^T''"r^r  "^  •'""'"'■  ^^'«*  ^'^  "'«  "^^^ves  imagine 
iTreS?^        '^"^'  °^^'''^^'  "^^'*^"  ^    4.  What  do  the  cliffs  on  the  coas? 

2.   w£  a1rT/'"V  ^--""^^  ^o'^'^*  '^"^^  «"*'«'»  America  comprise? 

*"    ^^nat  are  its  divisions?     51    or  tu^  -i; *- "      ^    rr,.     r,      ' 

„.    .,j    ^Hi,  ciiiuatc  :      'i.    me  lakes? 


'^*'  tj 


11 


''    If 


92 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


this  territory  and  the  IJnitrd  States,  are  on  a  pfrcatcr  scale  than  in  any 
oilier  purt  oV  the  world.  These  form  a  vast  inland  sea  of  fresh  water, 
which  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  the  largest  burtJien,  and  is  traversed 
by  a  number  of  stcam-boats,  ships,  &.C.,  in  almost  every  direction. 


The  Wliite  or  Greul  Polar  Bear. 


Musk  Ox. 


5.  The  White  Bear,  Musk  Ox,  Caribou  or  American  Rein-Dccr,  and 
other  animals,  abound  in  all  the  northern  psirts  of  this  region,  and  sup- 
ply the  inhtibitunts  with  the  chief  part  of  tiioir  clothing  and  food,  besides 
furnishing  the  skins  wiiich  arc  bartered  with  the  traders  ol'tiio  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  for  the  various  manufactured  articles  wh'ch  have  become 
essential  to  the  comfort  and  even  existence  of  the  Indians. 

6.  Each  province  of  British  America  has  a  governor  and  council, 
appointed  by  the  Sovereign  of  Great  Britain,*  and  a  house  of  Commend 
or  Representatives  chosen  by  the  people.  The  \;  hole  territory,  liowevcr, 
is  under  the  control  of  a  Governor  General,  who  resides  at  Kingston. 

7.  Canada  was  originally  settled  by  the  French,  but  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  English  in  consequence  of  the  victory  gained  near  Quebec, 
in  1759,  by  General  Wolfe. 

8.  Since  that  period  the  trade  and  population  of  these  provinces  have 
greatly  increased,  and  they  have  likewise  enjoyed  a  considerable  degree 
of  prosperity.  Tiiis  part  of  British  America  was  for  fifty  years  divided 
into  two  provinces,  but  in  the  year  1841  it  was  united  into  one. 

Map  No.  .3.— What  bounds  British  America  on  the  North  ?     P.-Sa. 

—  On  the  West  ?  R.-Aa.  —  South  ?  U.-Ss.  —  East  ?  A.-On.  —  What 
separates  it  from  Greenland?  B.-By.— In  what  continent  is  British 
America  ?     Wn.  —  What  circle  extends  through  the  North  part  ?     Ac. 

—  In  what  Zone  is  that  part  of  it  which  lies  north  of  the  Arctic 
circle  ?  N.-Fd.  —  In  what  Zone  is  the  southern  part  ?  N.-Te.  —  In 
what  latitude  is  British  America?  N.-Le.  —  In  what  longitude  from 
Greenwich  ?    W.-Le. 


What  do  they  form  ?  5,  What  animals  abound  ?  6.  What  is  said 
of  the  provinces  of  British  America  ?  7.  By  what  people  was  Canada 
first  settled  ?    8.  What  has  taken  place  since  ?    What  has  been  enjoyed 

Evinced  ? * 

*  Britain,  Brit'-in. 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


98 


67 


NEW  BRITAIN. 

1.  New  Britain  compri  ^es  that  part  of  British  America 
siUmted  north  of  Canada  and  the  United  Slates.  It  contains 
more  timn  three-fourths  of  the  whole  of  the  British  posses- 
sions, and  is  divided  hy  Hudson's  Bay  into  two  unequal 
portions. 

2.  Tiio  only  trade  .  ^'lis  region  is  that  of  furs,  to  faciUtato 
which,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Com[)any  iiave  established  forts  and 
tiading-h()use.«  in  various  quarters,  extending  from  Hudson's 
Bay  westward,  to  tiie  siiores  of  the  Pacific,  and  to  the  north- 
ward almost  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  The  whole  region  is  in 
consequence  often  called  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  Territory. 


Beaver. 


Raccoon. 


3.  The  Beaver,  Raccoon,  Muskrat,  and  other  animals,  are  eagerly 
hunted  for  their  furs;  the  exports  ofwhich  have  amounted  in  some  years 
to  upwards  of  a  million  of  dollars  from  the  port  of  Quebec  alone. 

4.  The  coast  of  Labrador,  and  the  whole  of  the  northern  shores  of 
this  region,  from  Greenland  westward  to  Bhering's  Strait,  is  inhabited 
by  the  Esquimaux,  a  race  of  savages  differing  essentially  from  the 
Indians,  in  form,  disposition,  and  complexion. 

5.  Among  these  people  on  the  coast  of  Labrador,  the  Moravian 
Missionaries  have  established  the  settlements  of  Nain,  Okkak,  Hopcdale, 
&.C.,  and  have  partially  improved  their  habits  and  condition. 

Map  No.  3. — ^What  territory  lies  along  the  east  coast  ?  Lr.  —  On  the 
east  side  of  Hudson's  Bay  ?  E.-Me.  —  On  the  west  side  ?  N.-N..W8. 
N..S..Ws.  —  On  the  coast  of  Baffin's  Bay  ?     P.-W.-Ld.  —  West  of  the 

New  Britain.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  New  Britain  comprise  ?  2.  What 
trade  has  it?  What  company  has  established  forts  in  various  quarters  ? 
3.  What  animals  are  hunted  for  their  furs  ?  4.  What  people  inhabit 
the  coast  of  Labrador  and  the  Northern  shores  ?  5.  What  have  tlie 
Missionaries  established  ? 


<::•'' 


■8if  ''I 


IMAGE  EVALUATiON 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


■itIM 

us 

us 

u 


1^ 


2.5 
2.2 


1^ 

1.8 


U    ill  1.6 


1 

^                                                                               <  //                                                                               ^1 

V 

■^1 

.^. 


VI 


<? 


/] 


•c*: 


O-^' 


Phol  ^ 

Sciaices 
Corporation 


23  WE5T  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y    14580 

(716)  873-4503 


^-Ak 


t/.A 


6^^ 


>^ 


04 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


I'.U 


Gulf  of  Boothia  ?     B..Fx.-  East  of  Bathuret  Inlet  ?       Va  -  Wl-„t 

JNew  Britain  and  Greenland?     Bs.  — IIow  wide  is  ii  ?      NnrnTlu 
our  largest  Lakes  in  New  Britain  ?    G.-Bn,  G.Se    Aa  "w!       T^ 

Kir' wT  7.'''  ^.^^^^  S^^'  «°^«  inlo  theVr'^ger?"- IrJi^ 
Its  length? —What  two  rivers  flow  into  lake  Athabasca?     Pe    Ai 
IeiTth?'"^wJ7^'^'^'"^'^''  ^^^«  into  Lake  Winnipeg?     Sn^'l";; 

Kmichtor'  '""•'?'.  ^^^'  ^^""'P«^  with  IJudson^  Bal^ 
nn. —  vvnich  are  the  principal  forts?    Re    Rn    n    VL-   «„     a      »i 

-sjrpr"p^^i"'«-tribL?  cr  £rRr'ci:'j;;.fVt^''t 

iTnJTh  f     WhT'  "'"  i"  *''"  ^^«*  P^^t  «f  N^w  Britain  ?  Ry  I  TJ^J 
length? -Which  are  the  two  highest?    Bn..  Hr.  -  The  ^height  of 


68 


UPPER  CANADA.* 

1.  Upper  Canada  extends  along  the  whole  chain  of  the 
great  lakes  almost  to  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Supe 
nor.     The  c/imate  is  generally  healthy  and  salubrious.    The 
summer  heats  are  more  moderate,  and  the  winters  shorter 
and  less  rigorous  than  in  the  Lower  Province. 

n«5'  "^^u  "^'i^"]*^®  «^"'e«^  parts  of  the  country  is  mostly  very  fertile 
and  yields  abundant  crops  of  grain,  wheat,  Indian  co^rnTC. Ic 
Tobacco  IS  also  cultivated  in  the  south-western  districts.  ' 

J.  1  he  most  important  canals  in  British  America  are  in  Upper  Can 
ada ;  these  are  the  Rideau  and  the  Welland  canals;  the  firsrextends" 
from  the  Ottawa  river  to  Kingston.     The  Welland  canal  unites  Lake 
Erie  with  Lake  Ontario;  both  these  works  allow  vessels  of  125  ton 
burthen  to  pass  through.  "^ 

,  -t  J"/^'';  Pfo\»"ce.  on  the  Niagara  river,  which  connects  Lake  Erie 
with  Lake  Ontario  IS  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  165  feet  high.    Thisis  on 
of  the  most  magnificent  of  Nature's  works.    The  noise  of  the  catarTct 

iit'oTs^efe^altts!'^^^^^^  ''^^  '^^  ^^  '^  ^^-^ 

pleasantly  «i„a,ed  on  a  b.y  of  the  same  name;  it  is  regularlv  Sn" 

and  has  a  number  of  liandsome  buildings.  '  ' 

e.  Kingston  became  the  capital  of  Canada,  and  also  of  all  British 

Canada?    4   What  g.a.  falhar"  X^rfanad^'^Hot  mS^ZI 
they?   5.Wh.t.sthefaviUl?    6.  The  principal  British  navll  slati„„; 

;:rlte^iSv„^7r.p«o^  "■"  '"■"  '*™^''°"«'"  -»•  ^^^•^ 


UPPER  AND  LOWER  CANADA. 


95 


Falls  of  Niagara. 

America,  in  the  year  1841 ;  it  has  a  fine  harbour  and  a  flourishing 
trade.  Niagara  is  a  small  town  at  the  mouth  of  the  Niagara  river. 
Goderich,  on  the  east  shore  of  lake  Huron,  and  London,  on  the  river 
Thames,  are  the  chief  towns  in  the  western  part  of  the  province. 


Map  No,  4.  —  What  lakes  separate  Upper  Canada  from  the  United 
States?  Oo.,  Ee.,  Hn.,  Sr.  —  Wliat  river,  in  part,  from  New  York? 
S.-Le.  —  What  river  from  Lower  Canada  ?  Oa.  —  What  is  the  eastern 
part  of  Lake  Huron  called  ?  Me.  —  What  Isles  in  the  north  part  ? 
Me.  —  What  Island  in  the  western  part  of  Lake  Superior  ?  Re.  — 
What  is  the  length  of  Lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  and  Ontario  ?  —  On 
Map  No.  9,  tell  who  was  defeated  on  the  River  Thames,*  in  1813  ?  Pr. 
—  Who  was  killed  there  ?  Th.  He  was  a  celebrated  Indian  chief. — 
On  Map  No.  7,  tell  what  battles  were  fought  in  1814,  near  the  Falls  of 
Niagara  ?    F..Ee.,  Ca. 


69 


LOWER  CANADA. 

1.  Lower  Canada  extends  on  both  sides  of  the  St.  Law- 
'^nce  river,  from  its  mouth  to  the  river  Ottawa.  The  lower 
pirt  ofthe  province  is  rugged,  cold  and  sterile;  but  the  upper 
portion  is  fertile,  well  watered,  and  more  moderate  in  tern- 
perature.  All  sections  have,  however,  the  climate  of  Sweden, 
chough  in  the  latitude  of  France. 

2.  More  than  three-fourths  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  French 
origin;  they  speak  the  French  language,  and  ore  all  Catho- 

Lower  Canada.  Q.-—1.  How  far  does  Lower  Canada  extend  ?   2.  How 

*  Thames,  Teniz. 


96 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


lies.     The  remainder  are  mostly  natives  of  Great  Britain  and 
their  descendants,  who  are  principally  Protestants. 

3.  Education  is  much  neglected, 
and  the  chief  part  of  the  people  are 
very  ignorant.  The  native  French 
Canadians  are  called  habitana.  They 
are  gay  in  their  dispositions,  cour- 
teous and  polite  in  their  manners, 
and  strongly  attached  to  their  reli- 
gion and  native  country. 

4.  Lower  Canada  produces  wheat, 
Indian  corn,  and  other  grains  com- 
mon to  the  northern  parts  of  the 
Un  ited  States.  The  exports  are  grain, 
flour,   lumhcr,  furs,  pot    and  pearl 

Canadian  Habitans.  ashes,  &c. 


City  of  Quebec. 

5.  The  city  of  Quebec  was,  until  the  year  1841,  the  capital  of 
Jritish  America ;  it  is  very  strongly  fortified,  and  situated  half  in  a  plain 
along  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  and  the  other  half  on  a  steep,  perpendicu- 
lar  rock,  350  feet  high.    These  are  called  the  upper  and  lower  towns. 

G.  Montreal,*  on  Montreal  Island,  and  180  miles  above  Quebec,  by  the 
St.  Lawrence  river,  is  the  commercial  capital  of  Canada ;  it  is  the  centre 
of  the  fur  trade,  and  of  the  commerce  with  the  United  States. 

The  town  of  the  Three  Rivers,  on  the  north  bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
river,  is  the  next  in  importance  to  Quebec  and  Montreal.  William  Henry, 
Chambly.t  and  St.  Johns,  are  small  towns  on  the  Sorelle  t  River. 

many  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  French  origin  ?     What  are  the  rest? 

3.  What  is  said  of  education  ?    The  character  of  the  French  Canadian? 

4.  Produce  ?    Exports  ?    5.  What  is  Quebec  ?     6.  Montreal  ?    Nam« 
the  other  Towns. 


■  Montreal,  Mont-re-awl',     f  ChamUy,  Shamb'-le.      t  Sorrelle,  Sor-el'. 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


97 


Map  No.  4.—  Whr.t  country  lies  west  of  Lower  Canada  ?    U.-Ca.  — 
What  two  States  lie  south  ?    N.-Yk.,  Vt — What  State  lies  east  ?    Me. 

—  The  principal  River?  S.-Le.    Its  length?  (This  includes  the  Lakes.) 

—  What  Lake  does  the  Saguenay  flow  from?  S.-Is.  The  length  of 
the  Saguenay  ?  The  Ottawa  ?  What  River  unites  Lakes  Champlain 
and  St  Peters  ?»  Se.  —  The  population  of  Quebec  ?  Of  Montreal  ?  ~ 
What  tliree  Lakes  are  in  Lower  Canada  ?    S.  Js.,  S-Pb.,  Tg. 


70 


:NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

1.  Nbw  Brunswick  is  situated  to  the  east  of  the  State  of 
Maine,  and  to  the  north-west  of  Nova  Scotia.  Until  the  year 
1784  it  was  included  within  the  linnits  of  the  latter,  which  at 
that  period  was  divided  into  two  separate  provinces. 

2.  This  colony  is  but  partially  cleared,  and  contains  exten- 
sive forests  which  furnish  large  quantities  of  excellent  timber. 
The  soil  is  generally  of  good  quality,  especially  along  the 
ban!  A  of  the  St.  John's  and  other  rivers. 

3.  The  fisheries  are  a  source  of  considerable  wealth,  and  employ 
many  of  the  inhabitants,  the  produce  being  with  lumber  the  chief  arti- 
cles  of  export.  Ship-building  is  an  important  branch  of  industry,  and 
IS  earned  on  to  a  considerable  extent 

4.  The  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  separates  this  province  from  Nova 
Scotia,  IS  remarkable  for  the  great  and  rapid  rise  of  its  tides,  which  often 
attam  the  height  of  70  feet 

5.  Frederickton,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  some  distance  up 
the  river  St  John's.  It  is  built  chiefly  of  wood,  and  contains  the 
government  offices,  several  churches,  f.nd  a  college. 

6.  The  city  of  St  John's  is  the  most  considerable  place  in  New 
Brimswick,  and  has  an  extensive  commerce.  St  Andrews,  at  the  head 
of  Passaraaquoddy  Bay,  is  the  next  town  to  St  John's  in  trade  and 
population. 


Map  No.  3.— What  island  lies  near  New  Brunswick  ?  P.-Es.  —  What 
Gulf  to  the  eastward  ?  S..Le.  —  What  bay  on  the  south  ?  Fy.  —  What 
1  eninsula  south-east  ?  N.-Sa —  What  is  the  population  of  St.  Joliii's  ? 
ut  frederickton  ?    On  what  river  is  the  city  of  St.  John's  ? 

New  Brunswick.  Q.~l.  How  is  Nevr  Brunswick  situated  ?  In  what 
was  It  included  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  ?  3.  The  chief  articles 
ot  export  ?  What  is  an  important  branch  of  industry  ?  4.  Of  the  Bay 
of  Fundy?    5.  Tha  Capital  ?    6.  St  John's?    St  Andrew's? 

N 


98 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 
71  


NOVA  SCOTIA. 

1.  Nova  Scotia  was  first  settled  by  the  French,  and  named 
by  them  Acadia.  In  1763  it  was  conquered  *by  Great  Bri- 
tain,  and  since  that  time  has  been  called  by  its  present  name. 

2.  It  is  a  large  peninsula,  280  miles  long,  and  from  50  to 
100  broad.  On  the  coast  the  soil  is  generally  poor,  but  in  the 
interior  and  northern  parts  it  is  well  adapted  to  cultivation. 

3.  Wheat  and  other  grains,  with  potatoes  of  the  finest  quality,  are 
raised  to  some  extent.  Coal,  and  gypsum,  or  plaster  of  paris,  are  found 
in  vast  quantities,  and  are  largely  exported :  copper,  iron,  and  various 
other  minerals,  also  abound. 

4.  Halifax,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  one  of  the  finest  harl»ours  in  the 
world,  and  contains  the  most  extensive  dock-yard  in  British  America. 
Lunenburg,  Liverpool,  Yarmouth,  and  Pictou,  arc  all  places  of  some 
trade ;  from  tho  latter,  coal  is  shipped  to  the  United  States  in  consider- 
able quantities. 

5.  Cape  Breton  Island — Cape  Breton  is  a  large  Island, 
separated  from  Nova  Scotia  by  the  Gut  or  Strait  of  Canseau ;  * 
it  is  about  100  miles  in  length,  and  from  30  to  80  in  breadth, 
and  is  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  portions  by  an  arm  of  the 
sea  called  the  Bras  d'Or. 

6.  Agriculture  is  in  a  backward  state,  the  Cod  Fishery  attracting  the 
chief  industry  of  the  people.  This  island  was  in  1820  politically  at- 
tached to  Nova  Scotia,  and  sends  two  members  to  the  House  of  Assembly. 

7.  Louisburg,  which  tlie  French  carefully  fortified,  was  once  a  place 
of  great  importance,  but  it  is  now  entirely  deserted ;  and  Sidney,  a  vil- 
lage  of  about  800  inhabitants,  is  all  the  capital  Cape  Breton  possesses. 

Map  JVo.  3.— What  Islands  lie  east  of  Nova  Scotia?  C.-Bn.,  Se. 
—  What  Island  north  ?  P.  Es.-  -  What  separates  Nova  Scotia  and  Cape 
Breton?  G.-Cu.  —  What  Ocean  on  the  south-east ?  Ac.  —  What  Bay 
on  the  north-west  ?  Fy.—  What  is  the  population  of  Halifax  ?  Lunen- 
burg?    Liverpool?    The  southern  Cape  of  Nova  Scotia ?    Se. 

Nom  Scotia.  Q. — 1.  By  whom  was  Nova  Ssotia  first  settled  ?  What 
was  its  first  name  ?  When  was  it  conquered  by  Great  Britain  ?  2.  What 
is  this  Colony  ?  What  is  said  of  its  soil  ?  "  3.  Its  productions  ?  Its 
minerals  ?  4.  The  capital  and  other  towns  ?  5.  What  is  Cape  Breton  ? 
How  is  it  divided  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  its  agriculture,  &c.  ?  When 
was  it  attached  to  Nova  Scotia  ?    7.  What  is  said  of  Louisburg,  &c. 

*  Canseau,  Can-so'. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


99 


72 


9.  Prince  Edward's  Island. — Prince  Edward's  is  a  fine 
fertile  island  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  lying  nearly  parallel 
to  the  coasts  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick. 

10.  The  soil  is  good  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture,  which  is  Ih  a 
more  improved  state  than  in  any  of  the  neighbouring  colonies.  Char- 
lotlc  Town  is  the  capital,  with  3,500  inhabitants.  There  are  several  other 
small  towns. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1.  Newfoundland  is  a  large  island,  situated  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  anJj  forming  the  most  eastern  part 
of  British  America.  The  soil  is  mostly  barren,  and  the  timber 
scanty  and  of  small  size. 

2.  It  owes  its  importance  to  its  Cod  fisheries,  which  are  the 
most  valuable  in  the  world.  The  fish  are  caught  in  vast 
numbers  upon  certain  shallow  places  in  the  sea  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  island,  called  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland. 

3.  A  great  number  of  vessels  and  rnen  (chiefly  American  and  French) 
here  find  employment,  while  the  inhabitants  of  the  island  carry  on  their 
fisheries  along  the  sliore. 

4.  The  fishing  business  is  dangerous,  but  profitable ;  it  is  an  admirable 
nursery  for  the  hardy  seamen  of  the  New  England  states,  and  furnishes 
us  witli  an  important  article  of  export  to  other  countries. 

5.  St.  John's  is  the  principal  place  in  the  island;  the  houses  are  all 
built  of  wood,  and  the  town  has  in  consequence  suffered  severely  from 
fires.    Harbour  Grace  is,  next  to  St.  John's,  the  most  important  town. 

Map  No.  3.  —  What  bounds  Newfoundland  on  the  east?    A.  On. 

On  the  west?  G.  S-Le.  — What  Strait  separates  it  from  Labrador? 
Be.  —  Wjjat  banks  are  near  the  Island  ?  Gd.  Gn.  —  How  long  and  wide 
is  the  Grand  Bank?  Newfoundland  ?  What  is  the  population  of  SL 
John's?    Of  Harbour  Grace. 


Prince  Edward's  Island.  Q.  —  9.  What  is  Prince  Edward's  Island? 
10.  Whai  is  said  of  the  soil  and  agriculture  ?  The  capital  and  its  popu- 
lation? *^  "^ 

Newfoundland.  Q.—  1.  What  is  Newfoundland  ?  2.  To  what  does 
't  owe  Its  importance  ?  3.  What  are  they  called  ?  Who  find  employ- 
ment there  ?  4.  What  is  said  of  the  fishing  business  ?  What  doee  it 
turnish  us  with  ?    5.  Describe  St.  John's.    Harbour  Grace. 


100 


t<  ■  ! 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


73 


UNITED    STATES. 


1.  The  United  States  form  one  government,  comprising 
twenty-six  states,  six  territories,  and  one  federal  district.  They 
occupy  the  most  valuable  and  productive  part  of  North  Ame- 
rica, and  rank  amongst  the  most  powerful,  commercial,  and 
wealthy  nations  of  the  globe. 

2.  They  are  distinguished  for  the  freedom  and  excellence 
of  their  political  institutions,  the  rapid  increase  of  the  popula- 
tion, and  for  the  intelligence,  industry,  and  enterprise  of  the 
inhabitants. 

3.  The  territory  of  the  United  States  is  very  extensive ;  it 
ranges  through  29  degrees  of  latitude,  and  58  degrees  of 
longitude.  The  frontier  outline  has  an  extent  of  1 0,000  miles, 
and  a  line  drawn  from  north-west  to  south-east  would  mea- 
sure 3,200  miles. 

4.  In  so  vast  a  region  there  is  of  course  included  a  great 
variety  of  surface,  soil,  and  climate.  It  is  well  watered  by 
noble  streams,  which  not  only  give  fertility  to  their  borders, 

United  States.  Q.  — 1.  What  do  the  United  States  form?  Cora, 
pnsing  what  ?  What  do  they  occupy  ?  2.  For  what  are  they  distin- 
guished  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  territory  ?    4.  What  does  it  include  ? 


UNITED  STATES, 


idi 


bu  are  ready  to  carry  the  gifts  of  the  earth  to  the  oceai.,  and 
to  bnng  back  to  the  inhabitants  the  products  of  otheTchW 

5.  -l^^e  soil  returns  an  ample  harvest  for  all  that  is  planted 
in  It  and  the  chmate  is  favourable  to  nearly  every  prodSn 
of  the  earth,  that  can  sustain  life  or  increase  its  luxuries 

the  raising  of  wheaUndi^'corn  &c  •  S  t  ""'IJ'"  ""'^  ^""^^^^  «" 
ton,  tobacco,  8Uffar:amJ  ri^  Shvri*  L  >''^«°•i.thern  states,  to  cot- 
«ou;hcrnandsoS'onh"w;stem^^^^^^^         "  chiefly  employed  in  the 

quarries  of  the  different  sSn7of  tl^iurion  "  "^'^  ^^  "^'  ^"*^"«^^« 
in.^*.  ?hpt  '".^""'■^^^"'•f «  "e  already  extensive,  and  are  rapidly  increas- 

S  h  VriditTo^lr'  "'""'*^'  "'^^  ^^0  ™'"'°"«  of'^dol]a;s!Tnd 
Seriel  Tnolnf  / '?  '^f ''^"'t"'-«.  the  forests,  the  mines,  and  the 
flsher^s,  amount  yearly  to  almost  1300  million  dollars. 


■74 


hv'tL  131°  ^''''"""V"!  'ligli'y  important,  and  are  carried  on  mostly 
IJZ^la  ^"^'""i  »'"<»  •  ''«^y  "'"braee  chiefly  the  whale  cjd3 

wlttSntur'"''"'"''"''™""''"*"™"^^^^^ 

A^f,:aS?n%T.:efpa?^V:\„7n  fn^^;:  jpiS 
12.  The  inland  commerce  ?    The  Mississippi.  &c.     13  Of  S  em! 


102 


DESCttlPTIViS  GEOGRAPHY. 


I      Wbale  Fishery.— Cutting  up  a  Wbale. 

cipnl  elements  of  American  prosperity.  1300  steamboats  have  been 
built  since  the  year  1807,  of  which  800  now  exist;  and  the  number  of 
steam-engines  in  the  United  States  employed  in  steamboats,  locomotive 
rail-road  cars,  and  for  various  manufacturing  purposes,  is  not  less  than 
3,000. 

14.  The  Americans  have  surpassed  all  other  nations  in  the  number 
and  extent  of  their  canals  and  rail-roads ;  the  united  length  of  the  former 
is  not  less  than  3,600  miles,  the  whole  of  which,  with  one  or  two  excep- 
uons,  nave  been  executed  in  less  than  twenty  years. 

15.  The  rail-roads,  all  constructed  within  the  last  ten  years,  amount 
to  an  aggregate  of  l;500  miles,  over  which  carriages  are  propelled  by 
locomotive  steam-engines  at  the  rate  of  Irom  20  to  30  miles  an  hour. 

16.  The  United  Slates  are  more  distinguished  for  the  general  diffu- 
sion  of  knowledge,  than'  for  eminence  in  literature  and  science.  The 
means  of  common  school  education  are  more  widely  extended  than  in 
any  other  part  of  the  world,  and  there  are  numerous  senfinaries  of  learn, 
ing  throughout  the  country,  though  there  are  no  universities  and  colleges 
on  so  large  a  scale  as  some  in  Europe. 

17.  The  general  government  of  the  United  States  has  done  but  little 
for  the  promotion  of  public  instruction ;  but  most  of  the  staiteshave  made 
legislative  provision,  and  some  have  large  funds  set  apart,  for  that  pur- 
pose. The  first  settlers  of  New  England  paid  a  very  laudable  atten- 
tion to  th's  important  subject ;  and  so  early  as  the  year  1628,  a  law  was 
passed  for  the  education  of  every  child  in  the  colonies. 

ployment  of  steam  ?  How  many  steamboats?  14.  What  is  said  of  the 
Americans ?  Of  canals ?  15.  Rail-roads  ?  1 6.  Of  the  United  States? 
Common  school  education  ?    Seminaries  of  learning  ?    17.  The  generaj 


UNITED   STATES, 


108 


75 


18.  There  w  no  established  church  in  the  United  States,  religion  beinir 
left  to  the  voluntary  choice  of  the  people ;  yet  in  all  the  wcll-seltled  parts 
ot  the  Union,  relijf.ous  instruction  and  observances  ore  a8  faithrullv  dis. 
pcnsed  and  performed  as  in  any  other  country  in  the  world. 

10.  The  great  body  of  the  people  are  attached  to  the  various  sects 
bclong.nir  to  the  Protestant  faith :  of  these  the  Baptists,  Methodists, 
Ircsbyterians,  and  EpiHCopalians,  stand  first  as  to  numbers.    There 

Flnt°   "'A"^,<-»t»'<>'»'^«.  Universttlists.  Lutherans,  Unitarians,   and 
rriends,  or  Quakeri.  i   »  « 

20.  The  United  States  is  a  Federal  Republic.  Each  state  is  Jnde. 
pendent  m  its  local  affairs ;  but  the  defence  of  the  country,  the  reffulation 
of  conimercc,  and  all  the  general  concerns  of  the  Union,  are  committed 
by  the  Constitution  to  a  general  government. 

21.  The  government  comprises  three  distinct  powers,  the  Legislative. 
Judicial,  ond  Executive  branches :  the  first  named  power  makes  the 
laws,  the  second  expounds,  and  the  last  executes  them. 

22  The  Legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  Congress  consisting  of  a 
Senate  and  House  of  Representatives.  The  Senate  consists  of  two 
inombers  from  each  state,  wiio  arc  elected  for  six  years,  one-third  of  tho 
mmiber  being  changed  every  two  years.  The  members  of  the  House 
ot  Representatives  are  elected  by  tlie  people  for  two  years;  their  number 
IS,  at  present,  223. 

23.  The  Judicial  power  is  composed  of  a  Supreme  Court  of  one  chief 
and  eight  associate  Judges,  who  are  appointed  by  the  President,  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  and  hold  their  offices  durinff  life  or 
good  behaviour.  ® 

♦u^l.v'^''^  Executive  power  is  vested  in  a  President,  who,  together  with 
the  Vice^resident,  is  chosen  for  four  years  by  electors  from  all  the 
states.  The  principal  subordinate  officers  of  the  executive  department 
T  ^h^Secretary  of  State,  of  the  Treasury,  of  War,  and  of  the  Navy, 
Uie  Fost-Master  General,  and  the  Attorney. General.  They  are  ull  re- 
movable at  the  wiU  of  the  President,  and,  witli  the  Vice  President,  form 
the  Cabinet.  .  "  "* 

2r  The  inhabitants  of  the  United  States  amount  to  more  than 
seventeen  millions,  of  which  the  black  or  coloured  races  form  one-sixth 
^I  ,^"6^  Indians  number  about  300,000,  but  are  not  usually  con- 
sidered as  forming  a  part  of  the  population  of  the  Union. 

ChST"fI   r?^*^f  ^^«*  ««ttJ«^"  in  New  England  ?     18.  Established 

ml*. LI  J°on^f.u"°.  *''<'  S'^^^  ^^y  °^"  t^«  People  attached? 
What  are  they  ?    20.  What  is  the  United  States  ?    21  What  is  said  of 

aUvf« TT'"?  \  22  Of  u,e  legislative  power  ?  House  of  Represent. 
Th?  \J!^^^  '  3  ^^^  J"^'"*^^  power  ?  24.  Executive  >ower  ? 
me  subordinate  officers  ?    What  do  they  form  ?    25.  What  may  the 


104 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


26.  This  amount,  in  proportion  to  the  vast  territory  over  which  it  ii 
spread,  is  small,  compared  with  the  dense  population  of  some  of  the 
European  states ;  but  when  it  is  considered  that  the  inluibitants  of  the 
colonies  100  years  ago  numbered  but  1,000,000,  it  presents  the  most 
striking  instance  of  national  growtli  to  bo  found  in  the  history  of  man- 
kind.  . 


7fc' 


27.  The  United  States  were  formerly  colonics  or  provinces  of  Great 
Britain.  In  the  year  1775  there  were  thirteen  colonics,  with  a  popula- 
tion  of  nearly  three  millions  of  people.  At  that  time  they  took  up  arms 
for  the  purpose  of  separating  themselves  from  the  mother  country. 

28.  They  were  incited  to  this  by  the  injustice  of  Great  Britain,  who 
taxed  the  people  of  the  colonics  without  their  consent,  and  passed  varioua 
oppressive  laws,  to  which  they  would  not  submit. 


Battle  of  Lexington. 

29.  The  first  battle  between  the  Colonists  and  the  British  troops,  took 
place  at  Lexington,  Massachusetts,  April  19th,  1775.  On  the  4th  of 
July,  1776,  they  declared  themselves  independent,  under  the  title  of  the 
United  States  of  America. 

30.  The  efforts  of  Great  Britain  to  subdue  the  country  were  great, 
and  the  struggle  which  ensued  was  long  and  bloody ;  but  unimated  by  a 
love  of  liberty,  and  led  by  Washington  and  other  gallant  and  patriotic 

inhabitants  be  estimated  at  ?  The  blacks  ?  Indians  ?  26.  How  does 
it  compare  with  the  population  of  some  European  states  ?  27.  What 
were  the  United  States  formerly?  When  did  they  take  up  arms. 
28.  Why  were  they  incited  to  this  ?  29.  When  and  where  did  the 
first  battle  take  place?  What  did  they  do  on  the  4th  of  July,  1776? 
30.  What  is  said  of  Great  Britain  ?    Of  General  Wasliington  /    The 


UNITED  STATES. 


105 


lenffcrs,  lh»)  pcopio  ».f  the  United  PtiitcH,  aflor  a  wnr  of  riplif  yrnrn, 
lirovo  tliu  lirilisii  uruiicii  from  Uicir  ehorcs,  und  catubiiMhud  their  iiido- 
l)ciidciicu. 


Reaignation  of  General  Washington 

31.  At  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  the  American  Army, 
though  suffering  great  privations,  disbanded,  without  violence  or  disor- 
der ;  and  tlie  Commander  in  Chief,  General  Washington,  resigned  the 
nhiiost  absohite  power  he  possessed  to  tiic  authority  that  conferred  it, 
tlius  presenting  to  the  world  the  rare  example  of  a  great  military  chief 
descending  voluntarily  to  the  rank  of  a  private  citizen. 

32.  The  Constitution  of  tiie  United  States  was  framed  and  adoj)ted 
in  1789,  and  has  since  been  amended.  It  secures  to  the  peoj)lo  the 
grand  principles  of  freedom,  liberty  of  conscience  in  matters  of  religion, 
libtirty  of  the  press,  trial  by  jury,  and  the  right  of  choosing  and  of  being 
chosen  to  ofiiec.     The  Presidents  of  tiie  United  States  am 


tion  of  the  Constitution,  are  as  follows  : 


smce  the  adop* 


33L 


1.  George  Waiiliinglon,  of  Vireinia.  from  1789  to  1707—8  yeaw. 


S.  John  Adams,  Mn»a. 

3.  Tliomas  JefTorson,  Virsfinia, 

4.  James  Madismi,  Virjfiiiia, 

5.  James  Monroe,  Virgiiiia, 

6.  John  Uiiincy  Adnma,  Mass. 

7.  Andrnw  JarUsoii,  'i'oiincssee, 

8.  Martin  Van  liiiren,  New  York, 

9.  Wm.  IltMiry  Harrison,  Ohio, 
10.  John  Tylor,  Virginia, 


1797  to  IHOI- 
1801  to  180!t— 8 
1H09  to  1817-8 
1817  to  18'J.')— 8 
1825  to  18^9—4 
]fei29  to  1837—8 
1837  to  1841—4 
1841  one  month. 
1841 


people  of  the  United  States?  31.  The  American  army?  The  com- 
mander in  chiof?  32.  The  Constitution?  What  does  it  secure  to  the 
people  ?  33.  How  many  Presidents  have  there  been  ?  Who  were  from 
Virginia  ?  Massachusetts  ?  Tennessee  ?  New  York  ?  Ohio  ?  How 
inany  years  did  each  serve  ? 
O 


106 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAFHT. 


.-77 


jilj 


Map  No.  4. — How  are  tho  United  Staten  bounded  ? 
On  the  North?  the  South?  the  East?  the  West? 
What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ?    Wn. 

The  capitals  of  countries,  the  scholar  will  perceive  by  tho  explanation 
on  the  map,  are  made  by  n  large  dot  with  eight  small  ones  around  it; 
and  the  capitals  of  states  on  Maps  Nos.  4  and  5,  are  made  by  a  small 
ring  or  circle  with  a  dot  in  the  middle  of  it 

Which  are  the  six  Eastern  States  ?  They  are  Me.,  N.-H.,  Vt,  Ms., 
R.-I.,  Ct« 

Point  out  their  capitals. 

Which  are  the  four  Middle  States?    They  are  N.-Y.,  N.-J.,  Pa.,  De. 

Point  out  their  capitals. 

Which  are  the  eight  Southern  States  ?  They  are  Md.,  Va.,  N.-C, 
S.-C.,  Ga.,  Aa.,  Mi.,  La. 

Point  out  thpir  capitals. 

Which  are  the  eight  Western  States?  They  are  As.,  Te.,  Ky.,  Mi., 
Is.,  j[a.,Co.,Mn. 

Point  out  their  capitals. 

Which  are  the  Territories  of  the  United  States  ?  They  are  Fa.,  Wr., 
la.,  In.,  Mo.,  On. 

Point  out  the  capitals  of  the  three  first  The  others  are  not  settled 
by  white  men. 

How  many  States  are  there  ?  > 

How  many  Territories  ? 

How  many  States  and  Territories  are  there  altogether?  Besides 
these,  the  District  of  Columbia  contaiits  the  seat  of  Government,  so  that 
the  whole  of  the  divisions  of  the  United  States  are  33. 


Where  is  Lake  Superior  ?  L.  Huron  ?  L.  Michigan*  ?  L.  Eriet? 
L.  Ontario  ?    L.  Champlain  t  ?     L.  of  the  Woods  ? 

Tell  the  Icr  tiIi  of  each  Lake. 

Which  two  are  wholly  in  the  United  States  ?    Mn.,  Cn. 

Where  is  Manitouline  Lake?  Moosehead  L. ?  Chesurcook  L.7 
Timiscouata  L.  ?  L.  Mernphramagog§  ?  L.George?  L.  Okce-cho-bee? 
L.  Pontcharirain  ||  ?  L.  Pepin  ?  Itasca  L.  ?  The  Mississippi  flows  froM 
this  Lake.  Where  is  Ruriny  Lake  ?  Red  L.?  St.  Croix  ^  L.?  VViii- 
nebago  L  ? 


"  itiicragaTi,  iviiKn'-e-gan.  .  _.. 
$  Memphramagog,  Mem-fra-ma-gog' 
S  Si.  Croix,  Saint  Croy'. 


t  L:t'ie,  E'-re.    ,  j  (jhanipiain,  Sham'-pl.ine 
(I  Pontr^nrtram,    l*<in-8har-trane' 


?    L.Eriet? 


UNITED   STATES. 

-, 78 


107 


Mcp  No.  4. — Where  is  Passamaquoddy  Bay  ?  Penobscot  B.  ?  Casco 

B.  ?    Now  York  B.  ?    Delaware  B.  ?    Chesapeake  B.  ?    Chatham  B.  ? 

Tampa  TJ.?    Apalachee*  B.  ?     PensacolaB.?     MobiletB.?     Black 

B.  ?    BarafAria  B.  7 

On  the  Great  Lakes,  where  is  Saginaw  B.  7  Thunder  B.  7  Green  B.  7 

Where  is  Long  Island  Sound  7    Albemarle  S.  7    Pamlico  S.  7 

How  many  miles  long  aie  each  of  these?  also  Chesapeake  Bay  7 — 
See  Map  No.  7. 


Where  is  the  Mississippi  River  7 

Where  does  it  rise  7    Where  does  it  empty  ? 

How  many  miles  long  is  it  7 

What  are  its  chief  tributaries  and  their  lengths? 

Where  is  the  Missouri  River?  Yellow  Stone  R.  7  Big  Horn  R.? 
Platte  t  R.  7  Kanzas  R.  ?  Arkansas  R.  7  Canadian  R.  7  Red  R.  ? 
Osage  R.  ?  Des  Moines  R.  7  St  Peter's  R.  7  Wisconsin  R.  7  Rock  R.  ? 
Illinois  §  R.7 

Where  is  the  Wabash  R.  7  Maumee  R.  7  Ohio  R.  7  Alleghany  R.  7 
Monongahela  R.  7  Kanawha  R.  7  Cumberland  R.  7  Tennessee  R.  ? 
White  R.7    Washita  ||  R.7    Yazoo  R.7 

Where  is  the  Pearl  R.  7  Tombigby  R.  7  Alabama  R.  7  Chatta- 
hoocheeR.  7  St  John's  R.  7  Fu.  —  Alalamaha  R.  7  Savannah  R.  ? 
Santee  R.  ?  Great  Pedee  R.  7  C.  Fear  R.  7  NeuselT  R.  ?  Tar  R.? 
Roanoke  R.  7  James  R.  7  Potomac  R.  ?  Susquehaima  R.  7  Delaware 
R.  ?    Hudson  R.  7    Mohawk  R.  7 

Where  is  the  St.  Lawrence  R.  7  Connecticut  R.  7  Merrimack  R.  ? 
Kennebec  R.  7      Penobscot  R.  7    St.  John's  R.  7    Me. 

Where  is  the  Oregon  or  Columbia  R.  7  Lewis  R.  7  Clark's  R.  ? 
Frazer's  R.  7    Clamet  R.  7    Tell  how  long  each  of  these  rivers  is. 


Where  is  Cape  Cod  7  C.  Malabar  7  C.  Charles  7  C.  Henry  7  C. 
Hatteras?  C.  Foar  ?  C.  Lookout?  C.  Cannaveral ?  C.  Sable?  C. 
Romans?    C.St  Bias  7  *» 


Where  is  Mt.  Desert  Island  7  Nantucket  1. 7  Martha's  Vineyard  7 
Long  I.  ?    Florida  Reefs  7    These  are  low  sandy  islands. 

Where  are  the  Tortugas  Islands  ?  Manitouline  tt  Isles  ?  Grand  1. 7 
I.  Royale?  The  Apostles  ?  The  four  last  are  in  the  Great  Lakes. 
Where  is  Vancouver's  Island  7    How  long  is  it  7 


*  Apalachee,  Ap-a-lash-c'. 
$  Ulinoii,  lil-e-noy'. 
**St.Blas,  SmntBlAw' 


t  inohiie,  Mo-beei'. 

II  Washita,  Wash-e-taw'. 

tt  Manitotdine,  Man-e-tu'-lin. 


t  Platte,  rial. 
^  Neuse,  Nuse- 


108 


DESCRtPTIYB    GEOGRAPHY. 


79 


Map  No.  4.— Where  is  Mt  Rainier*  ?    Mt  Hood  ?     Mt.  Jefferson  ? 
Mt.  Olyinpust  ? 
Huw  high  are  the  two  first  ? 
Wiicre  are  the  Rocky  Mts.  ?    How  long  arc  they  ? 
Where  is  Long^s  Peak?    James's  Peak?    How  high  are  they  ? 
Wljcre  are  tlie  Ozark  Mts.,  and  wliat  is  their  height  ? 

Where  arc  the  Cumberland  Mts.  ?  Alleghany  Mis.  ?  Their  length 
and  height  ? 

Wiicre  is  the  Blue  Ridge  ?  Blue  Mts.  ?  Green  Mts.  ?  Wliite  Mts.? 
Black  Hills  ?     Where  is  Black  Mt.  ?  &c.  &c.  ? 

Tlie  three  Bates  ?  The  three  Paps  ?  The  last  are  said  by  some  to 
be  the  highest  mountains  in  the  United  Slates;  but  this  is  uncertain 
Lung's  Peak  is  the  highest  known. 


What  seven  Cities  in  the  United  States  number  30,000  inhabitants 
and  upwards  ?,  Bn.,  N.-Y.,  Ay.,  Pa.,  Be.,  Ci.,  N.-Os. 

What  eight  Cities  number  from  20,000  to  30,000  ?  LI.,  Pe.,Rv.,  Wn.t 
Le.,  Rd.,  Pg.,  Cn. 

What  twelve  Cities  have  from  10,000  to  20,000?    Pd.,  Sm.,  N.-Hn., 
Ty.,  Ua.,  Bo.,  Nk.,  S..Ls.,  Nk.,  Pg.,  Sh.,  Me. 


How  far  is  it  from  New  Jersey  to  Portugal  ? 

From  New  Jersey  to  the  Azores  ? 

From  Chesapeake  Bay  to  Portugal  ? 

From  Cape  Hatteras  to  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar  ? 

From  Charleston  to  Madeira  ?     From  Savannah  to  Bermuda  ? 

From  Florida  to  Morocco  ?     From  Florida  to  the  Canary  Islands  ? 

How  long  and  wide  is  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ? 

The  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  the  Pacific  Ocean  l—See  Map  No.  5. 


Map  of  the  Learner's  own  Slate. — In  what  State  do  you  live  ?  Is  il 
•me  of  the  Eastern,  Middle,  Southern,  or  Western  States  ?  How  is  yoi  r 
State  bounded?  What  rivers  has  it?  Tell  what  they  are.  Docs  i 
contain  any  mountains  ?  If  so,  what  are  they  called  ?  Is  your  stat 
on  the  sea-coast,  or  in  the  interior,  at  a  distance  from  it  ?  Does  it  con- 
tain any  Bays,  Sounds,  Islands,  or  Capes  ?  What  is  the  Capital  of  your 
State  ?  What  is  the  Capital  of  a  State  ?  2G9,  pnge  40.  In  what 
county  do  you  live  ?  Point  it  out  on  the  map.  How  is  it  bounded  ? 
How  long  and  wide  is  it  ?     You  can  tell  this  by  the  sc.ile  of  miles 


m^rwt^r^itr   '} 


*  Rainier,  Ray-neer*. 


t  (Jli/mpxii,  Ol-imp'-us. 


EASTERN  STATES. 


109 


EASTERN  STATES. 


80 


1.  The  Eastern  or  New  England  States,  comprise  those 
situated  to  the  east  of  the  Hudson  river.  They  are  Maine, 
New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island  and 
Connecticut. 

2.  The  surface  of  New  England  is  greatly  varied ;  much 
of  the  soil  is  good,  yet,  in  general,  it  requires  diligent  cultiva- 
tion, and  compels  the  farmer  to  use  considerable  industry  to 
procure  good  crops. 

3.  Horses,  cattle,  sheep,  and  hogs,  are  reared  in  great 
numbers;  and  grass,  Indian  corn,  wheat,  rye,  oats,  barley, 
ilax,  and  hemp,  are  extensively  cultivated.  7.'he  principal 
fruits  are  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums,  &c. 

4.  The  manufactures  of  the  Eastern  States  are  very  ex- 
tensive, and  embrace  a  great  variety  of  articles.  The  cotton 
and  woollen  factories  employ  numerous  individuals,  and  a 


New  England,  Q.  —  1.  Whifih  are  the 
What  is   said  of  the   surface   and   soil?      What   does  it  require? 
^  ^y  hat  are  reared  in  great  numbers  ?     What  is  extensively  cultivated  ? 
Winch  are  the  urincipal  fruits  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  the  manufactures  7 


110 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


large  amount  of  capital.  Since  the  manufacturing  system 
has  prevailed,  this  part  of  the  United  States  has  increased 
rapidly  in  population  end  wealth. 

5.  The  New  Englanders  are  extensively  engaged  in  com- 
merce, and  in  the  cod,  mackerel,  and  whale  fisheries,  which 
train  vast  numbers  of  the  most  experienced  and  intrepid  sea- 
men in  the  world. 

6.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Eastern  States  are  almost  exclu- 
sively of  unmixed  English  origin,  and  from  the  earliest  settle- 
ment of  their  country,  have  been  used  to  habits  of  industry, 
economy,  and  enterprise. 

7.  They  have  always  been  a  religious  people.  Among  them  tlie 
babbath  is  strictly  observed,  and  all  classes  generally  attend  public  wor- 
ship.  It  is  considered  disreputable  for  a  man  to  have  no  religious 
belief;  and  there  are  ikw  individuals  who  are  not  connected  with  some 
religious  society. 

8.  Education  is  more  general  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  world; 
and  large  funds  have  been  set  apart  by  the  different  State  Legislatures 
for  the  support  of  common  schools.  It  is  rare  to  find  in  any  part  of 
the  Eastern  States,  persons  of  mature  age,  who  are  ignorant  of  reading, 
writing,  and  aritiimetic. 

81  

9.  Institutions  of  learning  were  established,  at  an  early  period,  by  the 
first  settlers  of  New  England ;  some  of  which,  at  the  present  day,  arc 
among  the  most  respectable  and  efficient  in  the  Union.  Many  of  the 
most  distinguished  men  in  the  United  States  have  been  educated  at 
Harvard  and  Yale  Colleges. 

10.  The  people  of  New  England  were,  at  an  early  period,  noted  for 
their  republican  principles,  and  were  the  first  to  resist  the  tyranny  of 
the  British  Government.  The  destruction  of  the  tea  in  Boston  harbour, 
and  the  battles  of  Lexington  and  Bunker's  Hill,  were  among  the  first 
events  tiiat  led  to  the  independence  of  the  United  States. 


5.  What  are  the  New  Englanders  engaged  in  ?  6.  What  are  the  in- 
habitants?  To  what  have  they  been  trained?  7.  What  have  tlie 
inhabitants  always  been  ?  What  do  all  classes  generally  attend  ?  What 
18  considered  disreputable?  8.  What  is  said  of  public  instruction? 
What  is  rare  to  find  ? 

9.  What  was  established  at  an  early  period?  What  are  they  at 
the  present  day  ?  10.  For  what  were  they  noted  ?  What  were  they 
the  first  to  resist  ?  What  were  the  first  events  that  led  to  the  inde- 
pendence  oi  the  United  States  ? 


EASTERN  STATES. 


Ill 


Ilarvard  University. 


Map  No.  6.  — Which  are  the  New  England  States?  Me.,  N-H.  Vt, 
Ms.,  R..I.,  Ct.— -Which  extends  farthest  north  and  east?  Me  — 
Which  farthest  south  and  west  ?  Ct.  — Which  is  the  largest  state? 
Me.  —  The  second  in  extent  ?  Vt.  —  Third  ?  N.-H.  —Fourth  ?  Ms. 
-Fiflh?  Ct.- Smallest?  R-L  — These  states  extend  from  lati- 
tudc  41  degrees  to  48.  — How  many  degrees  of  latitude  then  do  they 
include  ?  They  extend  east  and  west  from  3^  degrees,  to  10  east  lonfft 
tilde  from  Washington.— How  many  degrees  then  of  longitude  do 
they  include  ?  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  England  ?  Ct.  — 
The  next?  Ft.  — What  river  is  partly  in  Maine  and  partly  in  New- 
JJrunswjck  ?  S.-Js.  —  How  long  are  these  rivers  ?  Which  is  the 
largest  lake  wholly  in  the  Eastern  States  ?  Md.  —  How  long  is  it  ? 
~  What  lake  is  partly  in  New  England  and  partly  in  the  state  lyinff 
west  of;  It  ?  Cn.  -  How  long  is  this  lake  ?  Lake  Champlain  is  navi- 
gable  for  vessels  of  large  burthen.  During  the  war  of  the  Revolution, 
and  that  of  1812,  naval  battles  were  fought  upon  it.  Commodore 
MDonoughs  victory,  m  which  the  whole  British  fleet  was  captured, 
took  place  September  Hth  1814.  Which  is  the  highest  mountain  in 
J.ew  England  ?  Wn.  —  Which  is  the  next  highest  ?  Kn—  The  next  ? 
IWd. -How  high  are  each  of  these  mountains?  -Which  are  the 
tircc  principal  Islands  in  New  England  ?  M.-Dt.,  Nt.,  M.-Vd  —  Which 
state  has  the  greatest  extent  of  sea-coast?  Me.— Which  has  the 
smalicst  ?  N..H.  —  Which  has  no  sea-coast  ?  Vt.  —How  many  miles 
IS  It  from  Maine  to  Nova  Scotia?  — To  Spain?  — 7^o  Circassia  ? — 
*rom  Massachusetts  lo  Italy  ?- To  Turkey  ?_  From  Long  Island 
to  Wcece  I  In  what  year  did  the  Pilgrims  emigrate  to  New  England  ? 
What  was  the  name  of  the  vessel?  Mr.  — How  mnnv  mii^s  is  it 
worn  Uuston  to  Halifax  ?     To  Liverpool  ?     Total  distance? 


112 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 

82 

MAINE. 


Lumber  Yard,  £ix. 

1.  Maine  comprises  about  one-half  of  the  area  of  New 
England.  Before  the  year  1820,  it  formed  a  part  of  the  State 
of  Massachusetts,  under  the  title  of  the  District  of  Maine. 

2.  The  soil  is  various  ;  much  of  it  is  fertile,  but  in  general 
it  is  better  adapted  for  grazing  than  dllage.  One  of  the  chief 
products  is  white  pine  timber,  of  which  there  is  cut  and  sawed 
to  the  amrnint  of  several  millions  of  dollars  annually. 

3.  The  coast  is  remarkably  indented  with  bays  and  har- 
bours, atlbrding  great  facilities  for  (tommerce  and  the  fisheries, 
which  the  inhabitants  have  not  failed  to  improve. 

4.  They  are  also  largely  engaged  in  ship-building  and 
navigation,  and  export  vast  quantities  of  lumber,  fish,  beef, 
pork,  grain,  &c. ;  together  with  a  considerable  amount  of  ice, 
to  the  West  Indies  and  the  Southern  States. 

5.  By  a  partial  construction  of  the  treaty  of  1783,  nearly, 
a  third  part  of  Maine  was  long  ciaimed  by  Great  Britain. 
In  the  year  1842,  a  treaty  was  formed,  by  which  the  boundary 

Maine  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Maine  comprise  7  What  did  it  form  a  part 
of  before  1820  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  sf  il  ?  3.  Of  the  coast  ?  4. 
What  are  the  exports  7  5.  What  power  long  claimed  one-third  of  Maine  7 


MAINB,  NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


113 


;a  of  New 
f  the  State 
Maine. 
in  general 
*  the  chief 
md  sawed 

ly. 

and  har- 
!  fisheries, 

Iding  and 
fish,  beef, 
unt  of  ice, 

J3,  nearly , 
t  Britain, 
boundary 

form  a  part 

coast  ?    4. 

1  of  Maine  7 


line  was  established,  and  the  British  claim  much  restricted. 
The  right  to  navigate  the  river  St.  Johns  to  the  sea  was  also 
obtained  by  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

6.  Augusta,  the  capital,  is  on  the  Kennebec  river,  50  miles  from  its 
mouth  :  it  contains  a  handsome  Slate  House,  of  granite,  and  a  United 
States'  Arsenal.  Portland,  on  Casco  Bay,  is  the  largest  and  most 
important  town  in  the  state ;  it  is  well  laid  out,  and  handsomely  built, 
and  has  an  extensive  foreign  and  coasting  trade. 

7.  Bangor,  on  the  Penobscot  river,  50  miles  from  the  sea,  has  trebled 
its  population  since  1830.  Its  trade  in  lumber  is  very  extensive. 
Bath  is  noted  for  its  ship-building,  and  Thomaston  for  its  exports 
of  lime,  marble,  and  granite.  Gardiner,  Hallowell,  Eastport,  Belfast, 
Brunswick,  Bristol,  Saco,*  Wells,  and  York,  are  all  flourishing  U  vns. 

Map  No.  6.  —  What  country  bounds  Maine  on  the  east  ?  N.-Bk.  — 
On  the  west  7  L.  Ca.  and  N.  H.  —  What  ocean  on  the  south  ?  Ac  — 
Which  are  the  five  principal  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ? 
S..Cjf.,  Pt.,  Kc,  An.,  So.  How  long  are  they  ?  —  What  river  rises  in 
the  centre  of  Maine  and  flows  into  New  Brunswick  7  S..Js.  How  long 
19  It  ?  —  Which  are  the  three  principal  Lakes  7  Md.,  Ck.,  Gd.  How 
long  are  the  two  first  7  —  The  principal  mountain,  and  its  height  ?  Kn. 
--  i  he  largest  island  ?  M..Dt.  —  Which  is  the  most  eastern  county  7 
Wn.  — The  most  western  7  Od — The  most  southern  7  Yk.  — In  what 
county,  and  on  what  river,  is  the  capital  situated  7  Kc,  Ke.,—  Which 
are  the  four  largest  .towns,  and  their  population  7  Pd.,  Br.,  Aa.,  Tn. 
--  How  many  miles  is  it  from  Maine  to  Nova  Scotia  7  To  Spain  7  To 
Circaseia  7  What  boundary  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state  ?  What 
in  the  middle  ?  What  boundary  formerly  separated  the  state  from 
Lower  Canada  7  What  boundary  extends  from  L.  Pohenaffamook  to 
the  N.  W.  branch  of  the  St.  Johns  ? 


83 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

1.  New  Hampshire  is  often  called  the  Switzerland  of 
America,  on  account  of  its  beautiful  and  varied  scenery,  its 
mountains,  lakes,  rivers,  cascades,  &c.  It  is  also  called  the 
granite  state,  from  the  great  quantities  of  that  rock  found 

in  it. 

2.  The  sea-coast  of  New  Hampshire  is  only  18  miles  in 

What  occurred  in  the  year  1842  7    6.  What  is  said  of  Augusta  ?    Of 
Portland  7    7.  Of  Bangor  7  and  the  other  towns  7 

Neto  Hampshire.  Q.  —  1.  What  is  New  Hampshire  often  called  ? 
Why  ?    By  what  other  name  also  7   Why  7    2.  What  is  said  of  the  sea 


*  Saco,  Saw'-co. 


m 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


I 


M     .    (I 


extent,  and  it  has  but  a  small  share  of  commerce ;  but  it  la 
distinguished  for  its  productive  agriculture  and  flourishing 
manutactures. 

3.  The  country  on  the  coast  is  level ;  in  the  interior,  the 
surface  is  greatly  diversified  by  hills  and  valleys,  aad  moun- 
tains of  considerable  height. 


White  Mountains. 

Among  these  are  the  White  Mountains,  the  most  elevated 
of  any  in  New  England.  They  are  distinguished  by  the 
names  of  Washington,  Frankiin,  Adams,  Jefferson,  Madison, 
Monroe,  &c. 

4.  The  White  Mountains  are  covered  with  snow  for  ten  months  in 
the  year,  and  are  seen  from  a  great  distance  at  sea.  The  wild  and 
sublime  character  of  the  scenery  causes  them  to  be  often  visited. 

5.  Concord,  the  capital  of  the  state,  is  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Mer- 
rimack  river ;  it  is  a  pleasant  and  flourishing  town,  and  contains  the 
State  House,  State  Prison,  and  other  buildings. 

Portsmouth,  the  only  sea-port  in  tiie  state,  is  on  the  Piscataqua  river, 
three  miles  from  the  sea.  It  has  a  fine  harbour,  and  contains  a  United 
States'  Navy. Yard. 

6.  At  Hanover,  is  Dartmouth  college,  a  respectable  and  flourishing 
institution.     Dover,  Somcrsworth,  New  Market,  Exeter,  and  Nashua, 

coast?  Commerce?  Agriculture  and  Manufactures?  3.  What  is 
said  of  the  country  ?  The  White  Mountains  ?  How  are  they  distin- 
guished ?  4.  What  causes  them  to  be  often  visited  ?  5.  Describe 
Concord.  Portsmouth.  6.  Where  is  Dartmouth  College  ?  What  18 
said  of  Dover  and  other  towns  ? 


te^^^^ 

fc 

^^Ri^^§ 

&ir,::i;rJ-*^?*-r 

B-j—  — -  -  ,  — — 

^i^^ 

■J-L  '.'.Z^^=TT-     S 

^^5 

^^^^^M 

^^3^ 

Bii"=?=-«i^ 

VERMONT. 


115 


are  all  largely  engaged  in  manufacturea.    Haverhill,  LaBcaster.  Am- 
herst,  and  Keenc,  are  thriving  towns. 


Map  No.  6. -What  nver  separates  New  Hampshire  from  Vermont? 

?r7  ??;  *  VS^-^'?"^"''^''  '""■  ^'""""gf*  the  centre  of  the 
8  ate  ?  Mlj  *-How  long  is  it  ?  --  What  lake  flows  into  it  ?  We.  -- 
How  long  IS  It?  — What  mountains  are  in  Coos  country?  We  — 
WliidMs  the  prmcipal?  W^n.  — How  high  is  it?— Which  is 'the 
principal  town  and  its  population  ?  Ph.-  The  Capital  and  its  popula. 
tion  /  Cd.  -  On  what  nver  is  Concord  ?  M  k.  -  Which  is  the  most 
nortl«om   county?      Cs.  -  The  three  most  southern  counties  ?     r<j. 

Hh.,  Rm.  —In  what  county  is  the  Capital?     Mk What  counties 

contain  each  two  county  towns  ?     Rm.,  Sd.,  Gn.    (County  towns  are 
distinguished  by  a  ring  with  a  dot  in  it.)  # 


84 


VERMONT. 


Raft  on  Lake  Champlain. 


1.  Vermont  is  a  mountainous  but  healthful  and  productiv 
state.    The  Green  Mountains,  from  which  it  derives  its  name, 
extend  through  it  from  North  to  South,  dividing  it  into  nearly 
two  equal  sections. 

2.  The  soil  is  fertile,  and  all  kinds  of  grain,  suited  to  the 
climate,  are  produced  in  abundance.     Cattle  of  various  kinds 

_Vermont.  Q.  — 1.  What  is  Vermont?    What  is  said  of  the  Green 
^*Z^kkeol\hu^e^'  """  ^'""'8«*'^«^ a"**  Winnipiseogee.  ThHioter  iaThi^uttet 


116 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


are  raised  with  great  facility ;  the  beef,  butter,  and  cheese, 
are  well  known  Ibr  their  excellence,  and  wool  is  an  importaat 
product. 

3.  This  state  is  entirely  in  the  interior ;  yet,  by  Lake  Cham, 
plain,  and  the  Canal  of  the  same  name,  steam-boats  and 
other  vessels  have  brpught  its  territory  into  connection  with 
the  soa. 

4.  Part  of  the  trade  of  Vermont  goes  by  the  canal  to  Albany,  and 
pirt  down  Lake  Champlain  to  Montreal.  Immense  rafts  of  timber, 
containing  houses  for  lodging  the  crews,  are  often  seen  sailing  up  the 
lake  towards  the  canal,  on  their  way  to  Albany  and  tlio  towns  on  tho 
Hudson. 

5.  The  territory  forming  this  state  was  first  explored  by  the  French 
from  Canada,  but  was  settled  by  the  English  more  than  a  hundred  years 
ago.  During  the  revolutionary  war,  Vermont  acted  a  conspicuous  part, 
and  the  name  of  Green  Mountain  Boys,  acquired  by  the  bravery  of  her 
soldiers,  has  ever  been  regarded  as  a  title  of  renown. 

6.  Montpalier,  the  capital  of  the  state,  is  a  neat  little  town  on  the 
Onion  river.  Burlington  is  the  largest  place  in  the  state,  and  the  most 
commercial  town  on  Lake  Champlain.  It  contains  the  University  of 
Vermont.    This  place  is  38  miles  west  from  Montpelier. 

7.  Bennington,  in  the  south-west  corner  of  the  state,  is  celebrated 
for  the  victory  obtained  by  General  Stark,  in  1777,  over  a  detachment 
of  Hessians  belonging  to  Burgoyne's  army. 

8.  Middlebnry  and  Rutland,  on  Otter  Creek,  and  Brattleboro',  Nor- 
wich,  and  Windsor,  on  the  Connecticut  river,  are  small  but  flourishing 
towns ;  the  latter  contains  the  Norwich  University.  Middlebury  is  the 
seat  of  Middlebury  College. 

Map  No.  6.  —  What  river  bounds  Vermont  on  the  east?  Ct.  —  What 
state  does  it  separate  from  Vermont?  N.-H.  —  What  Lake  bounds 
Vermont  on  the  west  ?  Cn.  —  What  state  does  it  separate  from  Ver- 
mont ?  N..Y.  —  What  country  lies  north  of  Vermont  ?  Ca.  —  What 
state  lies  south  ?  Ms.  —  What  four  streams  flow  into  Lake  Champlain? 
Me.,  L..Me.,  On.,  Or.— What  two  Islands  are  in  Lake  Champlain ? 
N-Ho.,  S.-Ho.  —  These,  with  a  small  peninsula  lying  north  of  them, 
form  the  county  of  Grand  Isle.  —  What  Lake  is  partly  in  this  state  and 
partly  in  Canada  ?  Mg.  —  WJiat  mountains  extend  through  the  state? 
Gn.  —  Which  is  the  highest  peak  ?  Md.  —  How  high  is  it  ?  —  What 
other  peaks?  C.-Rp.,  Kn.-rWhen  was  the  battle  of  Bennington 
fought  ?    What  rivers  flow  into  the  Connecticut  ? 

Mountains  ?  2.  Of  the  soil  ?  Cattle,  &c.  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the 
State  ?  4.  Of  the  trade  ?  Of  the  rafts  on  Lake  Champlain  ?  5.  The 
Revolutionary  war  ?  6.  Describe  Montpelier.  7.  Bennington.  8.  And 
oilier  towns. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

85 


117 


British  troops  evacuating  Boston. 
MASSACHUSETTS. 

1.  Massachusetts  is  the  oldest  and  most  important  of  the 
New  England  States.  It  is  the  most  thickly  settled  section 
of  the  Union,  and  is  distinguished  for  the  enterprise  and  pub. 
lie  spirit  of  its  citizens. 

2.  The  Tigriculture  is  conducted  with  a  superior  degree  oi 
skill  and  intelligence ;  but  the  commerce,  manufactures,  and 
the  fisheries,  are  the  great  objects  of  pursuit.  The  shippin^T 
amounts  to  nearly  one-third  of  the  whole  owned  in  the  United 

States. 

3.  The  literary,  religious,  and  charitable  institutions  of 
Massachusetts,  are  highly  important,  and  are  in  a  flourishing 
condition.  Harvard  University  at  Cambridge  is  the  oldest  and 
best  endowed  literary  establishment  in  the  Union.  Williams 
College  at  Williamstown,  and  Amherst  College  at  Amherst, 
are  also  respectable  institutions. 


Massachusetts.  Q.  —  l.  What  is   Massachusetts?    For  what  is   it 
dislmffuished  ?     2.    What  is   said  of  the  agriculture?      Commerce? 


lie  auippiiig-  .' 


o.    rriiai  is  saia  of 


"terary    and    other    institutions?      What    of   Harvard    University? 


118 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


ii'i 


4.  This  State  contains  a  number  of  flourishing  towns  and 
villages,  many  of  which  are  distinguished  for  the  nnuliiess  of 
Iheir  buildings,  and  the  elegance  of  their  churches. 

5.  Doaton,  the  Capital  of  the  Stale,  it  nituated  on  a  |)oniniiulK  at  the 
head  of  MussacliUBcttn  Bay.  Thin  city  is  considund  lliu  literary  and 
coiiiiiierciul  nietro|K)It8  of  New  England.  Itit  Hhi|)|)iii(r  aiiiountH  to 
more  than  oncoiglith  of  the  whole  tonnage  of  the  Union,  and  itn  trude 
extends  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  Tiiis  city  is  noted  for  the  number 
Olid  tlrgunce  of  its  public  buildings,  among  which  are  the  State  Houhc, 
IJic  Now  Market  House,  Trcmont  Hot.  se,  thi;  Hospital,  <Stc. 

6.  The  American  Revolution  corunrnced  in  lioston.  Its  port  wai 
closed  in  1774,  by  order  of  the  Biuish  CJovernment,  and  a  {rarrinon 
placed  tin  re  to  control  the  town,  li  w»'  in  consequence,  bettieged  by 
the  American  army  under  ooj.oral  Washington,  who  comptUed  tlw 
British  troops  to  evacuate  it. 

7.  Charlcf>town  is  connected  with 
Boston  by  three  bridges.  It  is  silo, 
ated  on  a  peninsula,  tlio  ceutro  of 
which  is  occupied  by  Bunker  Hill, 
celebrated  for  the  battle  Ibught  on  it 
during  the  revolutionary  war.  The 
Bunker  Hill  Monument,  built  of 
tranite,  is  220  feet  high  from  its 
base,  which  is  fifty  feet  square.  Cam- 
bridge, united  to  Boston  by  two 
bridges,  contains  Harvard  University. 

8.  Sulem  is  a  flourishing  and 
wealthy  place :  it  is  the  second  in  Mas- 
sachusetts for  its  commerce.  Newbury- 
port  has  considerable  trade.  Beverly, 
Gloucester,*  and  Marblehcnd,  are 
largely  engaged  in  the  cod  fiHheries, 
and  Nantucket  and  New  Bedford  carry 
on  the  whale-fishing  to  a  greater  ex- 
tent than  any  other  place  in  the  world 

9.  Lowell,  on  the  Merrimack  river,  is  famous  for  its  cotton  and 

woollen  h,  an.'  its  great  'ixtent  of  r  iter-powcr.     Taunton  and  Full 

River  a*^"  f  onsidf  :ible  mar  ifu.turing  towns.  Lynn  is  noted  for  the 
vast  ai  A  L;.  )ts  and  shoes  made  in  it ;  and  Lexington  for  being  the 

place  where  the  first  battle  was  fought  during  the  revolutionary  wjir. 

4.  What  does  this  state  contain  ?  5.  Describe  Boston.  Its  shipping. 
Trade.  Buildings,  &c.  6.  What  is  said  of  the  American  revolution  ? 
What  did  the  British  Government  do  ?  What  did  the  American  army 
do?  7.  Describe Charlcstown,&c.  The  Bunker  Hill  Monument.  8.  De- 
Bcribe  Salem,  Newburyport,  Nantucket,  and  New  Bedford.    9.  Describe 

-  v;[iOs  -ler. 


Bunker  Hill  Monument. 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


119 


10,  At  Plymouth  the  firit  iettlcrt  or  pilffrims  landed  in  tho  year 
1620.  The  anniveriary  of  that  event  is  still  obacrvcd.  •  Worccater, 
Springfield,  Northampton,  and  Pittaficld.uro  all  thrivingr  and  important 
towns.  Springfield  containn  an  United  Statek  armory,  at  whicli  jjreut 
numbers  of  fire-arms  are  made. 


80 


Mop  No.  6.— What  state  bounds  MnasachuRetts  on  tho  north  ?   N.-H. 

—  On  tho  south?  R.-I.,  Ct — On  the  went?  N.-Y.  — VVIiiit  ocean 
on  the  east  and  south  ?  Ac  — What  thrco  mountains  arc  in  MasB». 
chusctts  ?  Wt.,  He.,  Tm— The  range  wc!*t  of  ihe  C'onno<  ticut  river,  ig 
colled  tho  HouHutoniek  Mts. :  it  is  a  continuation  of  the  Green  Mis. 
Which  are  tho  principal  rivers  ?  Ct.,  Mk.  --  llow  long  am  tluy  ?  The 
other  rivers  7  Be.,  Hk.,  Dd.,  VVd.,  Mb.,  Co.,  Na.,  Cd.  —  What  capea  are 
on  the  coant  ?  An.,  Cd.,  Mr.  —  What  bayn  ?  Mh.,  C.-Cd.,  Bt>.  —  What 
iglands  ?    Nt.,  M.-Vd.  —  What  counties  do  these  islands  form  ■   Nt.,  Da. 

—  Which  is  the  most  northern  county  ?  Ex.  — The  most  southern? 
Nt.  —  Tho  most  eufltern  7  Be.  —  Tho  most  weetern  ?  lie.  —  What  is 
the  capital  ?  Bn.  —  Its  population  ?  In  what  county  is  it  '  A.,  Suffolk 
County.  — What  four  places  have  each  a  population  of  upwards  of 
lO.UOU?  LI.,  '"m.,  N.-Bd,,  Cn.  — In  what  year  was  the  battle  of 
Lexington  fought?     Bunker's  Hill?  + 

Tell  by  the  Scale  what  capital  lies  about  90  miles  from  Boston  7  Hd. 
—What  county  town  in  Maine  lies  a  few  miles  further  ?  Pd.  —  This  is 
the  most  important  place  in  the  state,  and  was  formerly  the  capital. 
What  county  towns  in  Connecticut  are  about  tho  same  distance  from 
Boston  as  Portland  7  Mn.,  Ilm.,  N.-Ln.  —  What  island  belonging  to 
Rhode  Island  is  not  quite  so  far  7  Bk.  —  What  island  in  Massachu- 
setts  is  about  the  same  distance?  Nt.  —  What  is  the  name  of  the 
county  and  county  town  ?  Nt.  — What  docs  this  island  carry  on  to  a 
great  extent  ?  par.  8.  —  How  far  is  Providence  from  Boston  ?  Wor- 
coster  7  Amherst  7  Exeter  7  How  far  is  Augusta  7  Montpelicr  ?  In 
what  states  are  the  two  last  ?    What  towns  on  Massachusetts  Bay  7 


87 


RHODE  ISLAND. 

1.  Rhode  Island  is  the  smallest  state  in  the  Union,  but  is 
pleasantly  situated,  and  possesses  numerous  facilities  for  com- 
merce  and  manufactures. 


Lowell,  Taunton,  &c.     10.  Plymouth  and  the  other  towns. 
Rhode  Island.  Q.  —  I.  What  is  Rhode  Island  7     What  does  it  pes. 

*  Worcester,  Wurs'-ter. 

I  i  ixS  nag  denoting  this  balilo  is  near  Charlestowo. 


120 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


'kt 


2.  The  face  of  the  country  is  mostly  level,  except  in  the 
lorth-wcst,  which  is  h-ily  and  rocky.  Part  of  the  state  haa 
a  thin  and  poor  soil,  but  the  islands  bordering  on  the  Narra- 
ganaet  Bay  are  of  great  fertility,  and  are  celebrated  for  their 
tine  cattle. 

3.  Tiiis  state  is  extensively  engoged  in  the  cotton  manu- 
facture, and  took  the  lead  in  that  branch  of  industry.  The 
first  cotton-mill  erected  in  the  United  States  was  built  here. 

4.  Rhode  Island  has  no  Constitution,  having  been  governed  by  the 
Charter  of  Charles  II.  ever  since  it  was  granted,  in  lfi63.  In  tho 
year  1841,  measures  were  taken  for  the  formation  of  u  Constitution, 
which,  owing  to  u  difference  of  opinion  among  the  inhabitants,  has  not 
been  adopted  so  promptly  as  had  been  expected. 

5.  IVovidcnce,  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  35  miles  from  tho  sea,  is 
tho  si;cond  city  in  New  England  in  population,  wealth,  and  comnjerce. 
It  contains  the  State  Houss,  Brown  University,  the  Arcade,  a  number 
of  churches,  &c.     Its  manufactures  are  various  and  important. 

6.  Newport,  near  the  entrance  of  Narragansett  Bay,  is  noted  for  the 
beauty  of  its  situation  and  salubrious  air.  Its  harbour  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  the  United  States.  Rhode  Island,  on  which  it  is  situated,  has, 
from  its  beauty  and  fertility,  been  called  tho  Eden  of  America. 

7.  Bristol  is  a  handsome  and  flourishing  town .  its  foreign  and  coast- 
ing  irudc  is  considerable.  The  villages  of  Pawturket,  Slatcrsville,  and 
Woonsockct,  are  noted  for  their  manufactures ;  the  first  is  situated  on 
both  sides  of  the  Pawtucket  or  Blackstone  river,  and  is  partly  in  this 
state,  and  partly  in  Massachusetts. 

Map  No.  6.  —  What  state  bounds  Rhode  Island  on  the  north  and 
cast  ?  Ms.  —  The  west  ?  Ct.  —  What  ocean  on  the  south  ?  Ac.  —  What 
is  tho  principal  bay?  Nt.  —  Which  are  the  two  principal  islands? 
R.-Id.,  Bk.  — What  county  do  they  belong  to?  Nt.  —  Which  are  tlie 
capitals  ?  Pe.,  Nt.  Their  population  ?  —  In  what  county  is  Providence  ? 
Pe.  —  In  whicii  is  Newport  ?    Nt 


88 


CONNECTICUT. 

1.  Connecticut  is  noted  for  the  excellence  of  its  literary 
institutions,  and  for  the  intelligence,  enterprise,  and  good 
morals  of  the  people. 

2.  The  state  has  a  varied  surface  of  hill  and  dale,  but  is 


sees  ?    2,  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?    Of  the  soil,  A-.c.  ?     3,  What  is 

lii-.-  >-i.f,iv    -.■ij^ti^LU  ill  .       -r.  tjuW   in  it  ^OVciJicu  :        TT  1:^1   f;i3  Dfuii  :;tiii- 

erlo  experienced?     5.  Describe  Providence.     6.  Newport.     7.  Bristol. 
Puwtucket,  &c. 

Connecticut.  Q.  —  1.  For  what  is  Connecticut  noted  ?    2.  Wliat  is 


I 


i|   !'. 


CONNECTICUT. 


121 


I 


SchooNHouse. 


Emigrants  to  the  West. 


seldom  mountainous.  The  climate  is  healthful,  and  the  soil 
generally  good,  especially  in  the  valley  of  the  Connecticut 

river. 

^  3.  The  chief  products  are  the  grains,  &c.  common  to  New 
England  :  orchards  are  numerous  ;  cider  is  produced  in  con- 
siderable quantities ;  and  butter  and  cheese  are  made  annually 
to  a  great  amount. 

4.  The  manufactures  of  Connecticut  are  extensile  and  va- 
rious. The  principal  articles  are  cotton,  woollen,  and  silk 
goods,  clocks,  cutlery,  buttons,  carriages,  &c.  The  foreign 
trade  is  chiefly  with  the  West  I-dies,  but  is  less  extensive 
than  that  along  the  coast. 

5.  The  provision  made  for  the  public  education  of  the  peo- 
ple in  this  state,  is  more  liberal  than  in  any  other  part  of  the 
world.  The  interest  of  the  school  fund  affords  instruction  to 
nearly  ninety  thousand  children. 

6.  Perhaps  no  Atlantic  state  lias  sent  so  lar^e  a  nr.mber  of  active  and 
industrious  settlers  to  the  western  country  as  Connecticut ;  and  her  emi- 
grants, wherever  found,  are  among  the  most  enterprising:  and  industrious 
part  of  the  population. 

said  of  the  surface  ?  Of  the  climate  and  soil  ?  3.  What  are  the  chief 
products  ?  What  is  said  of  orchards,  &c.  ?  "  4.  Of  the"  manufactures  ? 
ihe  principal  articles?  The  foreign  trade?  5.  Public  education? 
»viiat  does  the  interest  of  the  school  fund  afford  ?     6.  What  is  sp.id  of 


1 1  J^HI 

•1 

^I^h; 

r 

sHj 

'■      4 

H^H 

:* 

wB 

i, 


122 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


.1 


7.  The  seat  of  government  is  divided  between  New  Haven  and  Hart- 
ford. The  former  is  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  small  bay  opening  into 
Long  Island  Sound.  It  is  built  in  squares,  with  straight  and  wide 
streets,  and  its  regularity  and  neatness  are  much  admired. 

8.  Yale  College  was  removed  to  this  city  from  Saybrook  in  1717. 
Besides  the  college  buildings,  there  are  several  churches  and  other  pub- 
lie  edifices  that  excite  attention.  The  boarding-schools  and  seminaries 
for  youth  of  both  sexes  are  highly  respectable  and  well  conducted. 

9.  Hartford  is  on  the  Connecticut  river,  50  miles  from  its  mouth. 
During  a  few  years  past,  it  has  rapidly  increased  in  commerce,  popu- 
lation  and  wealth.  It  is  the  seat  of  Washington  College,  and  of  the 
Asylum  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb,  the  first  institution  of  the  kind  esta- 
Wished  in  the  United  States.  Wethersficld,  4  miles  south  from  HarU 
ford,  is  noted  for  its  trade  in  onions.     It  contains  the  State  Prison. 

10.  New  London  and  Stonington  employ  a  number  of  vessels  in  the 
whale  and  seal  fisheries.  Middletown  and  Norwich  are  extensively 
engaged  in  manufactures.  Litchfield  was  long  noted  for  its  law-school; 
Bristol  for  its  manufactures  of  clocks;  Collinsville  for  axes,  and 
Waterbury  for  buttons.  Saybrook  was  the  first  place  in  this  state 
occupied  by  the  English. 


89 


Map  No.  6.  —  What  state  bounds  Connecticut  on  the  north  ?  Ms, 
—  On  the  east?  R-L  —  West?  N..Y.  — South?  L-LSd.  — How 
long  is  Long  I.  Sound  ?  To  what  state  does  Long  I.  belong  ?  N-Y.-. 
What  rivers  flow  into  the  Sound  ?  Ct.,  Ts.,  Hk.  The  length  of  each  ? 
How  far  is  the  Connecticut  navigable  ?  For  what  kind  of  vessels  ?  The 
Housatonick  ?  Point  out  the  other  rivers.  What  is  the  population  of 
New  Haven  ?  Of  Hartford  ?  Which  are  the  four  next  largest  towns,  and 
their  population  ?  N.-Ld.,  Dy.,  Nh.,  Ld.  —  On  what  river  is  New 
London  ?    Norwich  ?    Middletown  ?    Haddam  ?  &c. 

How  many  miles  is  it  by  the  scale  from  New  Haven  to  Hartford  ? 
What  county  town  is  about  the  same  distance  ?  Ld.  --  The  city  of 
New  York,  Northampton  on  the  Connecticut  river,  and  Block  Island, 
are  all  about  the  same  distance  from  New  Haven.  How  many  miles  is 
it  ?  Hartford  is  nearly  half  way  between  New  York  and  Boston.  How 
many  miles  is  it  from  each  ?  New  Haven  is  about  the  same  distance 
from  Newport,  Providence,  and  Worcester.  How  many  miles  is  it? 
Hartford  is  situated  very  nearly  half  way  between  the  eastern  and 
western  extremities  of  the  state.  How  many  miles  is  it  from  each? 
Hartford  is  about  the  same  distance  from  Providence  and  Poughkeep- 
sie.  How  many  miles  is  it  from  each  ?  How  far  is  New  Haven  from 
the  north  line  of  the  state  ?  From  the  north-east  corner  of  the  state? 
From  the  north-west  corner  ? 


settlers  to  the  western  country  ?  Of  emigrants  ?  7.  Of  the  seat  of  govern- 
mcni?  Describe  New  ilavea.  8.  Yale  College,  &c.  9.  Hartford.  10, 
What  IS  said  of  New  London?  Stonington?  Norwich?  Litchfield  ?  &c 


MIDDLE  STATES. 


133 


90 


MIDDLE  STATES. 

1.  The  Middle  States  comprise  New  York,  New  Jersey, 
Pennsylvania,  and  Delaware.  They  occupy  one  of  the  finest 
portions  of  the  Union,  and  are  distinguished  for  their  rapid 
growth  in  prosperity  and  wealth,  and  fc  the  enterprise  and 
industry  of  their  inhabitants. 

2.  These  states  exhibit  some  of  the  most  mountainous 
tracts  in  the  Union.  The  Alleghany,  the  Blue  Mountains, 
and  other  ranges,  stretch  through  the  country  from  south- 
west to  north-east.  They  are  almost  universally  covered 
with  forests,  and  contain  many  wild  solitudes  among  them 
that  are  seldom  or  never  visited  by  man. 

3.  The  climate  is  generally  more  mild  than  in  the  New 
England  States,  except  in  the  northern  parts  of  New  York, 
where  the  cold  of  winter  is  equally  severe. 

4.  A  great  portion  of  the  soil  of  the  Middle  States  is  fertile, 
well  cultivated,  and  produces  large  crops  of  excellent  wheat, 


Middle  States.  Q.  —  l.  What  do  the  Middle  States  comprise?  What 
do  they  occupy?  For  what  are  they  disting^uished  ?  2.  What  do 
tliese  states  exhibit?    With  wliat  are  tlicy  covered?    3.  What  is  said 


124 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Indian  corn,  rye,  oats,  and  barley.     The  fruits  are  chiefly 
apples,  pears,  peaches,  and  plums. 

5.  The  most  useful  minerals,  coal,  iron,  salt,  and  limo, 
abound  to  a  great  extent  in  various  parts  of  the  country ;  and 
mining  is  actively  pursued,  especially  in  the  coal  regions  cf 
Pennsylvania. 

6.  The  commerce  of  the  Middle  States  is  extensive,  and  is 
carried  on  chieHy  through  the  cities  of  New  York  and  Philn. 
delphia.  The  internal  trade  is  greatly  facilitated  by  the 
numerous  canals  and  rail-roads  which  extend  through  the 
different  parts  of  the  country. 

t.  The  manufactures  are  important  and  various ;  a  vast 
amount  of  capital  and  labour  is  employed  in  their  fabrication, 
and  thousands  of  both  sexes  are  supported  by  them. 

B.  In  the  Middle  Slates  common-school  education  is  not  so 
general  as  in  most  parts  of  New  England,  except  in  the  stale 
of  New  York,  where  great  attention  has  been  paid  to  the 
subject. 

9.  In  Pennsylvania  a  system  has  been  adopted  that  will  afford  t!ie 
means  of  education  to  all  classes  of  the  people ;  but  in  New  Jersey 
and  Delaware,  the  plans  pursued  for  that  purpose  have  not  as  yet  proved 
very  efficient. 

91  

10.  The  great  body  of  the  people  in  the  Middle  States  are  of  British 
descent ;  but  m  some  parts  of  Pennsylvania  there  are  many  Germans, 
who  speak  Gr.!y  their  own  language,  and  are  oflcn  ignorant  of  the 
English  tongue.  In  New  York  and  New  Jersey,  there  are  a  number 
ot  the  descendants  of  the  original  Dutch  settlers  of  New  York,  and  in 
some  sections  that  language  is  partially  spoken. 

11.  At  the  close  of  the  revolutionary  war,  so  many  emigrants  from 
the  eastern  states  settled  in  New  York,  tliat  a  majority  of  the  present 
populatwn  of  that  state  are  natives  of  New  England,  or  their  descend- 
ants.  1  hese,  by  their  industrious  habits,  their  enterprise  and  cemraj 
intelligence,  have  contributed  much  to  the  prosperity  of  that  section  of 
the  Union. 


of  the  climate  ?  4.  Of  the  soil  ?  The  crops  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  the 
minerals?  Of  mining  ?  6.  The  commerce  ?  The  internal  trade? 
7.  J  lie  rnanufactures  ?  8.  Of  common-school  education  ?  In  Now 
York  ?     9.  In  Pennsylvania  ?     In  New  Jersey  and  Delaware  ? 

10.  Of  what  descent  are  the  great  body  of  the  people?  What  of  tho 
Germans  ?  Dutch  ?  1 1.  Of  emigrants  from  the  New  England  states  ? 
What  have  they  contributed  ? 


NEW  YORK. 


125 


js;  a  vast 


Map  No.  , .  —  Which  18  the  largest  of  the  Middle  States  ?  N.-Y  — 
The  second  in  extent  ?  Pa.  -  Third  ?  N..J.  -  Fourth  ?  De.  - 
VV  hich  extends  farthest  north  and  east  ?  N.-Y.  -  South  ?  De.  —  West  ? 
r.r;~u  u  ^*^*®   "***  ^^^  greatest  extent  of  sca-coast?     N.-Y  — 

lof  f  ij."'  "°  ""'^-*^°%%*  ^  ^^'  -  The  Middle  States  extend  from  latitude 
>l,i  ?  T.  ^'■^^';~A"'^  ""f"^ ''^ff''^^"  of  latitude,  then,  do  they  in- 
n  hnnt  ?^^^"-^  ff  ^"'^^/'•om  longitude  3  degrees  east  of  Washington, 
to  «bo  ,t  3  V  west  _  How  many  degrees  of  longitude  do  tliey  include  ? 
-Winch  IS  the  largest  Island  belonging  to  the  Middle  States?  L.r, 
-  \V  hat  .s  Its  length  ?  -  The  next  in  size  ?  Sn.  -  This  Island  formes 
Uchmond  county,  m  New  York.  -  Which  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 
Ay,  Be  CI.,  Mn. -- Which  is  the  highest  mountain?  My. -How 
n.h  .sit? --Which  are  the  chief  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Ocean  ? 
lln,  De  Sa.  — Which  two  form  the  Ohio?  Ay.,  Ma.— How  Ion? 
are  all  these  rivers  ?_  Which  state  has  the  greatest  extent  of  lake- 

coast .'     R.  V.  —  The  next  ?     Pa How  long  is  each  of  these  lakes  ? 

7.^"''?''*\'^''^,J''^y"«v'ff^ble?-Howfar  is  it  from  J^Tew  York  to 
Bristol,  England  ?  --  Worn  New  Jersey  to  Italy  ?  -  From  Delaware  tc 
1  urkcy  ?  —  h  rom  Philadclpliia  to  Noriblk  ? 

92 

NEW  YORK. 


View  of  the  lower  pari  of  the  City  of  New  York. 


1.  New  York  is  the  most  flourishing,  weahhy,  and  popu- 
lous state  in  the  Union.  It  exhibits  one  of  those  amazing  ex- 
amples of  OTOWth   .onH    nrnsnpritv  tKpf   qj.^  p-i  tvho,,.^.   r.^^^  ^_ 

the  globe  beyond  our  own  borders. 
New-York.   Q.  — 1.  What  is  New  York?    What  does  it  exhibit? 


I''}'' 
'    if'- 

ih'A 


126 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


iaaonl 


2.  The  northern  portion  of  the  state  is,  in  part,  mountain 
ous,  and  but  thinly  scttleii ;  the  eastern  is  hilly,  and  tolerably 
productive ;  while  the  western  part  is  level,  remarkably  fer- 
tile, and  increasing  rapidly  in  population. 

3.  The  agriculture  is  well  conducted.  Wheat  is  the  chief 
staple ;  but  corn,  rye,  and  other  grains,  are  extensively  culti- 
vated.  The  flour  is  of  excellent  quality ;  and,  with  other  pro- 
visions, is  largely  exported. 

4.  The  manufactures  are  extensive  and  flourishing,  and  the 
commerce  of  the  state  is  on  a  great  scale.  Near  three-fifths 
of  the  imports,  and  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  exports  of  the 
Union,  are  made  by  New  York  alone. 

5.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  great  abundance,  and  lead,  gypsum, 
and  limestone,  also  abound.  There  are  numerous  and  im- 
portant salt  springs  at  various  places.  The  principal  arc  at 
Salina  and  Svracuse,  where  more  than  two  million  bushels  of 
salt  are  made  annually. 

6.  The  mineral  springs  of  Ballston  and  Saratoga  are  well 
known  throughout  the  Union  for  their  medicinal  qualities,  and 
are  much  visited  from  all  quarters.  The  waters  are  largely 
exported  to  the  other  states,  and  even  to  foreign  countries. 

7.  This  state  shares  with  Upper  Canada  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  one  of 
the  greatest  wonders  of  the  western  continent.  The  widest  and  most 
imposing  part  of  this  cataract  is  on  the  Canadian  side  ;  while  that  on 
the  New  York  side,  though  narrower,  is  several  feet  higher  than  tlie 
other. 

8.  New  York  is  distinguished  for  its  magnificent  public 
works,  of  which  the  Erie,  or  Great  Western  Canal,  is  the 
largest  in  the  state,  and  one  of  the  principal  works  of  the 
kind  in  the  world. 

9.  The  success  attending  its  completion  and  use,  fully  convinced  the 
people  of  tiie  United  States  of  the  advantages  of  works  of  internal  im- 
provement. There  arc,  likewise,  a  number  of  other  canals,  and  also 
rail-roads,  in  successful  operation,  besides  some  that  are  partially  com- 
pleted. 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  northern  part  ?  Eastern  ?  Western  ?  3.  The  agri- 
'  culture?  4.  Manufactures?  Imports?  Exports?  5.  Iron  ore,  &c.  / 
Salt  springs  ?  How  much  salt  is  made  annually  ?  6.  What  is  said  of 
the  mineral  springs  ?  7.  Of  the  Falls  of  Niagara  ?  8.  How  is  New^ 
York  distinguished  ?  What  is  said  of  the  Erie  cnal  ?  9.  Of  othex 
canals  and  rail-roads  ? 


NEW  YORK. 


127 


93 


10.  Very  ample  provision  has  been  made  for  popular  education  in  this 
»tatc  ;  ami  there  k  no  country  in  the  world  where  the  great  body  of  the 
jicople  have  tlic  means  of  being  so  generally  instructed  as  in  New  York. 
More  than  500,000  children  are  taught  annually  in  the  common  schools ; 
and  there  are,  also,  280  academies,  11  colleges,  and  a  university. 

11.  The  people  of  New  York,  during  the  revolutionary  war,  strenu- 
(Uisly  opposed  the  arbitrary  measures  of  the  British  government.  The 
Htate,  for  the  greater  part  of  that  gloomy  period,  was  the  theatre  of 
active  hostilities ;  and  tlje  surrender  of  General  Burgoyne  and  his  army, 
with  other  memorable  events,  took  place  within  its  limits. 

12.  The  city  of  New  York  is  situated  on  Manhattan  island,  at  the 
junction  of  the  Hudson  and  East  rivers.  It  is  the  great  commercial 
emporium  of  America ;  and  is,  next  to  London,  the  greatest  in  the  world. 
Its  progress  in  population  has  never  been  surpassed.  Since  1796,  it 
has,  including  Brooklyn,  increased  nearly  ten-fold. 

13.  The  foreign,  coasting,  and  inland  trade  of  this  city  is  immense  : 
regular  packets  are  constantly  trading  to  the  chief  sea-ports  in  Europe, 
the  West  Indies,  South  America,  and  all  the  important  maritime  towns 
in  the  United  States.  Steam-ships  also  are  constantly  arriving  from, 
and  departing  to,  England,  and  other  European  countries. 

14.  One  of  the  most  important  works  in  the  state  is  the  aqueduct  for 
supplying  the  city  with  wholesome  water  from  the  Croton  river.  It  is 
45  miles  in  length; 
will  furnish  60  mil- 
lion  gallons  of  water 
daily,  and  is  estimat- 
ed  to  cost  12^  million 
dollars.  This  noble 
structure  was  com- 
menced in  1835,  and 
was  built  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  city. 

15.  The  public 
buildings  are  nume- 
rous, and  many  of 
them  elegant.  The 
City  Hall,  new  Cus- 
torn  House,  Mer- 
chants' Exchange,  Hall  of  the  University,  Astor  House,  Hall  of  Justice, 

fk^"  f?,rn'^''"^  ^^®  ™°^'  striking  and  important.     The  churches  are 
aoout  150  m  number. 


City  Hall,  New  York. 


nlli?"  11  P?P"^a^educatlon?  How  many  children  are  taught  annu- 
10^ wru  '.^^  *^  ^^^^  °^  ^^^  P«0P'«  o^  New  York?  Of  the  State' 
:;;', "  "!^^"  '^  "'t'  city  of  New  York  situated  ?  What  is  it  ?  What  is 
Ladef  '^/S'^^'  ?  population?  13.  Foreign,  coasting,  and  inland 
wade?    14.  The  Croton  aqueduct?    15.  Mention  the  public  buildings. 


128 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


Tf 


Great  Fire  in  New  York. 


tuburb  oTS'Ck      !?■"""  "i'  "f  "•«  E„t  river,  i,  properl,  . 
York,  on  ti  Sn   7,  Weten.''  r  "'^  ''''^"'•^-    Above^New 

trade,  bainBoonn^otf/wh';;  In  bf^'H,.!"'  ""'""''"'  '»'""" 
Erie  and  Champlain  bv  lheii.fr!,  ?  Hudson  river,  with  aiie. 
tbe  finest  rail-roSa Tn  &  Uni^!i     ^"^  ""'  ""^  ^<^  V  »"=  of 

-  94  _ 

Syracuse.  Rochester,  Lock;;' tf  TnT  Er"'*  f.^^eneetady,  Uticl 
places  on  the  Erie  canal.  The  latter  i.ih  '  ^  *^^  •"''''*  '"^P"'-t»"t 
on  Lake  Erie.  Rochester  is  no  pH  r  ^f  ^'■^"*  emporium  of  the  trade 
Syracuse  for  the  vast  quantitv  of  salt  m    '^^  """>"<>"«  Aour-miUs.  and 

20.  Besides  these.  tCre  are  mint ^",^'  '^''^-""^  '"  "'«  ^'<='"ity. 
parts  of  the  state,  of  ^hichRoLn        '/  ^''"^'"^  *°^"«  *"  varmus 

Oswegp,SackettU:rbou;,anrPjfi^^^^ 

IS  noted  for  the  two  victories  m.S^L"n^^?  pnncipal.   Piattsbur^ 

Harbour  „ae  .be  cJ^S^:^  j^^^^  l^^ 


'  Po-kep' 


■sy. 


NEW  JERSEY. 


129 


Map  ^o- 7. -What  countries  bound  New- York  on  the  north  7  IT  J% 
rXiu  — What   States    on    the   south?     Pa     N   T       n      .if       "*"": 

W  ml  four  flovj  mlo  ll,o  SI.  Lawrenco  river?  S°R,  Rt"  G^'  S^'~ 
Which  r.vcr  rtows  into  the  Atlantic  Oconn?  i?„  Wk^  L  ■  T 
larjert  branch  of  the  Hudson  river  ?MrT.llVk    P  ^,'"°'l  'f.  "" 

;«o  ^  'sn  -  vvhat  i,,.„7el;:i  "lirfhSrornti:  rr::!' What' i° 

the  lencfth  of  Lone  Island  ?   Whni  •^•m/i  „«„      *     •.  ^       ^ —  ^  "^*'  "* 
Poi„to^utt..edi<refe„tp,at:,aYw\^St;i^SLX'?E'Jr 


95 


Battle  of  Trenton. 
NEW  JERSEY. 
1.  New  Jersey  possesses  considerable  variety  of  ^nrf^.n 


Neio  Jersey.  Q.-  1.  wjmt  docs  New  Jer 


J2 


sey  possess  ?     2.  WJiat  is 


130 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


1  t 


[t ' 


2.  Most  of  the  soil  is  well  cultivated,  and  produces  the 
various  grains  common  to  this  part  of  the  Union  with  fruits 
and  vegetables  in  abundance,  which  supply  the  markets  of 
the  large  cities  in  the  adjacent  states. 

3.  The  manufactures  are  extensive  and  flourishing.  Thoy 
comprise  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  with  various  anicles  of 
iron,  glass,  leather,  &c. 

4.  Several  important  canals  and  rail-roads  extend  throufjh 
the  state,  and  add  greatly  to  the  facilities  of  intercourse  be- 
tween  the  northern  and  southern  parts  of  the  Union. 

5.  The  people  of  New  Jersey  bore  their  full  share  in  tlie  perils  and 
hardsiiips  of  the  revolution  ;  and  some  of  the  most  important  battled 
of  that  period  were  fought  within  the  limits  of  the  state. 

6.  Trenton,  on  the  Delaware  river,  at  the  head  of  tide-water,  is  the 
capital  of  New  Jersey.  It  has  considerable  trade  and  manulitcturcs, 
and  is  noted  for  the  capture  of  the  Hessians  in  1776,  by  General 
Washington. 

7.  Newark,  10  miles  west  from  New  York,  is  the  largest  town  in  the 
state.  It  is  well  built,  and  has  extensive  manufactures.  New  Bruns- 
wick, on  the  Raritan  river,  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  It  contains 
Rutgers  College,  a  highly  respectable  literary  institution. 

8.  Patcrson,  at  the  falls  of  the  Passaic  river,  is  one  of  the  principal 
manufacturing  towns  in  the  country.  Here  are  numerous  mills,  fac 
tories,  founderies,  and  all  the  different  establishments  necessary  in  a 
place  devoted  to  the  fabrication,  on  a  large  scale,  of  cotton  and  woollen 
goods,  paper,  and  machinery  of  various  kinds. 

9.  Princeton,  11  miles  north-east  of  Tsenton,  is  a  neat  and  pleasant 
town.  It  is  the  seat  of  New  Jersey  College,  one  of  the  oldest  and 
most  respectable  literary  institutions  in  the  Union.  Elizabethtown, 
Burlington,  Camden,  and  Salem,  are  thriving  towns. 

Map  No.  7.  — What  bounds  New  Jersey  on  the  north?  N..Y.— 
What  on  the  east  ?     A.-On.,  N.-Y.—  West  ?     Pa.,  De.-— What  river 

separates  New  Jersey  from  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware  ?    De. What 

river  separates  it  from  New  York  ?  Hn.  —  Which  are  the  three  prin- 
cipal  rivers  of  New  Jersey?  Pc,  Rn.,  Me.  — Which  is  the  most 
northern  county?  Sx.  — The  most  southern?  C-My.  — The  most 
eastern  7  Bn.  —  The  most  western  ?  Sm.  — -  What  Cape  at  the  south- 
ern  extremity  of  New  Jersey  ?  My.  —  What  Bay  on  the  south-west? 
De.  --  When  were  the  battles  of  Trenton,  Princeton,  Monmouth,  and 


said  of  the  soil  7  What  does  it  produce  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the 
manufactures  ?  What  do  they  comprise  ?  4.  What  extends  through  the 
state?  5  What  is  said  of  the  people?  6.  Describe  Trenton.  7.  New- 
ark.    New  Brunswick.    8.  Paterson.    y.  Princeton,  and  other  towns. 


PENNSYLTANIA. 


- "•  lai 

£'-^Pa';a*Velt:^^^  Mr.-Newark  7 

lation  of  each  of  these  iolsl    0„  T?  ^-  ^'.' T;^*"»»  >«  ^^^  PoP»- 
ton?    Camden?  &c  ^n  what  river  ia  Newark 7     BurlinV 


Ship  of  the  Line  Penneyivania. 
PENNSYLVANIA. 

common  to  the  Middle  States.         °        '  '  ""^  '^""^ 

.l.an  Srolhiri'telfr  if  """'^  '^  probably  g^atcr 
are  fo.mj  •     ^ .  .  .    '"  '"^  Union ;  coa  ,  ron,  and  lime 

-re  found  m  vast  quantities,  and  salt  springs  ^re  nLerouT 

ti^'S*"*?-  «;- 1-  What  i,  Pennsylvania  7    P„r  „Ka.  =.  u  n- 

v/i  uie  &0U  /     4.  I  he   mineral  wcultli  ? 


132 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


5.  The  works  of  intornnl  improvement  arc  on  nn  extensive 
scale ;  though  not  yet  eornj)lef(!(l,  they  linve  added  greatly  to 
the  int(!rc()urso  between  tljc  eastern  an(i  western  parts  of  th»; 
Uni'in,  and  are  rapidly  increasing  the  trade  and  coinnierce 
of  the  state. 

0.  No  penernl  system  of  education  was  adopted  in  Penn- 
syivuniu  till  IH.'M.  ISinoe  that  period,  the  number  of  sclmcls 
Olid  scholars  has  greatly  increased.  Besides  nearly  five 
tlmusand  common  schools,  there  is  a  University,  eiihtcon 
Colle-es,  and  a  number  of  respectable  acoilcmies  in  thu^statc. 


Girard  College. 

7.  The  Girard  College,  for  orphans,  near  Philadelphia,  was  endowed 
bv  Ihe  niunificonpc  ofji  private  individual,  Stephen  Girard,  wliodicd  in 
183;},  and  Irfl  two  millions  of  dollars  for  tlio  purjKjse  of  erecting  and 
sup|K)rtin<j  the  institution. 

^  8.  Pennsylvania  was  settled  by  a  colony  of  Enjjlish  Quakers  or 
Friends,  under  the  puidaneo  of  William  Penn,  whose  Iil»eral  views  ii\ 
^;(wernmont  and  relijjion,  and  just  f>oliey  towards  the  natives,  ensiir  I 
llie  prosjHjrity  of  the  eolony.and  ^^^esorved  peace  for  many  years  IkIv.lcu 
tlie  Indians  and  white  settlers. 

I).  Tliia  stato  acted  a  convspicuous  part  in  the  war  of  the  revolution. 


'I'  T'^^'  works  of  internal  improvement?  What  have  they  addi  d  ? 
t>.  What  is  s;iid  of  education  ?  Of  the  nmnlvr  of  schools?  '7.  (Tirard 
Colleire  .■  8.  Who  settled  Pennsylvania  :'  What  is  sniH  nf  William 
Venni    y.  How  did  Uie  state  act  during  the  revolution? 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


133 


It  was  in  her  chief  city  that  gloriou«  declorntion  wa«  nmdc,  which 
HHHcrltd  and  j)Iact;d  on  a  sure  busiii  tho  civil  and  pohticul  rights  of  man- 
kind,  and  formed  a  new  era  in  the  hiatory  of  the  world. 


-»7 


10.  Harrmburir,  tho  capital  of  the  stato,  is  pleaBantly  situated  on  the 
TOHt  bunk  of  the  Susquehanna  river,  98  miles  west  of  Philadtluijia.  It 
contains  the  state  capitol,  and  other  public  buildings. 

11.  Philadelphia  in  one  of  tho  most  regular  and  hnndsomcly-huilt 
(HUH  III  America.  It  stands  on  the  west  bank  of  tho  Dolawure  river, 
one  hundred  miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  noted  for  the  cleanliness  of  the 
itrccts,  ond  the  neat  appearance  of  tho  buildings. 

12.  In  manufactures,  it  is  the  first  city  in  the  United  Slates.     Tho 
fijrcign  commerce  is  very  considerable,  ana  the  inland  trade  with  tho 
Western  States  valuable  and  extensive.     The  exportation  of  coal  cm 
ploys  many  vessels  and  men,  and  a  large  amount  of  capital. 

13.  Philadelphia  is  celebrated  as  a  seat  of  literature  and  science,  cs- 
pccialiy  of  medical  science.  The  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  the 
Jttterson  Medical  School  both  enjoy  a  high  reputation.  The  public  and 
private  schools  are  numerous  and  well  attended ;  and  Uie  city  abound* 
in  benevolent  and  religious  institutions. 


Wire  Bridge  over  the  Schuylkill  river,  with  part  of  Fairmount. 

»K^;Wi  ^%5-'?o,'»t°™^'^  ^^^  "'""y  handsome  public  buildings    of 
which  Uie  United  States'  Bank,  Merchants'  Exchange,  and  Mbt  are 

ius^rtTnit!i?'7o'^tJf    ."-^Vhat  is  said  of  Philadelphia?     For 


what 

Exportation  of  coal?     13, 

are  numerous?    In  what  docs  ihTciVabound?    14.  With  what' is' U 


Fnr  whnf  ie  Pli:i<i#l«Ir>U:„   «..l-l i.j/i      «<r.      . 

--  •• —  - — "vij-jiia  T-cico-iaicu  ;    >vnai 


T  .'  I 


134 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


hii 


the  most  elegant.  The  Alms-House,  State  Penitentiary,  Naval  Asylum, 
and  Girard  College,  all  near  the  city,  are  large  and  important  edifices. 
15.  Tlic  Fairmount  water-works,  on  the  Schuylkill  *  river,  supply 
the  cjty  with  pure  and  wholesome  water,  which  is  conveyed  in  pipes 
amountmg  altogether  to  near  115  miles  in  length.  Four  million  gal! 
Ions  of  water  are  used  every  24  hours.  Close  to  these  works  an  elegant 
wire  bridge  has  been  lately  constructed,  it  is  357  feet  in  length,  30  feet 
above  the  surface  of  the  river,  and  cost  52,000  dollars. 

•  'I Qo^^'^^r^u-'P  °^  ^^^  ^'"^  Pennsylvania  was  built  here,  and  launched 
in  lasi.  This  vast  ship,  probably  the  largest  ever  constructed,  is  247 
feet  long,  and  59  deep;  carries  140  guns,  and  is  3,306  tons  burtlien. 

17.  Pittsburg,  situated  at  the  head  of  the  Ohio  river,  is  greatly  dis- 
tinguished  fbr  its  numerous  manufactories,  and  its  extensive  inland 
trade.  The  surrounding  country  abounds  in  bituminous  coal,  and  the 
constant  use  of  that  fuel  causes  a  perpetual  cloud  of  smoke  to  hang  over 
tlie  town.  Alleghany  and  Birmingham  are  considered  suburbs  ot  Pitls- 
burg,  and  are  connected  with  it  by  bridges. 

18.  Lancaster,  62  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  is  situated  in  a  rich 
and  fertile  country.  Reading,  Easton,  Lebanon,  Carlisle,  Pottsvil'c, 
IJeaver,  Wilkesbarre,t  and  Erie,  are  all  considerable  towns  :  the  latter  is 
important  on  account  of  its  harbour,  which  is  one  of  the  best  on  the  lakes. 


98 


Map  No.  7.  ■—  What  bounds  Pennsylvania  on  the  north  ?  N  Y  — 
On  the  south?  De.,  Md.,  Va.  —  East  ?  N.-Y.,  N.-J.  -  \yest  ?  6o., 
Vi?u~  ■  ^^^^^  separates  Pennsylvania  from  New  Jersey  ?  De  — 
What  river  flows  into  Chesapeake  Bay?  Sa.  — Which  arc  its  two 
chief  branches ?  Nh.,  Wt.  —  What  rivers  unite  at  Pittsburgh  ?  Av.. 
Ma. —  What  river  do  they  form?  Oo.-VVhat  river  flows  into  the 
Susquehanna  above  Harrisburg  ?  Ja.  —  Tell  the  lengths  of  the  fore- 
going  rivers.  —  What  two  rivers  flow  into  the  Delaware  ?  Lh  SI  — * 
What  river  flows  into  the  Ohio  below  Pittsburg  ?  Br.  —  How  many 
miles  IS  the  Delaware  navigable  for  steam-boats?  —  What  mountains 
extend  between  Berks  and  Schuylkill  counties?  Be.— What  moun- 
tains  in  the  centre  of  the  stale?  Ay.  — What  two  ridees  in  the 
western  part?  LI.,  Ct.  — In  which  county  is  Philadelphia?  Pa.- 
Harrisburg?  Dn.  —  Lancaster  ?  Lr.  — Pittsburg  ?  Ay.  — What  is 
the  population  of  Philadelphia  ?  —  Lancaster  ?  —  Harrisbur«r  ?  —  Read- 
ir^  lr;,?l'*°"  •  ""  ^''^,  •  -  Beaver  ?  -  Pittsburg  -  What^lake  for.ns 
the  N  W.  boundary  of  the  state  ?     Ee.  —  What  town  on  the  lake  ?   Ee. 

—  When  was  Braddock  defeated  ?  — When  were  the  battles  of  Brandy- 
wine  arid  Germantown  fought  ?  —  When  did  the  massacre  of  Wyominff 
.ake    place?— On  what   river  is  Reading?  — Easton  ?  —  Pottsvme? 

—  VVilkesbarre  ?  —  Beaver  ? 


adorned?  Mention  the  public  buildings.  15.  Fairmount  waf 
Wire  Bridpe?  16.  Of  fhn  Shin  P..nr,ovl '„,,iT  9  17  iv.,^ 
burg.     18.  Lancaster.     The  other  towns. 


atcr- works  ? 
scribe  riits- 


■  Schuylkill,  Skool'-kill. 


t  Wilkesharre,  Wilks'-bar-ry. 


« 


DELAWARE. 


135 


99 


DELAWARE. 

1.  Delaware  is  the  smallest  in  population,  and,  except 
Rhode  Island,  the  least  in  extent,  of  any  state  in  the  Union. 
as  gemu-al  aspect  is  that  of  an  extended  plain  mostly  la vour- 
able  for  cultivation. 

3'J\'^  r.^^'^^  products  are  wheat  and  Indian  corn,  of 
which  the  former  is  generally  of  excellent  quality.  Brandy, 
wine  creek,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  state,  supplies  extensive 
water-power  for  a  number  of  large  manufacturing  establish, 
ments.  The  principal  articles  furnished  by  these,  are  flour, 
corn-meal,  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  paper,  and  gunpowder. 

3  The  principal  thoroughfare  between  the  northern  and 
southern  states  is  through  the  upper  part  of  Delaware,  which 
is  much  facilitated  by  the  Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal, 
and  two  rail-roads  which  extend  across  it. 

4.  Near  Lewistown,  an  important  national  work,  the  Delaware  Break- 
water,  has  been  erected,  for  the  purpose  of  affording  a  shelter  to  vessels 
1 7nn  r?  ""^f^?''  The  work  consists  of  two  piers,  an  ice-breaker 
1700  feet,  and  a  break-water  2800  feet  long.  The  cost  of  the  whole  is 
estimated  at  three  milhons  of  dollars. 

5.  Wilmington,  situated  between  Christiana  and  Brandywine  Creeks, 
near  their  junction,  is  the  largest  and  most  important  place  in  the  state, 
il  IS  a  well-built  and  growing  town,  and  contains  a  United  States' 
arsenal,  several  banks,  churches,  &c.  It  has  considerable  trade,  with 
some  manufactures,  and  sends  several  ships  to  the  whale  fishery. 

cnn;«Sr'"'f^^r''*  of  government,  is  situated  on  Jones's  creek,  and 
contams  a  handsome  State  House.  New  Castle,  Georgetown,  and 
teeXJ^'rr.  °Sr";«  "«t-.  I^^^istown,  near  the^ntrrlce  t^ 

Sled  hv  tjk  }^  °^?S-  ^°^\'"  "'"  '^^^'^  ^^^»"ff  been  originally 
settled  by  the  Swedes  and  Finns,  about  the  year  1630. 

Map  No.  7.  —  What  state  bounds  Delaware  on  the  north  ?    Pa  -  On 
tlie  south  and  west?     Md.  -  On  the  east  ?     N.-J.  _  What  Hver  and 
Bay  separate  Delaware  from  New  Jersey  ?     De.  -1  What  Cane Tnfh. 
^outh  part  o    the  state  ?     Hn.- Which  Is  the'^LstSeSPcointy 
i\..Oe.  ~  What  IS  the  population  of  the  principal  town  ?  ^ 

JfZT;3  -  ^P-*  is   said  of  Delaware  ?     2.  What  are  if. 
Wivit'^'"";  •    ■     .^;  »•  "lit  IS  said  of  the  northern  part  of  the  state? 

dIoS     V?  '•'  •     ^-  ^'''^^  '''  '^^^  «^  th«  i>«'^^vare  Brcak-waJer  ? 
•'•  Describe  Wilmington.     6.  Dover.     New  Castle,  and  other  towns! 


™! 

■ 

1 

•  1  • 

w 

'-..1; 

il 

ill 

■ 

'^'f  1 

■ 

II 

■1 

■■ 

"1 

1 

Wi^ 

■ 

!■ 

■ 

■ 

136 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 
100 


SOUTHERN   STATES. 

1.  The  Southern  States  comprise  Maryland,  Virginia, 
North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama,  ivfissis- 
sippi,  and  Louisiana.  The  District  of  Columbia  and  the 
Territory  of  Florida  are  also  included  in  this  section  of  the 
Union. 

2.  The  whole  region  extends  from  the  Susquehanna  to  the 
Sabine  river :  its  shores  are  washed  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

3.  On  the  sea-coast,  the  ground  is  low  and  otien  swampy, 
but  sometimes  sandy.  In  the  interior,  the  surCnce  is  greatfv 
diversified,  and  frequently  hilly  and  mountainous.''  The 
highest  elevations  in  the  Atlantic  States  are  found  in  this 
section. 

^  4.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Southern  States  are  cliiefly  occu- 
pied in  agricultural  pursuits;  many  of  them  have  large  plant- 
ations,  with  numerous  slaves. 

5.  The  wealthy  classes  are  generally  well-educated;  pob>-css  culti- 

Southern  Stales.  Q.  — 1.  What  do  the  Southern  States  comprise? 
J.  How  far  does  the  whole  region  extend  ?  S,  What  i=  =aid  oft!  e  1-nd 
on  the  sea-coast  ?  In  the  interior  ?  4.  How  arc  the  in'hahiV,nts  chidlv 
ejnployed  ?      5.  WJiat  is  said  of  tlje  wealthy  classes  ?     What  of  tlie 


SOUTHERN   STATES. 


137 


vated  minds,  and  refined  manners;  and  are  noted  for  their  hospitalitv. 

•  !!,    M"ji?"°*rj^"^''''^  ^""""ff  the  poorer  classes  of  the  peopla  as 
in  the  Middle  and  Eastern  states.  t    f  ^  aa 

6.  Nearly  the  whole  of  the  cotton  crop  of  the  United 
States  IS  raised  here;  which,  with  sugar  and  rice,  is  confined 
to  Its  southern  section.  In  the  northern,  the  principal  produc- 
tions  are  tobacco,  wheat,  and  corn. 

7.  Gold  abounds  in  nearly  all  the  Atlantic  States  of  this 
region;  but  is  almost  exclusively  confined  to  the  upper  and 
middle  portions  of  the  country.  This  metal  is  now  so  exten- 
sively  found,  as  to  have  become  an  object  of  national  importance. 

8.  The  gold  region  embraces  a  great  extent  of  country,  and  reaches 
Alaibama^'"''''       °"^  ''"'^  ^''"^^  Carolina,  and  Georgia,  to 

•  \r^'V^^^\°^  ^^^  ^"'^^^  States'  Mint  are  established  at  Charlotte, 
m  North  Carolina,  and  at  Dahlonega,  in  Georgia,  for  the  purpose  of 
coming  the  gold  found  in  the  Southern  States.  F    1*       " 


101 


10.  The  population  of  the  Southern  States  is  chiefly  of 
British  origin.  There  are,  however,  many  descendants  of  the 
French  and  Spanish  colonists,  particularly  in  Louisiana  and 

Florida. 

11.  The  Negroes,  who  form  about  two-fiflhs  of  the  population,  consti- 
tute  a  separate  class,  and  are  mostly  held  in  slavery.  The  Indians  have 
nearly  all  emigrated  west  of  the  Mississippi  river.  A  few  Seminoles 
Btill  remain  in  Florida. 


J»fa;j  JVb.  4.  — Which  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Southern  States? 
Va.  —  The  smallest  ?  S-C.  —  Which  is  the  most  northern  ?  Va.  — 
Southern?  Fa.  —  Eastern  ?  N.-C.  —  Western ?  La.  — Which  divi- 
Bions  border  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ?  Md.,  Va.,  N.-C,  S.-C,  Ga.,  Fa- 
-■  Winch  border  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  Aa.,  Mi.,  La.,  Fa.  —What 
state  IS  divided  by  Chesapeake  Bay  into  two  parts  ?  Md.  —  What  Ter- 
ritory* has  a  coast  both  on  the  Atlantic  ocean  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico? 

poorer  classes  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  the  cotton  crop  ?  Of  other  produc 
tions?  7.  Where  does  gold  abound  ?  What  has  it  become?  8.  What 
Joes  the  gold  region  embrace  ?    9.  What  is  said  of  the  United  States' 

Mint? 

in.  What  is  said  of  the  population  ?  11.  Of  the  Negroes  ?  Of  the 
Indians  ?  ° 


n.lT'^®  J'^'mu"^'  °^^'^®  ^'""^^  ^^^^^^  """e  of  two  kinds,  organized  and  nn- 
organized.    The  first  are  settled  by  white  inhabitante,  but  contain  a  popula- 


Il  t 


138 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Fa.  —  The  Southern  States  extend  from  latitude  40^  to  24  degrees. 
How  many  degrees  of  latitude,  tlien,  do  they  comprise  ?  They  extend 
from  longitude  2  degrees  east  from  Washington,  to  17  west  What 
amount  of  longitude  do  they  include  7 


102 


Bombardment  of  Fort  M'Henry. 


MARYLAND. 

1.  Maryland  is  more  irregular  in  its  outline  than  any 
state  in  the  Union,  and  is  divided  by  Chesapeake  Bay  into 
two  sections,  which  are  called  the  Eastyrn  and  Western 
Shores. 

2.  In  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  commerce,  this  Statp 
holds  a  respectable  rank.  Flour  and  tobacco  are  the  staple 
productions.  Of  the  former  article,  more  than  500,000  bar- 
rels  have  been  inspected  in  Baltimore  in  one  year. 


Maryland.  Q.  —  1.  How  is  Maryland  divided  ?    2.  What  is  said  of 


lion  of  less  than  60,000.  On  attaining  that  number,  the  people  of  a  territory, 
by  receiving  the  sanction  of  Congress  to  that  effect,  may  elect  a  governor 
and  representatives  to  the  National  Legislature,  similar  to  the  other  states. 
Florida,  Wisconsin,  and  Iowa,  are  the  organized  territories.  Missotiri,  Ore- 
gon, and  the  Indian  Territory  are  inhabited  by  Indians  only,  and  are  uno^ 

c • —       ' •-    1 j-n'f    •ftftty    1,.^.   tiie   ^riitigiaiU   niut;3,    %■;  iiu  uitr  ^ir 

verned  by  their. own  chiefs,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  government  of 
the  United  States. 


MARYLAND. 


139 


3.  The  chief  mineral  products  are  iron  and  coal.  The 
first  is  found  in  various  parts  of  the  State;  the  last  occurs  in 
the  western  part  chiefly. 

r  ^jPf  .^^^^^  of  Maryland  was  settled  by  a  body  of  Catholics  under 
Lord  Baltimore,  whose  wise  and  liberal  government  attracted  emigrants 
from  all  quarters,  and  tended  greatly  to  the  early  growth  and  prosperity 
ot  the  colony.  r     r      j 

5.  Baltimore  is  on  a  branch  of  the  Patapsco  river,  14  miles  from 
Chesapeake  Bay,  and  200  from  the  sea ;  it  possesses  an  extensive  foreign 
and  domestic  trade,  and  is  the  greatest  flour  market  in  the  world. 

6.  The  publio  buildings  are  numerous,  and  many  of  them  handsome 
specimens  ot  architecture.  The  Exchange,  the  Roman  Cathohc  Cath^ 
dral  and  tlie  Battle  and  Washington  Monuments,  are  among  the  prin- 
cipal.  I  he  latter  is  the  finest  structure  of  the  kind  in  the  country.  It 
isa  Doric  column,  140  feet  in  height,  and  20  feet  in  diameter  at  the 
bottom ;  It  stands  on  a  pedestal  that  is  elevated  20  feet  from  the  ground : 
on  the  top  IS  a  colossal  statue  of  the  Father  of  his  Country.  Several 
important  rail-roads  centre  in  Baltimore,  which  add  greatly  to  its  trade. 

7.  Fort  M'Henry,  a  short  distance  below  the  city,  commands  the  en- 
trance  to  the  harbour.  It  was  bombarded  by  the  British  in  1814:  but 
oeing  bravely  defended,  the  assailants  were  forced  to  retire. 

8.  Annapolis  is  the  capital  of  Maryland.  It  is  situated  on  Severn 
River  three  miles  from  Chesapeake  Bay.  The  State  House  is  a  hand- 
some  building,  in  which  the  old  Congress  held  some  of  their  sessions. 

9.  Frederick  City,  47  miles  west  of  Baltimore,  is,  in  point  of  popu. 
ation,  the  second  place  m  the  state.    Hagerstown  and  Williamsport  are 

thriving  towns.    E.:;ston  and  Cambridge  are  the  principal  places  on  the 

M  *"«!  !^'''  ,^t  Emmitsburg,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  is 
Mount  St.  Mary's  College.  ' 

Map  No.  7.  —  What  bounds  Maryland  on  the  north  ?    Pa.  —  South 

mVTI-  y^r^^^'-  J^«'.A-On.-What  bay  and  river  divide 
Marybnd  into  two  separate  parts  ?  Ce.,  Sa.  -  What  river  separates  it 
from  Virginia?  Pc-- What  rivers  flow  into  Chesapeake  Bay  on  the 
ea  t  side  ?  Ck.,  Ne.,  Pe.  -  What  rivers  on  the  west  side  ?  Pt^,  Pc.  -! 
Wliich  IS  the  most  eastern  county  ?  Wr.  -  The  most  western  ?  Ay. 
-  On  what  river  is  Havre  de  Grace  7  Cumberland  ?  Upper  Marlboro*  ? 
What  IS  the  population  of  Baltimore?  Of  Frederick  City?  Of 
IJagerscwn?  Annapolis?  Easton  ?  In  what  year  was  the  battle 
of  North  Point  fought  ?  Of  Bladensburg  ?  Of  Havre  de  Grace? 
wnat  mountains  extend  through  the  western  part  of  the  state  ?    Ay. 

mfnefn  J  n?!!'^T"f  "^*'"?'  ''"'^  «°"™™e>-<^e  ?  3.  What  are  the  chief 
mneral  products?    4.  By  whom  was  Maryland  first  settled  ?    What  is 

.  n    „  a=[iii.giuii  ivionuraent.    7.  What  is  said  of  Fort  M'Henrv  f 
«.  Describe  Annapolis.    9.  Frederick  City,  and  other  towns.  ^ ' 


r  if 

it 


it  Jh- 


140 


\i  '■ 


^|l»ll 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 
103  


U  View  In  Washington. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

1.  The  District  of  Columbia  is  a  territory  of  ten  miles 
square,  under  the  immediate  government  of  Congress.  It  is 
divided  into  Washington  and  Alexandria  bounties,  and  con- 
tains  the  Cities  of  Washington,  Georgetown,  and  Alexandria. 

2.  It  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Potomac  river,  and  was 
ceded  by  the  States  of  Virginia  and  Maryland  to  the  United 
States  m  1790.  It  is  about  110  miles  from  the  mouth  of  tlie 
river,  and  200  from  the  sea. 

3.  The  City  of  Washington,  the  Capital  of  the  United  States, '  . 
laid  out  m  1791,  under  the  superintendence  ot^  the  distinguished  man 
whose  name  it  bears ;  and  in  the  year  1800,  the  seat  of  government 
was  changed  from  Philadelphia  to  this  place. 

4.  Washington  is  the  residence  of  the  President  of  the  United  States 

^r   u    :.-°i.''^'"  ^''^'^^  ^""^^^"^'^'^  ^^"^'''"■^  of  the  General  Government,  also 
of  the  different  foreign  ministers  sent  to  this  country. 

5.  Tiie  National  Congress  meets  here  in  the  Capitol  every  year  on  the 


iJj 


District  of  Colvmbia.  Q.~l.  What  is  the  District  of  Columbia? 
How  IS  It  divided  ?  What  docs  it  contain  ?  2.  By  what  states  was  it 
ceded  ?  At  what  time  ?  3.  What  is  the  City  of  Washington  ?  When 
was^it  laid  out  ?  When  was  the  Government  removed  here  ?  4.  Who 
resides  m  Washington  ?    5.  Wiiat  body  meets  here  ?    What  Court  / 


DISTRICT  OP  COLUMBIA.  |4l 

i-ioV!'?  '  .!'  ^Z'*'"^®  """^  magnificent  building  of  white  freestone 
352  feet  long  ,n  the  shape  of  a  cross,  with  the  Representatives'  HalUnd 
Senate  Chan.ber  m  the  two  wings,  and  a  spaiious  Rotunda  ill  the 

The  Senate  Chamber  is  of  the  same  shape,  and  74  feet  lono-     Tl,. 
Rotunda  IS  96  feet  in  diameter,  and  is  9(i  feel  to  the  ton  ofTiK  7 
w,U„„     It  is  all  of  marUe.  and  the  floor  L  handsomdy  IS      T^ 

riSat-surrnStirdorr"^^'--"'-  '^'■^  --r:^'-  ^ 
==rh?e.i^-„-™-« 

the  State  Wnr  ivr-.v,r  a„^  T^..  tV  side  are  tho  ofhces  for 

uit  Oldie,  war,  iNavy,  and  Treasury  Departments. 

9.  Alexandria  on  the  Virginia  side  of  the  Pctoraac,  six  miles  south 
of  Washington,  has  a  cons  derable  trade  in  flour  mH  f ^Kn^^       i^ 
town,  separated  from  Washington  bytck  ^Z^Vf^^^^ 
aiid  has  some  commerce.     It  is  the  seat  of  Georgetown  College^  ^       ' 

Map  No.  7  -^  On  what  river  is  Washington  ?     Pc.  _  On  which  side 
w.   ^---Ou  which  side  is  Georgetown  ?     E.  -  Alexandri-  '     W 
■-:VVhat,s  the  population  of  each  of  these  places?     The  wJt  Z't 

Sn  C?untV^  Tht  ""'^'Z'  ''''.  ^^  ''^  "-^'  and  formrvVrst 
uigion  County.     That  on  the  other  side  forms  Alexandria  County. 


104 


VIRGINIA. 

1.  Virginia  is  the  largest  state  in  the  Union,  and  was  the 
first  settled  of  the  English  Colonies ;  from  ;hich  Trcum' 
stance  .t  ,s  often  called   «  the  ancient  dominion  » 

~.  Many  eminent  men  were  natives  of  Virrrinia  •  amoncr 
vhom  the  illustrious  Washington,  with  Jeirer?onrMadTson! 
and  Monroe,  were  all  Presidents  of  the  United  States. 

LSJ-'h  if  ""^J^^'^'J^Ston  ?     6.  Describe  the  Capitol.     7.  Repre. 
drrSLSvvn''"*''^''"'"-    S-J'-i^-t'sHJuse.    9.AleTan. 

whTf  \^r  ^'  ^'^\"*  •'  ^^l'^!"'"  •     ^^^hat  is  it  often  called,  and 
*vny  /    2.  Who  were  naUves  of  this  state  ?    3.  What  mountain^  aw 


-  ilm 

1     .wikiaMHii 

H 

=  *■    mill 

^^^i^ff 

'*!  '  UME^ 

'•■J  *  m^m 

^^^^B  1 

'!':.:■ 

^^^H 

-'^''  'M 

j^^H 

.  'kfrfl 

^^B 

.42 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


J.  '• 


Surrender  of  Lord  Cornwallis. 

3.  This  state  is  traversed  by  the  Alleghany  Mountains  and 
the  Blue  Ridge.  The  country  east  of  the  latter  is  generally 
level,  while  the  western  division  is  hilly  and  mountainous. 

4.  The  productions  of  the  north  and  the  south,  wheat,  cot- 
ton, and  tobacco,  are  all  raised  here.  Indian  corn  is  also 
extensively  cultivated.  Gold,  copper,  lead,  iron,  coal,  and 
salt,  abound.  Several  companies  are  at  present  employed  in 
working  the  gold-mines. 

5.  The  mineral-springs  of  Virginia  are  celebrated  for  their 
medicinal  properties,  and  are  much  resorted  to  during  the 
summer  season.  The  principal  of  these  are,  the  Warm,  the 
Hot,  and  the  White  Sulphur  springs. 

G.    Several  important  rail-roads  and  canals  are  already 

finished   in  this   state,  and  others  are   advancing  towards 

completion.     By  these,  transportation  and  travelling  will  be 

rendered  easy  through  a  large  portion  of  the  state. 

7.  Virginia  was  among  the  leading  states  that  distinguished  them- 
selves  during  the  Revolutionary  war.  In  the  year  1781,  tlie  siege  and 
surrender  of  Yorktown  took  place — when  Lord  Cornwallis  and  liis 
army  were  made  prisoners  of  war  ;  an  event  that  decided  the  hitherto 
doubtful  contest,  and  secured  the  independence  of  the  United  States. 


in  Virginia  ?  4.  V/hat  are  the  produclions  ?  What  is  said  of  gold,  &e.? 
5.  Of  the  Mineral  Springs?     6.  liail-roads?     7  What  was  Virginia? 


VIRGINIA. 


143 


a  TJie  Natural  Bridjro 
over  Cedar  Creek,  a  small 
stream  runnings  into  Jarnes 
river,  consista  of  an  enor- 
mous chastn,  200  feet  in 
depth,  nearly  perpendicular, 
through  which  the  creek 
|)fis8cs.  A  huge  rock  is 
thrown  across  the  chasm  at 
the  top,  forming  a  natural 
bridgfo  60  feet  in  width,  and 
covered  with  soil  and  trees. 

9.  Richmond,  the  capital 
of  the  state,  stands  on  James 
river,  110  miles  from  its 
mouth.  It  is  surrounded  by 
a  fertile  country,  and  has  a 
flourishing  trade.  Its  exports 
arc  wheat,  flour,  tobacco, 
and  coals. 


10.  Norfolk,  on  Elizabeth 
river,  is  the   principal  sea-  Natural  Bridge,  Virginia, 

port.  It  has  a  fine  harbour,  and  more  foreign  commerce  than  any 
other  town  m  the  state.  At  Gosport,  in  Portsmouth,  opposite  to  Nor- 
toik,  IS  one  of  the  most  important  Navy-Yards  of  the  United  States. 


105 


11.  Petersburg,  Fredericksburg,  and  Lynchburg,  are  each  important 

towns.    Wheehng,  on  the  Ohio,  is  the  channel  of  a  great  deal  of  busi. 

ness.    Yorktown  is  celebrated  for  the  surrender  of  Lord  Cornwallis  to 

thecombmed  American  and  French  armies,  under  General  Washintfton. 

Charlottesville  is  the  seat  of  the  University  of  Virginia.    Monticello, 

two  miles  from  this  place,  is  noted  for  having  been  the  residence  of 

ihomas  Jefferson,  President  of  Uie  United  States. 

u      «r  ^y?stnioreland  county,  on  the  Potomac,  is  shown  the  spot 

where  Washington  was  born.    The  house,  which  stood  about  half  a 

mue  rom  the  river,  is  now  in  ruins.    A  simple  stone,  with  the  inscrip- 

h?n' »  ?^-^'  °"  ^^^,  ^^^^  of  February,*  1732,  George  Washington  was 
Dorn    designates  the  consecrated  spot. 

vin  ^tu^l^  "P  *'^®  "^^'■'  ^'Sht  miles  below  Alexandria,  is  Mount 
vernon,  the  former  residence  of  that  great  and  good  man.  Here  repose 
lis  mortal  remams,  which  have  recently  been  deposited  within  a  beau- 
titul  saicophagus,  the  offering  of  private  munificence. 

What  is  said  of  Lord  Cornwallis,  &c.  ?  8.  Describe  the  Natural  Bridge. 
«;  Richmond.  10.  Norfolk,  &c.  IL  Petersburg,  and  the  other  towns. 
iZ  Zt\  }^  Yorktown  celebrated  ?  Of  Char'^aesville  ?  12.  Where 
•;3j^Kingion  bom  ?     13.  Where  is  Mount  Vernon,  &c./ 

dnlSli?'^.'!;  ^'^'u  ^  corresponds  to  the  22d  of  February,  New  Style,  tt^ 
%celebrated  as  the  annivereaiy  of  Washington's  birth.  «  *=«y^e.  "*" 


144 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


iil 


■■  H 


Map  No.  4.  —  What  bounds  Virginia  on  the  north  ?  Pa.,  Md.  —  On 
the  south?  N..Ca.  — East?  A.-On.  —  Wfst  ?  Co.,  Ky.  —  What  river 
separates  Virginia  from  Ohio  ?  Oo.  —  Which  from  Maryland  ?  Pc. 
— What  river  and  mountains  from  Kentucky?  B.-Sy.,  Cd.  —  What 
two  ranges  of  mountains  extend  through  Virginia  ?  Ay.,  B.-Rc.  ~ 
How  long  and  high  arc  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ? 

Map  No.  7.  —  What  Bay  separates  the  two  eastern  counties  from  tho 
rest  of  the  state  ?  Ce.  —  What  two  Capes  at  the  entrance  of  Chesa- 
peako  Bay?  Cs.,  Hy.  —  In  what  county  is  Richmond?  Ho.  — In 
which  is  Norfolk?  Nk.  —  Lynchburg  ?  CI.  — Wheeling  ?  Co.— 
Petersburg?  Do.  —  In  which  county  is  Washington's  birth-place ? 
\Vd.  —  Mount  Vernon  ?  Fx.— The  University  of  Virginia?  Ae.— 
In  what  year  did  Cornwallis  surrender  ?  —  What  four  rivers  flow  into 
Chesapeake  Bay  ?  Pc,  Rk.,  Yk.,  Js.  —  Tell  tlie  length  of  each.  —  0- 
what  river  is  R'ichmond  ?  Js.—  Petersburg  ?  Ax.  —  Lynchburg  ?  Jg. 
—  Yorktown?  Yk.  —  Fredericksburg?  Rk.  —  Wheeling?  Oo.— 
Charleston  ?  Ka.  —  See  Map  D.  —  A  vast  quantity  of  salt  is  mnnufuc 
fured  at  this  place.  What  streams  form  James  R.  ?  Roanoke  II.  ? 
York  R.  ?  &c. 

"  106 


Making  Tar. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  North  Carolina  is  an  extensive  but  thinly  peopled 
State.  The  country,  for  more  than  sixty  miles  from  the  coast, 
is  a  low,  sandy  plain,  intersected  with  many  swamps  and 
inlets  from  the  sea,  and  covered  with  extensive  pine  forests. 

North  Carolina.    Q.  —  1.  What  is  North  Carolina?    Describe  the 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


145 


2.  In  the  interior  the  surface  is  varied  and  hilly ;  and  on 
the  western  frontier  it  ascends  into  mountains,  whose  summits 
are  the  most  elevated  of  any  in  the  Atlantic  States ;  Black 
Mountam  being  6476  feet  in  height. 

3.  The  pine  forests  which  occupy  the  lower  part  of  the 
State,  furnish  one  of  the  most  important  items  of  its  trade 
producing  turpentine,  tar,  pitch,  rosin,  and  lumber,  in  great 
abundance.  ° 

3.  The  commerce  is  limited  for  want  of  good  harbours  ; 
and  there  is  no  large  commercial  town.  The  trade  is  carried 
on  chiefly  through  the  ports  of  the  neighbouring  L.ates.  The 
exports  are  cotton,  rice,  tobacco,  and  the  produce  of  the 

forests. 

5.  Gold,  iron,  and  bliick  lead,  with  some  copper,  are  the  principal 
minerals  of  North  Carolina.  The  mines  of  the  former  are  extensively 
worked,  and  are  even  considered  of  great  national  importance. 

6.  A  branch  of  the  United  States'  Mint  has  been  established  at  Char- 
lotte, for  tlie  purpose  of  coining  the  gold  found  in  this  and  the  neiffh- 
bounng  states.  ^ 

7.  » Raleigh,  the  Cfipital,  is  near  the  west  bank  of  Neuse  river. 
Here  was  the  State  House,  containing  Canova's  celebrated  statue  of 
Washington,  which  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1831.  A  new  and  oplen. 
did  granite  building  has  since  been  erected. 

Wilmington,  on  Cape  Fear  river,  70  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  laraest 
j"iillr"iir''    ^^'■o""a-   It  carries  on  an  active  trade  with  the  Nortirern 
and  Middle  States,  and  also  with  the  West  Indies.    This  place  is  the 
Bcuthern  termination  of  an  extensive  line  of  rail-road. 

9.  Fayetteville,  at  the  head  of  steam-boat  navigation,  on  Cape  Fear 
nver,  contains  a  United  States'  armory,  Newbern  is  situated  at  the 
junction  of  Neuse  and  Trent  rivers.  Salena  and  Charlotte  are  small 
but  t  .riving  places  Chape  Hill,  about  30  miles  from  Raleigh,  contains 
the  University  of  North  Carolina. 

♦i.i''"^^  t  T:  ^J?''*  bounds  North  Carolina  on  the  north  ?   Va.  —  On 
the  south?  S..Ca,Ga.-East?   A-On.- West?    Te.  -  What  moun- 


Inll'"!'"'*  y^i'^i  ^'^^  'fountain  is  in  this  state  ?  3.  What  occupies  the 
ZLT  ""^  ^'  l^t^  ^  ^'^'^^  *^°  *'^«y  P'-^*^^^^  ^  4.  What  is  said  of 
mL^?^TT  Lu^'l**  "^  ^^®  «'^P°''t«  ^  5.  What  are  the  principal 
S  7  H  w?'  5'"'*  ?^  established  at  Charlotte  ?  7.  Which  is  the  ca  pi. 
andotLItl'r        '^^'"'''''*"^    Wilmington?    9.  Fayetteville. 


rii 


■n 


'  I 


.'.  N 


I"     fel 


nil 


— ...    ..wvv  2Vw 


140 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


tainii  extend  through  the  west  part  of  North  Carolina  ?  Ay.,  B.-Rc.  - 
Which  in  tho  highest  mountain  ?  Bk.—  How  higli  is  it  7  What  Uiree 
capes  on  the  coast  7     Us.,  Lt,  Fr. 


Map  No.  7.  — WFiat  two  sounds  in  North  Carolina  ?   Ac,  Po IIuw 

long  u re  they  7  What  two  rivers  flow  into  Albemarle  Sonnd  7  Rr 
Cn.—  Which  two  into  Pamlico  Sound  7  Tr.,  Nc.—  In  what  direcfioii 
do  the  Capo  Fear,  Lumber,  Yadkin,  and  Catawba  rivers  How  7  How 
long  are  they  7  How  far  are  Chowun,  Roiinr)kc,  Tar,  and  Cape  Fv:.x 
rivers  navigable,  and  for  what  kind  of  vessels  7  How  many  inhabilanti 
have  Wilmington,  Newbern,  Fayctteville,  Raleigh,  Charlotte,  and  Kdcn. 
ton?  On  what  river  is  Halifax 7  Edenton?  Tarboro'7  Louisvillr? 
In  what  county  is  the  University  of  North  Carolina  7  Oe.  —  In  what 
year  was  the  battle  of  Guilford  Court-Houso  fought? 


107 


Battle  of  Eutaw  Springs. 
SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  This  stale  lies  nearly  in  the  form  of  a  triangle  between 
North  Carolina  and  Georgia.     It  is  about  half  the  size  of  the 
latter,  and  is  similar  to  the  adjoining  states  in  climate,  soil 
and  productions. 

2.  Cotton  is  the  great  staple  of  South  Carolina ;  but  rice, 
tobacco,  tar,  pitch,  turpentine,  and  lumber,  are  also  amongst 

ffouth  Carolina.  Q.  —  l.  What  is  said  of  this  state  ?     How  doos  it 
compare  with  Georgia  7    2.  What  is  the  great  staple  ?     What  arc  ito 


SOUTH   CAROLINA. 


147 


its  products.    Wheat,  Indian-corn,  and  Indigo,  are  raised  foi 
homo  consumption. 

3  The  commerce  is  extensive  and  valuable.  It  consists 
in  the  export  of  ucrricultural  products  of  the  state,  and  of 
largo  quantities  of  those  raised  in  Georgia  and  North  Carolina. 

4.  The  Charleston  and  Hamburg  rail-road.  136  miles  in  length,  is  one 
of  the  most  important  works  of  the  kind  in  the  United  StalcH  yet  con- 
htructcd,  and  has  already  greatly  benefited  the  trade  of  Charleston. 

5.  The  white  residents,  especially  of  the  lower  and  middle 
sections  of  the  state,  are  chiefly  wealthy  planters,  who,  in 
general,  have  large  incomes,  and  are  distinguished  for  their 
intelligence  and  refinement. 

6.  South  Carolina  was  an  illustrious  actor  and  sufFcrer  in  the  war  of 
indei,endence.  Her  ca,)itai  was  for  a  considerable  period  in  possession 
ot  lie  cMieniy  ;  and  the  bailies  of  the  Cowpens,  King's  Mountain,  and 
Lutaw  bprings,  were  among  the  most  important  that  took  place  durinjr 
the  revolutionary  contest.  *^  * 

7.  Charleston  stands  at  the  junction  of  Ashley  and  Coooper  rivers: 
•  IS  the  prmcipal  cUy  of  South  Carolina,  and  the  largest  in  the  Atlantic 
stales  south  of  the  Potomac  river.  Its  commerce  is  considerable,  and 
w  annually  increasing.    The  citizens  are  noted  for  their  hospitality. 

8.  Columbia,  the  capital  of  the  state,  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  very 
wide  streets,  and  is  a  neatly  built  town.  Georgetown,  on  Winyaw 
Bay,  Cainden,  on  the  Wateree  river,  and  Hamburg,  on  the  SavanLh. 
opposite  Augusta,  are  amongst  the  principal  towns  of  the  state. 

Map  No.  8.  —  What  bounds  South  Carolina  on  the  north  ?    N.-Ca 

On  the  west?  Ga.--East?  A.-On.  -  What  river  separates  it  from 
t^eorgia?     Sh What  rivers  flow  into  Winyaw  Bay  ?     G..Pe.  W-v 

-  What  rrver  south  of  Winyaw  Bay  ?  Se.  -  What  rivers  form  ine 
fnto  s/hY'-'  C^^—The^^^nSfaree?  Sa.,  Bd.-What  rivers  flow 
into  St.  Helena  sound  ?  Eo.,  Ce.  -  What  are  the  lengths  of  all  the 
lorcgomg  rivers?— How  many  milts,  and  for  what  kinds  of  vessels,  are 
the  Uaccamaw,  Great  Pedee.  Wateree,  and  Congaree  rivers  navigable? 

-  NV  hat  IS  the  population  of  Charleston  ?  — Of  Columbia?  -  Camden 

ttuT'^nu^'^'^~}''  "^l"^*  y*^"  "''^^  *he  battle  of  Fort  Moultrie 
M^  '  -  ChaHeston  ?  -  Monk  V  Corner  ?  -  Gates  defeated  ?  -  King's 
Mounta.n?~Cowpens?-Hobkirk'8  Hill  and  Eutaw  Springs? -In 
what  d.s  net  IS  Charleston?    Cn.  _  Columbia  ?    Rd.  -  Camden  ?  Kw. 

-  Which  13  the  most  northern  district  ?  —  Most  southern  ?  —  Eastern  ? 

-  western  /  —  IS  ear  the  junction  of  what  rivers  is  Columbia  ? 

other  products?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  commerce?  4.  Of  the 
Chareston  and  Hamburg  rail-road?  5.  Of  the  white  residents?  6. 
ChnrLr;     q"^!^  ?'L°J'.""  i"  ^^^  ^"  °f  independence  ?    7.  Describe 


•The  Wateree  river  begini.  and  Uie  Catawba  ends,  at  the  moutb  of  Big  Wateree  Creek.' 


sm. 


{ 

1  ^^H 

1 

i^Hi- 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1} 

(  'J 

IH 

1 

'■HI 

H 

;f( 

^^^^H 

n^^^^^^^^^^B 

1 

~r- 

IH 

1 

i 

J^^H 

■■■ 

» 

M 

■ 

148 


1^; 

I*.  :• 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 

-^  108 


Gold  Mining. 

GEORGIA. 

1.  Georgia  is,  next  to  Virginia,  the  largest  of  the  Southern 
States ;  it  was  the  last  settled  of  the  thirteen  original  colonies, 
and  is  now  rapidly  increasing  in  wealth,  population,  and  im- 
portance. 

2.  The  great  staple  of  Georgia  is  cotton,  of  which  the 
annual  crop  exceeds  300,000  bales.  The  other  products  are 
rice,  lumber,  pitch,  tar,  and  turpentine,  which  are  all  exported 
to  a  large  amount.  Some  tobacco  is  likewise  raised  in  the 
northern,  and  sugar  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  state. 

3.  The  cotton  produced  is  of  two  kinds,  the  sea  island, 
and  upland.  The  former  is  double  the  value  of  the  other,  and 
is  raised  only  in  small  quantities  on  the  islands  that  lie  along 
the  sea-coast. 

4.  The  principal  mineral  is  gold,  which  is  found  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  state,  and  engages  the  labour  of  numer- 
ous individuals.  Iron  and  copper  also  occur.  Several 
rail-roads  are  now  in  progress  in  this  state. 


vrCOrgiu. 


H- 


,  1.  What  is  said  of  Georgia  ?  2.  What  is  the  great 
staple  of  the  state  ?  What  is  the  amount  of  the  annual  crop  ?  Wliat 
arc  tlie  other  products  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  cotton  ?    4.  What  is  the 


FLORIDA. 


149 


5.  Savannah,  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  and  18  miles  from  the 
gea,  IS  the  chief  commercial  depot  of  Georgia.  It  suffered  much  from 
the  great  fire  of  1820;  but  it  haa  recovered  from  that  shock,  and  is,  at 
present,  one  of  the  most  flourishing  cities  in  the  southern  states. 

Milledgeville,the  capital  of  the  state,  is  situated  on  the  Oconee  river. 
It  IS  a  place  of  some  trade,  and  contains  the  State  House. 

6.  Augusta  is  the  interior  emporium  of  the  state.  It  is  connected 
with  Charleston,  by  the  Charleston  and  Hamburg  rail-road  ;  and  with 
Savannah,  by  the  feavannah  river.  It  is  well  built,  and  contains  some 
handsome  public  edifices.  A  bridge  1200  feet  long  across  the  Savan- 
nah  connects  it  with  Hamburg. 

7.  Columbus,  on  the  Chattahoochee  river,  and  Macon,  on  the  Ocmul- 
?ee,  are  amongst  the  most  flourishing  places  in  Georgia.  Darien, 
Brunswick,  and  St.  Mary's,  on  the  sea-coast,  are  improving  towns. 

Map  No.  8.  — What  bounds  Georgia  on  the  north?  N..Ca.  — On 
the  south?  Fa. -East?  S.-Ca.,  A.-On.  -  West  ?  Aa.  -  What  river 
separa  es  Georgia  from  South  Carolina  ?  Sa.  -  What  river  separates  it 
mpart  frorn  Alabama  ?    Ce.  -  What  river  in  part  from  Florida? 

«  c  ■;;;  ^^^?/®  "^^^^  ^°^  ^"*°  ^^^  Atlantic  ocean  ?  Sh.,  Oe.,  Aa., 
ba.,  b.. Ms. -.What  rivers  form  the  Alatamaha?  Oe.,  Oe.  — What 
rivers  form  the  Apalachicola  ?  Ce.,  Ft.  -  What  is  the  population  of 
Savannah?  Augusta?  Columbus?  Macon?  In  what  counties  are 
these  towns  ?  Cm.,  Rd.,  Me.,  Bb.  -  In  what  county  is  Milledgeville  ? 
«n.- To  what  towns,  and  how  far  from  the  sea,  do  steam-boats  ascend 
the  Savannah?  Oconee?  Ocmulgee  ?  Chattahoochee?  and  Flint 
ivers?  Which  is  the  largest  island  ?.  Cd.  -  What  extensive  swamp 
in  Ware  county  ?    Oe —  When  was  the  battle  of  Savannah  fought  ? 


-109 


FLORIDA. 

1.  Florida  was  for  nearly  200  years  a  Spanish  Province, 
and  was  ceded  by  Spain,  in  1819,  to  the  American  govern. 
ment.     In  1822,  East  and  West  Florida  were  formed  into  a 

territory. 

2.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  level,  and  not  much  ele- 
vated above  the  sea.  The  soil  along  the  streams  is  very 
fertile,  and  well  suited  to  the  production  of  cotton,  rice,  to- 

principal  mineral  ?  What  are  the  other  minerals  ?  What  is  said  of 
rail-roads?  5.  Describe  Savannah,  Milledgeville.  6.  Augusta.  &c 
'.  Ulumbus,  and  the  other  towns. 

UnSt";  ^;";k^^^*  "^"f  *''°"^^  ^  When  was  it  ceded  to  the 
united  istates  ?    When  was  it  formed  into  a  territory  ?   2.  What  is  said 


m- 


150 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


m 


Dacco,  sugar,  and  corn.  Oranges,  figs,  dates,  and  pomegran- 
ates, are  among  its  fruits.  Indigo  was  at  one  time  extensively 
cultivated,  but  is  now  abandoned. 

3.  But  a  small  part  of  Florida  is  under  cultivation.  It  is 
better  suited  for  a  grazing  than  an  agricultural  district.  Vast 
herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  swine,  range  over  its  pastures. 

4.  Live-oak  limber,  so  valuable  in  ship-building,  is  one  of 
the  most  important  products  of  Florida ;  and,  with  cedar  logs, 
boards,  scantling,  (Sic,  are  cut  to  a  considerable  extent.  Cot- 
ton, and  the  other  products  of  the  soil,  with  hides,  tallow,  and 
bees'-wax,  form  the  chief  articles  of  export. 

5.  The  Seminole  Indians  occupied,  until  lately,  the  Evergrlades,  a 
flat,  marshy  district,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  territory.  From  this 
region  the  savages  sallied  forth,  committing  numerous  depredations 
upon  the  white  inhabitants.  In  1842  they  were  very  nearly  extirpated 
or  removed,  after  a  contest  of  several  years'  duration. 

6.  St.  Augustine,  260  miles  south  of  Charleston,  is  the  oldest  town 
in  the  United  States,  and  is  built  in  the  Spanish  style.  Its  climate  is 
delightful,  and  it  is  often  resorted  to  by  invalids  in  quest  of  health. 

7.  Tallahassee,  the  capital  of  Florida,  is  21  miles  north  of  St. 
Mark  s,  on  Apalachee  Bay.  It  contains  the  Capitol,  and  several  churches 
and  banks.  St.  Mark's,  Apalachicola,  and  St.  Joseph's,  are  the  chief 
commercial  places  of  Middle  Florida.  They  are  all  thriving  towns. 
Pensacola  is  important  as  a  naval  station  for  United  States'  ships  of  war. 

Map  No.  4.  — -  What  bounds  Florida  on  the  north  ?  Ga.,  Aa.,  —  On 
the  east  ?  A.-On.  —West  and  south  ?  G..Mo.  —  What  Cape  is  on  the 
east  coast  ?  CI.  —  What  Capes  on  the  west  ?  S.-Bs.,  Rs.,  Se.  —  What 
Bays  on  the  west  ?  Pa.,  Ae.,  Vr.,  Ta.,  Cm.  —  What  are  the  two 
chief  lakes  ?    Ge.,  Oe. 


Map  No.  8.  —  What  river  separates  Florida  from  Alabama  ?  Pa  — 
What  from  Georgia  ?  S.-Ms.  —  What  rivers  tiow  into  Pensacola  Bay  ? 
Ea.,  B.-Wr.,  Y.-Wr.  — What  into  Choctawhatchie  Bay?  Ce.  — Into 
Apalachee  Bay  ?  Oy.,  Oa.  —  Into  Vacassar  Bay  ?  Se.  —  What  river 
flows  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  north  of  St.  Augustine  ?  S.-Js.  —  What 
into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  at  Apalachicola  ?  Aa.  —  Tell  the  lengths  of 
the  seven  rivers  that  have  figures  attached  to  them.  —  What  is  the  popu- 
lation  of  Tallahassee?  —  St.  Augustine?  —  Pensacola?  —  In  what 
counties  are  these  towns  ?    Ln.,  S.Jn.,  Ea. 

of  the  surface  of  the  country?  Of  the  soil?  Of  its  productions? 
3.  For  what  is  it  better  suited  ?  4.  What  is  cut  to  a  considerable  ex- 
ten*  f       \lVl\inh  nra  flio  /iKipf  n>.iSr>1^r.  «<*«,.„--*  1       tz    liru,*   •_ -J   _/•  iU- 

'^''■' "■'•  »"^  ivii.f.i    «it,iCiv3  K)i  c.\puit  :       ,j.    TT  iiui  IS  suiu  ui  mo 

Seminole  Indians  ?  What  do  they  commit  ?  6.  Describe  St.  Augus- 
tine.    7.  Tallahassee,  and  the  other  towns. 


Steam-boat  loading  with  cotton. 
ALABAMA. 


1.  Alj 


iABAMA  is  remarkable  for  its  rapid  growth  in  popu- 
lation, wealth,  an(|  general  prosperity.  In  the  year  1810,  its 
inhabitants  were  less  than  10,000  in  number;  and  now  the 
State  contains  nearly  sixty  times  that  amount. 

2.  Cotton  is  the  chief  agricultural  product ;  the  crop  of 
which  amounts  in  value  annually  to  about  fifteen  millions  of 
dollars.  Corn,  the  principal  grain,  is  raised  all  over  the 
state,  and  some  tobacco  is  cultivated  in  the  northern  counties. 

3.  Several  useful  works  of  internal  improvement  have 
been  lately  constructed,  and  others  are  in  active  progress. 
Ihe  principal  of  these  will  connect  the  most  fertile  districts  in 
the  interior  with  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  add  greatly  to  the 
wealth  and  prosperity  of  the  State.  . 

4.  The  various  rivers  which  traverse  both  the  nortnern  and 
southern  sections  of  Alabama  admit  of  an  extensive  steam-boat 
navigation,  by  which  the  valuable  productions  of  the  interior 

Alahama.  Q —  1.  For  what  is  Alabama  remarkable  ?  How  in«ny 
-h«buani8  were  there  in  1810  ?  How  many  now  ?  2.  What  is  The 
chief  product  ?  What  are  also  cultivated  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  works 
01  internal  improvement?    4.  For  what  are  the  rivers  well  adapted? 


152 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


State  are  conveyed  to  its  great  commercial  markets,  Mobile 
and  New  Orleans. 

5.  The  people  of  Alabama  were  greatly  harassed  during  the  late  war 
by  the  depredations  of  the  Creek  and  Seminole  Indians ;  they  were 
however,  signally  defeated,  in  several  desperate  engagements  of  which 
Tuliopeka  was  the  principal. 

6.  Mobile  is  a  flourishing  commercial  town  at  the  head  of  Mobile 
Bay ;  it  was  the  first  settled  place  in  the  state,  and  is  the  chief  dep6t 
for  its  produce.  Tuscaloosa,  the  capital,  is  a  town  of  considerable 
trade :  it  contains  the  State  House,  and  the  University  of  Alabama. 

7.  Montgomery,  near  the  head  of  the  Alabama  river,  Wetumpka  on 
the  Coosa,  and  Gainesville  on  the  Tombigby,  all  in  the  centre  of  the 
Btate,  are  thriving  towns.  Florence,  Tuscumbia,  Decatur,  and  Hunts, 
ville,  in  the  valley  of  tiie  Tennessee  river,  are  each  places  of  some  note. 

Map  No.  8.  — What  bounds  Alabama  on  the  north  ?  Te. — The  east? 
Ga.  -—  The  west  ?  Mi.  —  What  territory  and  gulf  on  the  south  ?  Fa, 
Mo»  —  What  river  separates  Alabama  from  Florida?  Pa  —  What 
river  flow»i  into  Mobile  Bay?  Me.  —  What  two  rivers  form  Mobile 
river  ?  Ty.,  Aa.  —  What  rivers  form  the  Alabama  ?  Ca.,  Ta.— What 
river  flows  through  the  northern  part  of  the  state  ?  Te.  —  On  what 
river  is  Tuscaloosa?  B.-Wr.--How  long  is  the  Tombigby?  Alaba. 
ma?  Coosa?  Tallapoosa?  What  is  the  population  of  Mobile? 
Wetumpka?  Huntsville?  Tuscaloosa?  Florence?  Montgomery? 
In  what  county  is  Mobile?  Me. -- Tuscaloosa ?  Ta.  — Florence? 
Le.  —  Huntsville  ?  Mn.  —  Wetumpka  ?  Ca.  —  How  many  miles  are 
the  following  rivers  navigable  for  steam-boats  :  viz.  Tennessee?  Tom- 
bigby?  Black  Warrior?  Alabama?  In  what  year  was  the  battle 
of  Tohopeka  fought?    On  what  river  is  Florence  ?    Decatur  ?  &c. 


Ill 


MISSISSIPPI. 

1.  This  state,  like  Alabama,  is.  remarkable  for  the  great 
increase  of  its  population.  Emigration  for  the  last  few  years 
has  been  so  extensive,  that  the  number  of  the  inhabitants, 
between  the  years  1830  and  1840,  was  very  nearly  trebled. 

2.  Cotton  is  the  chief  production  of  Mississippi,  and  it 
employs  nearly  all  the  industry  of  the  people.  The  crop  is 
about  350,000  bales,  which  is  annually  increasing.    Tobacco 

5.  By  whom  were  the  people   harassed?     What  is  said   of  them? 

6.  Describe  Mobile.    Tuscaloosa.     7.  Montgomery.    Wetumpka  and 
other  towns. 

Mississippi.  Q.  —  1.  What  is  this  state  remarkable  for  ?    What  has 
taken  place  since  1830  ?     2.  What  is  the  chief  production  ?    What 


MISSISSIPPI. 


153 


View  on  the  Mississippi  River. 


and  ,nd,go  were  formerly  cultivated,  but  are  now  abandoned, 
Indian  corn  is  raised  to  some  extent ;  but,  in  general  the 
quantity  is  not  sufficient  to  supply  the  state.         ^  ' 

hnMhf  r^  'f^'  ^^'  ^^^"  produced  in  the  southern  counties, 
but  the  cane  does  not  appear  to  thrive.  Sweet  potatoes,  with 
he  peach,  fig  and  other  fruits,  grow  in  abundance.     Several 

2T1:  '"''^'  ^''"  ^^^"  P^^J^^^^^'  «"^  '^^^  of  them 
are  m  progress. 

by  VcLn^i    "  r?!..""'!'"''  P"'."  "''  «■«  ^""^  ""»  l»'e'y  occupied 

llt?rth':idTa' Sr    °"' ""' """  "-=-"'/•" 

.tat  ■'"h  ?? "fi  °?  "■?.  Tj  '"'"?  "''  ""'  ''<""'  "'«'- ''  «''»  ^Pital  of  the 
»t.l,':  ;?bnc Li'ldit'-  "■"  °°"'""'  "■'  «'»"  Ho-.  P-"e„U.,y, 

cipal  nar.  np/^      ^.  ^ -^  constanUy  arriving  and  departing.     The  prin- 

Su??ace  of  .1"   M^  '•    •"' '  °V  ^'^'^  ^'"ff"  ""^  bank,  300  feet  above 
we  surface  of  tJie  Mississippi,  and  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river. 

parts.    5.  Describe Jaekso^.^^:r;<!;!^!    wttT/t" co"i^r ^7^ 


f,:  I 


r;l- 


154 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


' 


7.  Vicksburg  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Mississippi  river,  520  miles 
from  its  mouth.  It  is  a  flourishing  place,  and,  like  Natchez,  carries  on 
a  direct  trade  with  the  eastern  sections  of  the  Union.  Ships  of  largo 
burthen  are  brought  up  to  the  town,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  by 
means  of  the  powerful  steam  tow-boats  used  on  the  Mississippi  river. 

8.  Among  other  thriving  places  in  the  state,  are  Grand  Gulfj  on  the 
Mississippi  river,  and  Port  Gibson,  7  miles  from  it,  in  the  interior. 
Manchester,  or  Yazoo  city,  on  the  Yazoo,  Grenada,  on  the  Yalabusha, 
and  Aberdeen  and  Columbus,  on  the  Tombigby  river.  The  htter  is  the 
north-eastern  emporium  of  the  state. 

Map  No.  8.  —  What  state  bounds  Mississippi  on  the  north  ?  Te.  — 
On  the  south  ?  La.,  G.-Mo.— On  the  east  ?  Aa.  —  On  the  west  ?  As.,  La. 

Whttt  river  separates  it  from  liouisiana  and  Arkansas  V     Mi.  —  On 

what  river  is  Natchez  ?  Jackson  ?  Grand  Gulf?  Vicksburg  ?  Man- 
chester, or  Yazoo  city  ?  Grenada  ?  Columbus  ?  —  What  is  the  popu- 
lation of  each  of  these  towns  ?  —  How  many  miles  from  the  sea  do 
sieam-boats  ascend  the  Tombigby?  Tallahatchie?  Yalabusha? 
Big  Black  ?  Pearl  ?  —  How  far  is  Vicksburg  from  the  sea  ?  What 
kind  of  vessels  ascend  to  it?  In  what  county  is  Natchez?  As.— 
Vicksburg  ?  Wn.  —  Jackson  ?  Hs.  —  Columbus  ?  Ls.  —  Grand 
Gulf?    Ce. 


-112 


LOUISIANA. 

1.  The  territory  comprising  this  state,  together  with  the 
vast  region  lying  west  of  the  Mississippi  river,  was  formerly 
all  called  Louisiana,  and  was  purchased  from  France  by  the 
United  States'  Government  in  1803. 

2.  The  country  bordering  the  Mississippi  in  this  state,  is 
generally  lower  than  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  a  large 
portion  of  it  is  protected  by  levees,  or  embankments  of  earth, 
nearly  200  miles  along  the  shores  of  the  river. 

3.  The  great  staples  of  Louisiana  are  sugar  and  cotton,  but 
rice,  corn,  and  tobacco,  are  also  cultivated.  A  vast  amount 
of  capital  is  invested  in  the  sugar  business,  in  lands,  slaves, 
&c.,  and  the  produce  of  that  article  has  increased  tenfold 
within  twenty  years. 

4.  During  the  late  war,  a  powerful  British  army  invaded  this  state: 

7.  Vicksburg?  How  are  ships  brought  up  to  this  place  ?    8.  The  other 

towns  ?  ...      XL- 

liQUisiana,.  ?<.—-■».•  TTiiai  is  aixiu  oi  me  ^ciiii.orjr  i^v?iijpn.7«"s  —- 
state?  When  was  it  purchased?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  country? 
3.  What  are  the  great  staples  ?    4.  What  took  place  during  the  late 


LOUISIANA. 


U5 


Battle  of  New  Orleans, 


but  they  were  totally  defeated  by  the  American  army,  under  General 
Jackson,  January  8th,  1815,  and  the  country  was  abandoned  by  them 
shortly  afterwards. 

5.  New  Orleans,  the  capital  of  the  state,  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Mississippi  river,  about  100  miles  from  its  mouth.  The  inland  and 
foreign  trade  of  this  city  is  very  great.  From  1500  to  2000  flat-boats, 
50  to  60  steam-boats,  and  a  forest  of  the  masts  of  sea  vessels,  may  be 
wen  nearly  always  lying  along  its  lev6e. 

6.  The  produce  that  arrives  at  New  Orleans  annually  from  the  va- 
rious states,  «fcc.,  watered  by  the  Mississippi  river  and  its  tributary 
streams,  is  estimated  to  amount  in  value  from  fifty  millions  to  seventy, 
five  millions  of  dollars ;  among  which,  cotton,  flour,  sugar,  tobacco, 
pork,  hemp,  and  lead,  are  the  principal  staples. 

7.  The  city  is  built  on  level  ground,  and  is  several  feet  below  the  sur- 
face  of  the  river  at  high  water.  It  contains  a  number  of  public  build- 
ings, some  of  which  are  splendid  structures.  The  population  during 
the  winter  season  is  from  40,000  to  50,000  greater  than  at  other  periods. 

8.  The  towns  in  Louisiana  are  all  small;  some  of  them,  however,  have 
considerable  trade.  Donaldsonville,  Plaquemiiie,  Baton  Rouge,  and 
Bayou  Sara,  are  on  the  Mississippi  river,  and  Alexandria,  Natchitoches, 
and  Shreve  Port,  on  Red  river. 

9.  The  great  Raft,  an  immense  accumulation  of  timber,  which  pre- 
vented  navigation  to  the  upper  parts  of  Red  river,  has  bpen  lately  cut 
through,  and  steam-boats  can  now  ascend  that  stream  E3veral  hundred 
miles  further  than  formerly. 

w-sr  ?  V/hen  were  they  defeated  ?  5.  Describe  New  Orleans.  6.  What 
3t  the  produce  ?  7.  How  is  the  city  built  ?  What  of  the  population  ? 
«•  1  he  other  towns  ?    9.  The  great  Raft  ? 


I  I : 


156 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHT. 


Map  No.  8.  —  By  what  is  Louisiana  bounded  on  the  north  7  As.,  Mi, 
—  On  the  east  ?  Mi.  —  South  ?  G.-Mo.  —  West  ?  Ts.  —  Wl.ui  rivers 
separate  Louisiana  from  Mississippi  7  Mi.,  Fl.  —  Wliat  river  from 
Texas  7  So.  —  What  two  kites  are  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  state? 
Ph.,  Be.  —  What  two  in  the  southern  part  7  Cu.,  IMu.  —  How  long  [^ 
the  Mississippi?  Red  river?  Washita?  Sabine?  Calcasiu?  Bayou 
Macon  7  Bartliolomcw  7  Some  rivers  are  termed  Bayous  in  Louisiunii. 
What  is  tiie  population  of  New  Orleans  ?  Donaldsonville  7  Baton 
Rouge  7  Alexandria  7  Natchitoches  7  In  what  parishes  arc  tlicse  situ- 
atod  7  N.-Ort.,  An,,  E..B.<Re.,  Rs.,  Ns.  —  In  what  year  was  the  battle 
of  New  Orleans  foujiht  ? 


113 


WESTERN   STATES. 

1.  The  Western  States  comprise  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Tennes- 
see, Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas,  the 
organized  territories  of  Wisconsin  and  Iowa,  together  with 
the  Indian  Territory,  and  the  unorganized  territories  of  Mis- 
souri and  Oregon. 

2.  From  the  great  extent  of  this  region,  its  climate  pos- 
sesses considerable  variety  of  temperature ;  tlie  winters  are 
more  variable,  and  the  quantity  of  snow  is  less  than  in  the 
same  parallels  in  the  Atlantic  States. 

3.  The  most  striking  features  of  this  vast  country  are  its 


Western  States.  Q. —  1.  What  do   the  Western  States   comprise? 
2.  Wliat  is  said  of  the  climate  7    The  winters  7    3.  The'  most  striking 


WESTERN   STATES. 


157 


;es   comprise  i 


numerous  rivers,  towering  forests,  and  extensive  prairies. 
The  latter  are  wide  spreading  plains,  stretching  farther  than 
the  eye  can  reach,  destitute,  for  the  most  part,  of  trees,  and 
covered  with  tall  grass  and  flowering  shrubs. 

4.  That  part  of  this  region  lying  between  the  Rocky  and 
Alleghany  Mountains  is  ollen  called  the  Mississippi  Valley, 
from  its  being  chiefly  watered  by  that  great  river,  and  its 
tributary  streams.  These  afibrd  immense  facilities  for  inter- 
nal commerce,  and,  in  fact,  constitute  it  one  of  the  best 
watered  districts  on  the  face  of  the  globe. 

5.  There  are,  at  present,  on  the  western  waters  between  300  and  400 
steam-hoats,  many  hundreds  of  arks  or  flat-boats,  besides  a  multitude 
of  smaller  craft  constantly  engaged  in  the  commerce  of  the  country, 
Bnd  immense  quantities  of  produce  of  various  kinds  are  annually  con. 
vcyed  by  them  to  New  Orleans. 

6.  Lead,  iron,  coal,  salt,  and  lime,  abound  in  the  Western 
States,  and,  probably,  no  region  of  equal  extent  in  the  world 
exhibits  such  a  combination  of  mineral  wealth  and  fertility 
of  soil,  united  with  such  rare  facilities  of  transportation. 

7.  Cotton  and  tobacco  arc  produced  in  the  southern  districts, 
while  wheat,  Indian-corn,  hemp,  oats,  and  barley,  are  exten- 
sively cultivated  in  the  other  parts.  Cattle,  hogs,  and  horses, 
are  raised  in  abundance,  and  constitute  an  important  part  of 
the  wealth  of  the  people  of  these  states. 

8.  A  considerable  portion  of  the  western  country  has  been  recently 
settled;  but  the  cheapness  of  land,  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  the 
general  character  of  the  climatd,  are  causing  a  tide  of  emigration  to 
flow,  which  is  filling  up  the  country  with  unexampled  rapidity. 

9.  A  laudable  zeal  is  manilcsted  in  the  cause  of  education.  The 
number  of  common  schools  is  rapidly  increasing,  while  colleges  and  the 
higher  seminaries  of  learning  are  also  multiplying. 

10.  The  population  of  the  Western  States  and  Territories  amounts 
to  more  than  five  millions,  of  which  the  negro  slaves  constitute  about 
one-eleventh  part.  Slavery  is  prevalent  in  Tennessee,  Kentucky, 
Missouri,  and  Arkansas,  but  does  not  exist  in  the  other  states  and 
territories. 


features  ?  What  are  prairies  ?  4.  What  is  part  of  this  region  called  ? 
Why  ?  What  do  they  afford  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  steam-boats,  arks, 
&c.  ?  What  is  conveyed  by  them  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  lead,  iron,  &c.  ? 
7.  What  is  produced  in  the  southern  districts  ?  In  other  parts  ?  What 
or  csttlc,  &c. ?  u.  \/ijat  has  ucsn  recently  settled?  TYhui  is  nlliiig 
up  the  country  ?  9.  What  is  manifested  ?  Of  common  schools,  col- 
leges,  &c.?    10.  Of  the  population?    Where  is  slavery  prevalent? 


Hi 


'  1 


I 


158 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


114 


11.  Nearly  all  the  Indians  in  the  United  States  r.re  found  witirm  th« 

imjt,  of  th.8  quarter  of  the  Union.    Some  of  these  are  partTally  ci  U 

ized  but  a  considerable  nuanber  still  remain  unchanged :  and  while  ti; 

Bet  lernents  arts,  and  improvements  of  white  men  arc  narrowrJ;    heir 

boundunes,  Uiey  «UU  retain  their  original  savage  character  and^cS 


Indians  viewing  the  improvements  of  white  men. 

in  Ih;  Mn^Ti'r'r'iP^'*'''''''  Cherokees,  and  other  tribes  now  resident 
m  tl  c  Ind  an  Territory,  are  under  the  protcrfion  of  the  General  Govern. 

iticcarccs  liidck  leet,  and  other  rude,  rov  n?  bands  of  the  Unuer  Mk 
Boun,  arc  decreasing  rapidly  in  number  andlmportanee        ^  ^ 

from'tl^Sw/Ir  ^'T'  ^^^  '"!""-P°^  ^^«  «^«P*  them  by  thousands 

Tl5?  ^u   ^''TT^^'^'tl^.  \^^.  ^'^'Sfest  of  the  Western  States?    Mi._ 

I    -i  Ea  to  n  7  ^n~^t''   '  '^^  V^'  "°^*h''''»  ■     ^fn.  -  South  m 
AS. --  ±.astern  7     Oo.  —  Western  ?     M  .  —  Which  is  thr  I-irrrr^t  nf  <l. 

Th?Zl""r"f  i^'-P^  "^°^t  nortStd  we'tim'r'o  .-. 
The  most  eastern?  Wn.  -  Most  southern  ?  In.  -  The  ^vestern  slates 
and  tern  ones  extend  from  latitude  33  degrees  to  81^0^54?     Hmv 

Zt  If iTr^tlV^r'^^y '"'''''''     Thfy  e^te^dtom  'JLuZ 
grees  of  longitude  to  56  degrees  west  from  Washington.    How  luucli 


11.  What  Is  said  of  the  Indians? 
ries  ?  What  do  they  stiH  retain  ? 
&.C.  ?    Tiie  Sioux,  Riccarees,  &c.  ? 


What  is  narrowing   their  bounda- 

^-.   TTuatui  iiiu  Lrceks,  L/iiOeiaws, 

13.  What  is  said  of  the  small-pox? 


OHIO. 


159 


.on^jitudo  do  ihcy  include  7  What  states  and  territories  have  the  Mis. 
.isHippi  river  tor  their  western  boundary  ?  Tc.,  Ky.,  Is.,  Wn.  —  WJiich 
Imve  the  MiHsissip|n  for  their  eastern  boundary  ?  As.,  Mi.,  la.— Which 
states  have  the  Ohio  for  their  southern  boundary  ?  Go.,  la.,  Is,  —  What 
state  has  the  Ohio  for  its  northern  boundary  7  Ky.  -  Which  has  the 
01.10  for  Its  western  boundary  ?  Va.  ~  How  many  miles  is  it  by  the 
scale  Irotn  the  mouth  of  Columbia  river  eastward  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains?  How  many  miles  is  it  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  Lake 
Miclugfan,  measured  on  the  parallel  of  44  degrees?  How  main  miles 
IS  It  from  tlie  head  of  the  Arkansas  to  the  head  of  the  Alleirhany  river  ? 
Fins  IS  about  the  rrreatcst  extent  that  can  be  measured  through  the  cen. 
re  ot  thi-  Mis.sissin,>i  valley  east  and  west.  How  far  is  it  from  the 
head  to  the  mouth  cf  the  Mississippi  river  in  a  straight  line  ?  Il.uv  far 
IS  it  from  tl  moulii  of  the  Ohio  river  to  the  northern  boundary  of  Illi- 
nois/  and  i'om  the  same  point,  to  the  cast  boundary  of  Kentucky  ? 
The  states  of  Missouri  and  Indiana  are  about  the  same  extent  from 
nortli  to  south.    How  many  miles  is  it  ? 


115 


OHIO. 

1.  This  flourishing  state,  though  settled  so  lately  as  the 
year  1789,  already  ranks  next  to  Pennsylvania  in  the  number 
«Jt  Its  inhabitants ;  and  its  increase  in  wealth  and  importance 
is  unequalled  in  the  history  of  any  other  country. 

2.  The  southern  section  of  Ohio  is  uneven  and  hilly ;  the 

0  wu\  9--:}-  When  was  this  state  settled  ?    How  does  it  rank  ? 
-  What  IS  said  of  It  ?    How  is  it  intersected  ?    3.  What  are  the  staple 


ICO 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


remainder  IS  generally  level,  with  extensive  prairies  in  manv 
parts.  1  he  whole  state  is  intersected  with  numerous  rivera 
vvlHch  afford  a  vast  amount  of  water-power  for  mills,  manu-' 
lactones,  &c. 

3.  The  staple  products  are  corn  and  wheat;  but  rve,  oai8 
buckwheat,  and  tobacco,  are  extensively  cultivated.  Orchards 
/lourish  here,  and  produce  the  finest  apples,  and  all  the  fruits 
of  the  Western  States,  in  perfection.  Horses,  cattle,  and 
hogs,  are  abundant,  and  thousands  are  every  year  driven  to 
the  eastern  markets. 

4.  Iron  and  coal  are  found  in  vast  quantities,  and  snit 
sprmgs  are  numerous.  Manuflictun^s  are  carried  to  a  .rrcater 
extent  than  in  any  other  western  stale.  They  consist  Sf  cot- 
ton  and  woollen  goods,  with  flour,  paper,  and  steam  machi- 
nery. 

.r^\V'r  ^^''°  ^^''^"^  ''T^.'  "^^'^  projected  obout  the  year  1823,  and 
arc,  80  far  as  con.plcted,  in  succcH.ful  operation.  The  influence  of 
these  works  Ims,  m  many  cases,  enhanced  tbur-fbld  the  value  of  prfvat^ 
property  jn  and  near  the  places  where  t}.ey  are  legated,  beside"  inc  a^ 
ing  greatly  the  commerce  of  the  state.  Vukm  tC/.«r  canals  and  rait 
roads  are  m  tlie  course  of  conetruetiot 

rivpr  ^nn?^r' V^'  capita   of  the  state  *  .r  he  *ft  bank  of  the  Scioto 

Ztril  uf'lT  ^1  •^•^'^'  '"'.''  ^'^""'^^  •"  ^  "«»»  ^nd  beautiful 
churches,  &i   regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  several  public  buildings, 

it  J:r,Si'''""a'i' ''  °"  ^^^  "»^*  ^■'"'^  °^  ^^^  0'"°  "^•^^  520  miles  from 
Its  mouth.  1  he  growth  of  this  city  has  been  exceedingly  rapid,  and 
has  kept  pace  ,y.th  the  mcrease  of  the  state.  It  is  regularly  laid  out: 
Z7„n/  P"^J^f  dwellings  are  elegant,  its  public  edifices  are  nume. 
rous,  and  some  of  them  are  handsome  specimens  of  architecture. 

r\ll  T''!l^?^*^J""''^  °"  f"  immense  trade  both  up  and  down  the  Ohio 
f«  nnl  nf  *K      Miami  Canal,  which  joins  the  former  at  this  place.     Pork 

kJt  l^A  I     "'*!''^!.  °^  *''^^"'  ^'''''^''  ^^hich,  wheat,  flour,  wins- 

Key,  and  a  great  variety  of  manufactured  articles,  are  exported. 

9.  Zanesville  is  an  important  place,  and  is  noted  for  its  flour-milis 
and  various  manufacturing  establishments.  Cleveland  is  the  principal 
port  on  Lake  Erie,  and  is  a  place  of  extensive  business.  Steubenville, 
IJayton  Portsmouth,  Toledo,  and  Sandusky,  are  all  thriving  and  flour- 
ishing  towns.  ^ 

fJph,"fV  What  is  said  of  horses,  &c.?  4.  Iron  and  coal  ?  Manu- 
factures ?  5.  State  canals  ?  What  has  been  their  influence  ?  Other 
canals  and  rail-roads  ?     6.  Describe  Columbus.     7.  CinoinnaH-     Hnw 

n«n':l*%°"       -n   ^'ijf**^"^^  ^'•''''•'■yo"-     What  are  exported  ?    9 
Describe  Zanesville.    Cleveland.    Steubenville,  and  Uie  other  towns. 


KENTUCKY. 


KENTUCKY.  igj 

Lns  7  "''"  "'"  Zanesville,  Dayton,  and  the  olhcr  chief 


116 


Early  Settlers  attacked  by  Indiana. 
KENTUCKY. 

RoVnJ'^'J  '/u^®  was  first  settled  by  the  celebrated  Daniel 
Boone  and  others,  m  1769.     It  formed  for  a  time  a  part  of 
irgmia  but  in  1790  a  separation  took  place,  and  two^ears 
afterwards  Kentucky  was  admitted  into  the  Union.         ^ 

anrtnT^';'-'^^''';'"  ^^"^  ?^'^'^'"  '^^^''^»  «^  the  stale  is  hilly 
ana  nndulatmff,  but  m  the  vvpsipm  it  ,'=,  i«,r«i  •       ii 

OYtonrlmrr  j^t  •  •      "ic  vvesici H  it  IS  level,  occasiona  ly 

cetSe^  fofitrfSy.  "^"^^  ''  '''  -'  ^'  ^-^-^^  ^' 
3.  The  principal  products  are  hemp,  tobacco,  wheat,  and 

form?"wh  ?;"~J'  .^^.^^^"^  ^'^^  *^'^  state  settled?    What  did  it 
'°rra?    What  took  p^ce?    2.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?Onhe 


=   I! 


162 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Indian  corn.  Cattle,  horses,  and  hogs,  are  raised  to  a  great 
extent,  and  numbers  arc  -annually  carried  into  the  neighbour- 
ing  states. 

4.  Salt  springs  or  licks  are  iiunnerous,  from  which  large 
quantities  of  salt  are  made.  Great  numbers  of  the  bones  of 
the  mammoth  have  also  been  found  in  some  of  them. 

5.  There  are  several  extensive  caves  found  in  this  state  that  are  gntA 
curiosities,  of  which  the  Mammoth  Cave  is  the  most  remarkable,  having 
been  explored  to  a  distance  of  several  miles  from  its  mouth.  The  earth 
in  some  of  these  caves  is  strongly  impregnated  with  nitre  or  saltpetre 
and  considerable  quantities  of  that  article  were  made  from  it  during  the 
late  war. 

6.  Until  the  year  1795  the  people  suffered  greatly  from  Indian  hos. 
tilities ;  many  iiad  fallen  in  battle  in  their  fields  or  houses,  by  tlie  hands 
of  their  savage  foes;  but  since  that  period,  Kentucky  has  advanced 
rapidly  in  population,  wealth,  and  importance. 

7.  Frankfort,  the  capital  of  the  state,  stands  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
Kentucky  riyer,  70  miles  from  its  mouth.  Lexington,  the  oldest  town 
m  the  state,  is  25  miles  east  of  Frankfort,  in  the  midst  oiui  well-culti- 
vated  district.    It  is  the  seat  of  Transylvania  University. 

8.  Louisville,  the  principal  city  of  Kentucky,  is  on  the  left  bank  of 
the  Ohio,  370  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  carries  on  an  extensive  trade. 
Many  thousands  of  flat-boats  arrive  here,  yearly,  from  all  parts  of  the 
upper  Ohio,  and  steam-boats  are  daily  arriving  and  departing  in  every 
direction.  The  town  is  well  built,  and  regularly  laid  out;  with  spacious, 
straight,  and  well-paved  streets,  running  parallel  with  the  river,  inter- 
sected  by  others  meeting  them  at  right  angles.  Louisvilla  was  founded 
in  the  year  1780 ;  in  1828,  it  was  incorporated  as  a  city. 

9.  Maysville  is  a  flourishing  commercial  place.  Newport  and  Co- 
vmgton,  both  opposite  Cincinnati,  are  thriving  towns,  and  contain  some 
manufactures  of  cotton-bagging.   These  towns  are  all  on  the  Ohio  river 

Map  No.  9.  --  What  states  bound  Kentucky  on  the  north  ?    Is.,  la., 

Oo.  — South?     Te.  — East?    Va.  — West?     Mi.,  As What  river 

forms  Its  northern  boundary  ?    Oo.  —  Its  western  ?    Mi What  river 

and  mountains  are  its  eastern  boundary  ?  B.-Sy.,  Cd.  —  Which  are  the 
principal  rivers  in  the  state  ?  Te.,  Cd.,  Gn.,  Ky.,  Lg.  —  Tell  the  lengths 
of  all  these.  On  what  river  is  Frankfort  ?  Louisville?  Maysville? 
Covington?  What  is  the  population  of  each  of  these  towns?  Of 
Lexington?  Which  is  the  most  northern  county?  Be.  — Eastern? 
Fd.— Western?    Hn. 


«r,  t.  •  P®  P"nc»Pal  products  ?  Cattle,  &c.  ?  4.  Of  salt  springs? 
What  has  been  found  in  some  of  them  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  caves? 
Oi  tao  carin  la  ihem  ?  6.  Of  the  people  ?  7.  Describe  Frankfort, 
Lexington.    8.  Louisville.    9.  Maysville,  and  otlier  tewns. 


TENNESSEE. 
117 


163 


TENNESSEE.  # 

1.  The  country  comprising  the  state  of  Tennessee  w«« 
originally  a  part  of  North  Carolina.     In  ITQn  fw  '  7! 
ceded  it  to  the  Genen.1  Government!    I^he  sime  veaTi? 

river ,  and  m  1796  became  an  mdependent  state. 

extends  eastward  to^he  CuXrndTounttt  I^^^^ 
o/Sr  ''''''''  ^^^^^""  ^^^  ^^"-  -^  threVsteTn'limitl 

J'^^St^:^^S^  -^  -^"^^-^-n^  the 
Agriculture  is  the  chief  employment  of  the  people     Cot 

^^TriJe^±7tlT^7T^^^^^^^  When  did  U 

uie  Tennessee?"  East  Tennessee?  "^"'^i^/^/r^^^ //nn««see7    Mid- 

Of  agriculture  ?    4  What  do  Z  L      .^  '^*  ''  '.*'*^  °^  ^'^^  '^«™at«  ? 
&       lurei    *.  wnat  do  the  mountains  contain?    What  are  the 


V 


i  ?.. 


164 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


ij) 
I 


are  the  chief  minerals.    The  iron  made  in  the  state  gives  employraent 
to  a  number  of  furnaces,  rolling-mills,  and  nail-works. 

5.  Nashville,  the  capital,  is  on  the  left  bank  of  Cumberland  river,  200 
miles  from  its  mouth  ;  it  is  situated  in  a  fertile  and  picturesque  district, 
and  contams  a  number  of  elegant  public  and  private  buildings.  The 
trade  is  active  and  extensive.  Knoxville,  on  the  Holston  river,  was  the 
first  seat  of  government  of  the  state. 

6.  Franklin  and  Columbia,  south  of  Nashville,  Bolivar  on  thcHatchee 
nd  Memphis  on  the  Mississippi  river,  are  among  the  most  flourishinff 
owns  m  Tennessee.  " 


Map  No.  8.  —  What  state  bounds  Tennessee  on  the  north  ?  Ky  - 
On  the  south?  Mi.,  Aa.,  Ga.—East?  N.-Ca.  — West?  As*.- 
What  river  separates  this  state  from  Arkansas  ?  Mi.  —  Which  are  the 
two  principal  rivers  ?  Te.,  Cd.  —  Name  the  head  branches  of  the  Ten 
nessee?  PL,  Ch.,  Hn.,  F.-Bd.  —  Tell  how  long  all  these  rivers  are? 
How  many  miles  from  the  sea  do  steam-boats  navigate  the  Halchec, 
Cumberland,  and  Holston  rivers?  To  what  towns  do  they  ascend? 
Br.,  Co.,  Ke.  —  What  mountains  separate  Tennessee  from  North  Car- 
olma  ?  Ay.  —  The  Alleghany  mountains,  in  this  part,  are  distinguished 
by  the  local  names  of  Stone  Mt.,  Smoky  Mt,  &c.--  What  mountains 
between  th^Tennessee  and  Cumberland  rivers  7  Cd.—  How  high  ere 
they  ?  Whit  is  the  population  of  Nashville  ?  Memphis  ?  Knoxville  ? 
Columbia  ?  In  what  counties  are  each  of  these  towns  ?  Dn.,  Sv., 
Kx.,  My.  ■' 


118 


MICHIGAN. 

1 .  This  state  comprises  two  large  peninsulas,  one  of  which 
is  situated  between  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan,  and  the  other 
between  Lakes  Superior  and  Michigan. 

2.  The  former  contains  the  white  population  of  the  state, 
while  the  latter  is  inhabited  almost  solely  by  a  few  Indians, 
and  is  but  little  known. 

3.  The  settled  part  of  Michigan  is  level,  fertile,  and  highly 
productive.  Large  crops  of  wheat,  corn,  oats,  and  barley, 
are  obtained ;  while  apples,  pears,  and  other  fruits,  grow  in 
abundance. 

4.  The  great  lakes  by  which  Michigan  is  surrounded,  are 

chief  minerals  ?   What  is  said  of  iron  ?   5.  Describe  Nashville.  Knox- 
ville.    6.  Franklin,  and  other  towns. 

Michigan.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  this  state  comprise?  How  are  thev 
situated  ?  2.  What  does  the  former  contain  ?  The  latter  ?  3.  What 
is  said  of  tlie  settled  part  ?    What  are  obtained  ?    4  How  is  Michigan 


MICHIGAN. 


1G5 


Perry's   Victory. 


navigable  by  vessels  of  the  largest  size,  and  even  naval  battles 
have  been  fought  on  them.  Perry's  victory  was  gained  within 
the  limits  of  this  state,  September,  1813. 

5.  Numerous  steam-boats  and  other  craft  are  constantly  employed  in 
the  trade  of  the  country,  and  in  conveying  emigrants  from  the  east  to 
the  west. 

6.  Detroit,  the  capital,  is  on  the  river  of  the  same  name ;  it  is  ad- 
mirably situated  for  commerce,  of  which  its  share  is  already  extensive. 
The  city  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  a  number  of  handsome  pub- 
lie  buildings.    The  population  is  now  four  times  greater  than  in  1830. 

7.  Monroe  City,  near  the  mouth  of  the  River  Raisin,  is  an  important 
and  thriving  place ;  it  is  a  great  thoroughfare  for  emigrants  going  to  the 
interior  of  the  state.  Mackinaw,  on  an  island  at  the  entrance  to  Lake 
Michigan,  and  St.  Mary's,  at  Fort  Brady,  are  the  most  northern  settle- 
ments  in  the  state ;  the  former  was  long  noted  for  its  fur  trade,  which 
of  late  years  has  been  on  the  decline.  Mount  Clemens,  Tecumseh,  and 
Ann-Arbour,  in  the  eastern,  and  Niles  and  St.  Joseph,  in  the  western 
section  of  Michigan,  are  all  flourishing  towns. 

Map  No.  4.  —  What  lake  bounds  Michigan  on  the  north  ?  Sr.  —  On 
the  east?  Hn — West?  Mn.  —  What  states  on  the  south  ?  Ia.,Oo.— 
What  rivers  separate  Michigan  from  Wisconsin  ?  ML,  Me.  —  What 
country  east  of  Michigan?  U.-Ca.  —  What  territory  on  the  west  ?  Wn. 
—  Where  is  Mackinaw  ?    Fort  Brady  ? 


K 


Tiri,»«. 

TT   SXOl 


surrounded  ?     What  has  taken  olnce  nn  fh^rr-  ? 
steamboats,  &c.  ?    6.  Describe  Detroit.    7.  Monroe  city. 
«c.    Mount  Clemens,  and  other  towns. 


said  of 
Mackinaw 


166 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Map  No.  7 — What  lake  lies  between  Lakes  Huron  and  Erie  ?  SXr. 
•—  What  river  unites  it  to  Lake  Huron  ?  S-Cr.  —  Which  to  Lake  Erie  ? 
Dt.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Detroit  ?  Monroe  ?  Niles  ?  To  what 
place  on  the  St.  Joseph's  river  do  steam-boats  ascend  ?  How  for  from 
the  sea  is  it  ?    On  what  river  is  Grand  Haven  ?    Palmer  ?    Saginaw? 


119 


Battle  of  Tippecanoe. 
INDIANA. 

1.  Indiana  is  the  smallest  in  extent  of  the  Western  States; 
it  is  similar  to  Ohio  in  soil  and  surface,  but  contains  a  larger 
proportion  of  prairie  land. 

2.  The  labour  of  the  farmer  is  here  amply  repaid  with 
luxuriant  crops  of  wheat,  Indian  corn,  rye,  and  oats,  which, 
with  beef,  pork,  &c.,  are  the  ch'"ef  articles  of  exportation. 

3.  The  mineral  resources  of  Indiana  have  been  but  little 
attended  to ;  but  coal,  iron,  lime,  and  salt,  are  known  to 
abound,  and  Epsom  salts  are  found  in  a  cave  near  Corydon. 

4.  An  extensive  system  of  canals  and  rail-roads  has  been  adopted  by 
this  state,  which,  when  completed,  will  be  of  immense  advantage  to  the 
inhabitants. 

5.  The  people  of  Indiana  were  greatly  harassed  by  the  Indians  un- 


Indie 


n 


ixrun*  :„  t_j: 1 


.       -  In  what  is  it  simiiar  toOhlo! 

2.  How  IS  the  farmer  repaid  ?    3.  What  are  the  minerals  ?    4.  What 
of  canals  and  rail-roads?    5.  By  whom  were  the  people  harassed' 


ILLINOIS. 


167 


til  the  year  1811,  when  General  Harrison  defeated  the  Shawaneso  Pro- 
phet,  utter  a  gallant  contest,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Tippecanoe  river. 

6.  Indianapolis,  the  capital  of  the  state,  stands  on  a  fine  plain  near 
the  White  river,  and  is  laid  out  with  much  taste  and  regularity.  It 
contams  several  handsome  public  buildings.  J-      " 

7.  New  Albany,  on  the  Ohio  river,  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state; 
It  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  Madison  and  JefFersonville,  also  on 
the  Ohio,  are  flourishing  towns.  Vevay  is  settled  by  a  colony  of  Indus- 
trious  Swiss,  who  cultivate  extensive  vineyards,  and  make  considerable 
quantities  of  excellent  wine. 

8.  Vincennes  is  the  oldest  town  in  Indiana.  New  Harmony,  Terre 
Haute,  Lafayette,  and  Logansport,  on  the  Wabash  river,  are  all  thriving 
towns.  Michigan  Ci^,  at  the  head  of  Lake  Michigan.  South  Bend,  on 
the  St  Joseph's,  and  ^ort  Wayne,  on  the  Maumee  river  are  the  princi- 
pal  places  m  the  north  part  of  the  state. 

fef''n""^*\?''*?°"^,?r??'"*'*^  Mn.~On  the  south?  Ky. 
-East  ?  Oo.  -  West  ?  Is.  -  Which  river  on  the  south  ?  Oo.  -  (5n 
the  west?  Wh.  — What  river  flows  into  Lake  Erie?  Me.  — What 
rivers  flow  into  the  Wabash  ?    El.,  Se.,  My.,  Te.,  We.  -How  long  are 

S  W-raT^/r  ?°Twu'^°"?  *^"  ^^^  ^°  steam-boats  navigate 
fte  Wabash  ?    East  fork  of  White  river  ?    What  is  the  population  of 

£«K«T?  T^^/T^,  Rushville?  Indianapolis?  Vincennes? 
Terre  Haute?  Lafayette?  Logansport?  In  what  counties  are  all 
ft  e  towns  ?  Fd.,  Jn.,  Rh.  Mn.,  Kx.,  Vo.,  Te.,  Cs.  -  When  was  the 
batUe  of  Tippecanoe  fought  ?    On  what  rivers  are  the  chief  towns  ? 

120 

ILLINOIS. 

It  t  ^'''i?'''''"  ?  °"®  ""^  ^^^  '"°'^'  ^^^t^^®  states  in  the  Union. 
n  has  advanced  in  population  and  importance  with  uncom- 
mon  rapidity,  and  has,  of  late,  excited  great  attention. 

waLii  T'''*'  ""^t^^  "fl^^  ^"^  ^^t^"«^ve  prairies,  and  is 
watered  by  a  number  of  beautiful  streams,  of  which,  the 
Illmois,  and  some  others,  are  navigated  by  steam-boats 
net  ^Si''"^*"^^  i^  Jh«  ^hief  and  most  profitable  employ- 
inH  ;  K         P""^'Pa^  P^od"cts  are  corn,  wheat,  rye,  he.J. 

aid  onT'r  ?-f '*  ^"^'"''^  '-^"^  ^™«'  abouU^'nd  )^e 
raised  on  the  fertile  prairies  with  but  little  trouble. 

^d^rl^ifoi::^^^^^^^    '■  ^^^^^^y-    Madison.    8.  Vincennes. 

3.fhatki;jV^^'*u"  ^1""°^^-     2-   Of  ^J^^t  ^oes  it  consist? 
^.  What  IS  said  of  agriculture?    Cattle,  &c.  7    4.  Of  minerals?    The 


1    I 


168 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


; )  Illinois  College  in  the  distance. 

4.  The  minerals  are  coal,  iron,  and  lead.  The  Inst  ia  the  most 
abundant.  The  lead-inines  around  Galena,  with  those  of  the  adjoining 
Territory  of  Wisconsin,  are  among  the  richest  in  the  world,  and  cover 
a  region  of  country  hundreds  of  square  miles  in  extent. 

5.  The  canal  to  connect  Lake  Michigan  with  the  Illinois  river  is 
nearly  completed.  Several  rail-roads  to  intersect  the  state  in  various 
directions  are  in  progress. 

6.  The  city  of  Chicago,  near  the  head  of  Lake  Michigan,  is  the 
most  important  place  in  Illinois.  It  has  become,  within  a  few  years, 
the  centre  of  a  large  and  growing  trade.  Numerous  steam-boats,  ships, 
brigs,  and  other  vessels,  are  constantly  arriving  at,  and  departing  from, 
its  whrrves. 

Y.  Springfield,  the  capital,  is  very  near  the  centre  of  the  state,  and 
not  far  from  the  southern  bank  of  the  Sangamon  river.  It  is  a  flourish. 
ing  town,  and  is  situated  in  one  of  the  most  fertile  districts  of  Illinois. 

8.  Peoria,  Beardstown,  and  Naples,  on  the  Illinois  river,  Quincy  and 
Alton,  on  the  Mississippi,  Galena,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  and 
Jacksonville,  near  its  centre,  are  thriving  places.  In  the  vicinity  of 
the  latter  is  Illinois  College,  the  principal  literary  institution  in  the 
state.  Nauvoo,  the  Mormon  city,  is  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississiooi 
river,  200  miles  above  St.  Louis. 

Mftp  No.  9.  —  What  bounds  Illinois  on  the  north?  W.-Ty.  — On 
the  snulh  ?  Ky.  —  East  ?  Ia.  —  West  ?  Mi.,  I.-Ty.  —  What  river 
on  the  west?    Mi.  — On  the  south?    Oo.  — On  the  east?    Wh.— 


S2ad-mines  ?      5.  Canals  ?      Rail-roads  ?      6.  Describe  Chicago.     7 
Springfield.    8.  Peoria,  Beardstown,  &c.    Quincy,  Alton,  Galena,  &c 


MISSOURI. 


169 


What  mers  flow  into  the  M issiwippi  7  Rk.,  Is.,  Ka.  — What  rirers 
into  the  lUinois?  Ke.,  D.-Ps.,  Fx,  Vn..  Mw.,  Sn.,  Sn.~  What  rivers 
flow  into  the  Wabash  ?    Vn.,  Es.,  L..Wh.  --  How  long  is  each  of  the 

fore^omff  rivers  ?    What  lake  on  the  north-east  ?    Mn How  many 

inhabitants  has  Chicago?  Galena?  Peoria?  Quincy?  Springfield? 
Jacksonvme  ?  Alton  ?  In  what  counties  are  these  towns  ?  Ck.,  Js., 
Pa.,  As.,  Sn.,  Mn.  Mn —  How  far  from  the  sea  do  stfeam-boats  ascend 
(he  Illinois  7    Rock  7  and  Sangamon  rivers  ?   On  what  lake  Is  Chicago  " 


121 


Indians  attacking  Missiuri  Traders. 
MISSOURI^' 

1.  Missouri  is,  next  to  Virginia,  the  largest  state  in  the 
Union.  The  face  of  the  country  is  diversified  with  hiUs, 
plains,  and  prairies,  of  which  the  latter  predominate. 

2.  Wheat,  Indian-corn,  hemp,  and  tobacco,  are  largely 
cultivated,  with  some  cotton  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state. 
Ihis  IS  an  admirable  grazing  country,  and  vast  herds  of 
horses,  cattle,  and  hogs,  are  raised  in  it. 

3.  Missouri  is  rich  in  minerals :  the  lead-mines  have  been 
worked  for  more  than  100  years,  and  produce  at  present 
several  million  pounds  of  lead  annually. 

4.  The  Pilot  Knob  and  the  Iron  Mountain  are  immense  masses  of 

^  maouri.  Q.  —  1.  What  is  Missouri  ?     What  is  said  of  the  cmmtrv  7 
-•  »  nat  are  cultivated  ?    Raised  ?     3.  What  of  the  minerals  7    4. 1)e 


w 


*  Missouri,  Mis-su'-re. 


'  .*•> 


•  li 


170 


DESCRIPTITB   GEOGRAPHY. 


I" 


II 


nearly  pure  iron,  and  fttirpass  every  thing  of  the  kind  found  elsewhere. 
Copper,  zinc,  and  coal,  also  abound,  and  salt  is  made  to  some  extent. 

5.  There  is  a  considerable  trade  carried  on  between  this  state  and 
Sante  F6,  in  New  Mexico.  The  traders  form  caravans  of  numerous  in. 
dividuals,  with  many  horses  and  wagons.  They  carry  various  articles 
of  merchandise,  and  being  frequently  attacked  by  Indians,  defend  them- 
selves  with  their  rifles. 

6.  Jefferson  city,  the  capital,  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  Missouri  river, 
150  miles  from  its  mouth ;  it  contains  the  State  House  and  Penitentiary. 

7.  St  Louis  is  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  1300  miles  from 
the  sea,  and  is  the  largest  place  west  of  that  river.  It  is  favourably 
situated  for  trade,  and  has  an  extensive  commerce.  Numerous  stean). 
boats  are  constantly  departing  for,  and  arriving  from,  nearly  all  parts  of 
the  Mississippi  valley.  Among  the  public  buildings  are  the  Cathedral, 
a  number  of  churches,  the  Hcipital,  Orphan  Asylum,  Convent  of  the 
<3acred  Heart,  City  Hall,  Theatre,  &c.  Jefferson  barracks,  5  miles  be. 
low  St.  Louis,  is  the  head  quarters  of  the  western  division  of  the  United 
States  army. 

8.  St.  Charles,  20  miles  from  the  Mississippi,  is  the  largest  town  on  the 
Missouri  river.  Franklin,  Booneville,»  Lexington,  and  Independence,  are 
small  town^  on  the  latter  stream.  From  the  last-named  town  the  Santa 
F6  traders  take  their  departure  for  their  journey  across  the  prairies.  Her. 
culaneum.  New  Madrid,  St,  Genevieve,  and  Cape  Girardeau,  arc  on  the 
Mississippi.    At  Herculancum  large  quantities  of  shot  are  made. 

Map  No.  9.  —  What  territory  on  the  north  ?  I.-Ty.  —  On  the  west  ? 
I..Ty.  —  What  states  on  the  east  ?  Is.,  Ky .  —  South  ?  As.  —  What  river 
on  the  east  ?  Mi.  —  On  the  west,  and  in  the  centre  ?  Mi.  —  What  rivers 
flow  into  the  Missouri  ?  L.-Pe.,  Gd.,  Cn.,  Oe.,  Ge.  —  Jnto  the  Missis, 
sippi?  St,  Mi.,  Mc  — What  rivers  flow  into  Arkansas?  W..Wr., 
B..Bk.,  Ct,  We.  —  What  mountains  in  the  south-west  ?  Ok.  —  How 
high  are  they  ?  What  mines  in  Washington  county  ?  Ld.  —  What 
mountains  ?  In.,  P..Kb.  —  How  many  inhabitants  has  St.  Louis  ?  St 
Charles?  Palmyra?  In  what  counties  are  these  towns ?  In  which 
is  Jefferson  city  ?  Ce.  —  Booneville  ?  Cr.  —  Lexington  ?  Le.  — 
Liberty  ?    Cy.  —  On  what  rivers  are  the  other  principal  towns  ? 


122 


ARKANSAS. 
1 .  Arkansas  is  one  of  the  latest  formed  of  the  American 
states,  having  been  admitted  into  the  Union  in  1836.    The 
eastern  part  of  the  country  along  the  Mississippi  is  low  and 
marshy  ;  but  the  interior  is  elevated,  healthy,  and  pleasant. 

scribe  Pilot  Knob  and  the  Iron  Mountain.  5.  What  trade,  &c.  ?  What 
do  the  traders  form  ?  6.  Describe  Jefferson  City.  7.  St  Louis.  8.  St 
Charles,  and  the  other  towns. 

Arknnsta  Ct  1      IVkqf    ia    tm.fl    ^^f*    A«1..~--->>        r\P   aL-    _i_  9 

= -!,•  IT      TTnao     .t,     uuiu    vi     .cuncuioas  :  \Jl     UiC    UUUlltljr  : 

*  Booneville,  Boon'-vU. 


WISCONSIN  TEBBITOBY.  I71 

2.  The  land  bordering  on  the  rivora  is  generally  fertile,  and 
produces  abundant  crops  of  cotton  and°corn.  Wl,^t  a"d 
gram  grow  well  in  the  upper  country,  while  peaches,  plums, 
and  other  fruits,  are  raised  in  abundaice. 

3.  This  state  has  considerable  advantages  for  commerce. 
Nearly  every  part  of  it  is  intersected  bv"st«,an,s  thaTfl^ 
nto  the  Mississippi  nver.  Steam-boats  ascend  the  Arkan^a* 
Red  ^Vl'le  St'prr"^  60"  mil,,  above  its  mouth,  and  ?te 

4.  The  hot  springs  about  fifty  miles  west  of  Little  Rock  are  iiinon.r 

?dentifhnt"rf -r  °^  ^'^''^""^'•y  ;  the  water  of  sime^f  tlfem  i3 
faciently  hot  to  boil  an  egg  ,n  fifteen  minutes.   They  are  very  numeroul 

rate  Arkansas  from  Ton  i  JMMj,^-llT'"\i'Z^^ 
nvcrs  dour  into  tlie  Mississippi »  As  VvTTfl  wiT.  ^!  "^"^ 
prinoiH  rivers  tllat  flow  into'^Loui^Sja  ?  Rd  wr  t"ii  T  ''"  T 
ofto  foregoing  rivers.    How  f^rX  Arfan'iXwTiteTiu^^^^^^^ 

Rnfk?      P;      V  f  o    •'.  ,  '  ^••^^'*  Jo.— In  what  county  is  Little 

Wa-lBaresv";iiJr'*T^'""n^  Cd.-FuHon?  Hd.  -  Fayettevmel 
wii.  -  UatesviUe  ?    le.  -  On  what  rivers  are  the  chief  towns  ? 


WISCONSIN  TERRITORY. 

1.  Wisconsin  formed,  until  the  year  1836,  the  western 

2.  It  is  yet  but  thinly  settled  by  a  white  population;  but  its 


4.  Hot  springs? 


2.  Productions?      3.  Commerce?      Steam-boats? 
5.  Describe  LiUle  Rock,  and  other  towns. 

saif  ofT/"  o^'w '''^^-  f^-  -  ^'  ^^**  ^'^  Wisconsin  form  ?    What  is 
^^doUtl    2,  How  la  It  settled?    What  are  attracting  emigraSte? 


■tm 


172 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


fl 


V      1 


great  mineral  resources  and  fertile  soil  are  attracting  numer. 
0U8  emigrants  from  the  eastern  part  of  the  Union. 

3.  This  country  is  rich  in  mineral  products.  Lead  is  found 
in  great  quantities,  and  copper  and  iron  also  abound.  The 
principal  trade  of  Wisconsin  consists  in  the  exporting  of  lead 
and  other  products,  to  the  various  markets  on  the  Mississippi 
and  Ohio  rivers, 

4.  Mudison,  the  capital  of  Wisconsin,  is  on  a  branch  of  Rock  river, 
and  about  half  way  between  the  Mississippi  river  and  Luke  Michign,' 
'|'h""8+»  hut  lately  laid  out,  a  number  of  buildings  have  been  erecte<l. 
Milwaukee,  Racine,  Navdrino,  Mineral  Point,  Prairie  du  Chien,*  aaci 
Cangville,  are  the  other  principal  towns. 


Chippew  ay  Bark  Lodge.  Birch  Bark  Canoe. 

5.  The  chief  Indian  tribes  in  this  terrttory  are  the  Chippeways  and 
the  Mennomonies.  The  former  subsist  mostly  on  the  wild  rice  with 
which  the  numerous  lakes  abound.  They  make  lodges  and  canoes  of 
birch  bark,  but  have  not  much  mechanical  ingenuity.  The  Menno- 
monies are  superior  in  skill  to  the  Chippeways;  they  prepare  belts, 
moccasms,  sheaths,  &c.  very  neatly,  and  ornament  them  with  beads 
and  porcupme  quills. 

Map  No.  4.  —  What  bounds  Wisconsin  on  the  north?  B-Aa.— 
South  ?  Is.— East  ?  Mn.— West "  L-Ty—What  river  forms  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  western  boundary?  Mi.  — What  rivers  flow  into 
Lake  Superior?  S.-Ls.,  Ml.  — Into  Green  Bay?  Me.  — Into  the 
Mississippi  river?  Wn.,  Rm — What  lakes  in  Wisconsin?  Rd., 
St.,  Pn.,  Wo.  —  What  lakes  on  the  east  ?  Sr.,  Mn.  -  What  lakes  form 
part  of  the  north  and  eastern  boundary?  Ws.,  Ry.,  Sr.,  Mn.  — How 
for  from  the  sea  can  steam-boats  ascend  the  Mississippi  river  ? 

Map  No.  9.  —  In  what  county  is  the  capital  ?  De.  —  Miiwaukie  ? 
Me.  — Cassville?  Gt.  —  Prairie  du  Chien  ?  Cd.  —  How  far  from  tlie 
sea  do  steam-boats  ascend  the  Wisconsin  ?    Rock  River  ? 

3.  What  is  said  of  the  mineral  products  ?  Of  the  trade  ?  4.  Describe 
Madwon  city,  Miiwaukie,  and  the  other  towns.  5.  Which  are  the 
Ctz-ei  Audian  tribes  ?     Describe  ihe  Chippeways.     The  Mennomonies. 


^  *  Prairie  du  Chien,  Pray'-re-du-Sheen'. 


IOWA    TERRITORY. 


173 


124 


IOWA  TERRITORY. 

1.  Iowa  Territory  was  organized  by  Congress  in  1838 
During  the  two  preceding  years  it  formed  the  western  division 
of  Wisconsin. 

2.  The  country,  so  far  as  it  has  been  explored,  is  beautiful 
in  appearance,  and  of  uncommon  fertility  of  soil.  Most 
luxuriant  crops  of  corn,  wheat,  and  oats,  are  produced. 

-nH'tL'fil''.?^  principal  mineral.  It  is  found  in  ^reat  abundance; 
and  the  finest  lead-m.nes  .n  the  United  States  are  those  worked  in  the 
vicinity  of  Dubuque .•    C<    1.  iron,  and  limestone,  also  abound. 

4.  The  towns,  being  all  of  recent  formation,  are  yet  small,  though 
most  of  them  are  thriving  and  flourishing.  Iowa  City,  the  ckpital,  is 
0.1  Iowa  river,  70  miles  from  its  mo.Uh ;  it  was  commenced  in  1839. 
and  m  less  than  a  year  afterwards  contained  100  buildings.  BarVine. 
ton,  the  late  capital,  was  laid  out  in  1833.  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Mississippi  river.    It  has  considerable  trade. 

5.  Dubuque  is  in  the  centre  of  the  mining  district  of  Iowa,  and  con. 
tains  a  number  of  stores  and  taverns,  with  several  handsome  public 
buildings.  Fort  Madison,  Bloomington.  Davenport,  Montrose,  and 
Salem,  are  among  the  principal  of  Uie  other  towns. 


Sioux  Chief  and  hia  Son.  Indian  Skin  Lodge. 

6.  The  Sioux,  Winnebagoes,  lowas,  and  Sacs  and  Foxes,  are  the 

Indian  tribes  now  resident  in  Uiis  Territory.  The  Sioux  are  one  of  the 

most  powerful  tribes  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States.    They  live 

cniefly  on  the  prairies,  making  lodges  of  Buffalo  skins,  and  employing 

Ima  Territory.  Q.  ~  1.  When  was  Iowa  Territory  organized  ?    2. 
Wha  IS  said  of  the  country  ?    3.  What  is  the  principal  mineral  ?     4. 
.,  ^„.._.  ,„  r..r.  »■•.„..«  ,    ..    -.TT men  Id  tne  pniicipal  town '.  6.  What 


a. 


Dubuque,  Du-book'. 


174 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


M  •■''>■ 


tl 


i>  H 


dogi  to  carry  burdong.  The  flcih  of  these  animali  is  Considered  b? 
them  a  great  delicacy ;  and  a  feast  of  dugs'  meat  is  the  greatest  mark 
of  attention  thoy  can  pay  a  stranger. 

Map  No.  4.  —  What  bounds  lowo  on  the  north  7  B.-Aa.  —  South  ? 
Mi.  —  East  ?  Wn.  —  West  7  M.-Ty.,  I.-Ty.  --  What  river  forms  the 
cast  boundary?  Mi — The  west?  Mi.  —  What  rivers  flow  north? 
Rd.,  Me.  — .  Into  the  Missouri  river  ?  Js.,  Sx.  —  Which  flows  into  the 
Mississippi  7  S.-Ps.,  lu.,  Ds.  —  IJow  long  are  the  Missouri,  Mississippi, 
Red,  St.  Peter's,  lowu,  and  Des  Moines  rivers  7  From  whot  lake  does 
the  Mississippi  river  flow  7  la.  —  What  Indian  tribes  in  this  Territory  ? 
Ms.,  As^  Sx.,  Ws.,  Ps.,  Ss.,  and  Fs. 

Map  No.  9. — On  what  river  is  Iowa  City  ?  The  other  chief  towns  7  To 
wliat  ditttancv.  from  the  sua  do  steam-boats  ascend  the  Des  Moines  river? 


125 


Emigrant  Indians  landing  at  Fort  Gibson. 
INDIAN  TERRITORY. 

1.  The  Indian  Territory  is  the  country  assigned  by  the 
United  States'  government  for  the  future  residence  of  those 
Indians  who  have  from  time  to  time  emigrated  from  the  east- 
ern parts  of  the  Union. 

2.  The  population  numbers  about  70,000,  of  whom  two- 
Indian  tribes  reside  in  Iowa  7  Describe  the  Sioux,  (pronounced  Sooa) 
What  is  considered  by  them  a  great  delicacy  ? 

Indian  Territory.  Q.  —  1.  What  is  the  Indian  Territory  ?    2.  What 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 


175 


thirds  have  emigrated  from  the  states  east  of  the  Mississippi 
river ;  the  remainder  apjiertain  to  tribes  long  resident  in  th  s 

region.  ° 

3.  The  Choctaws,  Creeks,  Cherokees,  and  Shawnees  are 
the  most  advanced  towards  civilization  of  any  of  the  Indian 

^"^%i"i  fi  m"^""?'-     '^^^y  ^'^^^  generally  good  houses, 
ttell-tiiled  fields,  and  own  horses  and  cattle  to  some  extent. 

them  ""^^^^  mechanics  and  merchants  among 

4.  The  Aboriginal  Indian,  consist,  for  the  most  part,  of  Pawnees 

^bTl.r'''"'i^'""?r'  ^"-    ?'''«y  '^"'  '«t^»  ^'^^  original  savro 
habiU  uncliungcd,  and  live  mostly  by  hunting.  "uvago 

5.  In  several  of  the  tribes  of  this  territory,  a  number  of  missionaries 
|^.de  who  have    mproved  tl.e  moral  and  spiritual  condUil  o?  Ze 

E  V  ""T  ''u  ^''r"""?'**'*'  ^"P"-^  ^"''^  established  a  prinU^! 
ffice,  from  wh.cli  have  been  ssued  school-books,  and  collections  of  si 
ed  poetry   m   several   Ind.an  languages.    A  monthly  journal,  and 

annual  register,  are  also  printed  here.  ^  jwuruui,  ana 

M  T?  ^?in1;»77"7  'M^M^"*^r  "^^'^^y  ^°""^*^^  «»  ^^^  north? 
WhT?^-^^-  Ts.  N-Mc-East?  I..Ty.,  Mi.,  A8.~West  ?  Mo. 
What  are  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  through  it  ?    Pe.,  Ks..  A...  Cn 

feiTofvT  ?!?  Cn  %^^i:i!;°"  ;  W/iat  United  States'  fort,  ire  in  thiJ 
Whly  Lh.,Gfn.,Tn.— On  what  river  is  the  Council  Bluffs  7  Mi.— 
VVhat  desert  in  the  western  part  of  the  territory  ?  G..An.~What  moun- 
tan,  form  part  of  ,u  western  boundary?  Ry— Where  is  Ws 
Peak?  James  Peak?  How  high  are  they  7  Name  the  Indian  tribes 
whoUy  resident  m  the  Indian  Territory.      Qs.,  Os.,  Ks.,  D,..  Ss.,  Ks.' 


126 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 

1.  Missouri  Terhitory  is  a  vast  wilderness,  thinly  in- 
habited  only  by  different  tribes  of  Indians.  It  consists  of 
extensive  prairies,  over  which  roam  countless  droves  of  buf- 
lalo,  elk,  deer,  and  wild  horses. 


Mhe  number  of  the  population,  &c.    3.  Name  the  tribes  most  ad. 

hT  Ah  *;  -"t  °'y.''«'^tion.     Describe  their  condition,    4.  What  do 

Wha?Kl^"^J'^-'    '^"''?  °7   „W*'^t   ^°  they   «ti"   retain? 

m,»wri  Territory  Q.-l.  What  is  Missouri  territory?    Of  what 


176 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


{ 


ihr.    ' 


If 

i 

Ml 
I  III, 


White  traders  bartering  with  the  Indiana. 

2.  On  the  western  frontier  the  Rocky  Mountains  rise  up  to 
a  great  height,  and  have  their  tops  covered  with  perpetual 

snow.   Among  these 

the  grizzly  bear  is 

^  found:     he    is   the 

^  largest   and  fiercest 

')  animal  of  his  kind, 

^^jj   and   is   peculiar  to 

North  Anierica. 

3.  This  region  is 
visited  by  the'  white 
traders,  who  barter 

Oriz^iyB*.,.    '  v,ith  the  Indians  for 

the  skms  of  buffaloes, 
Dears,  beavers,  &c.,  taken  by  them  in  hunting.  There  are 
also  many  white  trappers  and  hunters,  who  live  like  the  In- 
dians,  and  are  absent  from  the  settlements  frequently  for  three 
or  four  years  at  a  time. 

4.  The  principal  native  tribes  are  the  Pawnees,  Sioux,  Riccarees 


does  It  consist  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  ?  Grizzly 
bear  /  3.  Of  the  white  traders  ?  White  trappers  and  hunters  ?  4.  Na- 
tive tribes  ?    What  of  their  habits,  &c. 


OREGON  TERRITORY. 


177 


Crow,  and  Black  Feet  Indians .»  Most  of  them  are  roving  in  their 
habits,  and  being  in  possession  of  an  ample  store  of  horses,  roam  from 
place  to  place,  in  quest  of  buffalo  and  other  game. 

Map  No.  i.-^  What  bounds  this  territory  on  the  north?  B-Aa  — 
South  I-Ty.-East?  L.Ty.-West?  O.-Ty.- What  mountains 
sepura  e  it  from  Oregon  territory  ?    ily— What  river  from  Iowa  ter- 

T'^  ■,  irJ^Vu^  ^"c?'''"  territory?  Pe.-How  long  is  the 
Missouri?  Platte?  Yellowstone?  Big  Horn  ?  Tongue?  aSd  Run- 
ning-Water  rivers?  What  hills  west  of  the  Missouri  river?  Bk  — 
^V  hat  tribes  inhabit  this  territory  ?  B.-Ft.,  Cw.,  Ms,  Rs,  Ss.,  Ss,  Ps, 
AS.,  rs.  —  How  many  miles  from  the  sea  have  steam-boats  ascended  in 
tliis  territory  ? 


127 


Missionary  preaching  to  the  Indians. 

OREGON  TERRITORY. 

TT  •*  P?*^®°^  Territory  is  the  most  western  part  of  the 
United  States.     It  extends  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the 

acihc  Ocean,  and  contains  an  area  greater  than  that  of  the 

hole  of  the  Southern  States. 


_Oregon  Territory.  Q.  - 1.  What  is  Oregron  Territory  ?   How  far  does 

^^mf^r^^^'''*'  y®*™  past  the  small-pox  has  fearfully  desolated  this  reeion- 
wme  of  the  most  powerful  of  the  native  tribes  have  lost,  by  its  mvage^  fhou: 
S,nu  '^"""  P«f::''«t'«".  «nrf  have  become  almost  exiinet  The^Kdan 
nation  were  in  a  short  time  reduced  from  1,600  to  31  individuals:  these  have 


i'wmmmr 


1i 


m 


ii'.i" 


JJSjIJiii',.. 

my',  '-il: 


178 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


2.  The  climate  is  said  to  be  more  mild  than  in  the  same 
latitude  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  continent.  In  many  parts 
the  soil  is  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  farming.  Wheat,  corn, 
fruits,  and  vegetables,  are  raised  of  excellent  quality.  Pine 
trees  of  enormous  bulk  grow  on  the  banks  of  the  Columbia 
river,  and  many  of  them  attain  a  height  of  250  feet. 

3.  Though  claimed  by  the  United  States,  the  territory  is  at 
present  actually  in  possession  of  Great  Britain.  The  traders 
of  the  "  Hudson's  Bay  Company"  have  established  forts  at 
various  points,  and  exercise  an  almost  unlimited  control  over 
the  natives.  Forts  Vancouver,  Wallah- Wallah,  and  Colville, 
on  the  Columbia  river,  are  the  chief  trading  stations. 

4.  At  Fort  Vancouver  is  a  village  containing  fifty  houses,  with  800 
inhabitants.  From  this  place  a  direct  trade  is  canied  on  v/ith  the 
Saridwich  Islands  and  Great  Britain,  which  employs  several  vessels, 
besides  a  steam-boat.  About  3000  acres  of  land  are  under  cultivation 
at  this  settlement. 

5.  The  inhabitants  of  the  territory  are  reckoned  to  amount  to  80,000. 
They  consist  of  a  number  of  small  Indian  tribes,  with  the  few  white 
traders  and  hunters  attached  to  the  "Hudson's  Bay  Company."  There 
are  also  several  American  missionaries  in  the  territory,  endeavouring 
to  spread  the  light  of  the  gospel  among  the  Indians. 

6.  Animals  of  various  kinds  abound,  whose  skins  and  furs  form 
the  chief  articles  of  export  The  sea-otter  is  found  on  the  coast,  and 
the  hair-seal  in  the  Columbia  river.  Salmon  and  sturgeon  ate  the  fish 
mostly  used  for  food.  They  exist  in  great  abundance  in  all  the  princi- 
pal  streams. 

Map  No.  3.  —  What  bounds  this  territory  on  tha  north?  B-Aa.- 
South  ?  Mo.  —  East  ?  B.-Aa.,  and  the  Missouri  Territory.  --  What 
bounds  it  on  the  west  ?  P.-On.  —  What  mountains  on  the  east  ?  Ry. 
—  Tell  the  highest  of  these.  Bn.,  Hr.  —  Their  heights.  What  country 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  territory  ?  N.-Ca.  —•  The  principal  islands  ? 
Q..Cs.,  Vs.  —  How  long  are  they  ?  The  chief  rivers  ?  Ca.,  Ls.,  Cs., 
Fs.     Their  lengths  ? 

Map  No.  4.  —  What  are  the  seven  chief  Indian  tribes  in  Oregon  Ter. 
ritory  ?  Cs.,  Ss.,  Ss.,  Fs.,  Ns.,  Ch.,  Ss.  —  What  mountains  in  the  wesU 
em  part  ?    Os.,  Jn.,  Hd.,  Rr.  —  How  high  are  the  two  last  ? 

It  extend  ?  What  does  it  contain  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  climate? 
Soil  ?  Pine  trees  ?  3.  In  whose  possession  is  it  ?  What  is  said  of  the 
Hudson's  Ba^  Company?  Which  are  the  chief  trading  stations? 
4.  What  of  Fort  Vancouver  ?  What  does  the  trade  employ  ?  5.  What 
is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?  Of  what  do  they  consist  ?  What  of  the 
missionaries  ?    6.  Of  the  animals  ?    Salmon,  &,&  ? 


View  on  the  Prairies  of  Texas— Catching  wild  horses. 

REPUBLIC  OF  TEXAS. 

1.  Texas  formed,  in  conjunction  with  Coahuila,  one  of  tlie 
Mexican  States.  In  1836,  the  people  declared  themselves 
independent,  and  adopted  a  form  of  government  similar  to  that 
of  the  United  States.  It  extends  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to 
the  Red  river,  and  from  the  Rio  del  Norte  to  the  Sabine. 

2.  The  climate  is  mild  and  healthful.  The  face  of  the 
country  consists  chiefly  of  vast  prairies,  the  soil  of  which  is 
exceedingly  fertile,  and  produces  in  abundance  cotton,  tobacco, 
sugar,  rice,  wheat,  &;c. 

3.  Texas  is  one  of  the  finest  countries  in  the  world  for 
raising  cattle.  Pasturage  being  very  plentiful,  they  increase 
rapidly,  and  great  numbers  of  them  are  driven  every  year 
nto  the  United  States,  for  sale. 

4.  Vast  herds  of  buffalo,  deer,  and  mustangs  or  wild  horses,  roam 
over  the  unsettled  prairies  of  the  interior.  Numbers  of  the  latter  are 
taken  with  a  leather  thong  or  rope,  with  a  running  noose  at  the  end  of 
it,  and  being  properly  broke  are  rendered  serviceable,  either  as  draugiit 
or  saddle  horses. 


Texas.  Q.  —  1.  What  did  Texas  form  ?  In  what  year  did  the  people 
declare  their  independence  ?  What  have  thev  adopted  ?  2.  What  is  said 
of  the  climate?  Face  of  the  country?  Soil?   3  What  is  Texas?  4.  What 


ISO 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


5.  The  inhabitants  of  Texas  are  nearly  all  Anglo-Americans,  cmi 
grants  from  the  United  States.    There  are  also  some  Mexicans,  Neirro 
slaves,  and  Indians.    The  whole  amounts,  probably,  to  150,000:  of 
which  the  first  named  constitute  about  four-fifths  of  the  number. 

6.  Austin,  the  capital  of  Texas,  is  on  the  Colorado  river,  about  ^'00 
miles  from  the  sea.  The  other  principal  towns  are  Houston,  Brazoria 
Matagorda,  San  Felipe,  Nacogdoches,  San  Augustine,  and  Galveston! 
1  he  latter  is  on  Galveston  Island.     It  is  the  chief  sea-port  of  Texas. 

7.  The  commerce  of  Texas  already  employs  a  number  of  trading 
vesses  between  the  principal  towns  and  New  Orleans;  and  foreign 
vessels  carry  the  products  of  the  republic  to  various  European  ports 


Map  No.  3.  —  What  bounds  Texas  on  the  north  ?  U..Ss.  —  South  ? 
G..Mo.~East?  U^S.  — West?  Mo— What  river  forms  the  north 
boundary?    Rd.  — East?    Se.  — West?    Ne. 

Map  No.  4.  —  Which  are  tlie  chief  rivers  in  Texas?  Co.,  Bs..  Tv 
Ns.--How  long  are  they?  From  what  lake  does  the  Brazos  river 
flow  ?  Se.  ~  On  what  river  is  Austin  ?  Co.  -  Into  what  bav  does  it 
now  {  Ma.  —  Kow  far  do  steam-boats  ascend  the  Brazos  river  7  ^  In  what 
year  was  the  battle  of  San  Jacinto  fought  ?  Point  out  the  Cross  Timbers 
Ihis  IS  a  remarkable  forest  in  the  midst  of  the  prairies:  it  extends 
northward  from  the  Brazos  river  for  a  distance  of  a  hundred  miles. 

129 

MEXICO. 

1.  Mexico  is  an  extensive  territory,  comprising  a  number 
of  divisions  called  states  or  departments.  Previous-  to  the 
year  1835,  it  was  a  Federal  government,  somewhat  similar 
to  that  of  the  United  States  ;  but  it  is  now  a  central  or  con- 
solidated republic. 

2.  Most  of  the  surface  of  the  country  is  elevated ;  a  great 
part  of  it  forming  a  high  table-land  of  from  6000  to  8000 
feet  in  height.  From  this  elevated  plain,  a  few  volcanic  peaks 
shoot  up  to  a  still  greater  height.  The  chief  of  these  are 
Popocatapetl,  Orizava,  Toluca,  &c. 

3.  Mexico  is  famous  for  the  variety  of  its  vegetable  pro- 
ducts; comprising,  according  to  the  elevalion  at  v  bich  they 

is  said  of  Buffalo,  &c.  ?  How  are  they  taken?  5.  V^hf  i  are  the  in- 
habitants?  6.  What  is  said  of  the  towns  in  TexasW  7.  Of  the 
commerce  ? 

J»fcxito.  Q.—  1.  What  is  Mexico  ?    What  of  its  government?    2. 
What  IS  said  of  the  surface  ?    Of  the  volcanic  peaks  ?    3.  For  what  is 


MEXICO. 


181 


rynmid  of  Choli?]a.   ladiaor. 


C!toie§. 


l/bfOKfThaL 


are  planted ,  the  principal  grains  and  fruits  of  torrid  and  tem- 
perate climates. 

4.  Indian-corn  is  the  staple  article;  of  which,  two  and 
sometimes  three  crops  are  gathered  in  the  course  of  the  year. 
W{  eat,  rice,  and  barley,  are  also  cultivated  ;  and  sugar,  cof- 
fee, tobacco,  vanilla,  cochineal,  &c.,  are  raised  chiefly  for 
interna!  consumption. 

5.  The  American  Aloe,  or  Maguey  plant,  Is  extensively  cultivated 
for  the  sake  of  its  juice,  of  which  the  liquor  called  pulque,  the  favourite 
drink  of  the  lower  order  of  Mexicans,  is  made. 

6.  The  manufactures  of  Mexico  are  in  a  rude  state,  and 
are  chiefly  confined  to  coarse  pottery,  with  glass-ware,  and 
cotton  and  woollen  goods.  Silver  plate  and  jewellery  are, 
however,  well  and  skilfully  made. 

7.  The  commerce  has  never  corresponded  with  the  extent 
and  resources  of  the  country.  The  mines  of  gold  and  silver 
have  always  been  the  chief  object  of  attention. 

8.  Many  of  these  are  at  present  in  a  ruinous  state,  and  those  that  are 
worked  do  not  yield  more  than  half  their  former  amount  From  20  to 
25  millions  of  dollars  weie  once  obtained  from  the  mines  of  Mexico 
annually,  which  is  now  reduced  to  10  or  12  millions. 


Mexico  famous?  4.  What  is  said  of  Indian-corn ?  Wheat, &c.?  5. 
The  American  aloe  ?  6.  The  manufactures  ?  7.  Commerce  ?  Mines  ? 
o.  in  what  liiale  are  lliey  ?     y,  Uf  the  inhabitanta  ?    What  do  the 


if"  y 


182 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


lis 


9.  There  are  three  classes  of  inhabitants  in  Mexico :  the  Whites  or 
CreoleSf  the  Indians,  and  the  mixed  races.  The  latter  comprise  Mes- 
iizoeSy  or  the  descendants  of  whites  and  Indians ;  Muljttoes,  of  whites 
nnd  negroes  ;  and  Zamboea,  of  Indians  and  negroes.  These  race*  were 
once  as  distinct  from  each  other  as  if  they  had  belonged  to  diflperent 
nations — but  the  Revolution  has  placed  all  classes  on  an  equal  footing, 
and  men  of  all  complexions  are  alike  free. 

10.  The  Catholic  religion  is  established  by  law,  and  is  the  only  system 
tolerated  in  Mexico.  The  clergy,  including  all  belonging  to  the  church, 
iimount  to  about  14,000  persons.  The  amusements  of  the  people  are 
chiefly  those  of  Old  Spain  :  bull-fights,  and  religious  processions. 

11.  At  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  America,  Mexico  formed  the 
most  powerful  of  the  native  empires.  Being  conquered  by  Spain,  it 
remained  far  300  years  the  most  important  colony  belonging  to  that 
crown.  In  the  year  1821,  the  Mexicans  abolished  the  authority  of 
Spain,  and  established  a  republican  form  of  governn^nt.  In  1841,  the 
people  of  Yucatan  declared  themselves  independent  of  Mexico,  and 
have  taken  measures  to  maintain  their  freedom  by  force  of  arras. 
Mcrida  is  the  capital  of  this  new  state. 


City  of  Mexico. 

12.  The  city  of  Mexico  is  situated  in  a  delightful  valley,  which  is 
elevated  7000  feet  above  the  sea ;  it  is  about  half  way  between  the 
Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  This  city  is  distinguished  for 
the  beauty  of  its  architecture,  the  regularity  of  its  streetfj,  and  the  ex- 
tent of  the  squa'.es  and  public  places.  The  market  is  well  supplied 
with  ah  the  pnimal  and  vegetable  productions  of  the  country;  many 
of  the  latter  are  raised  on  boating  gardens  in  the  neighbouring  lakes. 

13.  la  I'uebla  is  next  to  the  capital  in  importance,  and  is  noted  for 
its  manufactures  of  glass  and  earthenware.  Guanaxuato,  Zacatecas, 
and  San  Luis  Potosi,  are  all  connected  with  rich  silver  mines.  Near 
the  first  are  the  great  mines  of  Valenciana,  which  in  37  years  yielded 
1 65  millions  of  dollars. 


mixed  races  comprise?  10.  What  is  said  of  religion?  11.  What 
did  Mexico  form  ?  How  long  did  it  remain  a  colony  ?  What  took 
place  in  1821  ?  In  1841  ?  12.  Describe  Mexico.  How  is  it  distin- 
guished  ?     W])at  o2  the  markets  ?     13.  La  Puebla,  and  other  towns? 


BALIZB    SETTLEBfENT. 


183 


130 


14.  The  pyramid  of  Cholula  is  a  work  which  approaches  in  maffni 
lude  to  the  pyramids  of  Egypt  It  is  of  brick,  about  one-third  as  high 
as  the  Great  Pyramid,  but  is  nearly  double  the  length.  The  ruins  of 
the  ancient  city  of  Calhuacan,  near  Palenque,  attest  the  civilization  of 
ite  former  inhabitants.  They  have  of  late  excited  much  attention,  and 
have  been  frequently  visited. 

15.  The  chief  sea-ports  are,  Vera  Cruz  and  Tampico,  on  the  Gulf  of 
r??r^rU  r rP"  *"^  Sau-Blas,  on  the  west  coast ;  and  Guaymas,  on  the 
t,u  t  ot  California.  Monterey  is  the  principal  place  in  Upper  California, 
and  IS  often  visited  by  American  whale-ships.  Tanta  Fe,  in  New 
Mexico,  is  the  centre  of  the  trade  with  Missouri. 

16.  Balize  Sett<lement.— On  the  east  side  of  the  Penin- 
sula  of  Yucatan  is  the  Balize  Settlement,  which,  though  within 
the  limits  of  Mexico,  belongs  to  Great  Britain. 

17.  It  extends  along  the  Bay  of  Honduras  about  150  miles;  and  was 
lounded  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  logwood  and  mahogany,  which  form 
its  chief  products.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  Indians  and  Negroes 
mth  a  few  whites.  The  town  of  Balize,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the' 
river  of  the  same  name.  The  exports  from  tliis  place  in  1830,  were  of 
the  value  of  a  million  and  a  half  of  dollars. 


Map  No.  3.  —  What  bounds  Mexico  on  the  north  ?  U.-S.  —  On  tlie, 
south  and  west?  P-On.  — What  two  Republics  on  the  east?  U-S. 
Ts —  What  sea  and  gulf  on  the  east  ?    Cn.,  Mo.  —  What  peninsula  ? 

Yn.--What  gulf  on  the  west?    Ca.  —  What  peninsula?    Ca What 

bay  west  of  Yucatan  ?    Ce.  —  East  ?    Hs. 

Map  No.  4.  —  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?  R..Ne.,  Ns. 
—  The  Gulf  of  California  ?  Co.,  Yi.  — The  Pacific  ocean?  Ge.— 
What  lakes  a»e  in  Mexico  ?  Yu.,  Ba.,  Te.,  Cn.,  Ca.  —  What  mountains  ? 
M.-Cs.,  Sy. ~- What  desert  in  the  north-west?  G.-Sy.  — What  states 
border  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico?  Ts.,  Vz.,  To.,  Yn.  — On  the  Pacific 
ocean?  U.-Ca.,  O.-Ca.,  Jo.,  Mn.,  Mo.,  La.,  Oa — How  far  is  it  from 
California  to  Birmah  ?  From  Mexico  to  the  Sandwich  Islands  ?  To 
Cochin  China  ?  What  is  the  population  of  the  city  of  Mexico  ?  What 
cities  have  a  population  of  30,000  and  upwards?  Zs.,  S.-L..Pi.,  Oo., 
Go.,  Ga.,  La.,  Oa.  —  How  many  between  12,000  and  30,000  ?  Ca.,  My., 
Do.,  Vd.,  Ja. 

What  bay  bounds  the  Balize  settlement  on  the  east?  Hs.  — What 
state  on  tlie  west  7    Yn. 


14.  What  is  said  of  Cholula,  and  its  pyramid  ?    Ruins  of  C'alhuacan 
15.  Chief  sea-ports  ?    Monterey,  &c.  ? 

Balize.  Q.— -16.  To  what  power  does  the  Balize  settlement  belong? 
17.  What  is  its  extent  ?  For  what  purpose  was  it  founded  ?  What 
town  is  its  capital  ? 


184 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


131 


GUATIMALA,  OR  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

1.  GuATiMALA  occupies  the  narrow  tract  between  the 
northern  and  southern  divisions  of  the  Western  Continent ; 
and  has,  in  consequence  of  its  position,  assumed  the  title  of 
the  United  States  of  Central  America. 

2.  It  became  independent  in  1824,  and  adopted  a  form  of 
government  modelled  after  that  of  the  United  States ;  but 
instead  of  acquiring  the  order  and  prosperity  of  that  repub* 
lie,  it  is  the  seat  of  anarchy  and  civil  war. 

3.  The  country  is  traversed  on  the  western  coast  by  lofty  ranges  of 
mountains,  which  contain  many  volcanoes,  one  of  which,  the  Water 
Volcano,  is  remarkable  for  throwing  out  vast  quantities  of  water  ;  while 
the  eruptions  of  another,  the  volcano  of  Cosiguina,  were,  in  1834,  heard 
1000  miles  distant,  and  the  ashes  tlirown  by  it  were  carried  to  Jamaica, 
800  miles. 

4.  The  soil  of  this  region  is  prolific,  and  yields,  in  perfec- 
tion, all  the  most  valuable  tropical  products.  Its  indigo  and 
cacao  are  of  superior  quality.  Mines  of  silver  are  numer. 
ous,  but  few  of  them  are  at  present  productive. 

5.  One-half  of  the  population  of  Guatimala  is  composed  of 
Indians,  one-fifth  whites,  and  the  remainder  of  the  mixed 
races.  The  Catholic  is  the  established  religion,  no  other 
being  tolerated. 

6.  Part  of  the  cast  coast  of  this  republic  is  called  the  Mosquito  shore. 
It  is  covered  with"  vast  forests,  and  ptopled  by  independent  Indians;  of 
whom,  some  of  the  tribes  have  long  been  in  alliance  with  the  English. 

7.  St.  Salvador,  the  capital,  is  situated  nearly  half  way  between  the 
northern  and  southern  extremities  of  Guatimala.  Its  inhabitants  are 
chiefly  employed  in  the  indigo  trade.  Old  Guatimala,  formerly  the 
capital,  was  destroyed  by  an  eruption  of  water  from  the  Water  Volcano, 
but  is  now  reviving. 

8.  New  Guatimala  is  the  most  populous  place  in  the  country,  and  is 
a  handsome  city.  Leon  and  Cartago  are  considerable  towns.  Omoa 
and  Truxillo,  on  tiie  bay  of  Honduras,  are  the  chief  sea-ports. 

Guatimala,  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Guatimala  occupy  ?  What  has  it 
assumed  ?  2.  When  did  it  become  mdependent  ?  What  is  said  of  the 
government  ?  3.  Of  the  country  ?  Water  Volcano  ?  Cosiguina  ? 
4.  Of  the  soil?  Mines?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  population  ?  Of  the 
Catholic  religion  ?  6.  Of  the  east  coast  ?  7.  Describe  St.  Salvador. 
S.  N«w  Guaiiraala,  &c. 


Old  Guatimala. 


WEST  INDIES. 


185 


are  numer- 


Map  No.  3.  —  What  bounds  Guatimala  on  the  north  7  Mo^  Be.  — 
East  ?  CSa.  —  West  and  south  ?  P.-On.  —  What  bay  on  the  north  7 
Hs.  — On  the  east?  Ga.  — What  lake  in  tlie  south?  Na.  — How 
long  is  it  ?  What  river  connects  it  with  the  sea  ?  S.-Jn.  —  Which  is 
the  most  populous  city  ?  N.-Ga.  —  The  four  next  in  population  ?  Ln., 
Co^  S-Sr.,  O.-Ga.  —  What  is  the  population  of  these  places  ? 

Map  No.  5.  —  Guatimala  comprises  five  states.  Point  them  out  ? 
Ga.,  Hs.,  S.-Sr,  Na.,  C.-Ra.  — What  is  the  capital  of  each?  N..Ga., 
Ca.,  S..Sr.,  Ln..  Co.  —  In  what  state  is  the  Water  Volcano  situated  7 
Ga.  —  Volcano  of  Cosiguina  ?    Na.  —  Lake  Nicaragua  ?    Na. 

132 


Slaves  cultivating  the  Sugar-cane. 

WEST  INDIES. 

1.  The  West  Indies  consist  of  a  large  collection  of  islands, 
situated  between  North  and  South  Ameri'^a.  They  are  all, 
with  the  exception  of  Hayti,  subject  to  different  European 
powers. 

2.  These  Islands  comprise  four  great  divisions  :  the  Baha- 
ma Islands,  the  Great  Antilles,  the  Little  Antilles,  and  the 
Caribbee  Islands.  The  latter  are  divided  into  two  groups, 
the  Windward  and  Leeward  Islands. 

3.  The  climate  is  mild  and  pleasant  in  winter,  which  lasts 

West  Indies.  Q.-—1.  Of  what  do  the  West  Indies  consist?    2.  What 
do  thf5y  comprise  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    What  sometimes 
Y 


'I  ■*! 


i! 


186 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAFHV. 


ml 


i 


from  December  to  May ;  but  the  remainder  of  the  year  is  hot 
rmd  unhealthy  for  strangers.  Between  August  and  October, 
tremendous  hurricanes  or  storms  sometimes  occur,  which  often 
do  great  injury  to  towns,  houses,  and  shipping. 

4.  The  West  Indies  abound  in  nearly  ail  the  productions 
of  warm  climates,  and  are  rich  in  a  variety  of  articles  of 
great  importance  in  commerce;  while  the  forests  furnish 
mahogany  and  several  other  woods  useful  in  the  arts. 

5.  The  principal  fruits  are,  oranges,  lemons,  .if  npplcs,  papaws, 
bananas,  plantains,  &c.  The  two  last  afFord  a  supply  of  excellent 
food,  with  but  little  attention  to  their  cultivation.  A  great  variety 
of  birds  is  found  in  the  West  Indies,  nearly  all  of  which  ore,  however, 
common  to  the  neighbouring  continents. 


Green  Turtle. 


Guana  Lizard. 


6.  The  green  turtle  and  guana  lizard  are  both  highly  prized,  as  afford 
ing  delicious  food.  The  former  are  sent  in  considerable  numbers  to 
Europe  and  the  United  States.  They  come  on  shore  in  the  night,  when 
the  fishermen  turn  them  on  their  backs,  and  collect  them  at  leisure. 
The  guana  is  from  four  to  five  feet  long ;  it  is  very  nimble,  and  is  hunt- 
ed  with  dogs.    The  flesh  is  tender,  sweet,  and  delicate. 

7.  Commerce  is  carried  on  from  the  West  India  Islands 
with  great  activity,  and  to  a  larger  amount  than  in  any  other 
country  of  the  same  extent  and  population. 

8.  The  chief  articles  of  export  are,  coffee,  sugar,  rum,  cot- 
ton,  cocoa,  pimento,  mahogany,  logwood,  &c.  The  imports 
are,  manufactured  goods  of  all  kinds  from  Europe,  with  flour, 
lumber,  fish,  and  salted  provisions  from  the  United  States 
and  British  America. 

9.  The  islands  of  the  West  Indies  are  under  the  control  of  Governors, 


occur  7  4.  In  what  do  the  West  Indies  abound  ?  5.  What  are  the 
prmcipal  fruits  ?  What  is  said  of  birds  ?  6.  Of  the  green  turtle,  &c.  T 
7.  What  is  said  of  commerce  ?  8.  What  are  the  chief  articles  of  ex- 
port?   Imports?    9.  What  control  are  the  islands  under  ?    How  are 


WEST   INDIES. 


187 


appo  ntnd  by  the  powers  to  which  they  respecf  ely  Mong.  The  white 
inhab.lantB  o  the  Bntinh  iHlands  arc  represented  in  tJie  HouBes  of 
Assembly,  which  exercise  some  of  the  functions  of  the  British  Par- 
liatncnt.     Hayti  forms  an  independent  republic. 

10.  The  inhabitants  of  the  West  Indies  consist  of  whites, 
free  blacks,  and  slaves,  of  whom  not  more  than  500,000  are 
whites.  The  remainder  are  of  Negro  origin  ;  and,  except  in 
Hayti  and  the  British  Islands,  the  principal  part  are  in  a  state 
of  slavery. 


"•  Population. 

Spiinish  Islands 1,050,000 

T^V-' 800,000 

Drttisli  Islands 745  000 


French  lalonds  .... 
Daniah,  Dutch,  &c. 


Fopolatloa. 
.  256,000 
.   119,000 


Total    2,970,00^ 


133 


SPANISH  WEST  INDIES. 


12.  The  western  colonies  of  Spain,  which  formerly  com- 
prised  the  greater  part  of  the  American  Continent,  are  now 
limited  to  the  two  islands  of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico. 

13.  Cuba,  the  largest  of  the  West  India  Islands,  is  nearly  equal  In 
extent  to  all  the  rest  of  the  islands  taken  together.  Porto  Rico  contains 
about  one-tenth  the  area  of  Cuba.  They  are  both  fertile  islands,  and 
carry  on  an  extensive  trade,  chiefly  with  the  United  States. 

14.  Havana,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  the  largest  and  most  flourish- 
ing place  m  the  V/est  Indies.  Matanzas,  Puerto  Principe,  and  St 
Jago  de  Cuba,  are,  after  the  capital,  the  most  important  towns.  St 
Johns  IS  the  chief  town  in  Porto  Rijo.  It  has  a  safe  and  capacious 
harbour,  and  is  strongly  fortified. 

BRITISH  WEST  INDIES. 

15.  Jamaica  is  the  largest  and  most  valuable  of  the  British 
IS  ands.  The  towns  of  Jamaica,  and  the  other  islands,  are 
all  sea-ports,  and  supported  by  commerce. 

16.  Kingston  Is  the  largest  town  in  the  British  West  Indies,  and  con. 
tarns  about  30,000  inhabitants.  The  chief  of  the  other  towns  ar^ 
Bridgetown  mBarbadoes,  with  20,000  inhabitants;  St  John's,  in  Anti- 
habit^  '^^  Basseterre,  in  St  Christopher's,  with  7000  in- 


the  white  inhabitants  of  the  British  islands  represented  ?  10.  Of  what 
00  the  inhabitants  consist  ?  How  many  are  whites  ?  II.  What  is  the 
population  of  the  different  islands?  »»uansine 

k/^Y.HT"®*'^^^°^°"*^®°^®P^^"-  13.  What  is  said  of  Cuba?  Porto 
liico?  14.Havana?  Other  towns?  StJohn's?  IS.Jamaica?  16.  Kin^s. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


VI 


^ 


/a 


% 


..^V  ^ 

f^i.%-       '^^ 


M 


'^W.^W 


1.0 


I.I 


11° 


1^    ill  2.0 


1.25  111.4 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


\.  > 


1= 

1.6 


V 


% 


c\ 


'O' 


^-u 


<!f»  .^i?i 


^<j,V. 


23  WEST  MAIN  >iTREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14530 

(716)  872-4503 


r^^^ 


188 


DESCRIPTIVB  GEOGRAPHT. 


BRITISH  ISLANDS. 


17.  lDhiJ>ltanth 

Jamaica 375,000 

Rarbadoea 102,000 

Trinidad 45,000 

Antigua 36,000 

Grenada 30,000 

St.  Vincent 26,000 

Pt.  Kltt'8 24,000 

Dominica 20,000 


Kingston. 
Bridgetown. 
Port  Spain. 
St.  John's. 
St.  George. 
Kingston. 
Basseterre. 
Roseau. 


IidtfUtuta. 

St.  Lucia 18,000 

Tobago 14,000 

Nevis 12,000 

Montserrat 8,000 

Tortola 7,000 

Anguilla 3,000 

Bahamas 18,000 

Bermudas 10,000 


Carenage. 
Scarborough. 
Charlcstown. 
Plymouth. 
Road  Harbour. 

Nassau. 
Georgetown. 


18.  The  Bahamas  comprise  about  650  islands,  of  which  only  fourteen 
ure  of  considerable  size.  The  soil  is  arid  and  rocky,  and  these  islands 
arc,  in  consequence,  not  fruitful  iu  the  usual  products  of  the  West 
Indies. 

19.  The  Bermudas  lie  to  the  eastward  of  the  United  States,  and  are 
a  collection  of  rocks  and  small  islands,  of  which  only  eight  possess  any 
importance.  They  enjoy  an  almost  perpetual  spring,  and  are  clothed 
in  constant  verdure. 


50.  F!RENCH  ISLANDS. 
Guadalonpe  . . .  124,000    Basiseterre. 

Martinico 119,000    St.  Pierre. 

Mariegaiante ...  1 1 ,500    Basseterre. 
Deseada 1,500 

51.  DANISH. 

Santa  Cruz 34,000    Christ! a nstadt. 

St.  Thomas 15,000    St.  Thomas. 

St.  John's 3,000 


22.  DUTCH. 

St.  Eustatia  ....  20,000    The  Bay. 

Cura^oa 12,000    Wiiliamatadt 

St.  Martin's,  &c.  11,000 

23.  SWEDISH. 

St.  Bartholomew  8,000   Gustavia. 

24.  VENEZUELA. 
Margarita 16,000   Pampatar. 


134  — 


25.  Hayti  was  formerly  called  Hispaniola,  and  also  St. 
Domingo.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  of  the  West  India  Islands, 
and  once  belonged  jointly  to  France  and  Spain.  The  French 
portion  was  uncommonly  flourishing,  and  the  exports  were 
nearly  equal  to  that  of  all  the  other  West  India  Islands  united. 

In  1791,  an  insurrection  of  the  negroes  broke  out  in  the  French  part 
of  the  island.  In  1793,  the  slaves  were  emancipated  by  a  decree  of  the 
French  National  Assembly.  In  1801,  the  independence  of  Hayti  was 
declared;  and  in  1822,  the  Spaniards  were  expelled  from  the  island: 
since  which  time,  it  has  been  entirely  inder  the  control  of  the  coloured 
population. 


ton,  and  the  other  towns  ?  17.  Which  is  the  most  populous  of  the  Brit- 
ish islands?  Ja.  — The  next?  Bs.  —  The  least  ?  Aa.  —  What ^!o  the 
Bahamas  comprise?  What  is  said  of  the  soil  ?  19.  Of  the  Bermudas? 
What  do  they  enioy  ?    20.  Which  is  the  most  populous  of  the  French 

islands?    Go.  — 21.  Of  the  Danish?    S.-Cr 22.  Dutch?    S..Ea.- 

23.  What  islands  belong  to  Sweden?  S..Bw.-~24.  To  Venezuela?  Ma. 
25.  What  is  said  of  Hayti?    The  French  portion?    26.  Of  the 


WEST  INDIES. 


W9 


27.  The  goTemment  of  Hayti  is  professedly  republican,  but  is,  in 
fact,  a  military  despotism.  The  President  holds  his  office  for  life.  The 
army  amounts  to  40,000  men;  there  is  also  a  large  militia  force. 

28.  The  annual  exports  are  in  value  about  4  million  dollars,  or  one- 
sixth  the  amount  of  those  sent  from  the  French  part  of  the  island  only, 
previous  to  the  year  1791.  In  1842,  a  dreadful  earthquake  destroyed 
Cape  Haytien,  and  several  otheic  towns,  besides  many  of  the  inhabitants. 

29.  The  principal  towns  are  Port  au  P/ince,the  capital,  St  Domingo, 
eremie,  and  Aux  Cayes,  [Au-ka/.] 


Map  No.  3.  —  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  West  India    Islands  ?  Ca. 

-The    second  in  size?     Hi.  — Third?    Ja Fourth?     P-Ro.— 

How  long  is  Cuba?  Hayti?  Jamaica?  Porto  Rico?  These  are 
called  the  Great  Antilles.  What  sea  between  the  Great  Antilles  and 
South  America?  Cn.  — What  islands  lie  north  of  Cubu?  Bs.— 
Whicharetheprincipalof  the  Bahamas?  N.-Pe.  Ao.,  la.,  Ts.,  Lg., 
Gl— Who  discovered  Guanahuni?  In  what  year?  What  is  the 
name  of  the  eastern  range  of  the  West  India  Islands  ?  Ce.  —  What 
six  islands  on  the  coast  of  South  America  ?  Oa.,  Ca.,  B-Ae.,  Oa.,  Ta., 
Ma.— These  arc  called  the  Little  Antilles.  The  Bermudas  islands  are 
about  the  same  distance  from  Charleston,  from  Halifax,  and  from  St. 
John's,  Porto  Rico.  How  mai^  miles  is  it  by  the  scale  ?  How  far  are 
the  Bermudas  from  Madeira  7 


135 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 

1.  South  America,  the  southern  part  of  the  New  World, 
is  smaller  in  extent  than  the  northern  division  of  the  continent 
by  almost  one  million  of  square  miles :  it  is  thinly  settled,  and 
for  the  most  part  uncultivated. 

2.  Like  North  America,  it  is  noted  for  the  grandeur  and 
extent  of  its  mountains,  rivers,  and  plains :  it  is  also  unrivalled 
for  the  number  and  richness  of  its  mines  of  gold,  silver,  mer- 
cury, and  precious  stones. 

3.  The  climate  of  South  America  possesses  every  variety 
which  vast  extent  and  great  diversity  of  surface  can  give.    Its 

slaves?     27.   Government?     President?     Army?      28.  Exporti? 
29.  The  principal  towns  ? 

South  America.  Q.  — 1.  How  much  smaller  is  South  America  than 
North  America  ?  2.  For  what  is  it  noted  ?  For  what  unrivalled  ?  3.  What 


Vf  i   ,: 


190 


DESIDRIPTIYE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Bouth  American  Scenery. 


vegetable  productions  are  numerous  and  valuable,  and  com- 
prise  the  chief  articles  raised  in  tropical  and  temperate  regions. 
4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Andes,  which  range 
along  the  whole  extent  of  the  western  shores  of  the  continent, 
from  north  to  south.  The  highest  peak.  Mount  Sorata,  is  al-' 
most  five  miles  high.  The  mountains  of  Brazil  extend  aloncr 
a  great  part  of  the  eastern  coast,  and  are  in  height  from  3.000 
to  6,000  feet.  ^  * 

6.  The  Andes  contain  numerous  volcanoes,  many  of  which 
are  constantly  burning:  the  most  considerable  of  these.  Goto. 
paxi,  near  Quito,  is  one  of  the  loftiest  volcanoes  in  the  world; 
the  noise  of  its  eruptions  has  been  heard  six  hundred  miles, 
and  the  flames  from  its  mouth  have  been  known  to  ascend 
more  than  half  a  mile  high. 

6.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Amazon,  Rio  de  la  Plata, 
and  Ormoco.  The  first,  though  not  the  longest,  is  the  largest 
nver  m  the  world ;  it  is  said  to  drain,  with  its  tributaries,  an 
extent  of  country  nearly  equal  to  the  whole  of  Europe;  and 
Its  chief  branches  rival  the  largest  rivers  of  the  eastern  con- 
tinent. 


isBaidof  the  cUmate?    Productions?    4.  Which   are  the  principal 
mountains  ?  The  highest  peak  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  volcanoes  ?  6.  Of  ffe 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


191 


South  American  Forest. 

7.  The  forests  of  many  parts  of  South  America  exhibit  a  luxuriance 
and  diversity  of  aspect  different  from  those  of  most  other  parts  of  the 
world.  They  are  enlivened  by  a  great  variety  of  birds  of  smgular  forms 
and  superb  plumage,  which  flutter  through  the  branches ;  and  troops 
of  monkeys  and  squirrels,  that  leap  from  bough  to  bough ;  while  the 
'jccasional  appearance  of  the  alligator,  with  numerous  serpent*  and 
iizdfds,  presents  a  singular  and  varied  scene. 


Lama. 


Tapir. 


8.  Among  the  most  remarkable  animals  of  this  continent,  are  the 
aguar,  puma  and  ocelot,  the  lama  or  South  American  camel,  the  tapir, 
eccary,  sloth,  ant-eater,  armadillo,  and  chinchilla.    The  horse,  ox,  ass, 

•nd  hog,  were  all  strangers  to  the  New  World,  and  were  brought  from 
Europe  by  the  first  settlers :  these  have  increased  prodigiously,  and  have 
in  some  instances  regained  their  original  wild  state. 

9.  The  birds  are  numerous  and  of  various  kinds ;  the  largest  are  the 
fhea  or  American  ostrich,  and  the  condor  or  vulture  of  the  Andes,  which 
«>  the  largest  bird  of  flight  known.    There  are  also  toucans,  orioles  w 

principal  rivers?  7.  Forests?  8.  The  most  remarkable  animals  ?  9.  The 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Oriole  Neats. 

hanging-birds,  with  the  blacksmith  or  belLbirds,  and  humming-birdi 
of  a  hundred  difibrent  speckes,  from  the  size  of  a  wren  to  that  of  a  hum- 
ble-bee.! 

10.  The  inhabitants  of  South  America  amount  to  about  14 
millions,  and  consist  of  nearly  the  same  classes  as  those  of 
the  northern  division  of  the  continent — Whites,  Indians,  Ne- 
groes,  and  the  mixed  races :  the  latter  comprise  Mulattoes, 
Mestizoes,  and  Zamboes. 

11.  The  whites  are  chiefly  Spaniards  and  Portuguese,  and 
their  descendants :  of  these,  many  of  the  wealthy  classes  are 
well  educated  and  intelligent ;  but  the  great  majority  of  the 
people  are  ignorant,  indolent,  and  oflen  vicious  in  their  habits. 

13.  Considei^ble  attention  has  been  lately  paid  in  some  of  the  South 
American  States  to  education.  Schools  and  universities  have  been  es- 
tablished in  several  places,  and  knowledge  is  beginning  to  dispel  port 
of  the  ignorance  which  prevailed. 

13.  Nearly  the  whole  of  South  America  was,  for  three  hundred  yean, 
subject  to  Spain  and  Portugal :  it  is  now,  with  the  exception  of  Guiana, 
entirely  independent  of  European  control.  The  Spanish  part  is  divided 
into  a  number  of  distinct  republics,  whose  governments  are  similar  to 
that  of  the  United  States ;  while  Brazil,  the  part  settled  by  the  Portu- 
guese, is  a  limited  monarchy. 

14.  The  Catholic  is  the  established  religion  in  all  the  South  American 
States ;  but  persons  of  other  persuasions  are  allowed  to  reside  without 
molestation.    In  British  and  Dutch  Guiana  the  Protestant  faith  prevails 


birds?  10.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants?  11.  Of  the  whites? 
13.  Education,  &c.  ?  13.  How  long  was  South  America  subject,  &c7 
What  is  said  of  the  Spanish  part  7  Portuguese  ?  14.  Which  is  tiie 
established  religicm? 


SOUTH  ABIERICA. 


136 


Map  No.  10.  —  What  ocean  bounds  South  America  on  the  east? 
Ac —  On  the  west  7    Pc.  —  What  sea  on  the  north  ?    Cn. 
How  is  New  Grenada  bounded  7    Its  capital  7 


Venezuela — bounded  ?    Capital  ? 
Ecuador— bounded  7    Capital  7 
Guiana — bounded  V    Capital  7 
North  Peru— bounded  7    Capital  7 
South  Peru — bounded  7    Capital  ? 
Bolivia — bounded  7    Capital  7 


Brazil — bounded  7    Capital  7 
Chili— bounded  7    Capital  7 
Buenos  Ayres — bounded  7  Capital  ? 
Paraguay — bounded  7    Capital  T 
Uruguay— bounded  7    Capital  ? 
Patagonia — bounded  7    Capital  ? 


On  what  side  of  South  America  are  the  Andes  7  Wt  —  What  num- 
ber of  miles  do  they  extend  7  Between  what  two  states  do  they  form 
the  entire  boundary  7  Ci^  B.-As.  —  Between  what  two  do  they  form 
the  boundary  in  part  7  Ba.,  S.-Pu.  —  What  is  the  next  greatest  range 
of  mountains  7  Bn.  —  What  number  of  miles  do  they  extend  7  In 
what  state  are  they  almost  wholly  7    Bl. 

What  are  the  three  largest  rivers  7  An.,  Pa.,  Oo.  —  How  long  is 
each  of  these  7  How  wide  are  the  mouths  of  the  two  largest  7  Where 
is  the  Magdalena  7  Into  what  sea  does  it  empty  7  Cn.  —  Which  are 
the  four  principal  branches  of  the  Amazon  on  the  north  side  7  Ta., 
Pc,  Ca.,  No.  —  What  are  the  chief  branches  of  the  Amazon  on  the 
south  side  7  Ue.,  Ja.,  Ps.,  Ma.,  Ts.,  Xu.  —  How  long  are  each  of  the 
foregoing  riveri  7  What  two  rivers  form  the  Amazon  7  Ue.,  Ta.  — 
Which  rivers  form  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  7  Pa.,  Uy.  —  Into  what  ocean 
do  the  Orinoco,  Amazon,  St  Francisco,  and  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  flow  ? 
A..On.  —  What  rivers  are  south  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  7  Co.,  No., 
Cs.,  P.-De. 


Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Darien  7  N.-Ga.  —  G.  of  Venezuela  ?  Va.  — 
C~.  of  Guayaquil  7  Er.  —  G.  of  Penas  7  Pa.  —  Where  is  the  Bay  of 
Panama?  N.-Ga.  —  Talcahuana  B. 7  Ci.  —  B.  of  St  George 7  St 
MathiasB.?    Pa.  —  B.  of  All  Saints  7    Bl. 

Where  is  Puno  Island?  Er.  — Islands  of  St  Felix?  Is.  of  Juan 
Fernandez?  Chiloel.?  Ci.  — Wellington  1.7  Pa.  —  I.  of  Terra 
del  Fuego  7  Where  are  the  Falkland  Is.  7  Pa.  —  I.  of  St.  Catharina  ? 
Itamaraca  I.?  Joannes  1.7  Bl.  —  Between  what  two  rivers  is  the 
latter  situated  7    An.,  Pa. 

Where  is  the  Strait  of  Magellan  7  What  regions  does  it  separate  ? 
Pa.  and  T..Fo.  — Where  is  the  Strait  of  Le  Maire?  What  does  it 
separate  7    T-Fo.  and  S..Ld. 

Which  is  the  largest  city  of  South  America?  R.Jo.  —  The  next 
largest?  Ba — What  three  cities  number  70,000  inhabitants  each? 
Qo.,  La.,  B..As.  —  Which  are  the  most  northerly  and  the  most  south- 
erly capes  7  Gs.,  Hn.  — The  most  eauterly  and  the  most  westerly? 
S.-Re.,  Bo. 

What  proportion  of  South  America  lies  north  of  the  Tropic  of  Ca^ 
pncom?    —■     -  ..-__- 


The  largest  or  smallest  ? 
Z 


Lt  —  In  what  zone,  then, 


194 


DESCRIPTIVR    GEOGRAPHY. 


mostly  ?  Td.  —  In  what  zp'.ie  is  the  remainder  ?  S.-Te.  —  In  what 
hemisphere  is  South  America  wholly  ?  Wn.  —  In  what  hemispliere 
is  it  partly  ?  Sn.  —  South  America  contains  about  12°  of  north,  and 
55°  of  south  latitude.  In  what  latitude  is  it  then  7  Sh.  —  It  extendi 
from  35°  to  81°  of  longitude,  west  from  Greenwich.  In  what  longitude 
then  is  it  reckoned  ?    Wt. 

How  many  miles  is  it  from  Guiana  to  Newfoundland  ?  Brazil  to 
Greenland  ?  Guiana  to  Liberia  ?  New  Grenada  to  Borneo  ?  Ecuador 
to  the  Gullapagos  Is.  ?  Peru  to  Otaheite  ?  Chili  to  New  South  Wales  ? 
Chili  to  New  Zealand  ?  Brazil  to  the  west  coast  of  Africa  ?  Uruguay 
to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  7  Patagonia  to  Van  Diemen's  Land  ? 
Patagonia  to  Kerguelen's  Lund. 


137 


COLOMBIA. 

1.  The  late  Republic  of  Colombia  occupied  an  extensive 
region  stretching  from  the  Pacific  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It 
was  the  most  powerful  of  the  South  American  States  that 
threw  off  the  yoke  of  Spain,  and  was  divided  in  the  year  1831 
into  the  republics  of  New  Grenada,  Venezuela,  and  Ecuador, 
or  Quito. 

2.  The  western  part  of  this  territory  is  traversed  by  some 
of  the  loftiest  ranges  of  the  Andes.  In  the  east  it  consists 
of  extensive  plains  (called  llanos  by  the  inhabitants)  which 
form  a  part  of  the  vast  level  region  that  spreads  from  north 
to  south  over  the  whole  interior  part  of  the  continent. 

3.  The  climate  changes  according  to  the  elevation ;  hence 
the  vegetable  productions  are  various.  On  the  high  table- 
lands, among  the  mountains,  are  raised  the  wheat,  rye,  barley, 
oats,  and  fruits  of  temperate  climates,  while  the  low  country 
is  prolific  in  the  most  valuable  products  of  the  Torrid  Zone. 

4.  Manufactures  are  but  little  attended  to  in  Colombia,  but  commerce 
is  carried  on  to  some  extent,  chiefly  with  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain.  The  exports  are  mostly  in  the  tropica!  productions  of  the 
country,  and  consist  of  sugar,  coffee,  cacao,  indigo,  hides,  sarsaparilla,  &c. 

5.  The  mines  of  New  Grenada  yield  in  gold  and  silver  about  two 


Colombia.  Q.  —  1.  What  did  the  Republic  of  Colombia  occupy? 
What  was  it  7  When  and  how  was  it  divided  ?  2.  What  is  said  of 
the  western  part?  In  the  east?  3,  How  does  the  climate  change^ 
What  of  the  vegetable  productions?  4.  Manufactures?  Exports? 
5.  Mines  t    Pearl  fishery  ? 


COLOMBIA. 


196 


Diilhonb  of  doUara  annually.  There  are  also  mineg  of  copper,  lead,  and 
tin ;  and  diamonds,  emeralds,  und  other  precious  stones,  are  found.  The 
Pearl  fisher v  amounts  in  value  to  about  $100,000  every 


every  year. 


fiope  bridge. 


Silleros  carrying  travellers. 


NEW  GRENADA. 

6.  New  Grenada  is  the  most  powerful  and  populous  of 
the  Colombian  States.  Its  coast  is  washed  on  the  west  side 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on  the  north  by  the  Caribbean  sea. 
Part  of  this  territory  extends  into  North  America  westward 
from  the  Isthmus  of  Darien. 

7.  Roads  hardly  exist  in  the  mountainous  districts  of  New  Grenada 
and  the  other  parts  of  Colombia.  Travellers  are  often  carried  in  a  kind 
of  chair,  placed  on  the  backs  of  persons  called  silleros,  hired  for  the 

purpose. 

8.  The  bridges  across  the  rapid  torrents  of  the  Andes  are  frequently 
formed  of  a  single  rope,  and  a  hammock  or  basket  made  to  run  from 
one  end  to  the  other,  in  which  the  Colombian  passes  secure. 

9.  Bogota,  the  capital  of  New  Grenada,  is  situated  a  few  miles  east  of 
the  Magdalena  river,  on  a  fertile  plain,  8000  feet  above  the  sea.  It  con- 
^ins  a  number  of  handsome  churches  and  convents,  and  a  university. 
The  surrounding  country  yields  two  crops  of  grain  annually. 

10.  Carthagena,  on  the  coast  of  the  Caribbean  sea,  is  the  principal 
port  of  this  republic ;  its  trade  with  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain 

New  Grenada.  Q.  —  6.  What  is  said  of  New  Grenada  ?  7.  Of  roads  T 
How  are  travellers  carried  ?  8.  What  is  said  of  bridges  ?  9.  Describe 
Bogota.    The  surrounding  country  ?    10.  Carthagena  ?  ,  Popayan,  &c.  ? 


196 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


is  cxtenflive.  Popayan  and  Pasto,  in  the  southern  part  of  New  Grenada, 
and  Panama,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Isthmus  of  Danen,  are  aU  places 
of  some  importance. 

Map  No.  10.  —  What  bounds  New  Grenada  on  the  north  ?  C.-Sa— 
South?  Er.  — East?  Va.  — West?  P.-On.  — What  Isthmus  con. 
nects  it  with  North  America  ?  Dn.  —  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 
Ma.,  Ca.,  Ca.,  Us..  No.,  Ge.,  Ma.  -  What  is  the  length  of  each  ?  How 
far  do  sloops  navigate  the  Magdalcna?  Mota?  What  is  the  populu. 
lion  of  Bogota?  Popayan?  Carthagena?  Moinpox  ?  Honda  f 
What  mountains  extend  along  the  west  coast  ?  As.  —  V .  hat  rnountaiiu 
oast  of  the  Magdalcna  ?    Ans.  Tlie  north  east  range  of  the  Andes. 


138 


VENEZUELA. 

1.  VENEztJELA  comprises  the  most  eastern  part  of  Colom- 
bia. A  range  of  mountains,  the  north-east  branch  of  the 
Andes,  extends  along  nearly  the  whole  of  the  northern  coast. 
The  remainder  of  the  republic  consists  of  a  vast  plain,  form- 
ing part  of  the  great  Llanos  of  Colombia. 

2.  Like  the  Pampas  of  Buenos  Ayres,  and  the  Sertam  of 
Brazil,  it  is  covered  with  tall  herbage,  on  which  graze  vast 
herds  of  horses,  oxen,  and  mules.  Of  these,  many  of  the 
inhabitants  possess  from  10,000  to  20,000  head. 

3.  The  people  of  the  plains  are  called  Llaneros.  They  are  all  excel. 
lent  horsemen ;  and  particularly  distinguished  themselves,  m  the  con- 
test  with  Spain,  for  their  patriotism  and  bravery. 

4.  Caraccas,  the  capital,  is  situated  about  12  miles  from  the  coast 
Previous  to  1812  it  was  a  large  city  with  more  than  40,000  inhabitants. 
In  that  year  it  was  destroyed  by  one  of  the  most  dreadful  earthquakes 
on  record,  and  10,000  persons  perished  on  the  spot.  The  city  is  reviving, 
and  now  contains  about  one-half  of  its  former  population. 

5.  La  Guayra  is  the  chief  port  of  this  republic.  Maracaybo,  Corn, 
and  Valencia,  are  all  considerable  towns.  The  island  of  Margarita,  one 
of  the  lesser  Antilles,  belongs  to  Venezuela. 


Venezuela.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Venezuela  comprise  ?  Of  what  does 
the  remainder  consist?  2.  With  what  is  it  covered?  „What  graze 
there?  3.  What  are  the  people  of  the  plains  called?  How  did  they 
distinguish  themselves?  4.  Describe  Caraccas.  When  was  it  de. 
stroyed?  How  many  persons  perished?  5.  Describe  La  Guayra 
Maracaybo,  &c.    Margarita. 


COLOMBIA. 


m 


ECUADOR,    OR  QUITO.' 


6.  The  Republic  of  Ecuador,  or  Quito,  lies  on  both  sides 
of  the  equator.  The  civilized  part  of  the  population  is  con- 
fined to  the  western  coast  and  the  valleys  of  the  Andes; 
while  the  eastern  portion  of  the  territory  is  occupied  by  inde- 
pendent tribes  of  Indians. 

7.  The  climate,  especially  of  Quito,  is  that  of  perpetual 
spring.  Vegetation  never  ceases,  and  the  trees  and  meadows 
are  crowned  with  constant  verdure.  The  country  is  delight- 
ful, and  is  called  the  evergreen  Quito.  It  is,  however,  subject 
to  dreadful  earthquakes  and  violent  tempests. 

8.  The  Gallapagos,  or  Turtle  Islands  are  claimed  by  the  Republic  of 
Ecuador.  They  lie  on  both  sides  of  the  eouator,  about  650  miles  west. 
ward  from  South  America.  These  islands,  which  enjoy  a  delightful 
climate,  aad  a  fertile  soil,  are  occupied  by  a  colony  from  Guayaquil. 

9.  Quito,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  Mt.  Pichincha,  9,000  feet  above 
Uie  sea.  It  contains  handsome  streets  and  squares,  and  many  churches 
and  convents  built  with  magnificence  and  taste.  It  has  two  universitieB. 
which  are  well  attended. 

10.  Guayaquil,!  on  a  gulf  of  the  same  name,  is  the  sea-portof  this 
republic.  It  is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  commercial  towns  of  SouUi 
America.  Cuenca,  Riobamba,  and  Otabala,  are  important  towns. 

c^fu^,^?;,^°'T:^!'**^^°"°'^^  Venezuela  on  the  north?  C-Sa.— 
South?  Bl.-East?  Ga—West?  N.-Ga.- Which  is  the  chief 
vJ \  ;~J?rJ°"^  "  '^^  Uowfar  is  it  navigable  for  ships? 
Jor  sloops?     What  river  connects  the  Orinoco  and  the  RioNefffo? 

U.-What  lake  is  in  the  north-west  part  of  Venezuela?    Mo 

How  long  IS  .It  ?    From  what  lake  does  the  Orinoco  flow  ?    la.  —  What 
nd«ins  are  m  this  territory  ?    Gs.,  Cs.,  Os.  -  How  many  inhabitants 

totn"S?    m:'    ""^^"^^"^^    ''"™^"'^^    What  isLd  belongs 

What  bounds  Ecuador  on  the  north  ?    N.-Ga.  —  South  ?    N  Pu  — 

East  ?     Bl.  -.  West  ?     P.-On.  -  What  range  of  mountains  is*  in  the 

western  part  ?    As —  What  two  large  rivers  in  the  south  ?    Ta.,  Ue 

inese  torm  the  Amazon  river.    How  far  is  it  navigable  for  ships? 

Ecuador.  Q.  ~  6.  How  does  the  Republic  of  Ecuador  lie  ?    What  is 
said  of  the  civilized  part  ?    Of  the  population  ?    The  western  portion  ? 

0.,w  ,    «rl""''i®  ^  .  ®-  ^^^  Gallapagos  islands  ?    9.  What  is  said  of 
Viuito  7    What  does  it  contain  ?    10.  Describe  Guayaquil. 


*  Quito,  Kee''to. 


t  Qmyaquil,  Gwrai'-a-keel. 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 

For  sloops  7  How  many  inhabitanUi  haa  Quito  7  What  throe  cities 
number  20,000  each  7  Ra.,  Gl.,  Ca.  —  What  mountain  south  of  Quito  ? 
Ck).  —  This  was  formerly  considered  the  highout  in  South  Americu. 


139 


GUIANA.* 

1.  Guiana  extends  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Oyapock  river, 
a  distance  of  seven  hundred  miles.  Along  the  sea-shore  the 
country  presents  the  appearance  of  a  low  extensive  plain ;  but 
in  the  interior,  near  the  sources  of  the  rivers,  it  is  elevated  and 
mountainous. 

2.  The  soil  is  exceedinjjly  fertile,  producing  ""!'"'.'  coffee,  cayenne 
pepper,  and  cloves,  with  a  great  variety  of  tropical  fruits,  in  abundance. 

3.  This  region  is  divided  between  the  British,  Dutch,  and  French. 
British  Guiana  comprises  the  colonies  of  Essequibo.t  Demarara,  and  Ber- 
bic9.  The  capital  is  Georgetown,  on  Demarara  river ;  it  is  a  place  of 
considerable  trade.  Dutch  Guiana,  or  Surinam,  has  for  its  capital 
Paramaribo,  on  Surinam  river,  and  the  most  important  place  in  tJiis 
quarter.  French  Guiana,  or  Cayenne.t  has  a  capital  of  the  same  name. 
The  latter  is  on  an  island  which  is  18  miles  long,  and  10  wide,  and 
called  also  Cayenne. 

4.  The  mass  of  the  population  of  Guiana  is  composed  of  negroes 
Those  in  the  British  colonies  have  been  lately  set  at  liberty ;  but  in  Su 
rinam  and  Cayenne,  they  are  still  held  as  slaves.  The  interior  of  th- 
country  is  inhabited  by  Maroons,  or  runaway  negroes,  and  independcni 
tribes  of  Indians. 

PERU. 

5.  Peru  comprises  the  states  lately  called  North  Peru  and 
South  Peru.  When  first  discovered  by  the  Spaniards,  it  was 
inhabited  by  a  race  of  Indians  much  more  civilized  than  any 
of  the  other  nations  of  South  America. 

6.  This  country  has  been  always  proverbial  for  the  great 
wealth  furnished  by  its  mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  mercury. 

Guiana.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Guiana  comprise  ?  What  is  said  of  the 
country  7  ii.  Of  the  soil  ?  3.  How  Is  Guiana  divided  7  4.  What  b 
said  of  the  population  ?     How  is  the  interior  inhabited  7 

Peru.  Q.  —  5.  What  does  Peru  comprise  7  When  first  discovered 
how  was   it  inhabited  7     6.  For  what  is  it  proverbial  7    What  was 


•  Guiana,  Ghe-a'-na.       t  Easequibo,  Es-se-ke'-bo.       |  Cayenne,  Ki-an'. 


Mules  and  lamai  carrying  produce 

It  was  long  the  most  valuable  of  the  South  American  colonies 
and  the  last  territory  in  the  western  continent  from  which  the 
opaniards  were  driven. 

7.  The  Andes  ranfire  through  the  whole  extent  of  Peru.  On  the  coast 
^e  chmato  18  hot  Ram  seldom  falls,  and  much  of  the  surface  is  8^^ 
and  arid.    On  the  high  table-land,  between  the  ridges  of  the  mouZ 

SoftetrL^—^'  -^  ^'  ^-^-^  °^  '^  -"  -  Si; 

a  Along  the  sea-coast  the  agriculture  is  confined  to  the  banks  of  the 

ZZTr  "^''f ,'^«--'^  ^r  *^«  ^"'^^  Where  the  soifcan 
bvZ  ni    •  •   '  ''IS'^^^T  "  "°'^  luxuriant,  and  surprises  the  traveller 

dfflTrevfilt'""'  '"™  *'^  ^^"'"^^  ''  "^^  '^^-'  *°  ^^  ^-i^^  ver! 

the^Sof  if  P'?*^"'**  T  Indian-corn,  sugar-cane,  and  cotton,  with 
lal  InS  al"'°?'  '"'?  "^7"''-  .^1"^,  ^"'""^'«  dye-woods  and  medi. 
S    wL"^"u°P'?*^"°'^'  particularly  the  Peruvian  bark  orCasca- 

are  ioiJ^i^tTdlmS^^^^  "'  ™'''  ''  ""^  ^^'^"*'  '"^  ^^^'^^  ^"^  «°" 

wolk  Jln%!.rr"?^l"''  ''*'  ^f  °  ^^''°  ,"^  ^'^^  "»°«t  ^P^rtant  now 
curv     tL  ^^^'■°  "®  '^''^  ^^'"^  valuable  mines  of  gold  and  mer- 

of  th'p  nl    •  *'°™'nerce  consists,  for  the  most  part,  in  thi  interchange 

nste/""'  "t^^'  ^"^  ^?'"'^"  P'"*^^"^^  and  manufactures,  of  whi?h 
considerable  quantities  are  imported. 


8*0/ J'  ^^•^*,"  '^^^'^  °L*^^  ^"^®«  ^    The  climate  and  products? 
»•  Of  the  agriculture  ?     The  aoU  ?     9.  Chief  products  ?     10.  The 


200 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


i  ^m 


fj, 


11.  ThfiT,  is  a  great  want  of  good  roads  and  bridges  in  Peru;  ana 
in  the  intercourse  between  the  sea-ports  and  the  interior  of  the  countrj, 
almost  every  article  of  trade  is  carried  on  the  backs  of  mules  and  la/naa. 

Map  No.  10.  —  What  bounds  Guiana  on  the  north?  A.-On.  —The 
west  ?  Va.  —  The  pouth  and  east  ?  Bl.  —  The  principal  rivers  ?  Eo, 
Sm.,  Mi.,  Ok.  —  How  long  are  the  three  first  ?  How  many  inhahitanta 
lias  Georgetown?  Paramaribo?  New  Amsterdam  ?  Cayenne?  What 
Indiansinhabit  the  south-east  part  of  Guiana?    As. 


140 


1.  At  the  time  of  the  Spanish  conquest,  Peru  comprised  a 
territory  of  much  greater  dimensions  than  the  modern  statu 
of  the  same  name.  Its  kings  were  a  dynasty  of  princes 
called  Incas ;  they  were  held  to  be  a  sacred  race,  to  be  de- 
scended  from  the  sun,  and  were  adored  by  the  people. 

2.  The  ancient  Peruvians  were  partially  civilized,  and 
cultivated  the  land  with  much  care.  They  also  built  temples 
and  palaces  of  stone  of  great  size  and  solidity ;  were  skilful 
in  the  art  of  making  vessels  of  gold  and  silver,  and  con- 
structed numerous  and  excellent  roads. 

3.  Forty  yea-'s  aftei  the  discovery  of  America,  Pizano,  a 
brave  but  cruel  chief.  in\  aded  Peru,  at  the  head  of  a  small 
Spanish  army.  He  put  the  reigning  Inca  to  death,  took  pos- 
session of  the  country,  and  established  the  dominion  of  his 
sovereign. 

4.  Peru,  with  the  other  Ameri;  in  provinces  of  Spain,  was  long  go- 
verned  by  viceroys  appointed  by  the  kings  of  that  country ;  but  in  the 
year  1821,  the  people  establialied  a  government  of  their  own,  and,  with 
the  assistance  of  the  Colombians,  achieved  their  independence  in  1824, 
by  the  defeat  of  the  lasi  Spanish  army  at  Ayacucho. 

5.  In  the  year  183fi,  Pjru  was  divided  into  the  states  of  North  Per! 
and  South  Peru,  which,  with  Bolivia,  were  formed  '  ^  the  Peru-Bolivian 
Confederation,  under  a  chief  magistrate,  styled  the  ►.upr^me  Protector. 
Three  years  afterwards,  the  army  of  the  Confederation  was  defeated  by 
the  Chilians  at  Yungay,  and  the  Republic  was  dissolved. 

mines?    Commerce?    11.  Of  what  is  there  a  want?     How  are  thej 
articles  of  trade  carri'^d  ?  ^ 

Q.— 1.  What  did  Peru  comprise?    What  is  said  of  its  kings?  - 
Of  the  ancient  Peruvians  ?    3.  Of  Pizarro  ?    4.  Of  Peru  and  the  other  | 
provinces  ?     When  was  independence  declared  ?     What  was  aciiieu. 
at  Ayacucho  ?    5.  What  took  place  in  1836  ?    Three  years  afterwards 


SOI 


res  in  Peru;  ana 
or  of  the  countrj, 
mulea  and  lavnasL 


t?     How  are  the 


Ladies  of  Lima. 


PERU. 

6.  Lima,  the  capital  of  Peru,  is  on  the 
small  river  Riniac,  7  miles  from  the  sea, 
and  is,  next  to  Mexico,  the  finest  city 
built  by  the  Spaniards  in  the  Now  World. 
It  is  regularly  kid   out,  and   contains 
many  handsome  public  buildings.     The 
churches  and  convents,  though  robbed  of 
a  greut  part  of  their  wealth  during  the 
revolution,  still  present  a  handsome  ap-  i 
pcarance.     Jn  walking  abroad,  the  ladies  \\ 
of  Lima  use  a  peculiar  dress  in  which  ^,' 
they  may  disguise  themselves,  so  as  to  { 
remain  unknown  to  their  most  intimate  Si 
friends. 

7.  Cuzco,  the  second  city  in  Peru,  is 
situated  far  in  the  mterior,  on  one  of  the 
head  branches  of  the  Amazon  river; 
though  much  decayed,  it  is  still  a  hand- 
some place.    At  the  time  of  the  Spanish 

TaT'thl  '*  w^^l  ^^f  metropolis  of  the  ancient  empire  of  Peru.  Arequi. 
pa  IS  he  chief  place  of  trade  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Republic 
ilay.  Its  sea.port,  is  a  small  vihage. 

nl !'  V'^n  K  'I\f  ^T'"^-^  f  y^T'  "  ^^'o^ff'y  fo'-t'fied-  It  was  the  lart 
n  ace  held  b>  the  Spaniards  in  South  America.    At  Cerro  Pasco,  among 

vlnltonX'?  ^J\"«h<^«t  mines  now  worked  in  Peru:  the  town  is  ell 
fnvn  P'  -^^r  ^^°^%the  level  of  the  sea.  Truxillo  is  a  handsome 
o.vn,  Piuru  IS  famous  for  its  fine  breed  of  mules ;  Caxamarca,  Huaura. 
and  Caxatambo  all  m  the  interior,  are  places  of  soms  note.  Payta,  one 
ot  the  most  northern  ports,  is  much  frequented  by  American  whale-ships. 
.•  ^•,^"^';"^"?^  contains  a  university  richfy  endowed,  and  Guaneavelica 
i>  celebrated  for  its  mines  of  mercury  or  quicksilver.  Puno  and  Tacna 
are  important  towns.  Arica  is  the  port  through  which  the  chief  part 
ot  the  trade  of  Bolivia  is  carried  on.  The  other  sea-ports,  called  the 
mtertnedios,  have  some  commerce.  At  Ayacucho  and  Yungay,  impor- 
laat  battles  were  fought.  &  ./'      i~ 

f^if'  m  H  What  bounds  Peru  on  the  north  ?  Er.  -  South  7  Ba. 
Zon  7  a'  ^^-  wu^^?  ^  ^-^"-  -  W^^t  "fountains  extend  along 
.nrf  ?1  A«—y'hat  desert  in  the  south?  Aa.- What  lake  form! 
aIJ  7^  eastern  boundary  Ta.  -  Whi-ih  is  the  head  branch  of  the 
Amazon  ?  Ue.  --  In  what  lake  does  it  rise  ?  Rs.  -  How  fa.-  does  sloop 
n;mgation  extend  on  it  from  the  sea  ?  What  is  the  population  of  Lima  ? 
t!.     9    Ar«quipa?    Guamanga ?    Puno?    Cerro  Pasco?     Truxillo? 

Sn        ^1,    u  ^f  *r^  P°'''  ^'■°"™  ^'^""o  to  'nuique  called?     Is— 
When  was  the  battle  of  Ayacucho  fought  ?    Of  Yungay  ? 

6.  Describe  Lima.    What  is  said  of  the  l».jip«?    7  r»o...:h»  o.,,^^  /,- 

'.ndTV'"''''  ^^T^  '^^"^'"'''  ^«-    9^"What  Ys'said'of  Gutming^ 
and  the  oti.     towns  ?    What  took  place  at  Ayacucho  and  Yungay  ?^ 


202 


f     r 


ill 
m 
m 


W.    Mil!" 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 
_141  


BOLIVIA. 

1.  Bolivia,  formerly  called  Upper  Peru,  is  the  most  popu. 
lous  and  important  of  the  South  American  states  that  threw 
off  the  yoke  of  Spain.  It  established  its  independence  m 
1825,  and  was  named  after  General  Bolivar,  the  hberator  of 
South  America. 

2  It  lies  chiefly  in  the  interior,  and  consists,  for  the  most 
part*  of  a  high  ferti'e  plain  on  the  east  side  of  the  Andes, 
elevated  from  8,000  to  14,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the 

ocean.  r  t  j- 

3  This  lofty  territory  yields  copious  harvests  of  Indian- 
corn,  rye^  barley,  and  potatoes,  and,  also,  some  wheat.  It 
has  cities  above  the  region  of  the  clouds,  and  cottages  situated 

as  hiffh  as  the  top  of  Mont  Blanc. 

°  4.  Lake  Titicaca  forms 

part  of  the  western  bounda- 
ry  of  Bolivia.  It  has  no  visi- 
ble outlet  to  the  sea,  above 
which  it  is  elevated  12,500 
feet.  This  lake  is  navigated 
chiefly  by  boats  made  of 
rushes  plaited  together ;  the 
mast  and  rudder  alone  are 
of  wood,  which,  owing  to  its 
scarcity  in  this  region,  forms 
the  most  valuable  part  of 
the  vessel. 

5.  The  condor,  the  largest 
of  tlie  vulture  kind,  is  found 
in  Bolivia  and  other  parts 
of  the  continent.  Inhab- 
iting  the  loftiest  summits 
of  the  Andes,  he  descends 
to  the  lower  country  only 
Condor.  in   pursuit    of    prey.     Ha 

feeds  chiefly  on  carrion;  but  also  attacks  deer  and  other  quadrupeds 

The  condor  is  about  3i  feet  long  from  the  beak  to  the  end  of  the  tail. 

and  the  wings  measure  in  extent  from  y  to  1 J  leei. 

Bolivia.  Q.-1.  What  was  Bolivia  formerly  calledj    What  j^Uj 

When  did  It  establish  its  independence  f    ajwt  wi.um  -- ""-^jjj 

2.  Of  what  does  it  consist?     3.  What  does  it  y^^Jd?     What  ot  i« 
c  ties  aL  cottages?    4.  Describe  Lake  Titicaca.    5   What  «  said ol 


CHILI. 


203 


6.  Chuquisaca,*  or  La  Plata,  the  capital,  contains  a  university,  well 
hlicnded,  and  a  public  library,  said  to  be  the  best  in  South  America. 
L,i  Paz  is  the  largest  city  in  Bolivia,  and,  though  situated  in  a  deep 
valley,  stands  at  the  height  of  12,400  feet  above  the  ocean.  It  con- 
tains  a  cathedral,  and  several  convents  and  churches. 

7.  Potosi,  the  best  known  city  in  Bolivia,  is  elevated  13,000  feet  above 
t!ie  sea.  It  is  but  indifferently  built,  and  is  not  so  flourishing  as  it  once 
was.  The  mountain  on  which  it  is  situated  is  one  huge  silver  mine. 
It  yielded  in  258  years  the  vast  sum  of  sixteen  hundred  millions  of 
dollars ;  but  is  now  less  productive  than  formerly. 

8.  Cochabambat  lies  in  a  fertile  and  well-cultivated  district,  and  the 
city  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  in  grain,  fruits,  and  vegetables. 
Cobija,  or  Puerto  de  la  Mar,  is  the  only  sea-port  Bolivia  possesses.  It 
is  a  small  village,  and  being  situated  in  a  desert  country,  is  of  but  little 
importance. 

Map  No.  10.  — What  bounds  Bolivia  on  the  north  ?  N.-Pu.,  Bl.  •— 
South?  B..As.— East?  BL, Py.  —  West ?  S.-Pu.  —  On  what  ocean 
L"  the  south-west  part  situated  ?  Pc.  —  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 
Me.,  Bo.,  Ge.,  Py.,  Po.,  Vo.  —  How  long  is  each  of  these  ?  The  largest 
lake?  Ta.  —  How  long  is  it?  What  two  mountains  east  of  Lake 
Titicaca?  Sa.,  li.  —  These  are  the  highest  in  South  America.  How 
many  inhabitants  has  the  capital  ?  La  Paz  ?  Cochabamba  ?  Potosi  ? 
Oruro  7  What  desert  occupies  the  coast  of  Bolivia  ?  Aa.  —  What 
tribes  of  Indians  are  in  Bolivia  ?    Ms.,  Cs.,  As. 


142 


CHILLij: 

1.  Chili  consists  of  a  long,  narrow  tract  of  country,  situ- 
ated between  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  climate 
is  remarkably  fine  and  healthy,  and  many  parts  of  the  coun- 
try present  such  romantic  scenes,  that  Chili  has  been  called 
the  Italy,  and  from  its  fertility,  the  garden  of  South  America. 

2.  Its  chief  misfortune  is  that  earthquakes  are  common, 
and  often  lay  the  cities  and  towns  in  ruins.  Volcanoes  are 
also  numerous:  among  the  Andes,  fourteen  are  said  to  be 
constantly  burning. 

3.  The  soil,  except  in  some  of  the  mining  districts,  is  mostly  very 

the  condor?    6.  The  capital ?    La  Paz?    7.  Potosi?    8.  Cochabamba ? 
Which  is  the  sea-port  of  Bolivia  ? 

Chili.  Q.  —  1.  Of  what  does  Chili  consist  ?  What  is  said  of  the  cli- 
mate  ?  ^  What  has  Chili  been  called  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  earthquakes 
and  volcanoes  ?      3.  Of  the   soil  ?      Products  ?      Agriculture,  &c.  ? 

•  Chuquisaca,  Chu-ke-sa'-ka.  t  Cochabamba,  Co-ka-bam'-ba.  t  ChUi,  Chee'-le 


I  II 


204 


DESCRIPTITE  GEOGRAPHY. 


fertile,  and  produces  the  finest  wheat  and  other  grains,  besides  fruits 
of  various  kinds,  in  abundance.  Wine  is  made  to  some  extent,  and 
agriculture  and  the  raising  of  cattle  are  actively  pursued. 

4.  The  Chilcse  are  a  courteous  and  polite  people,  and  appear  to  be 
more  industrious  and  enterprising  than  most  of  the  other  inhabitants 
of  South  America.  Mines  of  gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  numerous. 
The  latter  are  the  most  abundant  and  profitable. 

5.  Chili  exports  to 
Europe  and  the  United 
States  gold,  silver,  and 
copper,  and  to  Peru 
grain  and  flour.  A 
considerable  trade  is 
carried  on  with  Buc- 
nos  Ay  res  across  tlie 
Andes  by  troops  of 
mules,  which  convey 
merchandise,  money, 
&.C.,  to  a  considerable 
amount.  In  travers- 
ing these  stupendous 
heights,  the  animals, 
and  even  their  drivers, 
often  slip  from  the  narrow,  steep  roads,  which  wind  among  the  moun- 
tains, and  are  dashed  to  pieces  on  the  rocks  beneath. 

6.  The  southern  part  of  this  territory  is  inhabited  by  the  Aricaunian 
Indians,  a  brave  and  warlike  race,  who  have  defended  their  liberties 
against  the  encroachments  of  the  Spaniards  ever  since  their  first  en- 
trance  into  the  country. 

7.  Chiloe  and  the  islands  in  its  vicinity  belong  to  this  state ;  also  the 
Juan  Fernandez  islands.  The  most  eastern  of  these  is  noted  for  being 
the  solitary  residence  for  several  years  of  Alexander  Selkirk,  a  Scotch 
sailor,  whose  adventures  gave  rise  to  the  well-known  story  of  Robinson 
Crusoe. 

8.  Santiago,  the  capital  of  Chili,  is  situated  ninety  miles  from  tho 
coast,  in  a  country  that  abounds  in  the  most  sublime  and  beautiful  pros- 
pects. The  houses  are  mostly  of  one  story,  and  surrounded  with  gar- 
dens. The  streets  are  regularly  laid  out,  and  many  of  the  public 
buildings  are  handsome. 

9.  Valparaiso  is  the  chief  sea-port ;  it  has  an  excellent  harbour,  and 
carries  on  considerable  commerce.  Valdivia,  Concepcion,  and  Coquim- 
ba,  have  all  some  trade. 


Route  over  the  Andes. 


4.  OftheChilese?  Mines?  5.  Exports?  Trade  with  Buenos  Ayres? 
6.  Of  the  southern  part  of  the  territory  ?  7.  Chiloe  ?  For  wiiat  is 
Juan  Fernandez  noted?  8.  Describe  Santiago?  y.  Valparaiso,  and 
the  other  towns  ? 


BRAZIL. 


205 


besides  fruits  ■  Map  No.  10.  — What  bounds  Chili  on  the  north?  Ba.  — South? 
Pa.  —  East?  B.-As.  —  West?  P.-On.  —  What  mountains  separate 
Chili  from  Buenos  Ayres  ?  As.  —  What  island  lies  south  of  Ciiili  ? 
Ce.  —  How  long  is  it  ?  What  islands  lie  west  of  Valparaiso  ?  J.-Fz. 
—  VVhat  island  was  the  residence  of  Alexander  Selkirk  ?  M.-Ta. — 
What  islands  lie  north  of  Juan  Fernandez?  S..Fx.  —  What  is  the 
population  of  Santiago?  Valparaiso?  Concepciun?  *Quillota? 
Santa  Rosa?    S.Felipe?    Valdivia?    Copiapo? 

143 


BRAZIL. 

Brazil  is  the  only  portion  of  the  new  world  ever  governed 
by  an  European  sovereign  in  person  ;  the  King  of  Portugal 
having  reigned  here,  under  the  title  of  Emperor,  from  the  year 
1808  until  the  year  1821,  at  which  time  the  country  was 
declared  independent  of  Portugal. 

2.  This  is  an  extensive  region,  being  twenty-five  times  the 
size  of  the  British  Islands  ;  rather  larger  than  the  Avhole  of 
the  United  States,  and  comprising  almost  one-half  the  area 
of  South  America. 

3.  Brazil  is  one  of  the  finest  countries  in  the  world,  and 
enjoys  great  natural  advantages,  in  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the 
variety  of  its  vegetable  productions,  and  the  value  of  its  min- 
erals. 


Crossing  a  Brazilian  River. 

frazil  Q.  —  \.  What  king  reigned  here  from  1808  until  1821? 
When  was  Brazil  declared  independent  ?  2.  How  does  it  compare 
with  the  British  Islands  and  the  United  States  ?    3.  What  is  Brazil  ? 

*Quillota,  Ke-io-ta'. 


»  1 


206 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


4.  The  interior  is  very  thinly  settled,  and  much  of  it  is  yet  covered  with 
dense  forests.  Roads  are  rare ;  and  the  numerous  streams  are  destitute 
of  bridges,  and,  in  many  cases,  of  ferry-boats.  The  rivers  are  generally 
crossed  on  rafts,  moved  by  poles ;  while  the  horse,  held  by  the  head,  u 
made  to  swim. 

5.  The  inass  of  the  people  are  very  ignorant  and  indolent.  Nearly 
all  the  labour  is  performed  by  Negro  slaves,  who  constitute  about  three- 
fifths  of  the  whole  population. 

6.  Agriculture  is  in  a  backward  state.  Manufactures 
scarcely  exist ;  but  commerce  is  actively  carried  on.  Sugar, 
cotton,  coffee,  hides,  and  other  products  of  the  country,  are 
exported  chiefly  to  the  United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  For- 
tugal. 

7.  Brazil  is  rich  in  gold  and  precious  stones.   The  diamond 

mines  are  worked  on  account  of  the  government,  and  furnish 

nearly  all  the  diamonds  of  commerce. 

a  Cattle  multiply  to  a^  immense  extent,  especially  in  the  region 
called  the  Sertam ;  and  in  the  extensive  plains  in  the  south,  near  Rio 
Grande,  some  of  the  large  farms  have  from  20,000  to  40,000  head. 

9.  The  western  part  of  Brazil  is  called  Amazonia ;  although  not  a 
political  division,  the  name  has  been  long  in  use,  and  originated  from 
the  reports  of  the  early  explorers  of  a  nation  of  Amazons,  or  female 
warriors,  residing  on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon  river. 

10.  Rio  Janeiro,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  the  capital  of  Brazil, 
and  the  most  populous  city  in  South  America.    Its  harbour  is  visited 


Palace  of  San  Christovao. 


What  does  it  enjoy?    4.  What  is  said  of  the  interior?    How  are  the 
rivers  crossed?     5.  What  are  the  mass  of  the  people?     6.  Of  agri- 
culture?      Manufactures?     Commerce?     7.  In  what  is  Brazil  rich 
8  What  is  said  of  cattle?      9.  Of  the  western    part  of    Brazil. 
How  did  the  name,  Amazon,  orighiate  ?     10.  Describe  Rio  Janeiro. 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


207 


by  the  vessels  of  almost  every  commercial  nation.   The  city  is  tolerably 
budt  much  m  the  European  style,  though  the  streets  are  rather  narro7 

tovlo '  beinf  y  a Ti^hf  "^H  ^"'P^'""'"'  ,"^"  '^'  ^'^y-  '^'^"^^  ^an  Chris. 
£<'  eff?ct      "  ''^''  """^  '"^^^  ''y'^  °^  architecture,  has  a  very 

11.  Bahia,  Pernambuco,  Maranham,  Para,  and  Rio  Grande   are  all 
important  sea.ports.    Tejuco.  in  the  interior,  is  thV  chS  town  and 

a.  the  principal  rivers  that  flow  So  Jf/;  AtiantTc  Skn^^^ 

L  mouS^~W^cl  Tf  r;*^  '" Vk  "T  ^^^^  ^«  ^^^^  Amazon  H;e;  at 

ttsr^;^:riiinfLV;rai^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

V..Ba.  -  What  district  east  of  the  St.  Francisco  rivSr  f  Dd     '  " 


144 


BUENOS  AYRES. 

:rn^^r;t^Rt  f f pp--^^  -^^^^^^^^^^^    ^^z 

Ekr        4  /^.  "^^  '*  P'^'"  '■   afterwards  the  Arffentine 
Republic,  and,  finally,  the  present  name  was  adopted.^ 

2.  The  surface  of  the  country  consists  of  vast  plains  call 
^^mpas,  which  stj^tch  from  the  Atlantic  oceaT,;,tt 
feoif""  """•  '°  ^™"'  "''°"S'>  *«  whole  extln,  of 

Rii^r&c!  J  ""  '"^"^^  »ea.ports?     What  i.  said  of  Tejuco,  VUI. 

When  did'tho7'A'i~  ^;  J^^'^.^  ^^a*e9  hrst  threw  off  the  yoke  of  Spain  ? 

*?''Vh\Tatt;ardt^^^  .^^^*  --«  theyTsI 

nai  anervvards  1    2.  How  far  do  the  pampas  stretch  ?    3. 


208 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


s^g: 


Gauchos  catching  Cattle  with  the  Lacso. 

3.  They  are  chiefly  destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with 
high  grass.  Numerous  herds  of  horses,  mules,  and  cattle, 
graze  and  range  over  them.  The  rhea,  or  American  ostrich, 
with  the  jaguar,  and  several  kinds  of  deer,  also,  abound  on 
these  plains. 

4.  The  Gauchos,  or  inhabitants  of  the  pampas,  lead  a  life  of  rude 
independence.  They  have  no  care  in  rearing  or  feeding  cattle ;  but 
have  only  to  catch  them  with  the  lasso,  or  long  leather  noose,  to  kill,  or 
drive  them  to  Buenos  Ayres ;  and,  in  the  case  of  horses,  to  break  and 
mark  them,  that  they  may  be  afterwards  known. 

5.  Beef  is  the  principal  food  used  mi  the  pampas ;  neither  grain  nor 
vegetables  are  cultivated;  nor  is  the  cow  often  made  to  give  milk. 
Horses  are  so  numerous  and  cheap,  that  every  one  rides ;  even  the  beg- 
gar begs  on  horseback. 

6.  Wheat  and  barley  are  raised  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Buenos 
Ayres,  Mendoza,  and  some  other  towns,  but  in  a  very  slovenly  manner : 
the  grain  being  threshed  by  making  cattle  gallop  over  it.  Fuel  is  so 
scarce,  that  the  people  make  their  fires  with  dried  thistles ;  also,  with 
the  bones,  fat,  and  dung  of  animals. 

7.  Buenos  Ayres,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  south  bank  of  the 

Of  what  are  they  destitute  ?  What  graze  on  them  ?  What  also 
abounds?  4.  What  of  the  Gauchos?  How  do  they  catch  cattle? 
S.  What  food  is  used  on  the  pampas  ?  What  is  said  of  horses  ?  6.  Of 
wheat  and  barley  ?  Of  fuel  ?  7.  Describe  Buenos  Ayres.  8.  Cordova, 
and  Mendoza. 


PARAGUAY. 


209 


th  bank  of  the 


Buenoa  Ayroa. 


?o  f  f  L  n  /  S^°?K  !°^  "•''"'  ^'■°™  *^«  «««•  I'  i«  the  centre  of  trade 
Z^fJii  -f  5°2  h/"""'!.' V"^  """^^  °"  '^n  ^^tensive  commerce 
with  he  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  exporting  thither  greS 
quantities  of  hides,  horns,  and  taUow.  ^  ^ 

a  Cordova  and  Mcndoza,  in  the  interior,  are  noted,  the  first  for  its 

university,  the  only  one  in  this  region,  and  the  last  for  its  wine  aid 

randy,  and  its  trade  with  Chili,  which  is  carried  on  across  the  AnTes 

by  means  of  vast  droves  of  mulos.  ""uca 


Map  No.  10  -  What  country  lies  north  of  Buenos  Ayres  ?  Ba— 
East?  Py.,Uy.  — West?  Ci — South?  Pa.  — What  mountains 
.eparate  Buenos  Ayres  from  ChiU  ?   As.  -  What  river  from  P™  agonk 

WkT-  T.^'T"?^.  R.-Pa..Uy._From  Paraguay?  Py.,  Fa. 
-  What  IS  the  length  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  ?  Parana  ?  ^  Paraguay  ? 
Sr  ".  •  ^u  ^-^'f.  SaladiUo?  Salado,  and  Vermejo  S? 
How  wide  is  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  at  its  mouth  ?  How  far  is  it  naviga- 
ble  for  ships?  How  far  is  the  Paraguay,  for  sloops?  What  is  the 
population  of  Buenos  Ayres?    Of  Cordova?    San  Juan?    Mendoi? 


145 


PARAGUAY. 

1.  Paraguay  is  a  fine  fertile  district,  situated  between  the 

V  #"^^  ,^"^  P^'^"^  ^^vers.     The  population  is  composed 

Chiefly  of  Indians  and  Mestizoes,  not  more  than  one-twentieth 

part  bemg  whites.     Vast  herds  of  cattle  and  horses  feed  on 

Its  rich  plains. 


Paraguay.  Q.-^L  What  is  Paraguay  ?    What  is  said  of  the  popu 
2  B 


210 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


I]'"i     I 


2.  This  state  declared  its  independence  in  1818,  and  short- 
ly afterwards  fell  under  the  control  of  Dr.  Francia,  a  native 
Creole,  who  assumed  the  powers  of  a  Dictator,  and  ruled  the 
people  according  to  his  own  will.    He  died  in  the  year  1840. 

3.  This  singular  man  lived  without  pomp  or  parade,  and,  though 
he  sometimes  acted  with  severity,  maintained  his  power  unimpaired 
to  the  last.  All  the  inhabitants  of  Paraguay  are  taught  reading,  writ- 
ing, and  arithmetic.  Every  one  is  obliged  to  work  at  some  occupation, 
and  idleness  and  beggary  are  unknown. 

4.  Matd,  or  Paraguay  tea,  is  the  most  celebrated  production  of  this 
region,  and  has  been  long  used  in  a  manner  somewhat  similar  to  the 
tea  of  China  over  a  great  part  of  South  America. 

5.  Assumpcion,  the  capital,  is  an  irregularly  built  town,  on  the  east 
bank  of  the  F'araguay  river,  1000  miles  from  the  sea.  Itapua,  Curu- 
guaty,  and  Villa  Rica,  appear  to  be  the  next  important  towns. 

URUGUAY. 

6.  The  Republic  of  Uruguay  was  formerly  called  the 
Banda  Oriental,  and  attached  to  the  United  Provinces  of  the 
Rio  de  la  Plata.  It  was  afterwards,  for  a  time,  claimed  by 
Brazil;  but  in  1828,  at  the  close  of  a  bloody  war  between 
the  Brazilians  and  the  Buenos  Ayreans,  the  two  parties  agreed 
to  its  becoming  an  independent  state. 

7.  Montevideo,*  the  capita],  stands  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Rio  de 
la  Plata,  and  has  the  best  harbour  on  that  river.  It  exports  great  quan- 
tities of  hides,  &c.  The  country  around  this  city  is  fertile,  though  but 
poorly  cultivated.  Maldonado  and  Colonia  are  small  towns  on  the  Rio 
de  la  Plata. 

8.  On  the  upper  part  of  the  Uruguay  river  are  the  remains  of  the 
Missions  formed  by  the  Jesuits.  These  contained  at  one  time  thirty 
towns,  and  100,000  Indians,  who  were  converted  from  idolatry,  instruct 
ed  in  farming  and  some  of  the  useful  arts,  and  disciplined  as  soldiers 
after  the  European  manner.  But  the  towns  are  now  decayed,  and  the 
inhabitants  reduced  to  less  than  one-tenth  of  their  former  numbers. 


lation?  2.  Of  the  state?  Dr.  Francia?  3.  Of  the  inhabitants? 
4.  What  is  the  most  celebrated  production  ?  5.  Describe  Assumpcion 
and  the  other  towns. 

Uruguay.  Q.  —  6.  What  was  Uruguay  formerly  called  ?  To  what 
was  it  attached  ?  By  what  power  was  it  claimed  ?  What  occurred  in 
1828  ?    7.  Describe  the  capital.    The  other  towns.    8.  By  whom  were 


*  Montevideo,  Mon-te-ve'-de-o. 


PATAGONIA. 


211 


ToCh^  ;~  rdl"o"VZ±7/    CJ-  H '"^  tropic  extend  nearly 
the  capital  ?    The  other  toLT?^  H  ^"^-."°«'  S""^  inhabitants  has 


Sailors  kiUing  seals. 


PATAGONIA. 


Penguiiu. 


1.  Patagonia,  the  southern  division  of  South  America 
has  never  been  explored  except  along  the  coast.  The  chief 
part  of  It  appears  to  be  a  cold,  barren,  and  desert  region. 
»,:?"/V"  very  thinly  inhabited  by  various  tribes  of  Indians,  who  'are 
d  n«  '^IfJ' "^  [^""^^u"'^^^"'  ^""^  "^  "'"^"y  described  as  a  nation  of 
fu^uy^""V''?^^^'^^•°''^"^«"can  Ostrich,  which  abounds  in 
the  northern  part  of  their  country. 

3.  Terra  del  Fuego,  lying  south  of  Patagonia,  is  peopled  by  a  race 
ot  miserable  savages,  in  the  lowest  state  of  wretchedness. 

the  Missions  formed  ?  The  Jesuits  were  an  order  of  Catholic  Priest?., 
wno  established  Missions  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  What  is  said 
of  the  Indians  ?     The  towns  ? 

.Z"^Tl'"'.  ^n~r}-  V^^*  "  Patagonia  ?  What  does  the  chief  part 
i"'p„  u~~  ".  7^  "^  ,  V^"  '°  ''^  "inauituu  i  Vvhai:  is  saia  of  llieni  1 
«•  oy  whom  IS  Terra  del  Fuego  peopled  ? 


212 


DESCRIPTIVR   GEOGRAPHY, 


1.1. 


SOUTH  AMERICAN  ISLANDS. 

4.  South-east  from  Patagonia  are  several  groups  of 
islands,  scattered  at  various  distances  from  the  continent. 
They  comprise  the  Falicland  Islands,  South  Georgia,  and 
Sandwich  Land. 

5.  The  climate  of  these  islands  is  cold  and  severe,  and  their  shores 
are  rugged  and  barren.  They  are  very  seldom  visited,  and,  except  the 
Falkland  group,  are  uninhabited.  The  latter  contains  many  good  har- 
hours,  which  atford  shelter  to  the  whulo  and  seal  ships,  which  navigate 
the  southern  seas.  They  are  claimed  both  by  Great  Britain  and  Buenos 
Ay  res.    There  ia  a  small  settlement  on  the  eastern  island. 

6.  Farther  to  the  south,  are  the  islands  of  South  Shetland,  South 
Orkney,  Palmer's  Land,  and  Graham's  Land.  These  have  all  been 
discovered  since  the  year  1819. 

7.  They  are  dceolatc,  sterile  regions,  covered  even  in  mid-summer 
with  ice  and  snow,  and  arc  untenanted  by  a  single  human  being. 
Their  shores  abound  with  the  fur-seal,  sea-elephant,  and  vast  numbers 
of  penguins. 

8.  Vessels  from  Stonington  and  other  ports  in  New  England  frequent 
these  islands  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  seals,  the  furs  of  which  oro 
very  fine  and  valuable. 

Map  No.  10. —How  is  Patagonia  bounded?  Which  are  its  chief 
rivers?  Cs.,  P.-De.  — What  tribes  inhabit  it?  Ps.,  Ma.— What 
islands  lie  to  the  eastward  ?  Fd.  —  What  straits  separate  this  region 
f^om  Terra  del  Fuego  ?  Mn.  —  What  island  on  the  west  coast  ?  Wn. 
—  What  island  east  of  Terra  del  Fuego?  S.-Ld.- What  celebrated 
Cape  south  of  Terra  del  Fuego?  Hn.  — Thb  cape  is  the  southern 
extremity  of  Hermit's  Island. 

Map  No.  1.  — Western  hemisphere.  —  Which  is  the  most  northern, 
Graham's  Land,  or  the  Falkland  Isles  ?  F-Is.  —  The  most  southern  ? 
G..Ld.  —  Which  are  the  most  eastern  islands  ?  S.-Ld.  —  Which  is 
the  most  distant  from  Patagonia  ?     S.-Ld. 


Sovth  American  Isles.  Q.—i.  What  do  the?;'-  li.Tti  comprise' 
5.  What  is  said  of  the  climate?  What  do  the  /  Ikbnd  slands  con- 
tain ?  By  what  powers  are  they  claimed  ?  6.  VVIiat  is  farther  to  the 
south  ?  7.  What  are  they  covered  with  ?  In  what  do  their  shorei 
abound  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  vessels  from  Stonington  ? 


213 


EUROPE. 

1.  Europe,  though  the  smallest  of  the  three  great  divisions 
uiickiy  peopled,  and  the  best  cultivated. 

2.  In  modern  times  it  has  been  the  point  from  which  civil 
.^a  ion  and  knowledge  have  been  extended  to  other  nat^n 

nd  .is  emigrants  have  peopled  all  the  civilized  c^unSof 
Ike  other  parts  of  the  world.  ""ines  oi 

3-  Europe  is  deeply  penetrated  by  large  inland  sen,  an,l 
numerous  gulfs,  which  afford  great  natumladvanS  for 
ommercal   purstjits.    Its  interior  regions  are  wellTtered 
hough  none  of  the  rivers  are  of  the  first  magnitude     The 
J:y^i  of  them  are  the  Volga,  Don,  DniliSrSanub^ 
Tagus,  Loire,  Rhine,  Rhone,  Elbe,  and  Vistula. 

ttem^mlV'"'  '"f  ■''  "■  ^""P^  ''  8''«='"y  diversified, yet 

A  ^  rt    T"^-  7'"'  P"""^'P"'  '""S^^  «'e  the  Dofrafields, 
Alps,  Carpathians,  A[jennines,  and  Pyrenees. 

**•«  are  the  pri.eiS  ^^n1    4.'  wL^t  T^  '^  ZZSZl 


211 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


m 


I    m 


•Is 


Wild  Scottish  Ox 


Wild  Musmon  Sheep. 


5.  The  native  animals  of  Europe  are  less  in  number  than  those  of 
some  of  the  other  quarters  of  the  earth.  The  horse,  ass,  dog,  and  cat, 
came  originally  from  Asia ;  but  the  ox  and  the  sheep  are,  probably,  of 
native  origin.  A  few  of  the  wild  Scottish  oxen  are  still  preserved  in 
parks  in  the  north  of  England ;  and  the  musmon,  or  wild  sheep,  is 
found  in  Sardinia  and  Corsica. 


Bearded  Vulture. 


Golden  Eagle.  - 


6.  The  birds  of  Europe  comprise  a  number  of  different  kinds,  many 
of  which  also  abound  in  the  neighbouring  regions.  The  bearded  vul- 
ture is  the  largest  of  the  European  birds  of  prey.  Tt  is  found  among 
the  highest  summits  of  the  Alps,  and  destroys  sheep,  lambs,  goats,  and 
otlicr  animals.  The  golden  eagle  frequents  the  British  isles,  and  the 
adjacent  parts ;  while  the  bustard,  crane,  stork,  flamingo,  spoonbill,  and 
pelican,  are  met  with  in  various  quarters.  The  turkey  was  brouglil 
from  America,  the  peacock  and  common  fowl  from  Asia,  and  tlie 
guinea-fowl  from  Africa. 

7.  The  cultivation  of  the  soil  has  been  carried,  in  many 
parts  of  Europe,  to  great  perfection,  and  has  been  rendered 
highly  productive  in  all  the  necessaries,  and  most  of  the 


5.  Of  the  animals  ? 


6.  Birds?    7.  Of  cultivation ?    8.  Manufactures? 


EUROPE, 


215 


luxuries  of  life.     Grain  of  various  kinds  is  raised  in  alJ 
quarters,  except  in  the  extreme  northern ;   while  the  vine 
olive, mulberry,  and  orange,  flourish  in  the  southern  parts  of* 
the  continent.  i^uno  ui 

^8.  The  amount  and  variety  of  the  manufactures  of  the 
European  nations  are  unrivalled  ;  and  by  means  of  the  exten- 
sive  commerce  carried  on  by  the  maritime  states,  they  are 
aistnbuted  over  almost  every  quarter  of  the  globe 


148 


8.  Manufactures! 


9.  Though  Europe  was  the  latest  portion  of  the  eastern 
continent  that  received  the  light  of  civilization,  yet  it  must 
now  be  considered  a.  the  centre  of  refinement  and  learning.. 
Ihe  most  useful  inventions,  the  finest  productions  of  geniul 
and  the  improvement  of  all  the  sciences,  belong  to  the  people 
of  this  region.  ^    ^ 

10.  Universities  and  colleges  are  numerous  in  almost  all 
European  countries.     These  provide  for  the  higher  branches 

f  learning,  and  are  generally  on  a  larger  scale  than  any  in 
America.  Some  of  them  are  endowed  with  extensive  funds, 
valuable  libraries,  and  botanic  gardens;  and  attract  many 
students  from  various  quarters,  of  whom,  some  are  from  our 
own  country,  and  other  parts  of  the  new  world. 

11.  In  several  parts  of  Europe,  the  common  branches  of 
school  education  are  much  neglected,  and  the  lower  orders  of 
the  people  are  not  so  well  instructed  as  in  the  United  Stales. 

!  r.     '  ?u  ^^^"^  ^'^  ""^^'®  *°  '^^^  °^'  ^^ite ;  and  in  some 
countries  they  are  extremely  ignorant  and  bigoted. 

12.  Schools  for  instructing  the  poorer  classes  are  mos* 
I    merous  in  Prussia,  Switzerland,  Holland,  Belgium,  and 

Scotland.     In  the  latter  country,  more  of  the  people  receive 
earned  education  than  elsewhere.      England,  Germany, 
M  b  ranee,  excel  m  literature  and  science. 

I  nni?*  ^"  ^\T^^  ^^®^y  P'^""^  °^  Europe,  great  distinctions  of 

n^nk  prevail  betvveen  the  upper  and  lower  classes  of  society. 

rlr^   of  nobility  are   established   everywhere,  except  in 

[  Aurkey  and  Norway.     Nearly  all  the  individuals  beloii-rin- 

lUJa'''^  u    ^""[^  of  Europe?  ToTofTnlversities  and  colleffes?     IL 
[Common  branches  of  educaUon?    12.  where  are  schools  S„umer. 


216 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


i' 


«•  ! 


i  \ 


to  these  reside  in  splendid  mansions,  and  enjoy  every  luxury 
which  money  can  procure ;  whilst  the  poorer  classes  lodge  in 
mean  cottages,  and  earn  a  very  scanty  subsistence  by  the 
labour  of  their  hands. 

J 4.  The  religion  of  Europe  is  almost  entirely  Christian,  ex- 
cept  in  Turkey,  where  the  Mahomedan  system  is  established. 
The  Christian  church  comprises  three  great  divisions ;  the 
Catholic,  the  Protestant,  and  the  Greek  church.  The  ad- 
herents  of  the  first-named  amount,  probably,  to  about  121^ 
millions,  the  second  to  54  millions,  and  the  last  50  millions. 
There  are  also  about  5^  millions  of  Mahomedans,  and  2\ 
millions  of  Jews. 

15.  Europe  comprises  61  independent  states.  Of  these,  three  are 
styled  Empires,  16  Kingdoms,  7  Grand  Duchies,  1  Electorate,  11 
Duchies,  1  Landgraviate,  11  Principalities,  1  Lordship,  1  Ecclesiastical 
State,  and  9  Republics.  The  population  of  the  whole  is  estimated  at 
230  millions. 

16.  The  states  which  rank  highest  in  the  scale  of  national  importance 
are,  Great  Britain,  France,  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia.  These  are 
called  the  five  Great  Powers.  They  direct  and  control  the  aifairs  of 
the  whole  continent,  and,  more  or  less,  influence  the  destinies  of  every 

civilized  nation. 

149 

Map  No.  11.— How  is  Europe  bounded  ?    Which  is  its  largest  city 
and  river  ? 

Norway  ...  Bounded ?— Capital ?    France Bounded?— Capital? 

Sweden  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Spain Bounded  ?— CapitaW 

Russia  ....  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Portugal  ....  Bounded  ?— Capita 

Denmark  . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Austria Bounded  ?— Capita 

Holland  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Prussia Bounded  ?— Capita^ 

Belgium  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Switzerland  .  Bounded  ?— CapitaH 

England  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Italy Bounded  ?— Capitah 

Scotland  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Turkey Bounded  ?— Capita  ? 

Ireland Bounded  ?— Capital  ?    Greece Bounded  /—Capital: 

Where  is  the  White  sea?  Baltic  sea?  North  sea?  Irish  sea? 
Mediterranean  sea?  Black  sea?  Sea  of  Azov?  Sea  of  Marmora: 
How  long  is  each  of  these  seas?     Where  is  the  Archipelago? 

Where  is  the  gulf  of  Bothnia?  G.  of  Finland?  G.  of  Venice? 
How  long  are  each  of  these  ?  Where  is  the  gulf  of  Dantzick  ?  U  ot 
Lyons?  G.  of  Genoa?  G.  of  Taranto ?,  Where  is  the  bay  of  Biscay^ 
Where  is   the   channel   called   the  Cattegat?     The  Skager  Rack. 

c„o  ?  1  .q.  What  is  said  of  the  distinctions  of  rank  ?  14,  Of  religion' 
How  is  it  divided  ?  15.  What  does  Europe  comprise  ?  16.  Whicn 
■tates  rank  highest  ? 


EUROPE, 


217 


.3  its  largest  city 


LSZ^e?""''     E„gUshCh.7     North  Ch.7     Channel  T 

c  TE^kllel  t'Vr'J^T  ^  0  S-^f  Otranto  ?    S.  of  the  Dardanellc.  ? 
S.of*.nikale?    S.  of  Gibraltar  ?    How  many  miles  wide  is  the  last  ? 

Whereis  the  Petchora  rivor?    TheDwina?    Onega?     Tornea? 
Dal?    Duna?    Niemen?    Vistula?    Oder?    Elbe?    Weser?    Ee 
Ihames?    Shannon?    Seine?    Loire?    Garonne?    Douro?    TaZ 
Guadiana?  Guadalquivir?  Ebro?  Rhone?  Po?   Danube?  Dniefter? 
Bog      Dnieper?    Don?    Volga?    How  long  is  each  rtheleS? 

Where  18  the  lake  Onega?    Ladoga?    Piepus  7    Wener?    Wetter? 
Geneva  ?     How  long  is  each  of  these  lakes  ? 

Where  is  the  peninsula  of  Jutland  ?  OftheMorea?  The  Crimea? 
Via  large  peninsula  lies  south  of  the  Bay  of  Biscay?  Sn.,  Pi. - 
VV  Jiat  penmsula  lies  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Venice  ?     ly. 

Where  is  cape  Sviatoi?    North  C.  ?    The  Naze?    C.Clear?    Land's 
End/    C.  Fmisterre  ?    C.  St.  Vincent?    C.deGatt?    C.Teulada? 
C.  Fassaro  ?    C.  M<ttapan  ?  «uiautt  i 

OrSt"*?  '  hT'"?"^  ^    '^t  ^°^°'^.''?  ^"'""^^  ^    ^^^  »«'««  ^  Shetland  ? 
Orkney  ?    Hebrides  or  Western  isles  ?    British  isles  ?    Isle  of  Man  7 

Anglesea?     SciUy  islands  ?     Balearic  Is.?      Majorca?     Minor^? 

vica?    Corsica?    Sardinia?    Elba?    Lipari  Is. ?     Sicily  ?     Malti? 

Ionian  isles?      Corfu?    Cephalonia?      Zante?      Cerigo?      Candk? 

Kn    r^?KV  ^?'^;;?P°5V'  J^'^™"^^^    Where  is  Aland  ?    Dago? 
Oesel?    Gothland?    Oland?    Rugen?    Zealand?     Funen? 

Where ^are  the  Dofrafield  mountains?  .Ural  mountains ?   Pyrenees? 

Cevennes?    Auvergne?     Cantabrian?    Sierra  Morena  ?     Sierra  Ne- 

ui      f^'Py^.  Apennines?    Carpathian?     Balkan  mountains  ?    Tdl 

the  ength  of  the  range,  and  the  heights  of  those  mountains  that  have 

Ijgures  attached  to  them. 

wfJ^i  ^^^^  °^  P^°P^®  ^^^  ^"  '*^^  northern  part  of  Russia?    Ss 

What  three  races  are  partly  in  Europe,  and  parUy  in  Asia?    Bs.,  Ks.. 

How  many  miles  is  it  from  Iceland  to  Norway  ?    From  Norwav  to 
Greenland  ?    Scot  and  to  Labrador  ?    Ireland  to  Labrador  ?     Engknd 

^7toNewyJrk?'^'"^"  *°  ''^''''     ^'^''  *°  ^°^^  ^^""^^ 


150 


SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

1.  Sweden  and  Norway  are  now  united  into  one  kingdom, 
and  are  under  the  control  of  th^  same  sovereign.  The 
government  is  a  limited  monarchy.  Each  state  has  its  par- 
ticular  constitution,  its  own  laws.  anH  a  na^ionn!  >o"i*-io*.'~s 

Sweden  and  Norway.   Q.  —  l.   What   are  Sweden  and  Norway  7 


218 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


ill 


i 


2.  This  region  forms  a  vast  peninsula,  bounded  on  the  one 
side  by  the  Atlantic  ocean,  and  on  the  other  by  the  Baltic  sea. 
The  climate,  though  severe  in  winter,  is  healthful ;  and  many 
of  the  inhabitants,  especially  of  Norway,  live  to  a  great  a^e. 

Extensive  forests  cover  a  large  part  of  the  country,  and 
but  a  small  portion  of  it  is  suited  to  agriculture. 

3.  Grain  is  seldom  raised  in  sufficient  quantities  to  supply 
the  wants  of  the  people ;  and  in  the  northern  districts,  pine 
bark  or  moss,  is  often  mixed  with  flour,  to  make  bread.  Thfi 
southern  sections  are  the  most  fertile,  and  produce  potatoes, 
barley,  oats,  rye,  and  some  tobacco. 

4.  Sweden  has  but  fevr  manufactures,  and  Norway  still  less.  The 
working  of  the  mines,  ship-building,  the  cutting  of  timber,  and  the 
fisheries,  form  the  chief  branches  of  industry.  The  commerce  ia 
active  and  extensive.  The  chief  exports  are  iron,  steel,  copper,  timber 
and  fish, 

5.  The  habits,  manners,  and  characters  of  the  Swedes  and  Norwe- 
gians have  much  resemblance.  They  are  lively  and  cheerful  in  disposi- 
tion,  pohte  and  hospitable  to  strangers,  and  are  strongly  attached  to 
their  respective  countries. 

6.  The  religion  of  both  nations  is  the  Lutheran.  Education  is  gen- 
eral,  and  the  chief  part  of  the  lower  orders  of  the  people  are  able  to 
read  and  write.  Amongst  the  peasantry,  every  man  is  his  own  carpeu- 
ler,  shoemaker,  blacksmith,  &c. 

NORWAY. 

7.  Norway  was  united  to  Denmark  in  1380,  and  contin- 
ued  to  form  part  of  the  Danish  monarchy  until  1814,  when 
it  was  annexed  to  Sweden.  It  is  one  of  the  most  mountain- 
ous  countries  in  Europe;  and  abounds  in  sublime  t nd  romantic 
scenery. 

8.  Near  the  Loffoden  islands  there  is  a  terrific  whirlpool,  called  the 
Malstrom,  which  sometimes  draws  in  ships,  as  well  as  whales  and  other 
animals,  and  dashes  them  on  the  rocks  beneath. 

9.  Christiania,  which  stands  at  the  head  of  Christiania  firth  or  gulf,  25 
miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  capital  of  Norway,  and  the  seat  of  the  storthijr, 
or  national  legislature.    It  contains  a  university,  a  cathedral,  a  palace, 

What  is  the  government  ?  2.  What  does  this  region  form  ?  What  is 
said  of  forests  ?  3.  Grain,  &c.  ?  4.  Of  manufactures  ?  What  are 
the  chief  branches  of  industry  ?  Of  the  commerce  ?  5.  The  habits 
manners,  &.c.  ?     6.  Religion  ? 

7.  When  was  Norway  united  to  Denmark?  Annexed  to  Sweden? 
8.  Describe  the  Malstrom.    9.  Christiania,  Bergen,  &c. 


NORWAY. 


219 


several  churches,  and  other  public  buildings.    Its  trade  is  chiefly  in 
hfn?xt  1;;;rrlS7"'""T?'  ^'^^  ";"^«-    ^'^^^  -^^  D/onthefm  >;" 


Christiania. 
Map  No.  11.  -  What  bounds  Norway  on  the  north  ?  A.-On.  - 
Souh?  S.-Rk  -East?  Sn.-West?  A.-On. -What  mountain. 
on  he  east?  Dd.- How  long  and  high  are  they?  WhTtTlanS 
north  of  the  Arctic  circle  ?  Ln.  _  Which  is  the  chief  river  ?  Gn  -! 
How  long  IS  It?  What  is  the  population  of  Bergen?  Christiania? 
SnrNy.  ^"^'^''■^'    Which'extends  fartheft  north.  Nom^y  or 


^  til 


151 


',  and  contin. 


id  to  Sweden  < 


SWEDEN. 

1.  Sweden,  though  enclosed  by  high  mountains  on  the 
north  and  west,  is,  m  general,  a  flat  country,  much  diversified 
by  lakes  and  rivers.  The  northern  part  of  the  kingdom  is 
barren,  and  very  thinly  peopled;  while  the  southern  is  much 
more  fertile,  containing  some  thickly  settled  and  weli-culti- 
vated  districts. 

2.  In  science,  the  Swedes  have  attained  considerable  distinction. 
Iheyhave  cultivated,  with  great  ardour,  botany,  chemistry,  and  min. 
^ralogy;  and  their  learned  men  are  particularly  well  versed  in  the 

uTaT'  ?l  ?*''"'■  "?*r'-.  .  '^^'y  '^^^'^  ^'««'  at  different  periods,  been 
"oted  for  their  martial  epirit,  and,  under  some  of  their  kinffs.  have 
iicquired  great  military  rtnown.  ® 

3.  Stockholm,  the  capital,  is  built  on  several  small  islands  and  pen- 
msulas,  near  the  entrance  of  Lake  Malar  into  the  Baltic  sea.    It  has  a 

3  n''^'"';  %-}:  ,^^*^*  '^  «a'<^  of  Sweden?  2,  Of  science,  &c.  ? 
d.  Describe  Stockholm    4.  Gottenburg,  &c.    Islands  in  tlie  Baltic,  &c 


II  bM 


220 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


safe  and  commodious  harbour,  and  an  extensive  trade.  The  city  con. 
tains  the  royal  palace,  and  a  number  of  oilier  public  buildings.  Ti^e 
hangar,  or  great  iron  warehouse,  is  remarkable  for  the  immense  quan. 
tity  of  that  article  deposited  in  it 


Stockholm. 

4.  Gottenburg  is  the  second  town  in  Sweden,  in  trade  and  population. 
Carlscrona  is  the  station  of  the  Swedish  navy.  Upsal  is  noted  for  its 
university,  and  Fahlun  for  its  copper-mines.  Several  islands  in  the 
Baltic  sea  belong  to  Sweden,  as  does  also  the  island  of  St  Bartholomew 
in  the  West  Indies. 


Laplanders  Travelling. 
LAPLAND. 

5.  Lapland  is  a  cold,  desolate  region,  lying  to  the  nonh 
of  the  Arctic  circle.  It  belongs,  nominally,  to  Sweden  and 
Russia  ;  but  such  are  the  sterility  of  the  soil  and  the  poverty 
of  the  people,  that  they  are  left  to  themselves,  and  are  not 
under  the  cognizance  of  any  general  government. 

6.  The  Laplanders  are  of  short  stature,  being  generally 
under  five  feet  in  height.  They  are  a  simple,  harmless 
people;  greatly  attached  to  their  native  country,  and  are 
never  known  to  leave  it.  War  is  their  aversion,  and  no 
instance  has  ever  occurred  of  any  of  them  becoming  soldiers. 

5.  What  is  said  of  Lapland  ?    What  is  said  of  the  soil,  and  people  ? 


RUSSIAN    EMPIRE. 


221 


7.  The  8wift.footed   reindeer,  which   they  train  to  draw  them  In 
sledges  over  tJie  snovy,  form  their  riehes.    The  flesh  and  mUk  of  Se  o 
animals  eompnse  their  food,  and  the  skins  their  funiture  and  elotiint 
r^fn^de'eSnt"^^^^^^^^^  ^  place,  with  their  ^"0^ 

8.  In  summer,  they  live  in 
tents,  and  in  winter,  in  low, 
rude  huts,  formed  of  stones 
und  earth,  and  covered  with 
turf.  Tlie  few  villages  found 
in  this  country  are  very  small, 
seldom  containing  more  than 
one  or  two  hundred  inbab- 
itants ;  and  the  whole  nation, 
though  occupying  a  country 
nearly  equal  in  extent  to 
France,  is  supposed  not  to  ex- 
ceed  30,000  individuals. 

9.  These  people  have  been 
nearly  all  converted  to  Chris- 
lianity,   and    are,    generally,  -  

nlvefut'Vrlt' h;/*"""^  '^.'""l  ^'''''  ^"""^^  "«  ""known.  They 
never  use  profane  language ;  and  observe  the  sabbath  very  stricUy. 

Ms^~El"stV' G^^V^""'^^^^"  *'^«  "°^th  and  west?  D.- 
^  ritfof'l^^ed^nVV  K^^^^  B.^a. -- Which  are  the  prin- 
l-^e  length  of  each  orthese'^^V^:-'e&  ^  k'e  '7  ^ISr"^^;^?  Wr'^l* 

GZJS;r  GefleT  c"V     ^'^?' }f  ,'^^  population  of  rtockllml 
mmmrgi    Gefle  ?    Carlscrona?    Calmar?    Upsal?    andFahlun? 


Laplander's  Tent. 


-  152 


RUSSIAN  EMPIRE. 

FnmnT°''/A'-'^"  ^.""P"'®  comprises   nearly  one-half  of 
E  rope  and  Asia,  and  part  of  North  America.     It  reaches 

2.  This  state  has  been  much  increased  within  the  last 

So  SfLalnn'  ^f  ^"J'^'-^-    7-  What  is  said  of  the  reindeer  ?    8.  How 

la^?  ^  Of  r    1  ?  '""?'"'o''  ^  o^"  ^^"^^"-^    What  is  said  of  thT 

cSrted?       '^"  ''^°^'  "'*^°"^     ^'  T°  ^l^^t  have  the  people  been 

Ho^frdS^^;e?ch7  '/wtf  ^  *  vr  ^^  ?"^p-  --?-« ^ 

oi  uocs  It  resell  /    2.  What  is  said  of  its  increase  ?    Of  its 


222 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Russian  Army. 

seventy  years,  by  the  annexation  of  Finland,  a  great  part  of 
Poland,  and  various  districts  of  Turkey  and  Persia.  Its 
population,  which,  100  years  ago,  was  estimated  at  only  15 
millions,  now  numbers  four  times  that  amount. 

3.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  a  greater  variety  of  different 
nations,  than  is  to  be  found  under  any  other  government  in 
the  world.  The  chief  races  in  European  Russia  are  Russians, 
Poles,  Finns,  Tartars,  and  Cossacks.  The  latter  form,  in 
time  of  war,  a  most  efficient  part  cf  the  Russian  army. 

4.  The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  Greek  church, 
but  all  others  are  tolerated ;  and  there  are  to  be  found  in 
Russia,  Catholics,  Protestants,  Mahomedans,  Jews,  and  Pa^ 
gans,  of  various  kinds. 

The  government  is  an  absolute  monarchy.  The  Emperor 
is  the  head  of  church  and  state,  and  is  styled  the  Autocrat  of 
all  the  Russias.  All  power  emanates  from  him,  and  he  is 
considered  to  derive  his  authority  from  God  alone. 

5.  The  military  force  of  this  empire  is  the  largest  in 
Europe,  and  is  a  source  of  anxiety  to  the  neighbouring  states. 
The  regular  army  amounts  to  700,000  men.  The  naval 
force,  on  the  Black  and  Baltic  seas,  consists  of  between  200 

population  100  years  ago?    3.  Of  what  do  the  inhabitants  consist? 
Name  the  chief  races.     4.  What  is  said  of  the  religion  ?    Govxrnment 
The  Emperor?    5.  Military  force ?    Army?     Navy?    6.  The  com- 


RUSSIAN   EMPIRE.  223 

silk,  and  woollen  goods  of  »„rinn»'  i,    ,,.,'*  ?™"'  """o"' 
some  extent  as  «r§?7=    i  '  '""'*'•  """^  l^"  "ade  to 

7  g™77'  u  .     8'««^-»'»'«.  porcelain,  paper,  &c. 

much  facilitated  L  "he  num^rn^.'-    •"''''•    ?•■»  '"'•»''  commerce  i, 
2J    The  Chief  interna,  tA^  tt^^^^^:^  rXf^iX. 

of  L'ctpT!  r„d  BhK*"'"  °'  ""^  "^^'  ^°'=-' «"'' 

taive.  Upwards  of  1 0  0.  n  fi'  v"'  T"""™  *"''  ^^"^  P™" 
llie  Volga  alonp  At!,  '^,^^^'"S-'»'"^  «•«  employed  on 
foJdTfor  hrpurie?f'^„,^T«"''°"  Company  Ls^  been 
v™us'seas.ten1  t'^^-Zl^:"^^  "^'^ ">« 

tt j^p^op^i^^^^^^^^      ^^^^ 

»d  isnor:nt™Trev'^?;„rinTr"^' '"  "  "Sfl"''  ">■!"=<*  ""^''y 
jnimueh  addicted  to  in  JriSlLv.'?°™'"'r"'l,''y '""•"' *"'•"». 
"ty  of  imitation,  and  w1£V„,^?  ""^v.?^  ?'■"  '»'*"  «'»« 
H»  finest  worlts  of  i A  ""P""'  "^  °°Py'°«  ^onie  of 

".e"\2othTr^arl^HT'  "^  '°/J"«'«''n  and  refine- 
«««erousiS:^;nh^^-  --  ""--"-.  -d 

.gifrs-r.j^^s-Lid'drr"'""^'.  «•  ^*- 


)    ,! 


224 


i 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 
153  


Russians  leaving  Moscow. 
RUSSIA  IN  EUROPE. 

1.  This  is  the  most  extensive  region  in  Europe.  It  com. 
prises  more  than  one-half  of  the  area  of  that  division  of  the 
continent,  and  stretches  from  the  Baltic  sea  to  the  Ural 
mountains.  The  surface  is  generally  level ;  its  chief  features 
being  vast  plains  and  large  rivers,  with  numerous  lakes  in 
the  north-western  quarter. 

2.  In  the  northern  parts  of  the  country,  it  is  intensely  cold 
in  winter,  and  mostly  barren  ;  while  in  the  southern  districts 
the  climate  is  mild  and  pleasant,  and  the  soil  is,  in  general, 
fertile  and  highly  productive,  yielding  large  crops  of  wheat, 
rye,  oats,  &c. 

3.  The  cold  and   dreary  islands  of  Nova  Zembla  and 
Spitsbergen,  belong  to  Russia;  they  lie  to  the  northward o 
the  Arctic  circle,   and  are  not  inhabited  by  man.     m^\ 
islands  abound  with  white  bears,  reindeer,  seals,  whales,  &c., 
and  are  resorted  to  by  hunters  and  fishermen.     Ihe  islana. 
of  Aland,  Dago,  and  Oesel,  in  the  Baltic  sea,  also  form  pari| 
of  this  empire. 

Russia,  in  Europe.  Q.-h  What  is  said  of  this  country?    Ofjj 
surface?    2.  The  northern  parts?    Southern?    3.  Of  Nova  Zembia 


RUSSIAN    EMPIRE. 


226 


4.  Vast  forests  abound 
in  various  parts  of  Eu- 
ropean Russia.  These 
furnish  Riga  and  Memcl 
with  large  supplies  of 
timber,  pitch,  tar,  &c. 
which  are  sent  to  other 
parts   of    the    continent.  Russian  Village. 

uy  reier  tiie  threat,  and  is  now  a  magnificent  citv.  with  .i;:— -.., 

0.  Moscow,  the  old  cap- 
itnl,  was  one  of  the  largest 
cities  in  Europe.     It  was 
deserted  by  the  whole  pop- 
ulation  in  1812,  and  almost 
destroyed  by  fire,  to  prevent 
its  affording  an  asylum  to 
the  army  of  the  emperor 
Napoleon,  who  had  invaded 
the  country.      It  is  now 
iiearly  rebuilt.    One  of  ihe 
curiv:<ilies  of  Moscow  is 
the  great  bell,  the  largest 
in  the  world  ;  it  is  67  feet 
in  circumference,  19  feet 
high,  and  weighs   nearly 
300  tons.    Among  the  nu- ' 
merous   public   buildings, 

the  church  of  St.  Basil  is  Church  of  St.  Basil. 

remarkable  for  the  peculiar  style  of  its  architecture. 

capJ-TLlhiXr/'^"''  '?i^«Gulf  of  Finland,  22  miles  from  the 

eitcns  We  fnrffio„?!        T^  °^  ^^e  Russian  navy,  and  is  noted  for  its 

nlel  on  tSe  Wh  t?''  ^°'^'\«' ^^^^l^'  &«•     Riffa,  on  the  Baltic,  Arch- 

eaits     ThTJatlf  ^'  ^"'^  ^^"''^'  °"  ^^^  ^^'''^  «««♦  "«  important 
ports.     1  he  latter  carries  on  a  great  trade  in  wheat 

Sestsf  *'o?th ^  K  ^?'.-  °^  Aland,  &c.  ?     4.  What  is  said  of  the 
Moscow    ^^''^  ^habitations,  &c.?    5.  Describe  St  Petersburg.    6. 
iwoscow.     Describe  the  great  bell.     7.  D««rrJhe  -       ■    •         ^ 
"tner  towns.  ~  ' 


2D 


226 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


i^. 


ill 


Man  No.  11.  — Whut  bounds  Ruasia  on  the  north?  A.-On.  — W  hat 
teas  on  the  80Uth  7  Bk,  Av.  -  What  BCa  and  gulf  on  the  wc.t?  Be, 
Ba.  — What  mountainB  ou  the  east?  UK- What  nvcrs  form  the 
8o.ith.ea.t  boundary  t  Va,  Dn.- What  mors  flow  mto  the  Wh.to 
«ca  7  Me,  Da..  Oa.  -  Into  tl«o  gulf  of  Riga  ?  ««•  -  [ho  gulf  of 
Dantzick  ?  Va.  -  The  sea  of  Azov  ?  Dn.  - 1  ho  Black  seaj  Dr., 
lis..  Dr.  — Tell  the  length  of  all  these  nvcrs.  Which  are  the  thrc« 
principal  lakes  7  Oa..  La..  Ps.  -  How  long  is  each  of  these  ?  What 
is  the  population  of  St.  Petersburg  7  Moscow  7  Kazan  7  Crons  ndt 
Odessa  7  Riga  7  Wilna7  Orel  7  Warsaw?  Cracow?  Lubhn? 
On  what  gulfis  St.  Petersburg 7  Cronstadt?  and  R«vcl?  Jd.- 
»ow  long  is  it  ?  How  long  is  the  gulf  of  Botljn.a  7  ^  Jhe  WhUe  sea » 
The  Black  sea  7    On  what  river  is  Moscow  7    The  other  chief  cities  7 


154 


POLAND. 

1  Poland,  once  an  important  state,  was  conquered  and 
divided,  in  the  year  1796,  between  Russia,  Prussia,  and 
Austria.  In  1815,  part  of  ancient  Poland  was  erected  into 
a  kinadom,  subject  to  the  control  of  the  Emperor  of  Russia, 
who,  In  consequence,   added  to  his  title,  that  of  King  of 

Poland. 

2  The  tyranny  of  the  Russians  proving  insupportable  to 
the  Poles,  they,  in  the  year  1830,  attempted  a  revolution;  but, 
after  defeating  their  oppressors  in  several  bloody  battles,  were 
at  length  overpowered  by  superior  numbers,  and  forced  .o 
submit.  Poland  is  now  incorporated  with  Russia,  and  no 
longer  exists  as  a  separate  state. 

3.  Many  of  the  Polish  patriots,  preferring  exile  and  poverty 
abroad,  to  oppression  at  home,  have  emigrated  to  other  parts 
of  the  world,  and  some  of  them  now  reside  m  the  United 
States.  During  the  war  of  the  American  Revolution,  two 
Polish  generals  of  distinction,  Kosciusko  and  Pulaski,  came 
to  this  country,  and  took  part  with  the  Americans  in  the  con- 
test  with  Great  Britain. 

4   The  people,  as  in  Russia,  are  divided  into  two  great  classes,  nobles 
and"  slaves      The  nobles,  who  are  more  numerous  than  »n  any  jthe 
country  in  Europe,  have  always,  in  the  eye  of  the  world,  fotmed  tie 
people  of  Poland"  They  are  brave,  frank,  and  hospitable,  and  so  gay 

Poland.  Q.-1.  What  was  Poland?    What  took  place  in  1815? 
i-otona.  vj.  ^  *„^  ^    .,  ^f.  ,      v„]\sh  natriots?     What  officers 

cime  to  this  country  7    4.  How  are  the  people  divided?    6.  01  Uio 


DENMARK. 


227 


and  lively  in  thdir  manneri,  that  they  have  been  compared  ta  tho 
French. 

5.  Some  of  the  nobleg  potinenn  vast  estatcd,  and  live  in  great  splendour; 
while  tho  pcasunts  inhabit  wrelchud  hovels,  and  are  ignurant,  bigoted, 
und  extremely  dirty.  Tho  Jews  arc  more  numerous  in  this  country 
than  in  any  other  part  of  the  continent.  They  are  industrioufl,  but 
craflvi  and  carry  on  all  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the  country.  TIicho 
people  enjoy  more  political  freedom  here,  than  in  any  of  the  nuiglv* 

uuring  states. 

6.  The  climate  of  Poland  is  cool  and  moist,  yet  the  soil  is  so  pro- 
ductive in  grain,  that  the  annual  export  has  been  estimated  at  sixteen 
million  busiicls.    Cattle,  hemp,  flax,  wax,  and  honey,  are  also  exported. 

7.  Warsaw  was  the  capital  of  Poland.  It  has  Buffered  greatly  from 
the  sieges  and  bombardments  it  has  fiustained.  This  place  presents 
the  same  contrast,  common  in  tho  cities  of  Poland  and  Russia,  of 
splendid  palaces  and  mean  hovels,  adjoining  each  otiier.  Lublin  is 
ijotcd  for  its  fairs,  to  which  traders  resort  from  all  quarters. 

8.  Republic  of  Cracow.  —  This  little  republic  was  formed  in  1815, 
and  consists  of  the  city  of  Cracow,  with  a  small  surroundin?  territory, 
of  about  500  square  miles,  and  124,000  inhabitants.  Though  the 
freedom  it  enjsys  is  only  by  sufferance,  yet  it  has  sufficed  to  render  its 
soil  more  fertile,  and  better  cultivated,  than  that  of  any  other  part  of 
Poland.   Cracow  is  on  the  Vistula  river,  about  500  miles  from  tho  sea. 

9.  The  city  of  Cracow  was  once  the  capital  of  Poland.  It  has  a 
cathedral  noted  for  its  50  altars  and  16  chapels,  and,  also,  a  number  of 
churches,  monasteries,  and  convents.  The  city  contains  a  remark ablo 
monument,  erected  to  the  memory  of  the  patriotic  Kosciusko,  300  feet 
in  height,  and  275  feet  in  diameter  at  tho  base. 


155 


DENMARK. 

1.  Denmark  was  formerly  a  powerful  state,  and  exer- 
cised an  extensive  control  over  the  adjacent  countries ;  but  it 
is  now  reduced  in  wealth  and  population,  and  ranks  only  as 
0  third  or  fourth-rate  kingdom.  It  comprises  the  peninsula 
of  .Jutland,  the  duchy  of  Sleswick,  and  several  islands  lying 
in  the  entrance  of  the  Baltic  sea,  with  the  duchies  of  Holstein 
and  Lauenburg,  in  Germany. 

2.  The  climate  is  temperate,  and,  though  moist,  is  healthy 

nobles  ?    What  do  they  possess,  «&c.    Of  the  Jews  ?    6.  What  is  said 
of  the  climate,  soil,  &c.  ?    7.  Describe  Warsaw.    8.  The  republic  of 
('racow.    9.  The  city,  &,c. 
Denmark.  Q.—1.  What  was  Denmark  formerly  ?    What  is  it  now  7 


228 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Copenhagen. 


The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  the  raising 
of  grain  and  cattle.  Manufactures  are  not  much  attended  to ; 
but  commerce  and  the  fisheries  are  carried  on  with  some 
activity. 

3.  The  Danes  are  an  honest,  industrious  people,  but  are  not  remark<. 
able  for  enterprise  or  improvement.  Literature  and  science  are  on  a 
respectable  footing,  being  patronized  by  the  government.  There  are 
universities  it  Copenhagen  and  Kiel,  and  common  schools  are  numeroua 
in  almost  all  parts  of  the  kingdom. 

4.  The  established  religion  of  this  country  is  the  Lutheran,  but  all 
other  sects  are  tolerated.  The  government  is  an  absolute  monarchy, 
but  it  is  administered  with,  perhaps,  more  mildness,  than  any  similar 
government  in  Europe.  The  king  of  Denmark  is  a  member  of  the 
German  Confederation,  as  sovereign  of  Holstein  and  Lauenberg. 

5.  The  foreign  possessions  of  this  kingdom  are  Greenland,  Iceland, 
and  the  Faroe  isles,  the  islands  of  St.  Thomas  and  Santa  Cruz,  in  the 
West  Indies,  some  factories  on  the  gold  coast  of  Africa,  with  Tranqae. 
bar  and  Serampore,  in  Hindoostan. 

6.  Iceland  is  a  cold  and  dreary  region,  inhabited  by  a  simple,  morali 
and  industrious  race,  who  are  better  educated  than  the  common  people 
of  almost  any  other  country  in  Europe.  It  is  celebrated  for  its  volcano, 
its  caldrons  of  boiling  mud,  and  its  hot-springs,  called  geysers,  which 
spout  up  boiling  water  to  the  height  of  100  feet. 

7.  Copenhagen,  the  capital  of  Denmark,  is  one  of  the  most  handsome 
cities  of  northern  Europe.  It  has  a  good  harbour,  with  considerable 
commerce,  and  is  noted  for  its  vast  docks,  and  extensive  fortificationsr. 

8.  Elsinore,  situated  at  the  narrowest  part  of  the  sound,  or  entrance 
to  the  Baltic,  is  the  place  where  all  ships  which  trade  to  that  sea  are 


What  is  said  of  the  climate  7 


4. 


iiiStaUiiBnca 


2.  What  does  it  comprise  7 

x/ancs  ?      Oi     literature     and     science  ? 

Government,  &c.?      5.  Foreign  possessions?      6.  Describe  Iceland. 

For  what  is  it  celebrated  ?    7.  Describe  Copenhagen.    8.  Elsinore,.  &e. 


3.  Of  the 

religioi! " 


THE   NETHERLANDS.  229 

obliged  to  j^y  a  heavy  toll.  The  money  received  here  pays  a  large 
portion  of  the  expenses  of  the  Danish  government.  Altona.  on  the 
I.lbe,  two  miles  from  Hamburg,  is,  next  to  Copenhagen,  the  mit  im" 
porlant  place  m  Denmark.    Its  inhabitants,  28,000  in  numte?.  are 


.ecHefp..     ,x,en.^^^^ 

JiilUim  /    Fn.,  Zd On  what  island  is  Copenhaeen  ?     Zd  —  Wh»f  U 

hw';;;';tSi„^'ff°'"n''"^""L  ^''^f'-s'^'  ''-»-"■  eI'-" 

in  wliat  direction  from  Denmark  arc  the  Faroe  isles  ?    Iopl-,nrf7    H™, 
&r  from  Jutland  to  Scotland?   WhichisthepS^efpaf  of  IheFaroi  islesT 


156 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

H  II*  T^'^JS^I  kingdom  of  the  Netherlands,  comprising 
Holland  and  Belgium,  was  formed  in  1814,  and  abolished  in 
1830,  by  a  revolt  of  the  people  of  the  latter  state,  and  the 
erecUon  of  their  country  into  a  separate  kingdom. 

HOLLAND. 
2    Holland  is  the  most  level  country  in  Europe,  and  much 
of  Its  surface  is  below  the  level  of  the  sea,  vxhich  is  prevented 
irom  overflowmg  the   land  by  extensive  dikes,  or  embank- 

3.  The  climate  is  cool,  moist,  and  unfavourable  to  agricul- 
ture;  yet  the  industry  of  the  inhabitants  has  converted  their 
marshy  soil  into  one  of  the  richest  spots  in  Europe.   The  cattle 
butter,  and  cheese,  are  excellent ,-  and  the  gardens  and  orch' 
ards  are  cultivated  with  uncommon  care. 

cxcdied  aroHfrF""^""^^'*"!'''  ^"''it^  ^''^°"^«'  ^^^  D"tch  formerly 
ahlThnf  '  European  nations.    These  branches  are  still  consider. 

ar«  inoi  "®  """"^  "^"''u.  «"^P^«««d  by  those  of  Great  Britain.    Canals 
are  more  numerous  in  this  country,  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  world 

when  frozl;'  h'^'  traveUing  is  performed  in  canal-boaL;  and  in  wkter 

wnen  trozen,  the  canals  are  travelled  over  hv  oio;«h=  „.,j  k„  *u i- 

wi  skates.  •"  — ^"''*  """  "^  "'"^  fcufkj 

'^l^etherlands  Q.  --.  1    What  did  the  Netherlands  comprise,  &c.  ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  Holland  ?    3.  Of  the  climate  ?    The  ^tUe,  &c.  7 


230 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGEAPHY, 


5.  The  Dutch 
are  remarkable  lot 
their  industry,  fru- 
gality, and  neat- 
ness. Smoking 
tobacco  is  a  prac 
tice  almost  unlver. 
sal  amongst  tliein, 
and  a  Hollander  k 
hardly  ever  seen 
without  a  pipe  in 
Peasantry  in  Holland.  hig   nwuth.     The 

dress  and  appearance  of  the  peasantry,  in  sotne  parts  of  Holland  are 
peculiar,  and  have  not  varied  in  a  long  series  of  years.  The  prevailing 
religion  is  the  Presbyterian,  but  ull  others  are  tolerated,  und  the  uiinis- 
ters  of  all  sects  are  supported  bj  the  government. 

6.  Amsterdam,  the  principal  city  of  the  kingdom,  is  on  the  river 
Amstel,  an  arm  of  the  Zuyder  Zee.  It  is  still  a  place  of  great  commerce, 
although  much  declined  from  its  former  wealth  and  importance.  1  he 
city  is  intersected  by  numerous  canals,  over  which  there  are  near  dOU 
bridges.    The  houses  and  streets  are  kept  remarkably  clean. 

7  The  Stadt-House  is  the  most  splendid  building  in  Amsterdam.  It 
rests  upon  a  foundation  of  13,659  piles,  or  long  timbers,  driven  mto  the 
ground.  It  is  built  of  freestone,  with  a  front  of  282  feet,  and  cost  nine 
million  dollars.  Rotterdam  is  next  to  Amsterdam  in  commerce.  It  is 
on  the  Maese,  or  lower  part  of  the  Rhine. 


View  of  the  Hague. 

8.  The  Hague,  the  capital  of  Holland,  is  33  miles  S.  W.  from  Am 
sterdam,  and  about  three  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  one  of  the  bcst-buil 
cities  in  Europe,  and  contains  many  handsome  buildings.  This  city  is 
intersected  by  numerous  canals,  which  are  bordered  by  rows  of  trees. 

9.  Leyden  and  Utrecht  are  famous  for  their  universities.  The  former 
is  noted  for  a  siege  that  it  sustained  in  1573,  against  the  Spaniards, 

4.  The  commerce,  &c.?  What  is  said  of  canals  ?  5.  For  what  ar? 
the  Dutch  remarkable  ?  Of  religion  ?  6.  Describe  Amsterdam.  7.  ine 
Stadt-House.    8.  The  Hague.    9.  Leyden,  &.c. 


BELGIUM. 


231 


isterdam.   7.  The 


Sn!!n'?\''u^^".P®''^°T1?f'*  ^"  ^^^  ^"*'««  °f  ^oWiers.    Leyden  contains 
30,000  inhabitants,  and  Utrecht  about  45,000. 

Map  No.  11  —  What  bounds  Holl^n  the  north  and  west  ?    N.-Sa. 

:^i?rnnn^  '"^""p     ^'"^T  ^."'^  ^  •  ^''^  ^^-  "  ^^^^^  "^^^  A^WS  through 

irz/p       wr."^'' ^°"^,  '  ^^    What  bay  lies  north  of  Amstfr- 
darnr    ^-^e. —  What  country  hes  due  west  from  Holland?     Ed.— 

r mn I nin  7    T  ""^"'^  T?t^  inhabitants  has  Amsterdam  ?  Rotterdam  ? 

^rRhfn?    /^  ^^;S^"  ^'^'^  Jo?*'^'  "®  °»  °°«  o^  the  lower  branches  of 
llie  Khme.    {See  Map  No.  13.^ 


157 


Brussels. 

BELGIUM. 

1.  Belgium,  or  Flanders,  is,  in  proportion  to  its  extent,  the 
most  thickly.peopled  kingdom  in  Europe.  It  is  filled  with 
populous  cities,  and  covered  with  places  remarkable  in  his- 
tory, as  the  scenes  of  great  victories  and  defeats,  amons 
which  are  Waterloo,  Charleroi,  Fleurus,  &c. 

2.  The  country  is  extremely  beautiful,  being  mostly  level 
with  a  fertile  soil,  and  so  highly  cultivated,  that  it  has  been 
called  the  garden  of  Europe.  The  productions  are  grain, 
flax,  madder,  hops,  tobacco,  &c.  The  canals  in  Belgium  are 
spacious  and  commodious,  connecting  all  the  great  cities, 
though  they  are  not  so  numerous  as  in  Holland. 

3.  The  Belgians,  formerly  called  Flemings,  have  Ions  ex- 
celled  m  manufactures  and  the  arts.  They  are  no  less 
industrious  and  persevering  than  the  Dutch,  but  are  more 
lively  in  their  manners,  and  approach  nearer  the  French, 
whom  they  prefer. 

4.  They  arc  principally  Catholics;  but  free  toleration  is  allowed  to 

BeZ5i„m.Q.-.l.  What  is  Belgium?     With  what  is  it  filled  ?    2. 
wJiat  IS  said  of  the  country  ?     The  productions  ?     Of  the  Belgians? 


232 


DBSCRIPTIYE   GEOGRAPHY. 


all  other  denominations.  There  are  a  few  Protestants  in  Belgium,  and 
their  ministers,  as  well  as  those  of  the  other  sects,  are  all  paid  out  of 
the  public  treasury, 

5.  The  universities  of  Brussels,  Louvain,  Liege,  and  Ghent,  are  all  in 
a  flourishing  condition.  The  provision  made  for  general  instruction  in 
this  country  is  extensive ;  there  are  schools  in  every  village,  and  the 
lower  orders  are  among  the  best  educated  in  Europe. 

6.  Brussels,  the  capital,  is  on  the  riVer  Senne,  a  branch  of  the  Scheldt, 
90  miles  from  the  sea.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  cities  in  Europe,  and  is 
distinguished  for  its  public  walks  and  fountains,  as  well  as  for  its  exten- 
eive  manufactures  of  carpets  and  lace.  Ten  miles  south  of  this  city  is 
Waterloo,  celebrated  for  the  important  battle  fought  there  in  1815. 


Antwerp. 

7.  Antwerp  is  the  most  commercial  city  in  Belgium,  and,  in  the 
height  of  its  prosperity,  was  one  of  the  most  weahhy  and  flourishing 
cities  in  Europe.  Its  commerce  has  greatly  declined,  and  the  popula- 
tion, once  200,000  in  number,  is  not  at  present  more  than  onp  third  that 
amount ;  the  city  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  with  carriage  roads  on  the 
top,  planted  with  rows  of  trees :  the  Cathedral  is  one  of  the  finest  Gothic 
structures  in  the  world ;  its  spire  is  441  feet  high. 

8.  Ghent  and  Liege  have  both  considerable  manufactures.  At  the 
former  city,  the  treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  was  signed  in  1814.  Bruges  was  once  famous  for  its  com- 
merce, but  has  greatly  declined.  Tournay  is  noted  for  its  manufactures 
of  carpets  and  porcelain ;  Mons  for  its  coal-mines ;  Louvain  for  its  uni- 
versity,  and  Namur  for  its  fire-arms  and  cutlery. 


Map  No.  11.  —  What  bounds  Belgium  on  the  north  ?  Hd.,  N.-Sa.— 
South  ?  Fe.  —  East  ?  Pa.  —  Which  is  the  principal  river  of  Belgium  T 
Ans.  —  The  Meuse :  the  city  of  Liege  is  on  its  west  bank :  the  river  is 
400  miles  long.  How  many  inhabitants  has  Brussels  ?  Ghent?  Antwerp? 
Liege  ?    Antwerp  and  Ghent  are  on  the  river  Scheldt. 


4.  What  are  they  generally  ?    5.  What  is  said  of  the  universities! 
€»  Describe  Brussels.    7.  Antwerp.    8.  Ghent.    Liege,  &Ai, 


GREAT   BRITAIN   AND   IRELAND. 
158  


233 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

1.  The  united  kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  com- 
pmes  the  kingdoms  of  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  with 
the  prmcipahty  of  Wales.  It  consists  of  the  islands  of 
breat  Britam  and  Ireland,  commonly  called  the  British  Isles. 

2.  The  possessions  of  this  kingdom  embrace  colonies  in 
Asia,  Afncp  America,  and  Oceanica,  which,  with  the  Eu- 
ropean  part  form  the  British  Empire.  The  population  of  the 
whole  IS  estimated  at  more  than  150  millions  of  people,  com- 

SpT       !?'  !f"P*^^"  ^^  ^^^"^'  '^^  greatest^umber 
world^         under  the  control  of  any  one  sovereign  in  the 

•3.  Great  Britain  is  one  of  the  most  influential  states  in 
the  world,  and  surpasses  every  other  for  the  extent  and  variety 
ot  its  manufactures,  and  for  its  commercial  and  naval  im- 
Kk%''^\  ^®  intelligence,  enterprise,  and  industry  of  its 
States  ""'^  ''''  '^^^'®  equalled,  except  in  the   United 

4.    Thfi     {Tcwnrnrnanf    la    n     IJ — U-J     i t.  , 

--   _, .j^.iE  ,^  a  liiimcu   nureaiiary  monarchy* 

comSf 'of"  Tl  Ireland.  Q.-,l.WhHt  does  the  united  kingdom 
race/    What  IS  said  of  the  population  7    3.  Of  Great  Britain  ?    The 


m 


234  DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 

The  sovereign  power  is  vested  in  a  king  or  queen,  lords,  and 
commons.  The  two  last  form  the  parliament,  or  great  coun- 
oil  of  the  nation,  a  body  to  which  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States  bears  a  strong  resemblance. 

6.  The  nation  is  divided  into  three  great  classes,  the  nobil- 
ity,  gentry,  and  commonalty.  The  first  comprises  dukes, 
marquises,  earls,  viscounts,  an''  b.?.rons.  The  gentry  includes 
all  those  who  are  distinguish  €!-v"  vealth,  education,  talents, 
or  office ;  and  the  commonalty  .prises  tradesmen,  artificers, 
and  labourers. 

6.  The  principal  national  force  is  the  navy,  which,  in  time  of  war, 
has  numbered  1000  vessels,  manned  by  170,000  sailors  and  marines. 
The  army  amounted,  at  the  same  time,  to  upwards  of  300,000  men , 
but  is  now  reduced  to  about  one-third  that  amount.  The  present  naval 
force,  in  actual  service,  is  near  200  sail.  The  national  debt,  contract- 
ed  in  about  150  years,  is  3,500  million  dollars,  to  pay  the  interest  of 
which,  feq'iircs  three-fifths  of  the  annual  income  of  the  state. 

7.  The  manufactures  of  this  country  are  immense,  and  have  raised 
Great  Britain  to  a  decided  superiority  over  all  other  nations.  Cotton, 
woollen  and  silk  goods,  with  the  manufacture  of  metals  of  various 
kinds,  are  the  most  important.  The  produce  of  the  fisheries  and  the 
mines  is  very  great ;  and  the  coal  trade,  alone,  is  estimated  to  employ 
160,000  persons. 

8.  The  commerce  of  Great  Britain  is  superior  to  that  of  any  other 
nation,  and  extends  to  all  quarters  of  the  world.  The  merchant-vessels, 
including  those  of  the  colonies,  amount  to  upwards  of  27,000  in  num. 
ber,  and  are  navigated  by  180,000  men.  Onc-sixth  of  the  shipping 
belongs  to  the  port  of  London,  and  two-thirds  of  the  commerce  is  car- 
ried  on  at  that  city.  From  35,000  to  38,000  vessels  enter  and  depart 
from  the  ports  of  Great  Britain  every  year. 

9.  Population  of  the  British  Empire  art4  Colonies. 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland  * 27,000,000 

North  America 1,580,000 

West  Indies  and  South  America 845,000 

Africa 300,000 

East  India  Company's  territories 123,000,000 

Ceylon,  P'-ovinces  in  Chin-India,  &c 1,400,000 

Oceanica— British  186,000 ;  aborigines  389,000  ....  575,000 

Total,    154,700,000 

inhabitants  ?  4.  Government  ?  5.  How  is  the  nation  divided  ?  6.  What 
is  said  of  the  national  force?  Debt?  7.  Manufactures?  Fisheries  and 
mines  ?  8.  Commerce  ?  What  belono-s  to  London,  &.0,  ?  9.  What  part  of 
the  British  empire  has  the  most  inhabitants?  What  part  has  the  next 
greater  number  ?  How  many  subjects  has  Great  Britain  in  America  ? 
*£ogland.  14,995.000;  Wales,  911,000;  gcoUand.  2,6!£,000 ;  Ireland,  8.466,000. 


ENGLAND. 
159 


235 


land,  8,466,00CI. 


Windsor  Castle. 
ENGLAND. 

1.  England  embraces  the  southern  part  of  Great  Britain, 
and  IS  the  largest  and  most  populous  division  of  the  island. 
It  has  great  variety  of  surface,  but  is  chiefly  level  or  gently 
undulatmg,  and  abounds  in  beautiful  and  interesting  scenery. 

2.  The  climate,  though  moist  and  cool,  is  healthful,  and  less 
subject  to  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  than  most  other 
countries  in  the  same  latitudes. 

3.  The  soil  of  England  is  not  naturally  rich,  yet  the  asri- 
culture  IS  superior  to  that  of  any  other  country  in  Europe. 
Ihe  chief  products  are  whe.  .,  barley,  oats,  hops,  &c. 

4.  In  no  part  of  the  worid,  perhaps,  is  wealth  more  unequal- 
ly  distributed  than  in  England,  and  seldom  do  the  cottages 
of  the  poor  contrast  so  strongly  with  the  mansions  of  the  rich. 
Ustly  and  splendid  buildings  are  spread  over  various  parts 
ot  the  kingdom,  and  many  of  the  parks  and  country-seats  of 
the  nobility  and  gentry,  display  a  princely  magnificence. 

5.  Though  luxury  and  corruption  exist  to  a  considerable  extent  in 
certain  portions  of  English  society,  yet  the  great  mass  of  the  people  is 
distinguished  by  sound  morals.  Benevolence  may  be  considered  a 
strikmg  feature  in  the  national  character ;  and  in  no  country  are  there 

England.  Q.  —  1.  What  docs  England  embrace  ?  What  is  said  of 
the  surface,  &c.  2.  Of  the  climate ?  3.  Soil?  Products?  4.  What 
IB  said  of  wealth?    5.  Luxury  &c.     Benevolence?     6.  Literary  i^ 


r 
■-'    "•  If 


236 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


so  many  associaUons  for  charitable,  benevolent,  and   religioua  pur- 
poses. 

6.  The  literary  institutions,  and  learned  men  of  this  country,  are 
highly  distinguished;  and  no  language  excels  the  Enghsh,  m  all  the 
treasures  of  poetry,  eloquence,  philosophy,  and  science.  Great  exer- 
tions are  made  by  various  religious  associations,  to  spread  the  Christian 
reliffion  and  civilization  among  the  heathen;  and  numerous  mission, 
aries  have  been  sent  to  various  parts  of  the  earth,  for  that  purpose. 

7  No  general  provision  has  been  devised  for  the  education  of  the 
pooi-er  classes,  but  special  efforts  are  now  making  for  that  purpose. 
Many  of  the  people  are  extremely  ignorant,  and  numbers  are  wholly 
dependent  on  Sunday  schools  for  instruction.  The  higher  seminaries 
of  learning  are  very  numerous,  and  furnish  great  facilities  for  obtaining 
a  superior  education. 

8  The  Episcopal  is  the  established  religion,  and  the  sovereign  is  the 
supreme  head  of  the  church,  which  is  governed  by  t%yo  archbishops 
and  twenty.fivo  bishops.  The  members  of  other  churches  are  called 
dissenters":  they  comprise  Methodists,  Baptists,  Presbyterians,  &c.,  and, 
with  the  Roman  Catholics,  constitute  about  one  half  of  the  population. 

9  This  country  is  noted  for  its  excellent  roads  and  substantial 
bridges.  Canals  are  numerous,  and  cross  the  island  in  every  direction, 
and,  with  well-constructed  rail-roads,  greatly  facilitate  the  vast  inland 
trade  of  the  kingdom.  The  former  are  near  300  in  number,  and  extend 
about  2800  miles  in  length.  The  most  important  rail-roads  are  those 
which  connect  London  with  Liverpool,  Bristol,  and  Southampton,  and 
Liverpool  with  Manchester. 


-160 


10.  London,  the  capital  of  the  British  Empire,  is  built  on 
both  sides  of  the  river  Thames,  60  miles  from  the  sea.  It 
covers  a  vast  extent  of  ground,  being  about  8  miles  in  length, 
and  from  3  to  5  in  breadth.  It  is  admirably  situated  for 
trade,  and  is  the  richest,  most  populous,  and  most  commercial 

city  in  the  world. 

11  It  contains  a  great  number  of  public  buildings,  of  which  Si 
Paul's  Cathedral,  the  Tower,  Westminster  Abbey,  and  the  Bank  oi 
England,  are  the  chief.  The  bridges  of  London  attract  attention,  by 
their  beauty  and  utility :  they  are  six  in  number,  all  built  of  stone, 
except  one,  which  is  constructed  of  iron. 

12.  London  presents  a  striking  contrast  of  wealth,  intelligence,  and 
morality,  with  ignorance,  poverty,  and  vice.  No  city  in  the  vfoM  has 
so  great  a  number  of  learned  societies,  and  literary  and  scientific  estab- 

stitutions,  &c.     7.  Education?  _Highe8t  seminaries  of  learning,  &c.1 
8.  Religion?     Dissent-rs?     9.  Koads,  &c.?     Canals  f     iiaii-roau3  = 
England.  Q.  — 10.  Describe  London.    11.  What  does  it  contain? 


ENGLAND. 


New  London  Bridge. 
liL'rkl^^Sl'-rnr^  ^°'"P"^  -^^  ^'  -  '^^  ^'^-ties  for  the  poor. 

13  Five  miles  below  London,  on  the  Thames,  is  Greenwich,  famous 
or  Us  naval  hospital  for  infirm  seamen,  and  its  observatory!  from  wS 
longitude  IS  reckoned.  Above  London  is  Chelsea,  contain  „rtheffreat 
national  asylum  for  invalid  soldiers.  Windsor.  22  miles  from  London 
IS  celebrated  for  its  castle,  which  has  been  the  summer  residence  of  the 
sovereigns  of  England,  for  upwards  of  700  years.         '^'^^""^^  °*  ^''^ 

in!:lml?T°T.°"  !!!'  "''•^''  ^T'y^  "^"  '^«  "'^"th,  is  next  to  London 

olTt^fT-  A^^  ''  *^^  P"f'P'^  ''^^  °^*^«  trade  with  America.     bZ 
tol  IS  the  third  commercial  town  in  Enffland      Hull  i«.  nn»„^  f^  T 

^ade  to  the  Baltic  and  the  whale  fishery."Tet  Ca^t^  sLdSnS"  id 

aLfc''.^^"'^  engaged  in  the  exportation  of  coLls.    Portemou"h 
and  Plymouth  are  great  naval  stations.  "'^"""ouin 

fit  ^^»che«ter  is  the  second  place  in  England  in  population,  and  is 
^tnous  for  its  extensive  cotton  manufactures;  Leeds,  Bradford    and 
cuEv   'l^;Hr"'".^%'^'  Birmingham,  for  hardwar'e;  Sheffidd,  foj 
cutlery,  Kidderminster,  for  carpets ;  Worcester,  for  porcelain;  Coven 
try,  for  watches  and  ribbons ;  and  Gloucester,  for  pins. 

16.  Oxford  and  Cambridge  are  celebrated  for  their  universities  •  Efn* 
Sne^al  w'r*''"'  '°.'  '^'"  ^°'i^^^^:    «^*»^  ^"^  Cheltenhr    f  not'ed  for 

pTa  Si       TnnhHH  """  S'^'tj'"'^  ^^  P""°"«  ^  *!"««'  of  health  or 
pleasure.      Tunbndge.  Scarborough.  &c.,  are  well-known  watering 

12.  What  does  London  present?     13.  Desrrihfi  GrPPn™,.Vh     nu^u^. 
vVind«or     14.  What  is  said  of  Liverpool.  Bristol,  aTc:?"  iX  Manchet 
ter,  Leeds,  &c.?    Sheffield,  &c.?    16.  Oxford,  Cambridge,  &c  ?    H 


238 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


^^ili 


plnccB,  and  Brighton,  Margate,  &c.,  are  much  resorted  to  for  sea- 
bathing. 

17.  Hastings  is  renowned  for  a  great  victory  gained  by  William  the 
Conqueror.  At  Bosworth,  Richard  the  Tliird  was  defeated  and  killed. 
The  battles  of  North  Allcrton,  Durham  or  St.  Nevil's  Cross,  Otterburn 
and  Floddcn  Field,  were  fought  between  the  English  and  Scots.  At 
Newbury,  Edge  Hill,  Marston  Moor,  Naseby,  and  Worcester,  imjwrtant 
actions  took  place  between  tne  forces  of  the  king  and  the  parliament. 
At  the  Uirce  last,  Cromwell  gained  decisive  victories. 


Menai  Bridge. 

' '  WALES. 

18.  Wales  is  a  mountainous  and  rugged  region,  situated 
to  the  westward  of  England.  The  soil  is  less  fertile  and 
cultivated  than  in  that  kingdom,  but  the  products  are  the 

same. 

19.  The  manufactures  are  chiefly  of  flannel,  in  which  the  Welsh 
excel.  The  minerals  are  abundant,  and  consist  of  iron,  lead,  copper, 
and  coal.  Vast  quantities  of  iron,  chiefly  for  rail-roads,  are  imported 
into  the  United  States  from  Wales. 

20.  This  country,  previous  to  the  year  1283,  was  governed  by  its 
own  kings ;  but  since  that  time  it  has  been  united  to  England,  and  tbe 
oldest  son  of  the  King  of  England  is  styled  Prince  of  Wales. 

21.  The  Strait,  which  separates  Wales  from  the  island  of  Anglesea, 
is  crossed  by  the  Menai  bridge,  one  of  the  most  remarkable  works  of 
the  kind  in  the  world :  it  consists  of  immense  iron  chains,  which  con. 
nect  arches  of  masonry,  560  feet  apart;  thus  forming  a  safe  and  useful 
structure. 

22.  Merthyr  Tydvil  is  the  largest  town  in  Wales.  It  is  situated  in 
the  midst  of  numerous  iron  founderies  and  furnaces.  Swansea  is  a 
noted  resort  for  sea-bathing.  Caermarthen,  and  Caernarvon,  are  both 
places  of  importance.  The  chief  ornament  of  the  latter  is  its  castle, 
once  a  stately  edifice,  but  now  in  ruins. 


Hastings,  Bosworth,  &c.?  18.  What  is  said  of  Wales?  19.  Manu- 
factures  ?  Minerals,  &c.  ?  20.  When  was  Wales  governed  byjts  ovra 
kings,  &c.  7  2 J .  What  is  said  of  the  Menai  bridge,  &c.  1  22.  Merthyr 
Tydvil,  Swansea,  &c.  ? 


rtcd  to  for  sea- 


ENGLAND -WALE& 


238 


161 


^  f^P^^°'}.}'--^^^\^^ni^  England  on  the  mnhl  Sd.  South? 
E..C1  East/  N.-Sa.  West?  Wh,  I.-Sa.  What  strait  separates  il 
from  Franco?  Dr  What  chanriel?  Eh.  What  channel  betweon 
England  and  Wales?  Bl.  What  islands  in  the  Houth  part  of  the  Eng. 
sh  Channel  ?Jy.,Gy  These,  with  Alderney  and  Sark,  though  on 
Ivorman  Isfes    ^*"*'^'         "^  ^  England:   Uiey  are  often  called  tlic 

Ma/j,JVo.  12.  — What  rivers  form  part  of  tho  boundary  between 
England  and  Scotland?  Td.,  Ek.  What  hills?  Ct.  What^firth  seifa" 
rates  the  north-west  and  south-west  parts  of  England  nnd  Scotland? 
by.  Which  IS  the  most  northern  town  in  England  ?  Bk.  The  most 
i' D?"  Vru  ''•  ^^"'  *^  *^^  '"*'«*  southern  extremity  of  Enfflund  ? 
L..Pt.  The  most  western?  L..Ed.  What  small  islands  lie  south- 
west  of  the  Land's  End  ?    Sy. 

What  are  the  three  chief  rivers  of  England  ?  Hr.,  Ts.,  Sn  What 
t.o  rwers  form  the  Humber  ?    Oe.,  Tt.    flow  long  ar'e  each  of  these  ? 

llJtw    uJ^r^u^Z^'^'J.  ^''"*  'r''  «°^  '"*«  *»'«  North  Sea? 
Into   he  Wash  ?    The  English  Channel  7    The  Bristol  Channel  ?    Sn. 

H6w  long  IS  the  latter?    What  are  its  chief  branches ?    What  river. 
iw  mto  the  Irish  Sea  ? 

What  islands  lie  at  the  mouth  of  the  Thames?  Sv  Tt  In  ih^ 
Mish  Channel?  Wt.  In  the  Irish  Sea ?  Mn  Whal  fs  the^^ 
Jtion  of  the  two  last?    Which  is  the  chief  lake  in  England  ?    We. 

Z?  ^"«*^  ^^'''\?'J^'''r,sigm&eB&hke.)  The  chief  mouiv 
lains  7    Hn.,  Sw.    How  high  are  they  ? 

What  is  the  population  of  Zondon?    Manchester?    Liverpool?    Bir. 

Sf?'";^  «^'f "  '  ,  ^'J'^'^ '  ^^y"^^^^^  ?  ^ormch  ?  ^Sheffield? 
?f  ^«<f^Aam?  Portsmouth?  New  Castle?  SundcHand? 
ti?    ^^^'^f:fse?<)xfoTd?    Worcester?    Shrewsbury?     Chester^ 

ItLl  i  'W  ^"  ^^•'.*  ."'""  '»'■"  ^^^  ^°^»«  P""ted  in  Italics 
ituated?  In  what  years  did  the  battles  that  ai-  marked  on  tlie  Mar 
tike  place  ?    What  light-house  is  near  Plymouth  Sound  ?    Ee.  ^ 

I,n^7  i"  iu  '*•  ?°"?  England  to  Denmark  ?  To  Russia  ?  To  Hoi. 
Jnd?  To  the  island  of  Jersey?  To  Guernsey?  To  Spain?  To 
Newfoundland  ?  To  Cape  CleJl  How  wide  iaVe  Strairof  Dove!? 
low  long  and  wide  is  the  Irish  Sea  ? 

Ed^We^'?"^^^''rr°w!:^T*^^  V^^-  ^"^^^  B..CI.  East? 
sol?    «  L     ;;^"^J;r.^^.^!  ^*^y  ^'^  *''«  ^^st  coast?    Cn.    On  the 

outh?  S..Bs.,Cn.  What  island  lies  north  of  Wales?  Aa.  What 
^  Its  population  ?     What  strait  separates  it  from  Wales  ?  Mi. 

.  What  rivers  are  wholly  in  Wales  ?  Cy.,  Dv..  Tf  Tv  Whit  ri»Pi.» 
n^m  Wales  but  flow  Into  England  ?  ^/s;..  T;!^^e.  Whirarl 
t  !ir«.!h^^  S°""^^'"^  ^^W'^!«^?  Sn..C..Is'.,Pn.  Howhigha": 
m^V^i:,\T\iiA^T-"'Ty  '""°^  ^  ^'  '*'""'  St.  David's  Head  to'Uarn. 
we  Point?  What  is  the  population  of  Merthyr  Tydvil ?  Swansea? 
Gaermarthen?    Mold?    Holywell?    Caernarvon ?    ClyheadT 


i  iini 


"It 


l»  <jL 


240 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


162 


SCOTLAND. 

1.  Scotland  is  situated  to  the  north  of  England,  and  is 
celebrated  for  the  grandeur  and  wildncss  of  its  scenery.  It 
is  divided  by  the  Grampian  hills  into  two  sections,  the  High- 
lands  and  the  Lowlands. 

2.  The  Highlands  is  a  cold,  hilly  region,  well  adopted  for 
pasturage;  but  the  Lowlands  is  an  agreeably  diversified 
country,  with  a  tolerable  soil,  which  is  well  cultivated,  and 
produces  oats,  wheat,  rye,  barley,  potatoes,  and  flax,  to  a 
considerable  extent. 

3.  The  manufactures  are  flourishing  and  important,  espe- 
cially those  of  cotton.  The  principal  minerals  are  coal, 
iron,  and  lead,  of  which  the  two  first  are  very  abundant. 
The  commerce  and  the  fisheries  are  valuable,  and  give  em- 
ployment to  a  great  number  of  the  inhabitants. 

4.  The  Scotch,  a8  a  nation,  are  grave,  serious,  and  reflecting ;  but,  at 
the  same  time,  enterprising.  They  arc,  in  general,  better  instructed, 
and  more  moral  and  religious  in  their  habits,  than  any  other  people  in 
Europe.  Many  of  the  natives  of  this  country  have  distinguished  them. 
selves  in  various  branches  of  literature,  and  some  of  them  have  been 
amongst  the  most  celebrated  philosophers,  historians,  and  poets,  of 
Great  Britain. 

5.  The  Hebrides,  Orkney,  and  Shetland  isles,  belong  to  Scotland. 
Tlicse  are  the  resort  of  an  immense  number  of  sea-fowl,  which  the 
islanders  catch  by  swinging  with  ropes  from  the  high  perpendicular 
cliffs  to  which  they  resort. 

6.  Edinburg  is  the  metropolis  of  Scotland,  and  has  long  been  dis- 
tinguished as  the  seat  of  science  and  literature.  Its  university  is  par- 
ticularly noted,  and  contains  a  greater  number  of  students  than  any 
other  in  Europe.  The  city  has  few  manufactures  ;  it  carries  on,  how- 
ever, a  considerable  trade  through  Lcith,  which,  though  formerly  about 
two  miles  distant,  is  now  connected  with  it  by  continuous  ranges  of 
buildings.    This  city  is  near  the  Firth  of  Forth,  396  miles  from  Loodon. 

7.  Glasgow  is  the  largest  city  in  Scotland,  and  owes  its  prosperity 
chiefly  to  manufactures.  It  contains  a  large  number  of  handsome 
buildings,  mostly  of  modern  construction.  Its  university  is  celebrated, 
and  the  cathedral  is  the  best-preserved  specimen  of  Gothic  architecture 
in  Scotland.    Glasgow  is  on  the  river  Clyde,  28  miles  from  its  mouth. 


Scotland.  Q.  —  1.  How  is  Scotland  situated?  Divided?  2.  Describe 
tHs  HiffhlsTids.  Tsowlftnds,  Prod"f.t°  3.  Ths  jrsanufactureS:  Min- 
erals. Commerce,  &c.  4.  Describe  the  Scotch.  5.  The  Hebrides, 
Sec    6.  Describe  Edinburg.     Its  universities.    7.  Glasgow.    8.  Pais- 


SCOTLAND. 


241 


Edinburgh. 

8.  Paisley,  Perth  and  Dunfermline  are  noted  for  their  cotton  and 
linen  manufactured,  Kilmarnock  for  carpets,  and  Carron,  near  Falkirk, 
for  Its  immense  iron-works.  Greenock,  Leitb,  Dundee,  Montrose  and 
Aberdeen  are  the  principal  sea-ports. 

9.  Stirling  is  celebrated  for  its  castle,  Melrose  and  Kelso  for  their 
ancient  aWbcys,  Ayr  as  the  scene  of  some  of  the  exploits  of  the  famous 
Bruce  and  Wallace,  and  Gretna  Green  for  the  marriages  of  fuiritive 
lovers  from  England. 

10.  Bannockbum  is  famed  for  the  decisive  victory  gained  by  kinr 
Robert  Bruce  over  Edward  II.  of  England,  and  Dunbar  for  that 
achieved  by  Oliver  Cromwell  over  the  Covenanters.  At  Preston  Pans 
and  Falkirk  the  Pretender  routed  the  royal  army,  and  atCulloden  Moor 
his  adherents  were  totally  ovc^rthrown. 


163 


3fap  12.  — What  bounds  Scotland  on  the  north  and  west?    A..On 
East?    N..Sa.     South?    Ed.,  I.-Sa.    What  separates  Scotland  from 
Ireland?    N.^.    How  wide  is  it?    Which  is  the  most  northern  pari 
of  Scotland?    D.-Hd.    Southern?    M-Gy.     Eastern?    B.-Ns.    West 
ern?    A.-Pt. 

Firth  or  Frith  is  used  iil  Scotland  for  Bay  and  Strait.  Where  is 
ijornoch  Firth?  Cromarty  F.?  Murray  F.?  F.  of  Tay?  F  of 
Forth?  Solway  F.?  F.  of  Clyde?  Wigton  Bay?  Glenluce  B.T 
Sound  of  Jura'  TheMinch?  Little  Minch? 
Where  18  Cape  Wrath?  DunnetHead?  Duncansby  H.  ?  Ken- 
iirdsH.?    TarbetNess?     BuchanN.?    Mull  of  Galloway  ?    M.  of 


naird 

Cantire?    Ardnamurchan  Point? 

Cape,  Head,  or  Point.) 

What  islajjds  lie  west  of  Scotland  ? 


y      

(Ness  and  Mull  are  the  same  as 


Hs.  or  W..Is.    What  islands 


.   r^rth,  Greenock,  &c 
nockburn,  Dunbar,  &c.  ? 
2F 


9.  What  is  said  of  Stirling,  &c.?    10.  Ban- 


242 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


lie  north?  Oy.  What  Firth  separates  them  ?  Pd.  How  wide  is  it? 
What  islands  lie  north-east  from  the  Orkneys  ?  Sd.  What  is  the  popu^ 
lation  of  the  Shetland  Is.  ?  Orkney  Is.  ?  Hebrides  ?  Which  is  the 
chief  town  of  the  Hebrides ?  Sy.  Orkneys?  Kl.  Shetland  Is.?  Lk. 
Where  is  Staffa?  lona?  Staffa  contains  the  magnificent  natural 
curiosity  called  Fingal's  Cave.  lona  was  long  ago  c.ebrated  for  its 
religious  institutions,  schools,  and  learned  men. 

Lakes  and  inlets  are  called  Lochs  in  Scotland.  Where  is  Loch  Shin  ? 
L.  Mare?  L.Ness?  L.Rannoch?  L.Tay?  L.Lomond?  L.  Leven? 
On  an  island  in  the  latter  arc  the  ruins  of  the  castle  in  which  the  celc- 
brated  Mary,  Queen  of  Scots,  was  imprisoned.  How  long  is  L.  Ness  ? 
L.  Lomond  ?  Where  is  Loch  Assynt  ?  L.  Broom  ?  L.  Sunart  ?  L 
Linnhe  ?    L.  Awe  ?    L.  Fine  ? 

What  rivers  flow  into  Murray  Firth  ?  Sy.,  Dn.  The  North  Sea  ? 
Yn.,  Dn.,  De.,  N..Ek.,  S.-Ek.,  Td.  TheF.ofTay?  Ty.,  En.  TheF. 
of  Forth?  Fh.  Solway  F.  ?  Ek.,  Nh.,  De.  The  F.  of  Clyde?  Dn., 
Ar.,  Ce.  Where  is  the  Caledonian  Canal  ?  This  work  connects  Mur- 
ray Firth  and  L.  Linnhe.  The  Firths  of  Clyde  and  Forth  are  united 
by  the  Forth  and  Clyde  Canal.    On  what  rivers  are  the  chief  cities  ? 

Where  are  the  Grampian  Hills  ?  Cheviot  Hills  ?  Ben  Nevis  ?  Cairn- 
gorm  Mt.  ?  Ben  Lawers  ?  How  high  are  the  three  last  ?  Ben  Nevis 
is  the  highest  mountain  in  Great  Britain.    (Ben  signifies  Mountain.) 

What  is  the  population  of  Glasgow?  Edinburg?  Aberdeen?  Pais- 
ley  ?  Dundee  ?  Leith  ?  Greenock  ?  Kilmarnock  ?  Dunfermline  ? 
Where  is  John  O'Groat's  House  ?  This  was  long  ago  noted  as  the 
most  northerly  dwelling  in  Scotland  :  it  is  now  in  ruins. 

How  far  is  it  from  the  Clyde  to  the  West  Indies  ?  Scotland  to  La- 
brador? To  Iceland?  From  the  Faroe  to  the  Orkney  Is.?  From 
Greenland  to  the  Shetland  Is.  ?  To  the  Faroe  Is.  from  Shetland  ?  To 
Norway  ?    From  Scotland  to  Norway  ?    To  Sweden  ? 


164 


IRELAND. 

1.  Ireland  is  a  fine  fertile  island,  lying  west  of  Great 
Britain.  The  climate  is  mild  and  moist,  which  produces  a 
beautiful  and  continued  verdure,  and  has  led  to  its  poetical 
appellations  of  the  Emerald  Isle,  and  Green  Erin. 

2.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  moderately  uneven,  with 
few  mountains.  There  are  many  peat  bogs,  which  supply 
fuel,  but  are  useless  for  other  purposes. 

3.  Agriculture  is  in  a  less  improved  state  than  in  Eng- 
land  or  Scotland.     Barley,  oats,  wheat,  and  flax,  are  RXten- 

Ireland.  Q.  — L  What  is  Ireland?    What  is  said  of  the  climate? 
3.  The  surface,  &c.  ?    3.  Agriculture  7   Chief  products  ?    4.  Grazing 


IRELAND. 


243 


Shetland?    To 


c.  are  exten- 


sively  cultivated ;  but  potatoes  are  the  chief  product,  and 
form  the  principal  food  of  the  poor. 

landlord,,  and  their  agY„r  TfrtymL,  ef  JCZh  "^  "^^  f" '' 
mcrous  taxe,.  awa,lo«-Ap  their  earn^^rand  di.t«tea  S^^^^^^^^ 

lc"rtm7;f  ^fT ""'  "rr°"''  '"''•  "»"»iti.sta„d?:gXTia 

,   S^,  "*' ''''""•'•  """"y  of  "><^  ?<»■•  have  perished  with  hunger 
7.  riieGianfs  Causeway,  which  is  situated  on  the  north  coast  of 
the  island,  is  an  astonish  nj;  work  of  nature     II  ,.„„.;.i.    r       .        ' 

£afor.rs-s?'zrt'er^-""^^-^^^^^^^^^ 

—•^  the  latter,  St.  Pat- 

rick's  Cathedral,  the 
Bank  of  Ireland,  the 
Exchange,  and  the 
Four    Courts,     are 
conspicuous.      The 
chief  parts  of  the 
suburbs,  and  some 
streets  in  the  city, 
are   the  abodes  of 
thousands  who  live 
in  wretchedness  and 
distress :  indeed,  few 

TsSn— enrre^-fa'^^«-:^-r-^^^^^^ 

lmTo7:  t   ' ''  ?'y  ^'■''*-    ^''"erick  is  famous  for  the  sieffes  it  has 

"ubiaincd  :  it  exports  vast  quant  ties  nf  ot« in      r  ik.  .  i,      °'^&^°  "  ^aa 

commercp-  if*.  tmA^  :    >- 'i"ttnuues  or  grain.    Belfast  has  an  extensive 

nmerce.  its  trade  is  principally  uUinen  and  provisions.     Kilkenny 

^«'»y/*B^"^^^^^^  6.  Whatissaidof 

1      auiry .     beggars  /    7.  Describe  Uie  Giant's  Causeway  ?    8. 


Four  Courts,  Dublin. 


'II 


244 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


is  noted  for  its  quarries  of  beautiful  white  and  black  marble.  Killarney 
is  much  resorted  to  by  those  who  visit  the  adjacent  lake. 

10.  Waterford  has  an  extensive  intercourse  with  England  and  Wales. 
Galway,  Sligo,  Drogheda,  Dundalk,  Newry,  and  Londonderry,  are  all 
considerable  sea-port  towns.  The  last  is  celebrated  for  its  siege  by  tlie 
forces  of  Jame^  II.,  in  1691.  Near  Drogheda  on  the  river  Boyae,  and 
also  at  Aghrim,  William  III.  defeated  the  army  of  James  II. 


165 


Map,  No.  12.  —  What  bounds  Ireland  on  the  north,  south,  and  west  ? 
A.-On.  On  the  east?  I.-Sa.  What  separates  it  from  England? 
I.-Sa.  How  long  and  wide  is  the  Irish  Sea  ?  What  separates  Ireland 
from  Scotland?  N.-Cl.  How  wide  is  it?  What  separates  Ireland 
from  Wales  ?  S.  G.-Cl.  How  wide  is  it  ?  Which  is  the  most  northern 
part  of  Ireland  ?  M.-Hd.  The  most  southern  ?  M.-Hd.  The  most 
western  ?  C.-Sl.  Where  is  Rathlin  I.  ?  Tory  I.  ?  North  Isles  of 
Arran  ?    Achil  I.  ?    Clare  I.  ?    Enisture  I.  ?    S.  Isles  of  Arran  ?    Bias- 


ji&wb  J..  I 


Valentia  I.  ?    C.  Clear  I.  ? 


Where  is  Carlingford  Bay  ?  Dundalk  B.  ?  Dublin  B.  ?  Bantry  B.  ? 
Kenmare  B.  ?  Dingle  B.  ?  Galway  R  ?  Killala  B.  ?  Donegal  B.  ? 
Wexford  Harbour  ?  Waterford  H.  ?  Cork  H.  ?  Malin  Head  ?  Fair 
H.?    KinsaleH.?    Mizen  H.?    Loop  H.?    UrrisH.?    TeillenH.? 

Where  i»  Lough  Swilly  ?  (The  term  Lough  is  used  in  Ireland  for 
lakes  and  inlets  of  the  sea.)  Where  is  Lough  Foyle  ?  Belfast  L.  ? 
L.  Strangford  ?  L.  Neagh  ?  L.  Erne  ?  L.  Allen  ?  L.  Rce  ?  L. 
Deirgart  ?  Of  what  river  do  the  three  last  named  loughs  form  a  part? 
Sn.  Where  is  L.  Mask  ?  L.  Corrib  ?  Lake  of  Killarney  ?  This  lake 
is  celebrated  for  the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  its  scenery.  How  long  is 
Lough  Neagh  ?     This  is  the  largest  lake  in  Ireland. 

Where  is  the  Bann  River ?  Foyle?  Boyne?  Liffey?  Avoca,  or 
Ovoca  ?  Slaney  ?  Barrow  ?  Suire  ?  Blackwater  ?  Lee  ?  Shannon  ? 
How  long  is  the  Shannon  ?  WJiat  river  flows  into  L.  Neagh  ?  Br.  — 
Where  is  the  Ghurane  Tuel  Mt.  ?  How  high  is  it  ?  This  is  the  highest 
mountain  in  Ireland.  When  were  the  battles  of  Aghrim  and  the  Boyne 
fought  ?    On  what  river  is  Dublin  ?    The  other  principal  cities  ? 

What  is  the  population  of  Dublin  ?  Cork  ?  Limerick  ?  Belfast '' 
Galway  ?  What  three  towns  have  from  20,000  to  28,000  inhabitants? 
Ly.,  Ky.,  Wd.  What  eight  towns  have  from  10,000  to  18,000  ?  Ah., 
Ny.,  Dk.,  Bn.,  Ac.,  So.,  CI.,  Da.  How  far  is  it  from  Ireland  to  Iceland  \ 
To  Labrador  ?    To  Spain  ?    From  Cape  Clear  to  Land's  End  ? 

In  what  part  of  Ireland  is  Ulster  ?  Leinster  ?  Munster  ?  Con- 
naught?  (These  are  provinces  which  are  subdivided  into  counties: 
they  were  in  ancient  times  independent  kingdoms.) 


Dublin.    9.  Cork,  Limerick,  Belfast,  &c.    10.  What  is  said  of  Water- 
ford,  Galway,  &,c.    Londonderry  ?    Drogheda  ? 


FRANCE. 


245 


said  of  Water. 


166 


Making  Wine 


Gathering  Grapes. 

FRANCE. 

1.  France  is  a  great  and  powerful  kingdom,  and  has 
lor  ages  been  distinguished  for  the  important  part  it  has  en- 
acted  m  the  affairs  of  Europe. 

2.  The  country  is  beautiful  and  fertile,  and  the  climate 
temperate,  dry,  and  salubrious.  The  chief  part  of  France  is 
one  widely  extended  plain,  a  large  portion  of  which  is  well 
adapted  to  cultivation. 

3.  Agriculture  is  more  advanced  than  in  many  other  parts 
"i  Europe.     The  manufactures  are  various  and  productive; 

[  m  the  commerce,  though  not  so  extensive  as  that  of  Great 

of  the"  bbe""  ^"'^^"^  ^^''^^^'  '^  ""^'"^"^  °"  ^'^^  ^''"''^^  ""^^  P^""^^ 

4  The  chief  products  of  the  soil  are  wheat,  Indian-corn,  grapes. 

ed  2^0  Hii'^Tl'"/   *r'  «"ff^r-beet.     The  vineyards   of  France 

ound  1h  t^  •       ^'"f  of  wine;   they  occapy  5  million  acres   of 

ground,  and  their  annual  produce  is  from  800  to  900  million  gallons. 

5.  The  French  are  a  brave,  active,  and  ingenious  people,  polite  and  gay 

e    h' ^rT^'^T?  ^""'^  "^^t"^"  ^°^  amusement^  The  chief  part^of 

^£^^n:  h^  ^r'%"'  ?"'  mperfectly  educated,  not  more  than 

aclif?;,  f '  ^  ^^^-  *°  'T^  and  write;  yet  no  country  presents  greater 

lacilUies  for  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  higher  branches  of  learning. 

3  te:-^T  '•  f^'H^  ^'  ^i^"''^  ^    2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ? 
^- Of  agriculture,  &c.?    4.  Products?    Vineyards?    5.  Describe  the 


246 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


6.  Colleges,  schools,  and  public  libraries,  are  numerous,  and  the  city 
of  Paris  contains  the  most  celebrated  scientific  association  in  the  world. 
There  is  no  established  religion  in  France,  and  the  ministers  of  all  the 
different  sects  are  supported  by  the  government.  The  chief  part  of  the 
iuhabitants,  however,  belong  to  the  Catholic  church. 

7.  France  has  long  held  a  high  rank,  as  a  military  power.  Under 
the  late  Emperor  Napoleon,  the  army  amounted  to  a  million  of  men, 
and  was  the  terror  of  continental  Europe.  It  now  amounts  to  upwards 
of  400,000  men.  The  navy  is  on  a  respectable  footing,  and  comprises 
280  vessels  of  all  classes,  of  which  55  are  of  the  line,  and  20  steam- 
vessels. 

8.  Paris,  the  capital  of  France,  is  the  second  city  in  Europe  for  size, 
and  probably  the  first  in  splendour.  The  public  buildings  and  palaces 
are  numerous,  and,  generally,  excel  those  of  London.  It  is  also  noted 
for  the  beauty  of  its  public  gardens,  fountains,  and  monuments,  and  for 
the  value  of  its  libraries  and  literary  institutions.  It  is  especially  dis- 
tinguished  for  the  gaiety  of  its  inhabitants,  and  the  variety  of  its  public 
amusements.    Paris  is  on  the  river  Seine,  112  miles  from  its  mouth. 


Lyons. 

9.  Lyons  is  on  the  river  Rhone,  at  its  junction  with  the  Soane.  It 
has  long  been  noted  for  its  silk  manufactures,  and  its  gold  and  silver 
stuffs.  Marseilles  is  the  principal  sea-port  in  the  Mediterranean 
Bordeaux  is  well  known  for  its  wines ;  Rouen  for  its  manufactures  of 
cotton,  woollen,  and  linen ;  and  Strasburg  for  its  cathedral,  the  steeple 
of  which  is  the  most  lofty  of  any  in  Europe. 

10.  Rheims,  Lille,  Nantes,  and  Orleans,  are  important  places.  Tou- 
]on  is  the  chief  naval  station  on  the  Mediterranean  ;  and  Brest,  on  the 
Atlantic,  is  the  principal  naval  depot  in  the  kingdom.  Havre,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Seine,  is  the  sea-port  of  Paris,  and  the  chief  seat  of  the 
trade  of  trance  with  the  United  States. 

11.  The  island  of  Corsica,  in  the  Mediterranean  sea,  belongs  to 
France.  Its  surface  is  mountainous,  and  its  soil  is  stony  and  ill  culti- 
vated.    It  has  some  valuable  iron-mines,  and  there  are  important  fish 

French.    Of  the   chief  part  of  the  inhabitants?     6.  Colleges,  &c.? 

ellglon  f       i.   vVnai   is    sfuu    oi    miiuury    jjuwCj  :      Aiuif  ■■      i-^v 
8.  Describe  Paris.    9.  Lyons,  &c.    10.  Rheims.    Lille,  &.c.    11.  Cor- 
sica. 


s*y 


>us,  and  the  city 
ion  in  the  world, 
listers  of  all  the 
shief  part  of  the 

power.  Under 
million  of  men, 
)untB  to  upwards 
,  and  comprises 
,  and  20  steam- 
Europe  for  size, 
ngs  and  palaces 
It  is  also  noted 
laments,  and  for 
is  especially  dis- 
iety  of  its  public 
m  its  mouth. 


SPAIN, 


247 


h  the  Soane.  It 
}  gold  and  silver 
;  Mediterranean 
manufactures  of 
ledral,  the  steeple 

mt  places.  Tou- 
md  Brest,  on  tlie 
n.  Havre,  at  the 
chief  seat  of  the 

sea,  belongs  to 
ony  and  ill  culti- 
re  important  fish 

;.  Colleges,  &c.? 
Army?  Navy? 
le,  &c.    11.  Cor 


;t  Tf  t;rn  ^^trl!'^  ''-'''  *«-'  -^  Ajacdo  was  the  birth, 

SoS  VhZsTl'r^^r'^^^n  the  north  7  E.-C...  Bm.  _ 
river  flows  into  the  Englfsh  channel  ?'  1^'  ""r^'^V^  ^-^y-  -  What 
Le..Ge.-Into  the  G^lfof  Cn  '?  ^L""  ^"^°  ^^e  ^ay  of  Biscay  ? 
these  rivers?  What  river  foms  tVo  iT  T^l^  '°"ff  "  ^^^^^^  ^f 
Baden  ?    Re.  -  What  lake  dn^?  ♦»,    m^°""^"y  '''*^««"  I^rance  and 

.nountains  separate  F;aifeV?orst^n^^^^^^^ 

-  What  mountains  between  the  ffnnl  ^^^'T"  ^''om  Sardinia  ?  As. 
of  the  •Loire?     Ae. -- What  i«  f h^^^^^  Cs.-West 

tellies  ?  Lyons  ?  J  Bordeaux  f  J^^^^^^T  "^  ^^^^  ^  +  ^ar. 
? Toulouse  ?  Strasburg  ?  Orlean:'  ••^''"'t"  o  ,?'^"^"  ^  "  ^iHe  ? 
Mediterranean  sea  befongs  to  France  ?  r„"^°"  L  ^'l"*  ^^^^"'^  '"'^^e 
It?  How  many  inhabitants  ha,  R?«?:  V  **.* -'"^^^  long  and  wide  is 
France  to  CanLa  ?  T^Nova  Ic^o^^"  Jt^J^jt  ^.  "°^  ^^'^^^^^rom 
Kouen?    Nantes?    Tours^OrttV  To^ut:  V'Sal'rg  ^"^  ' 

•  167 


Madrid. 

SPAIN. 

'-Ktlrt:,  JUWOr  +  */#■         •« — 


248 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


:} 


Merino  Sheep. 


I'  •'31 


anarchy  and  civil  wars  which  have  long  prevailed,  manufac- 

tures  and  commerce  are  reduced  to  a  deplorable  state. 

3.  The  exports  are  wines, 
brandy,  raisins,  wool,  silk,  ba- 
rilla, &c. :  the  imports  are  chief- 
ly British  manufactures  and  colo- 
nial produce.  The  rearing  of 
Merino  Sheep  is  an  important 
branch  of  industry  in  Spain,  and 
the  fineness  of  the  wool  is  well 
known :  a  few  years  ago,  these 

animals  were  estimated  at  18  millions,  attended  by  16,000 

shepherds. 

4.  The  government  of  Spain,  once  the  most  absolute  in  Europe,  is  now 
a  limited  monarchy.  The  constitution  of  1837  guarantees  the  liberty  of 
the  press,  and  other  essential  principles  of  freedom.  The  Catholic  is  the 
national  religion ;  and  the  maintenance  of  its  worship  and  ministers  is 
provided  for  by  the  new  constitution.  There  are  a  number  of  universi- 
ties  in  Spain ;  but  the  modes  of  instruction  pursued  in  them  are  unsuited 
to  the  present  times.  Education  is  not  general ;  and  but  few  of  the 
lower  class  learn  to  read  and  write. 

5.  Gravity  of  manner,  with  great  pride  of  birth  and  rank,  distin- 
guish  the  higher  class  of  Spaniards :  but  those  of  the  lower  order  are 
cheerful,  frugal,  good-humoured,  and  courteous.  The  favourite  amuse- 
ments of  the  people  are  music,  dancing,  and  bull-fights :  the  latter 
exhibitions  are  generally  attended  by  thousands  of  both  sexes  and  of 
all  ranks,  and  are  looked  upon  with  enthusiastic  delight. 

6.  Spain  formerly  possessed  immense  territories  in  North  and  South 
America;  but  of  all  her  possessions,  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  alone  remain. 
The  other  colonies  consist  of  the  Canary  Islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
and  the  Philippine,  Caroline,  and  Ladrone  Islands,  in  the  Pacific. 

7.  Madrid,  the  capital  of  Spain,  is  on  the  Mazanares,  a  small  branch 
of  the  river  Tagus.  It  has  neither  commerce  nor  manufactures,  and 
derives  its  importance  solely  from  being  the  seat  of  government  It 
contains  a  number  of  churches  and  convents,  and  several  splendid  palaces. 
It  is  a  handsome  though  gloomy  city.  Barcelona  and  Cadiz  are  the 
chief  sea-ports :  the  latter  is  on  the  isle  of  Leon.  Seville,  Granada, 
Valencia,  Cordova,  and  Saragossa,  are  among  the  principal  cities. 

8.  Gibraltar,  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Spain,  is  the  strongest 

What  is  said  of  the  soil,  &c.?    3.  Exports?    Imports?    Merino  Sheep? 
4.  Of  the  Government?     Religion?     Universities,  &c.?     5.  Wha 
is  said  of  the  higher  class  ?    Lower  orders  ?     Amusements  ?    6.  Wfiai 
did  this   country  fornicrly  possess:      Qi  the  colonies.      .-  --■- 
Madrid.    Barcelona,  &c.    8.  Gibraltar.    Balearic  isles.    9.  Andorra. 


PORTUGAL. 


249 


fortification  in  the  world.    It  was  captured  by  the  English  in  1704 
and  has  continued  in  their  possession  ever  since.  * 

The  Balearic  Isles  comprise  Majorca,  Minorca,  Ivica,  and  some 
pmallcr  islands :  they  are  inhabited  by  a  peaceable  and  simple  people. 
1  ort  Mahon,  m  Minorca,  is  often  resorted  to  by  United  States'  shins 
of  war.  ' 

9.  Andorra— This  little  republic,  With  a  territory  of  190  square 
rules,  and  a  population  of  15,000  inhabitants,  occupies  a  valley  on  the 
'?"o  nnn  ■'i\''-  *^^  Pyrenees.  Besides  Andorra,  the  capital,  a  town 
ol  ^,UUU  inhabitants,  it  contains  five  small  villages. 

i»ffl;jiVb  11.  — What  bounds  Spain  on  the  north?    Fe.,  B.-By 

houth?  M..Sa.,A..On.-East?  M-Sa—West?  PL -Which  are 
t,ie  chief  "vers  of  Spam?  Do.,  Ts.,  Ga.,  Gr.,  Eo.  -  How  long  are 
each  of  these  ?  Which  are  the  chief  mountains  ?  Ps.,  Cn.,  S.-Ma.,  S.-Na 
-  Which  separate  France  from  Spain  ?  Ps.  -  What  mountain  lies 
west  of  Barcelona  ?  Mt.  -  This  is  noted  for  its  singular  form  and  the 
monasteries  bmlt  on  it.  What  islands  lie  east  of  Spain  ?  Be.  —  What 
strait  separates  Spain  from  Africa  ?  Gr.  —  How  wide  is  it  7  What  is 
the  population  of  Madrid?  Barcelona?  Seville?  Granada?  Valen- 
cia?   Cordova?    Cadiz?    Malaga?    Sarugossa? 


168 


Lisbon. 

PORTUGAL. 

1.  This  kingdom,  like  Spain,  has  declined  from  its  former 
greatness.  Three  centuries  ago,  it  was  celebrated  for  the 
\iIour  of  Its  soldiers,  and  the  skill  of  its  sailors.  It  took  a 
•listinguished  lead  in  modern  discoveries,  and  was  for  a  time 
tne  first  commercial  nation  in  Europe. 

2.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  agreeably  diversified  with 
mountams,  hills,  and  plains.  The  climate  is  mild,  pleasant, 
and  healthful ;  and  the  soil  is  rich  in  the  fruits  and  products 

Portugal.  Q — 1.  What  is  said  of  Portugal?      2.  The  surface? 
Climate?    Chief  staples ?    3.  What  is  said  of  commerce ?    Manufac 


250 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


peculiar  to  southern  Europe. 
Wine,  salt,  oil,  and  wool,  are 
the  chief  staples. 

3.  The  commerce  of  Por- 
tugal, which,  during  the  time 
of  its  prosperity,  was  very  ex- 
tensive, is  now  inferior  to  that 
of  almost  every  other  mari- 
time nation  in  Europe.  Tlio 
Portuguese  Peasants,  manufactures    are    small    ill 

amount;  and  an  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  commonest  arts 
is  observable  among  the  people. 

4.  The  affricuUure  is  in  a  very  backward  state;  and  fevv  of  the  im- 
provcments  common  in  other  countries  are  known  here.  Much  of  the 
produce  of  the  soil  is  carried  to  market  on  the  lieads  of  female  peasants. 
'^  The  Catholic  is  the  established  religion  of  Portugal.  The  govern, 
ment  was  formerly  an  absolute  monarcliy.  but  it  is  now  limited ;  a  new 
Constitution  having  been  adopted  in  1838.  Literature  and  science  are 
but  liUk  encouraged,  and  the  education  of  the  people  is  greatly  neglect- 
ed;  the  means  for  their  instruction  being  imperfect  and  dchcient. 

6  The  Portuguese  and  Spaniards  are  very  similar  in  character  and 
manners;  yet  a  strong  dislike  exists  between  the  two  nations.  The 
prsantr;  of  this  country  are  held  by  the  nobles  m  a  state  little  short 
of  bondaie.  They  have  been  usually  represented  as  indolent,  cowardly, 
and  rcve^eful;  but,  on  many  occasions,  during  the  lute  war  witli 
France,  they  displayed  qualities  not  unworthy  their  gallant  ancestors. 

7.  Lislxjn,  the  capital,  is  a  place  of  considerable  commerce,  and  has  oi.e 
of  the  finest  harbours  in  the  world.  It  was  destroyed  by  '^".c^'"  j;;J« 
in  1755,  and  30,000  of  the  inhabitants  perished.  It  is  an  ill-built  and 
dirty  place,  but  contains  some  handsome  public  buildings  and  squares. 

8.  Oporto,  the  second  city  in  the  kingdom,  is  famous  for  its  port-wine, 
of  which  about  75,000  pipes  are  annually  exported.  St.  Ubee  is  noted 
fiirTs  salt  v^orks,  'at  which  about  100,000  tons  of  salt  are  made  eve^. 
year.  Coimbra  is  celebrated  for  its  university,  which  contains  40  pro- 
fessors,  and  about  800  students^ 

Map  No.  11.  — What  bounds  Portugal  on  the  north  and  east?  Sn. 
—  West  and  south?  A.-On.  — Which  are  the  principal  rivers?  is.. 
Do.,Ga.-How  long  is  each  of  these?  On  what  river  is  Lisbon ; 
Ts -Oporto?  Do.-Coinibra?  Mo.-What  is  the  population  ot 
Lisbon?  Oporto?    Coimbra?    StUbes?    Braga?    Elvas?    Evora? 


lures?     4: 
ture,  &c.  ? 
Ubes,  &.C 


Thfi  airriculture?     5.  Religion ?     Government?    Litera- 
6.  The  Portuguese?    7.  Describe  Lisbon,    b.  Oporto,  st. 


GERMANY, 


251 


169 


GERMANY. 

1.  Germany  is  an  extensive  country,  situated  in  the  centre 
of  Europe.  It  once  contained  upwards  of  300  separate 
divisions ;  but  now  comprises  the  Empire  of  Austria,  the 
kingdoms  of  Prussia,  Bavaria,  Saxony,  Hanover,  and  Wirtem- 
burg,  with  29  smaller  states  and  four  republics  or  free  cities. 

2.  These  form  the  Union  styled  the  Germanic  Confedera- 
tion ;  the  object  of  which  is  to  provide  for  mutual  safety  and 
defence.  Each  state  is  independent  within  its  own  territory, 
but  for  general  purposes  the  whole  is  governed  by  the  Diet  of 
Germany,  a  body  composed  of  plenipotentiaries  and  deputies 
from  the  different  states. 

3.  This  region  is  traversed  by  numerous  rivers  and  exten- 
sive  ranges  of  mountains.  Agriculture  is  carried  on  with 
great  diligence,  and  mining  is  one  of  the  chief  sources  of 
wealth.  The  inland  trade  is  very  considerable,  but  the  manu- 
factures, though  important  and  various,  are  not  so  flourishing 
as  formerly. 


Brown  European  Bear. 


The  Wolf. 


4.  Germany  is  well  supplied  with  cattle,  horses,  hogs,  and  sheep :  of 
he  latter,  those  of  Saxony  and  other  districts  are  particularly  noted  for 
he  fineness  of  their  wool.  The  bear,  wolf,  and  wild  boar,  are  less 
common  than  formerly,  but  are  still  found  in  remote  districts  among 
the  forests  and  mountains. 


Germany.  Q.—  l.  What  did  it  once  contain?  What  does  it  com- 
prise ?  2.  What  do  these  form  ?  What  is  said  of  each  state  ?  Of  the 
Diet  ?  3.  By  what  is  this  region  traversed  ?  What  is  said  of  affri- 
culture?    Mi-- — "    ""-J"     t-       "    •        -     •    —    .  .    „       » 


nmg 


a       Trade?     Manufactures?     4.  What  is  Germany 
weU  supplied  with  ?    What  is  said  of  sheep  ?    The  bear,  &c.    5.  De- 


252 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


5.  The  Germans  are  generally  an  honest,  industrious  and 
persevering  race :  to  their  ingenuity  the  world  is  indebted  for 
the  invention  of  printing,  watches,  and  gunpowder ;  they  are 
passionately  fond  of  music,  and  their  learned  men  are  dis- 
tinguished for  their  attainments  in  literature  and  science. 

6.  The  public  libraries  of  this  country  are  150  in  number, 
with  5  million  volumes,  and  there  are  not  less  than  10,000 
authors,  producing  every  year  from  4,000  to  5,000  books. 
The  universities  are  highly  celebrated,  and  much  resorted  tc 
from  other  countries.  Seminaries,  styled  gymnasia,  are  nu- 
merous,  many  of  which  rank  us  distinguished  schools  of 
learninor. 

7.  In  the  means  of  cducjition,  the  north  of  Germany  far  surpasses 
the  soutli.  In  Saxony,  Prussia,  Bavaria,  and  some  of  the  smaller  di- 
visions  of  the  north,  schools  are  numerous,  and  there  is  hardly  any 
persop  to  be  found  that  cannot  read ;  while  in  otiier  quarters  of  the 
country  the  lower  classes  are  still  very  ignorant  and  averse  to  im- 
pruvement 

8.  In  religion,  Germany  is  divided  between  the  Catholic  and  Protest- 
ant  churches:  the  former  includes  the  majority  of  the  people,  number, 
ing  20  millions,  while  the  Protestants  amount  to  about  16  millions :  the 
latter  comprise  Lutherans  and  Calvinists  principally  :  these  have  lately 
united  in  many  places  into  one  church,  which  takes  the  name  of  the 
Evangelical  Church.  There  are  also  some  Moravians,  Mcnnouists, 
Jews,  &.C. 


-170 


EMPIRE  OF  AUSTRIA. 

1.  Austria  is  one  of  the  most  important  states  in  Europe: 
it  comprises  about  one-third  of  Germany,  with  Hungary, 
Galicia,  Dalmatia,  and  the  kingdom  of  Lombardy  and  Venice 
in  Italy. 

The  inhabitants  are  principally  Catholics  ;  but  Protestants 
of  various  sects,  and  members  of  the  Greek  church,  like- 
wise abound  ;  all  religions  being  tolerated.     The  liberty  ol 

scribe  the  Germans.  What  did  thoy  invent  ?  What  is  said  of  music  ^ 
Learned  men?  6.  Of  the  public  libraries,  &c.  ?  Authors?  Universi- 
ties  ?  Semmaries,  &c.  ?  7.  What  is  said  of  education  ?  8»  Of  re- 
ligion ?  What  do  the  Catholics  number  ?  The  Protestants?  Of  tlie 
Lutherans,  Calvinists,  &,c. 

Austria.  Q.  — 1.  What  is  Austria?  What  does  it  comprise? 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?    3.  Of  the  sea-coast  and  com 


EMPIRE  OF  AUSTRIA. 


253 


the  press,  and  the  freedom  of  debate,  are,  however,  much 
restricted. 

3.  Austria  has  but  a  tmall  extent  of  sea-coast,  and  a  limit- 
ed commerce.  Jt  has  no  foreign  colonies ;  but  the  Duchies  of 
Tuscany,  Parma,  and  Modena,  in  Italy,  are  dependent  states. 
Gold,  copper,  iron,  mercury,  and  salt,  abound;  the  salt-mines 
of  Wieliczca  in  Galicia,  have  been  worked  for  600  years, 
but  still  appear  inexhaustible.  Grain  and  wine  are  the  chief 
products  of  the  soil. 

4.  The  Emperor  of  Austria  \a  absolute  in  all  parts  of  his  ttominions, 
except  in  llunjjary  and  some  other  districts.  In  the  ("  rmer  ho  ia  styled 
King  only,  and  his  authority  is  limited  by  a  diet  or  assembly  c;'  the 
nobles  and  clergy.  The  inliabitants  belong  to  several  distinct  nations, 
comprising  Germans,  Poles,  Italians,  Hungarians,  Jews,  Gypsies,  &c. 

5.  The  Austrian  army  is  large,  amounting  to  upwards  of  270,000 
men,  and  though  respectable  for  its  discipline  has  not  generally  ranked 
high  for  efficiency.  The  Empire  possesses  no  advantages  for  a  navy ; 
yet  a  small  force  has  been  organized  oit  the  Gulf  of  Venice,  and  an 
armed  flotilla  is  maintained  on  the  Danube. 


Sfjuare  of  Imperial  Palace,  Vienna. 

6.  Vienna,  the  capital  of  the  Austrian  Empire,  is  one  of  the  finest 
cities  in  Europe.  It  contains  a  number  of  palaces,  churches,  and  other 
public  buildings,  some  of  whicti  are  splendid  structures.  The  citizens 
are  described  as  a  good-natured,  hospitable  people,  much  devoted  to 
pleasure  and  luxurious  living. 

7.  Prague,  Gratz,  Presburg,  and  Lemburg,  are  all  places  of  some 
note.  Buda  and  Pest,  situated  on  opposite  sides  of  the  Danube,  are 
joined  together  by  a  bridge  of  boats.    These  towns  united,  form  the 


merce?    Of  gold,  &c.?    4.  Of  the  Emperor? 
itanis.    5.  What  is  said  of  the  army  7    JSiavy? 
7.  Prague,  &c.    Trieste. 


Describe  the  inhab- 
6.  Describe  Vienna 


»'i 


254 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


most  important  city  in  Hungary.  Dcbretzin  i«  d«o  an  important  town* 
TricBtc  is  the  chief  sea-port  of  Austria,  and  a  conaidcrablo  trade  is 
carried  on  between  this  place,  the  United  States,  and  other  countries. 

8.  Brunn,  Lintz,  Salzburg,  and  Steycr,  are  manufacturing  towns. 
Hallein  and  Halle  are  noted  i'or  their  salt  works,  and  Idria  for  its  mines 
of  quicksilver.  Marienbad,  Carlsbad,  Toplitz,  and  Sedlitz,  are  much 
visited  for  their  baths  and  mineral  waters.  At  Olmutz,  General  La. 
fayette  was  imprisoned  for  a  considerable  time. 

9.  Sor,  Losowitz,  Reichenberg,  Kolin,  &.C.,  are  famous  for  important 
bnttles  fought  between  the  Austrians  and  Prussians.  At  Austcrlitz  and 
VVagram,  Napoleon  Bonaparte  gained  decisive  victories,  and  at  Asperu 
be  was  repulsed  by  the  Archduke  Charles. 


171 


Berlin. 


PRUSSIA. 

1.  Phttssia  was  erected  into  a  Jcingdom  in  the  year  1701, 
and  from  a  small  and  weak  state  has  become  one  of  the 
most  important  and  powerful  nations  of  Europe. 

2.  It  is  in  general  a  level  country,  with  numerous  rivers, 
lakes,  and  marshes.  In  some  parts  the  soil  is  fertile,  while 
in  others  there  are  large  tracts  unfit  for  cultivation.  Grain 
and  cattle  are  the  chief  productions. 

3.  Prussia  has  but  little  foreign  commerce,  but  the  inland 
trade  is  considerable.     The  manufactures  are  principally 


8.  What  is  said  of  Brunn,  &c.  ?    Hallein,  &c.  ?    Marienbad,  &c.  ? 
Olmutz  ?     9.  Sor,  &c.  ?     Austerlitz,  &c.  ? 

Prussia.  Q.—  l.  What  is  said  of  Prussia?    2.  What  is  it?    lU 
nroductions  ?    3.  Commerce  ?    Manufactures  ?    What  are  the  chief 


PRUSSIA  — BAVARIA,  fte. 


265 


Imens,  woollens,  and  articles  of  iron  and  steel.  The  chief 
part  of  the  people  are  of  the  Protestant  faith,  and  belong 
to  the  Lvangehcal  or  Lutheran  Calvinistic  Church ;  but  all 
other  sects  are  tolerated,  and  are  on  an  equal  footing. 

4.  The  government  in  an  absolute  mWtary  monarchy.  The  army  ia 
famous  for  Uh  d.aciphne,  and  almost  every  man  must  serve  in  it  for 
three  years  as  a  soldier.  Education  is  more  general,  and  echools  more 
numerous  here  than  m  any  country  in  Kurope. 

5.  This  kingdom  comprises  two  detached  sections.  The  western 
part,  which  18  H.tuated  on  the  river  Rhine,  fell  into  the  possession  of 
rrussia  in  ]«  o.  The  eaHtern  contains  various  provinces,  some  of 
w  uch  once  belonged  to  Poland.  Neufchatel  in  Switzerland,  and  some 
other  small  dislricts,  also  belong  to  this  state. 

6.  Derlin,  the  capital  of  Prussia,  is  a  handsome  city,  and  is  remark, 
able  for  its  splendid  edifices,  its  numerous  literary  institutions,  and  par- 

icularly  for  its  univernity.     Manufactures  of  printed  cotton,  wo-^llen. 
Jinen,  silk,  and  porcelain,  are  carried  on  to  some  extent. 

7.  Dantzick,  Konigsberg,  Stettin,  and  Stralsund,  are  the   chief  sea- 

r/nn'^r  rr    r  "  "u''!/^;  ".'  ^'^'"'  Magdeburg  for  its  sieges  and 
strong  fortifications;  Halle  for  its  university  and  salt-works:  and  Pots 
darn  for  Its  palace  of  Sans  Souci  and  other  splendid  buildings.    Halber 
stadt  and  Erfurt  are  important  towns. 

8.  At  Wittenburg,  Luther  commenced  the  Reformation.  Cologne  »• 
Zi  ^"'"^"«-7!"  5  Dusseldorf,  Elberfelt,  and  Barmen,  ibr  manu^ 
factures  of  various  kinds ;  Aix-la-Chapelle  for  its  warm  baths;  and 
Treves  for  its  cathedral.    Coblentz  is  an  important  fortress. 

9.  At  Rosbach,  Lissa,  Zorndorf,  Liegnitz,  &c.,  Frederick  the  Great 
gamed  important  victories,  and  at  Cunnersdorf  he  was  defeated.     The 
actions    fought    at    Mmden,   Eylau,   Friedland,   Erfurt,  and   Lutzen 
arc  all  celebrated.     At  the  first  battle  of  Lutzen,  in  1632,  GustLviS 
Adolphus,  the  renowned  king  of  Sweden,  was  killed. 


172 


BAVARIA,  &c. 

1.  This  kingdom  is,  next  to  Austria  and  Prussia,  the 
most  important  state  in  Germany.  It  consists  of  two  dis- 
tinct  territories,  situated  about  40  miles  apart,  and  separated 
Irom  each  other  by  Wirtemberg  and  Baden. 

part  of  the  people  ?     4.  What  is  said  of  the  government  ?    Armv  ? 
Education  7     5    What  does  this  kingdom  comprfTe  ?    6   Describe  Ber 
K?'    ,    ,V?*^'''^  .*"*^  ^^«  ^t'^*"*  towns.    8.  What  is  said  of  Wittcn 
fiirtf  L.?^°^"'' ^*^' '    9.  Rosbach,  Lissa,  &c.?    Mindenr&c.?  Er 

Bavaria,  Sfc.  Q.-1.  What  ia  said  of  Bavaria?    2.  Of  the  wil. 


256 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


I 


2.  The  soil  is  moderately  fertile.  Cattle  and  hogs  are  reared  in  con* 
fiiderable  numbers.  Wine,  brandy,  and  beer,  are  made  to  some  extent 
Education  has  been  of  late  years  very  generally  diffused,  and  the  insti- 
tutions  of  learning  are  in  a  flourishing  condition. 

3.  Munich,  the  capital,  is  one  of  the  handsomest  cities  in  Germany, 
and  is  noted  for  its  university,  theatre,  library,  and  splendid  galleries 
of  sculpture  and  paintings.  Nuremburg,  Augsburg,  Ralisbon,  Wurtz- 
burg,  and  Bamberg,  are  important  places:  watches  and  globes  were 
invented  in  the  first  named  city,  and  it  has  been  long  famous  for  its 
trade  in  children's  toys. 

4.  Famous  victories  were  gained  at  Blenheim  by  the  Duke  of  Marl- 
borough,  at  Hohenlinden  by  General  Moreau,  and  at  Eckmuhl  and 
Ratisbr>n  by  the  Emperor  Napoleon. 

HANOVER. 

5.  Hanover,  formerly  an  electorate,  became  a  kingdom 
in  1815 ;  and  was  under  the  control  of  a  governor-general, 
appointed  by  the  king  of  England.  On  the  accession  of 
queen  Victoria  to  the  British  throne,  her  uncle,  Ernest  Au- 
gustus, became  king  of  Hanover. 

6.  Agriculture  and  manufactures  are  not  very  flourishing ;  but  the 
mines  are  important,  and  extensively  wrought  Gold,  silver,  iron,  lead, 
and  copper,  all  abound. 

7.  Hanover  is  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  and  derives  its  chief  im- 
portance  from  that  circumstance.  Gottingen  is  celebrated  for  its  uni- 
versity, which  contains  900  students.  Its  library,  observatory,  and 
botanic  gardens,  are  among  the  most  valuable  in  Europe.  Eraden  is 
the  chief  sea-port.  Hildesheim,  Luneburg,  and  Osnaburg,  have  con- 
siderable manufactures. 

SAXONY. 

8.  This  kingdom  is  one  of  the  most  populous  and  indus- 
trious of  the  German  states.  Commerce,  manufactures,  and 
mining,  are  carried  on  with  great  industry.  Vast  flocks  of 
sheep  are  raised,  the  wool  of  which  is  largely  exported,  and 
is  highly  esteemed  for  its  fineness. 

9.  Dresden,  the  capital,  is  one  of  the  finest  cities  in  the  north  of 
Germany.  Its  public  buildings,  libraries,  and  galleries  of  paintings, 
are  remarkable.  Leipsic  is  famous  for  its  university  ;  and  for  its  great 
fairs,  held  twice  a  year,  at  which  vast  quantities  of  books  and  other 
articles  are  sold. 

&,c.  ?  Education  ?  3.  Describe  Munich,  &.C.  4.  What  is  said  of 
Blenheim,  &,c.  ?  5.  Of  Hanover  ?  6.  Agriculture,  &c.  ?  7.  Describe 
Hanover.    Gottingen,  &c.    8.  What  is  said  of  Saxony  ?    9.  Describe 


THE  SMALLER  GERMAN  STATES. 


257 


i.;I  Vw  K  r"  "°*®'?  ^°'  '^  *'°**°"  manufactures,  Meissen  for  porce- 
lain,  *reyburg  for  its  mines  and  mining  academy,  Zittau  for  its  erten- 
sive  trade  with  Bohemia,  and  Hermhut  as  the  original  seat  of  theX 

[mrt«i?£«."'  ,^r?^r^^»'  ""•*  Bautzenfwere  the  scenes  of 
important  batUes  fought  by  the  emperor  Napoleon  against  the  AlUes. 

WIRTEMBERG,  OR  WURTEMBURG. 

11.  This  state  was  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1806.  It 
IS  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  best  cultivated  parts  of  Ger- 
many,  and  produces  grain,  wine,  and  fruits  of  various  kinds, 
themes  are  extensively  raised,  from  which  is  made  the 
strong  liquor  called  kirchwasser.  Geese  and  snails  are 
reared  and  fattened  in  surprising  numbers,  and  sent  to 
Vienna  and  Italy. 

l^'-  ^^oaWa  *^®  ''''P^**''  "  *  well-built  city  The  royal  library 
S".'  '^^^  Qo?^"''  '^""^ ."  ^.«i""kable  for  its  collection  of  bible^ 
which  ccn^pnses  8250  copies,  in  68  different  languages.  Ulm  is  cele- 
inf.  7^    1  ^f*'''.^''^^  Jeutlingen  and  Tubingen  are  both  important 

fnTtt  •  K^     )^'  '?  "°^^^  ^^^  '^  "diversity,  Halle  for  its  salt-works. 
and  ileiloron  for  ni.neral  springs. 


173 


THE  SMALLER  GERMAN  STATES. 

1.  The  Grand  Duchy  of  Baden  consists  principally  of  a 
narrow  but  fertile  plain  on  the  east  side  of  the  Rhine. 
Grain  and  wine  are  the  chief  products.  The  manufacture 
of  wooden  clocks  is  a  considerable  branch  of  industry:  they 
are  sent  in  great  numbers  annually  to  every  part  of  Europe 
and  also  to  America. 

2.  Carlsruhe,  the  capital,  and  Manheira,  are  amongst  the  finest  cities 
l.".r^nn"J"  P«^f elburg  is  famous  for  its  enormous  copper  tun,  which 
holds  600  hogsheads.  Baden  is  noted  for  its  warm  baths,  and  Freibure 
tor  a  magnihcent  Gothic  minster,  the  spire  of  which  is  500  feet  high. 

3.  The  Hessian  Statis  comprise  the  Electorate  of  Hesse  CasseL  the 
hravd  Duchy  of  Hesse  Darmstadt,  and  the  Landgramate  of  Hesse 
ttmburg.    Hesse  Cassel  lies  chiefly  on  the  river  Fulda,  southward  of 

Dresden.    Leipsic.    10.  Chemnitz  and  the  other  towns. 
«ud  of  Wirtemberg?     What  is  extensively  raised? 
Stuttgard,  Ulm,  &c.  ' 

^Mer  German  States.  Q— L  Desciibe  Baden.    2.  Carlsruhe  and 
we  other  towns.    3.  What  is  said  of  the  Hessian  States  ?    Hesse  Cas. 
,   2H 


11.  What  is 
13.  Describe 


ti     mt'iuaiiiAu 


258 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Hanover  and  Prussia.  It  comprises  also  two  small  districts,  situated, 
one  35  miles  north,  and  the  otiier  20  miles  east,  of  the  principal  terri. 
tory.  The  soldiers  of  this  stale  are  no  longer  hired  to  foreign  powers. 
4.  Hesse  Darmstadt  consists  of  three  separate  districts,  two  of  which 
are  on  the  north  and  the  other  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  Mayne. 
Hesse  Horn  burg  comprises  two  distinct  sections,  separated  50  miles 
from  each  other. 


'^  Mentz. 

5.  Cassel,  Darmstadt,  and  Homburg,  are  the  capitals.  Hanau,  Fulda, 
and  Marburg,  are  important  towns  in  Cassel ;  and  Worms  and  Mentz 
in  Darmstadt :  the  latter  is  strongly  fortified,  and  is  celebrated  as  the 
place  where  printing  was  invented.  Tiie  house  where  Faust  and  Gut- 
temburg  made  their  first  essays  in  that  art  is  still  shown. 

6.  The  Saxon  Duchies  comprise  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe  Weimar 
and  the  Duchies  of  Saxe  Coburg  Gotha,  Saxe  Metningen  Hildburg- 
hav^cn,  and  Saxe  Altenburg.  They  are  '.ituated  between  Prussia  and 
Bavaria,  the  kingdom  of  Saxony  and  the  Hessian  States. 

7.  Saxe  Co'irrg  Gotha  contains  also  a  small  district  situated  170 
miles  south-wci  ,  from  the  residue  of  the  state.  Weimar,  Gotha,  Mel- 
ningen,  and  Altenburg,  are  the  capitals  of  the  Saxon  Duchies. 

8.  Weimar  enjoys  a  high  reputation  for  learning.  It  has  been  the 
residence  of  some  celebrated  authors.  Gotha,  Altenburg,  Eisenach,  and 
Jena,  are  important  towns.  The  last  is  noted  for  its  university  and 
the  great  victory  gained  by  the  French  over  the  Prussians. 

9.  Mecklenburg  comprises  the  Grand  Duchies  of  Mecklenburg 
Schtoerin  and  Mecklenburg  Strelitz.  The  capitals  are  Schwerin  and 
New  Strelitz.  The  former  is  situated  on  a  lake  of  the  same  name. 
Rostock  and  Wismar  are  important  commercial  tx)wns.  Gustrow  is 
noted  for  its  beer,  and  Ludwigslust  for  its  magnificent  palace. 

10.  Oldenburg  is  almost  surrounded  by  the  dominions  of  Hanover. 
Some  small  districts  in  Holstein  and  tlie  south  part  of  Prussia  also 


sel?  4.  Hesse  Darmstadt.  Hesse  Homburg?  5.  Cassel,  &c.?  6. 
The  Saxon  Duchies  ?  7.  Saxe  Coburg  Gotha?  8.  Weimar,  &o.7  9 
Mecklenburg,  &.C.  ?    10.  Oldenburg,  &c.  ?    11.  Brunswick,  &c.  7    13> 


THE  SMALLER  GERMAN  STATES.  259 

belong  to  this  state.  Oldenburg,  the  capital,  is  a  vvell.built  citv  with  « 
han  some  ducal  palace.    The  other  tovTns  ire  sn^al/ SSporfa'n? 

terlrt^r^lr  an  J  Hant^er'^^^t  STb  ^""''^^  ''  ''^ 
ta|,  is  noted  for  its  annual  fa^r Wolflnbu  t  [.  f  mlfeTsTut'oflX 
wick,  contains  one  of  the  most  valuable  libraries  in  E^o^        ^'""'■ 


174. 


Jam  T^  ofjy'assau  is  situated  on  the  rivers  Rhine 

and  Mayne.  It  is  famous  for  its  wines  and  mineral  waters! 
Wisbaden,  the  capital,  is  much  visited  on  account  of  ts 
warm  sprmgs.  At  Niederselters,  two  million  bottles  are  filled 
annually  with  the  celebrated  Seltzer  water. 

13.  Anhalt  Dessau,  Anhalt  Bernburg,  and  Anhalt  Cothen  form  iv^n 
detached  portions,  entirelj.  enclosed  by"  Prussia  and  Brunswick  S 
capitals  are  Dessau.  Bernburg,  and  Cothen.  ^'""swick.     Ihe 

14.  The  Principaiitieft  of  Sckwartzburff  Rudohtadt  and  Sth.mrf^ 
apart.    The  capitals  are  Rudolstadt  and  Sondershausen; 

15.  Reuss  Grntz  and  Reuss  Schleitz  consist  of  two  distinct  sec 
ions  separated  but  a  short  distance  from  each  other.  Greitz  S  L^ 
benstem  are  the  capitals.    Gera  is  the  chief  town.  °* 

16.  Lippe  Detmold  and  Lippe  Schatienhurs  are  situated  tbp  !»♦♦«,  «„ 

W  rtemburg.    Hcchmgen  and  Sigmarlngen  are  the  capitals.    ^ 
la.   Waldeck  consists  of  two  detached  sections  ahmif  ^a  »„;,„„  c 

':^io^L^:^-'-^ '-'''  ^  ^-"  ^oSitrv^ifge^o^tirj 

Wlr/  T^  ^'"^'  ,7  Germany  are  Hamburg,  Lubec,  Bremen,  and 
^rani/or/.    These  are  all  that  remain  of  the  famfus  Hanseatic  League, 


&A 


13. 


I^escribe  Nassau 

Kudolstadt,  &c „.„„„  „ 

Hohenzollern  Hechingen,  &c. 


1  (;   T?         ^    '.     ^"^^^°^^^  *e.     14.  Schwartzburff 
1.5.  Reuss  Greitz,  &c.     16.  Lippe  Detmold,  &c.    17. 

18.  Waldeck.    19.  Lichtenstein.    20. 


260 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHYo 


that  once  comprised  85  of  the  most  commercial  European  towns,  and 
raled,  by  their  wealth  and  arms,  a  great  part  of  northern  Europe. 

22.  Hamburg  is  the  chief  commercial  city  in  Germany.  It  is  the 
Beat  of  exlensive  manufacturep,  and  the  ships  of  almost  all  nations  visi 
its  port.*  Lubec  and  Bremen  are  important  commercial  towns.  At 
Frankfort,  the  Germanic  Diet,  or  Congress  of  the  German  princes, 
holds  its  meetings.  This  city  is  celebrated  for  its  semi-annual  fairs, 
which  attract  merchants  from  ail  parts  of  Europe. 

23  The  Duchies  of  HoUtein  and  Lauenburg  belong  to  Denmark. 
AltoAa,  Kiel,  and  Gluckstadt  are  the  chief  towns  in  Holstem,  and 
Lauenburg  in  Lauenburg. 

24  The  Grand  Duchy  of  Luxemhurg  belongs  to  Belgium.  Luxcm- 
burgi  the  capital,  is  noted  for  the  strength  of  its  fortifications.  Bastogne 
is  tlie  next  most  important  town. 

175 

Map,  No.  13.  -What  bounds  Germany  on  the  north  ?  N.-Sa.,  Dk, 
B  Sa  South  ?  Sd,  L.  and  V.  East  ?  Pd,  Ga.,  Hy.  West  ?  Hd. 
Bra.,  Fe.  (See  table  of  the  German  States.)  How  many  German  States 
are  here?  How  many  are  Empires ?  Kingdoms?  Grand  Duchjes 
D  'hies?  Principalities?  Electorates?  Landgraviates ?  Lordships? 
Republics?    How  many  axe  Catholic?    Protestant?     Absolute  m  go- 

vernraent?  ,    .      «    m      l  . 

How  long  and  wide  is  Germany?  Its  area  ?  Population  ?  To  what 
state  does  Holstein  and  Lauenburg  belong  ?  Dk.  Luxemburg  ?  Bm. 
Po  nt  out  the  different  states  on  the  Map.  The  Smaller  German  States 
which  have  a  common  title  will  be  found  under  their  respective  heads: 
ZTi\^e  Saxon  Duchies  are  under  SAXE;  those  of  AnhaU,  unde 
AN  HALT,  &c.  The  capitals  designate  the  general  position  ot  tne 
special  divisions.  «     t^      t  . 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  North  Sea  ?  Re.  Es.,  Wr.,  Ee  Er.  Into 
the  Baltic  Sea?  Or.  How  long  is  each  of  these  ?  Which  is  th 
principal  river  in  the  south  of  Germany  ?  De.  ^ Into  what  r  ver  do 
the  Meuse,  Moselle,  Mayne,  and  Neckar,  flow  ?  Re.  The  Lech,  Iser 
Inn,  Ens,  Leitha,  Marclf,  Raab,  and  Drave  ?  De.  The  Save  a  so  flow 
into  the  Danube.  Into  what  river  do  the  Hunte,  Aller,  Fu  da,  and 
Werra  flow  ?  Wr.  •  The  Moldau,  Mulda,  Saale,  Havel,  and  Ihnenau? 
Ee.  The  Neisse,  Bober,  and  Wartha,  are  the  chief  branches  of  the 
Oder     Into  what  sea  does  the  Danube  flow  ?     (See  Map,  No.  11.; 

Where  is  Muritz  Lake  ?  L.  Schweiloch  ?  Ammer  L.  ?  Ch^")  U 
Alter  L  ?  Traun  L.  ?  L.  of  Constance  ?  Cirknitz  L.  ?  The  latter 
is  an  akernating  lake  :  it  is  full  of  water  in  winter  which  passes  off  m 
the  early  part  of  summer,  and  the  bottom  of  the  lake  becomes  a  pas. 
ture-groLd.  Where  are  the  islands  of  Rugen,  Usedom,  and  Wolh 
To  what  state  do  they  belong  ?  Pa.  What  island  lies  west  of  Hoi- 
stein  ?  Hd.  To  what  power  does  it  belong  ?  G.-Bn. 
Kniphausen.    21.  The  Free  Cities,  &c.    22.  Hamburg,  &c.    23.  Hoi- 

stein  and  Lauenburg.    24.  Luxemburg. ^ . — __- 

-#ln  the  ye.    i842.  a  dreadful  firo  occurred  iii  Hamburg,  which  destroyed  propeiHrii) 
the  amouBt  of  30  million  dollars. 


SWITZERLAND. 


261 


Where  are  the  Mt&  called  the  Fichtelberg,  Erzgebirge,  and  Reisen- 
gebirge  ?  These  form  the  Sudetic  Mts.  Point  out  the  Hartz,  Bohmer- 
wald,  Arlberg,  and  Vosges  Mts.  How  high  are  all  the  foregoing? 
Point  out  the  Black  Forest  or  Schwarzwald,  Odenwald,  and  Hercynian 
Mts.  The  Alps.  How  long  are  they  ?  Point  out  the  Rhelian  Alps, 
Julian  Alps,  Noric  Alps,  and  Styrian  Alps. 

Where  are  Bohemia,  Moravia,  Austrian  Silesia,  Upper  Austria,  Lower 
Austria,  Tyrol,  Styria,  Carinthia,  and  Carniola  ?  These  are  the  German 
provinces  of  Austria.  The  two  last  form  the  kingdom  of  Illyria. 
Where  is  Ptmerania,  Brandenburg,  Silesia,  Saxony,  Westphalia,  and 
Rhine  ?  These  are  the  German  provinces  of  Prussia.  For  the  other 
great  divisions  of  Austria,  see  Map,  No.  IL  They  are  Hungary,  Ga- 
licia,  and  Dalmatia.  Chief  towns.  Pest,  Lemberg,  and  Zara.  The  re- 
inaining  Prussian  provinces  are  Posen  and  East  and  West  Prussia. 
Chief  towns,  Posen,  Konigsberg,  and  Dantzick. 

Point  out  the  capitals  of  the  German  States.  Tell  the  population 
of  each.  Point  out  those  capitals  situated  on  rivers  that*are  named  in 
the  Map,  and  the  names  of  the  rivers.  Point  out  the  places  where 
universities  and  colleges  are  situated.  Tell  the  number  in  eadi  state 
respectively.  Which  is  the  most  populous  city  in  Germany  ?  Va.  The 
next?  Bn.  What  two  cities  have  respectively  121,000  and  125,000 
inhabitants  ?  Pe.,  Hg.  In  what  years  did  the  battles  fought  in  Austria 
take  place  ?  In  Prussia  ?  Bavaria  ?  Saxony  ?  Wirtemberg  7  Saxe 
Weimar. 


176 


Berne. 


desiroycd  properly  to 


SWITZERLAND. 

1.  Switzerland  is  the  most  mountainous  country  in 
Europe.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  grandeur  of  its  natural 
features  and  scenery ;  and  for  the  freedom  of  its  political 
institutions. 

2.  It  is  known  bv  the  name  of  the  "  Helvetic  Republic ;" 


Switzerland.  Q.  —  1.  r>e»cribe  Svsitzerland.    2.  By  what  name  is  it 


262 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


i^ ' 


and  is  composed  of  22  cantons,  each  of  which  is  an  inde- 
pendent stale;  but  for  national  security  they  are  united 
together,  and  governed  by  a  general  diet. 

3.  Switzerland  is  traversed  by  the  Alps,  the  highest  mountains  in 
Europe.  Extensive  fields  of  ice,  called  glaciers,  cover  the  summits  of 
these  elevated  peaks;  and  avalanches,  composed  of  vast  bodies  of  snow, 
sometimes  rusli  from  their  lofty  sides  down  upon  the  valleys,  burying 
travellers,  buildings,  and  even  whole  villages,  in  one  common  ruin. 

4.  The  nature  of  the  country  presents  various  obstacles  to  its  culti- 
vation, but  they  have  been,  in  a  great  measure,  overcome  by  the  indus- 
try of  the  inhabitants ;  and  spots  apparently  doomed  to  eternd  sterility 
are  crowned  with  vegetation.  The  products  are  grain,  wine,  and  various 
kinds  of  fruit ;  but  pasturage  is  the  chief  object  of  the  farmer. 

5.  The  Swiss  are  an  honest,  brave,  and  hospitable  people,  ardently 
attached  to  liberty,  and  to  their  native  country.  Education  is  general 
amongst  thefn ;  and  great  crimes  are  rare.  The  Protestants  and  Catho- 
lies  in  Switzerland  arc  about  equal  in  number.  The  languages  spoken 
in  this  couixtry  are  the  German,  French,  and  Italian. 

6.  Berne  if;  usually  considered  the  capital  of  Switzerland ;  but  Zurich 
and  Lucerne  share  with  it  that  honour,  each  being  alternately  the  seat 
of  government  for  two  years  at  a  time.  Geneva  is  beautifully  situated 
on  the  lake  of  the  same  name.  It  is  a  handsome  city,  and  is  distin- 
guished for  its  literary  institutions,  and  for  its  extensive  manufactures 
of  watches,  of  which  70,000  are  made  here  annually. 

7.  Near  Schaffhausen  are  the  celebrated  Falls  of  the  Rhine.  Mor- 
gartcn  and  Morat  were  the  scenes  of  splendid  victories  gained  in  the 
cause  of  freedom.  At  Morgarten,  1600  Swiss  routed  20,000  Austrians. 
In  this  battle  the  celebrated  William  Tell  distinguished  himsi^lf.  At 
Zurich,  the  French  defeated  the  Austrians  and  Russians. 

8.  Among  the  quadrupeds  found  in  Switzerland  tvre  the  Alpine  spaniel 


Alpine  Spaniel. 


Ibex. 


known?    3.  What  is  said  of  the  Alps?   Avi  .  nches  ?    4.  Cultivation? 
Products?    5.  Describe  the  Swiss.    What  is  saIu  of  education?    Lan* 


manufactures 


ITALY. 


263 


and  the  ibex.    The  former  is  one  of  the  largest  animals  of  its  kind 
Several  of  them  are  kept  by  the  monks  of  MZunt  St.  Be  nard,  1  th^ 

7!nZ     Trrr""^  '''^'^"'•"  '°^.'  '"  .'^^"^^'"^  *''«  --'"tains  in  tim: 
of  snow.    The  ibex  is  a  species  of  wild  goat,  and  dwells  amonir  the 

Shl7uTer  °'  ''°  ^''''  "''^'^  '''^'^"  °^^^"  followed  bTfhoa: 


V  &  ^o-13.  — What  bounds  Switzerland  on  the  north?  Fe. 
BnWg  South?  SaL.  and  V.  East?  Tl.  Where  are  the  Jura 
Mts.?  PenmneAlps?  Lepontine  Alps  ?  How  high  is  IVIt.  Rosa  7 
The  Jura  Mts.  ?  Where  is  Lake  Constance  ?  Geneva  L  ?  I .  Ncuf 
atel?     L.  Lucerne?     L.Zurich?     How  long  is  each  of  these  lakes ? 

ion,  but  under  the  government  of  the  king  of  Prussia.  What  is  the 
population  of  Geneva?  Basle?  Berne?  Zurich  7  Lucerne?  Wh  ch 
of  these  towns  have  colleges  ?  How  high  arc  the  Falls  of  the  Rhine  ? 
When  were  the  battles  of  Morgarten,  Morat,  and  Zurich.  fouTt? 
What  three  considerable  rivers  rise  in  Switzerland  ?    Re.,  Re.,  In. 


177 


ITALY. 

,,  ^  n^T^^^  ^^^"^^  ^  ^^®^'  peninsula,  bounded  on  the  east  by 
the  Gulf  of  Venice,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Mediterranean 

S♦f'lIu.^•P^''^"^^^'■"®'*^<'•  Geneva.  7.  Where  are  the  Falls 
zLtv  o®  Lr,^^^'  *^  ^^'•^  °^  Morgarten,  &c.  ?  Of  William  TeU  f 
~:.c,x :     o.   vvnai  quadrupeds  are  found  in  Switzerland  ? 

Italy,  q —  1.  What  does  Italy  form  ?    2.  What  ia  it  ?    For  what  u 


jtiijij. 


i  I 

r  'r    f' 


■  )!'■ 


264 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


i-':|fa 


sea.    It  was  the  country  of  the  ancient  Romans,  and  is  filled 
with  the  remains  of  their  splendid  cities  and  buildings. 

2.  Though  in  a  state  of  decKne,  Italy  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  countries  in  the  world,  and  almost  every  spot  in 
it  has  been  the  scene  of  some  remarkable  event.  The 
country  is  noted  for  the  mildness  of  its  climate,  and  for  the 
beauLy,  diversity,  and  romantic  character  of  its  scenery. 

3.  The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  is  in  some  parts  well  cultivated  w 
The  chief  products  are  wheat,  corn,  rice,  oil,  wine,  and  silk.    The  prin- 
cipal  fruits  are  oranges,  figs,  dates,  and  almonds. 

4.  The  Roman  Catholic  is  the  established  religion  in  all  the  Italian 
States.  In  this  country  are  to  be  found  the  finest  .specimens  of  archi- 
tecture. The  churches  are  costly  and  magnificent,  and  the  dwellings 
of  some  of  the  nobles  rival  the  palaces  of  kings  and  emperors. 

5.  The  Italians  are  highly  distinguished  for  their  skill  in  sculpture, 
painting,  architecture,  and  music;  but  are  not  much  noted  at  present 
for  literature  or  science.  They  are  naturally  a  lively  people,  with  active 
passions  and  ardocit  imaginations,  and  generally  have  expressive  coun- 
tenances  and  animated  sparkling  eyes. 


Italian  Costume. 


6.  The  higher  ranks  wear  the  usual  European  dress ;  but  among  the 
lower  orders,  there  are  various  local  peculiarities  of  costume.  The  food 
of  the  Italians  is  generally  light ;  fruits  and  vegetables  are  more  com- 
mon articles  of  diet  than  flesh,  and,  as  in  the  other  parts  of  the  south 
of  Europe,  oil  and  wine  are  much  used  by  all  classes  of  the  people. 


it  noted?      3.  What  is  said  of  the  soil?    4.   Religion? 
to  be  fouad?      5.  Describe  the  Italians,      6.  Thei 


What  are 
Food. 


I?     What  are 


U)MBARDY  AND  VENICE.  265 

aI:  'J''^  ^o/nPJ^e"  the  kingdoms  of  Sardinia  and  Naples  the  kimr 

caTv  fhl^D'S  n?  p'^'"'^^^^  ^°P«'^°'"'  *^«  Grand  SucW 
SC^r^r^^^-S;'^^^^^        ^-ca,  the  Republfc  of  Z 

SARDINIA. 

8.  The  kingdom  of  Sardinia  embraces  the  north-west 
section  of  Italy,  together  with  the  large  island  of  lardtai^ 
The  continental  part  of  this  kingdom  is  fertile  and  well  "^ 


Genoa. 

tiyated,  and  there  are  some  manufactures  of  silk.  Savoy 
Piedmont,  Genoa,  and  Nice,  are  the  continental  provinces. 

ii^/u'^tJH-'  ^^'  ?*P^^i,of  the  kingdom,  is  the  most  regularly  built  of 

al  the  Italian  cities.    Genoa,  surnamed  the  Superb,  was  long  the  capi- 

al  of  a  powerful  republic,  and  is  noted  for  being  the  birth-place  of  Co- 

As'S  c;ni  li'/lT  !?'  -'^^"^  T?^''  of  Sardinia.  Alessandria.  Nice. 
Asti,  Com.  and  Mondovi,  are  all  cities  of  importance.  Cagliari  is  the 
chief  town  of  the  island  of  Sardinia.  ^ 

•  ^P'-^^  ^ntenotte,  Mondovi,  and  Marengo.  Bonaparte  gained  decisive 
victories.    That  of  Montenotte  was  the  commencement  Vf  his  briS 
7^1  °^AfJ?"?'i^,?  ^r"^°  °^°  °^^'^  '"o^t  renowned  achieve 
Ski  S^uw^^Jr^'w"^'  '^'"''  ""^  ''''^^*^'  'y  ^^  ^^^''^-^^^  «-- 

11.  MoNACo.--The  principality  of  Monaco  is  a  small  independent 
mo  "C  *!;^Pi;tection  of  Sardinia.  It  contains  a  population  of 
is T;  chSf  to!J^'  *'°' "  ^  '''"^^^  "^'^^  ^^^^  inhabitants.    Mentore 


p.^"^;^'''  "--"T^^t  Mts-  bound  Italy  on  the  north?    As.    What 

Turklv?    o     'Su  *®°"*^  ^  .  ®^-    ^^^*  ^^'^^  separates  Italy  from 
lurkey?    Oo.    What  mountains  extend  through  Italy  ?    Ae. 

L^tn  WKl^'^'^'^TPrT^-    8.  Describe  Sardinia.    9.  Turin.  Genoa, 
*c    10.  What  IS  said  of  Montenotte, &c.?    Marengo?    H   Monaco? 


>4 


266 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


Map  No.  13.  —  Where  is  the  river  Po?  What  rivers  flow  into  it  on 
the  north  ?  South  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Venice  ?  How 
long  arc  the  Po  and  Adige  ?  Where  is  Lake  Garda  ?  L.  Conio  ?  L. 
Maggiore  ?  How  It-r^  is  each  of  these  ?  How  is  Sardinia  bounded 
on  the  north  S  .ut»!  ^  East?  West?  Where  are  the  Maritime 
Alps?  Cudiau  A!p,?  Pennine  Alps?  How  high  is  Mont  Blanc? 
Mt.  Rosa?  How  long  and  high  are  the  Apennines?  What  is  the 
population  of  Turin,  and  the  other  towns  ?  When  were  the  various 
battles  fought?  On  what  rivers  are  Turin?  Alessandria,  and  the 
other  chief  towns  ?     Where  is  Monaco  ? 

Map  No.  11.  — Where  is  thr  i-'a.  H  of  Sardinia?  How  long  and 
wide  is  it  ?  What  strait  ecparates  it  iirora  Corsica  ?  Bo.  —  What  is  the 
population  of  Cagliari  ?    Sassari  ? 


178 


LOMBARDY  AND  VENICE. 

1.  The  kingdom  of  Lombardy  and  Venice,  called  also  the 
Lombardo- Venetian  kingdom,  is  sif'.ated  between  the  river 
Po  and  the  Alps.  It  belongs  to  Austria,  and  is  one  of  the 
most  fertile  and  best-cultivated  territories  in  Italy.  Agricul- 
ture,  trade,  and  manufactures,  are  in  a  thnving  state;  and 
science  and  the  arts  are  much  encouraged. 

2.  Milan,  the  seat  of 
government,  is  on  the 
Olona  river,  a  branch  of 
the  Po.  It  is  a  hand- 
some  city,  and  was  great. 
ly  improved  by  the  Em- 
peror  Napoleon.  It  was 
founded  near  600  years 
before  the  time  of  our 
Saviour,  and  was  forty 
times  besieged,  forty 
times  taken,  and  four 
times  destroyed  and  re- 
built. The  public  build- 
ings are  numerous  and 
splendid.  The  cathedral 
is  the  finest  specimen  of 
Gothic  architecture  in  existence,  and  the  statues  with  which  it  is  adorn- 
ed are  said  to  amount  to  4000. 

3.  Venice,  the  capital  of  the  ancient  republic  of  that  name,  was  long 
the  chief  maritime  city  of  the  south  of  Europe,  and  though  its  extensive 
commerce  and  naval  greatness  have  departed,  it  is  still  an  important 
place.    Venice  is  a  remarkable  citv.  beino-  built  iinon  72  islands,  ioined 

Lomlardy  and  Venice,  Q.  —  1.    What  is  said  of  Lombardy  and 


Milan  Cathedral. 


PARMA.  MODENA.  LUCCA.  TtSCANY,  THE  POPEDOM  267 

PARMA,  MODENA,  AND  LUCCA. 
5.  The  Duchies  of  Parma,  Moclena,  and  Lucca,  are  fine 
and  Venice.    Parma  is  governed  by  Maria  Louisa.The  wfdow 

ke^i^ndlTccTh  "'^''"J',  Modena,  by  an  AuS 

uuKe ,  ana  ijucca,  by  its  own  duke. 

6.  Parma  gives  name  to  the  celebrated  Parmesan  cheese  nr^A  TVf^ 

TUSCANY. 

Jf'  T^CJ'-and  Duchy  of  Tuscany  is  the  most  prosperous 
state  in  Italy.     Manufactures  of  silk,   soap,  and  Le^ahorn 
bonnets,  are  carried  on  to  a  considerable  extent.    Thelatter 
employs  a  number  of  women  and  children. 
8.  Florence,  the  capital,  surnamed  the  Beautiful  is  nnp  nP  ♦>,„  u     a 

wards  of  15  feet  frj  .he  ?^r^n6LZ]'\^  H^^JSy^^f-^^  ""^ 

THE  POPEDOM. 

Sil'J^f  .If  "■hk'^  u""'"^  .""'  Popedom,  called  also  the 
rTA  IK^^"'"^'  '^""P'"'  ">«  <=«»'«  of  Italy.  It  is 
■"led  by  the  Pope,  who  is  the  head  of  the  Catholic  church 


.1  I 
"    1 


m 


lii:! 


268 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


10.  Rome,  the  capital  of  these  states,  was,  in  ancient  times,  the  largest 
city  in  the  world.  It  was  50  miles  in  circurntcrcnci ,  ond  had  a  popu. 
latum  of  two  million  inhabitants.  Though  now  much  decayed,  and  a 
great  part  of  it  in  ruins,  it  is  still  the  most  interesting  city  in  Europe. 


■  f  Borne. 

11.  It  contains  a  vast  number  of  churches,  superb  palaces,  and  mag- 
nificent  remains  of  antiquity.  St.  Peter's,  the  largest  of  its  churches, 
and  the  largest  in  the  world,  was  one  hundred  and  eleven  years  in  build- 
ing, and  cost  a  sum  equal  to  one  hundred  and  sixty  millions  of  dollars 
at  the  present  day.  Bologna,  Ferrara,  and  Ancona,  are,  after  the  capi- 
tal,  the  most  noted  towns. 

12.  San  Marino.  —  This  little  republic  is  under  the  protection  of  the 
Pope.  It  occupies  a  tract  of  40  square  miles,  with  7000  inhabitants; 
and  has  retained  its  independence  1300  years.  Tiio  capital  is  eitualcd 
on  tlie  summit  of  a  mountain,  and  is  surrounded  with  walls. 


Map,  No.  13.  —  What  bounds  Lombardy  and  Venice  on  the  north? 
South  ?  East  ?  West  ?  What  is  the  population  of  the  chief  towns  ? 
Point  out  those  situated  on  rivers.  When  were  the  different  battles 
fought  ?  How  is  Parma  bounded  ?  Modena  ?  Lucca  ?  Tuscany  ? 
States  of  the  Church  ?  Modena  and  Tuscany  comprise  each  two 
distinct  territories.  What  is  the  population  of  the  cities  in  those 
states  ?  How  long  and  high  are  the  Apennine  Mts.  ?  Where  is  San 
Marino  ?    On  what  river  is  Florence  ?    Verona,  &c.  ? 

Map  No.  11.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Rome?  Ancona?  Leg- 
horn  ?  On  what  river  is  Rome  ?  What  island  lies  between  Tuscany 
and  Corsica?  Ea.  This  is  noted  for  having  been  the  residence  of 
Napoleon  Bonaparte  in  1814  and  1815. 


Florence,  &c.  ?    9.  Popedom  ?    10.  Rome  ?    11.  What  does  it  contain  ? 
12.  Describe  Sau  Muriuu. 


S69 


NAPLES. 
1.  The  kingdom  of  Naples,  or  of  tho  Two  Sicilies,  is  the 
most  considerable  in  Italy  for  extent  and  population.   I  occu- 
pies  the  southern  half  of  Italy,  together  with  the  island  of 
i>icily,  and  the  Lipari  Isles. 


Naples. 

a  Lurtnf^^'.  ""^'^i"  'i^"S^°"^  have  a  warm  Climate,  and 
a  luxuriant  soil.  The  fig-tree,  almond,  cotton-plant  and 
sugar-cane,  all  flourish  with  great  exuberance;  yet  the  citfes 

ciyment!"  '"''  "''  '^°^^^"'  «"^  P-ons'deslte  of 
AJ^^  fupineness  of  the  government,  with  the  indolence 
Im  n  nr'":;*  agriculture,  manufactures,  or  con  meTe! 
roni  being  diligently  pursued.  The  latter  is  chiefly  carried 
n  by  foreigners ;  for  no  Neapolitan  vessel  ever  Ventures 
farther  than  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar.  ever  ventures 


Porcupine. 


Quail. 


Naples.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Naoles  orrnnxr  f    o   ne  *u       v 
■•4&C.?     3.  Government?    C^SZT^J,  \%-^^^^ 


270 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


4.  The  principal  wild  animals  found  in  Italy  are  the  wolf  and  wild 
boar.  These,  though  rare,  are  still  occasionally  seen  in  the  mountaina 
and  forests  of  this  kingdom;  and  the  porcupine  is  met  with  in  the 
southern  districts.  Birds  in  great  variety  inhabit  all  sections  of  the 
peninsula ;  and  immense  flocks  of  quails  pass  from  Sicily  to  the  more 
northern  regions  of  Europe,  during  the  spring  of  every  year. 

5.  Sicily  is  the  largest  and  most  fertile  island  in  the  Mediterranean 
sea.  It  is  noted  for  containing  Mount  Etna,  the  most  active  vol. 
cano  in  Europe.  Smoke  is  continually  issuing  from  it,  and  it  has 
thrown  out  flames,  at  intervals,  for  more  than  20U0  years. 

6.  Naples,  the  capital  of  this  kingdom,  is  the  most  populous  city  in 
Italy.  It  is  situated  on  a  bay  of  tlie  same  name,  near  the  base  of 
Mount  Vesuvius,  and  surpasses  every  city  in  Europe  for  the  beauty  ol 
its  situation  and  appearance.  Na))le3  is  remarkable  fer  the  number  of 
its  nobles  and  lazzaroni,  or  vagabonds. 

7.  Taranto,  Bari,  Cava,  Foggio,  and  Salerno,  are  all  considerable 
towns.  Palermo,  the  chief  city  of  Sicily,  has  a  university,  and  consider- 
able  commerce.  Catania,  Messina,  Trapani,  and  Syracuse,  are  the  chief 
towns.     I'he  two  first  have  often  suffered  from  earthquakes. 

8.  The  Ionian  Republic. — This  republic  comprises  the  islands  of 
Corfu,  Cephalonia,  Zante,  St.  Maura,  Paxu,  Ithaca,  and  Cerigo.  It  is 
under  tli^  protection  of  Great  Britain,  whose  sovereign  appoints  the 
lord  high  commissioner,  or  head  of  the  government. 

9.  The  inhabitants  ate  chiefly  Greeks  and  Italians.  They  are  an 
industrious,  enterprising  people,  and  carry  on  a  considerable  commerce 
in  wine,  olive-oil,  and  currants.  The  population  of  the  islands  amounts 
to  192,000.  The  largest  town  is  Zante,  with  18,000  inhabitants;  but 
Corfu,  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  is  the  capital.  Population 
16,000.  , 

10.  Malta. — Malta  is  a  small  but  celebrated  island  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean sea,  lying  soutJi  of  Sicily,  containing  80,000  inhabitants ;  and 
is  noted  for  tlie  strength  of  its  fortifications.  It  formerly  belonged  to 
the  knights  of  St.  John,  a  rich  and  powerful  military  order;  bat  is  now 
in  the  possession  of  Great  Britain.  La  Valetta,  the  capital  and  port, 
has  a  population  of  32,000. 

Map  No.  11.  —  How  is  Naples  bounded?  What  strait  separates  it 
from  Turkey  ?  Go,  —  What  gulf  is  there  in  the  south  ?  To.  —  What 
mountains  extend  through  it?  As.  —  What  mountain  near  Naples? 
Vs.  —  In  Sicily  ?  Ea.  —  What  islands  lie  north  of  Sicily  ?  Li.  — 
V/hat  cape  in  Sicily  ?  Po.  —  Wliat  is  the  population  of  the  city  of 
Naples  ?     Palermo  ?    Messina  ?    Cataiiia  ?     Taranto  ?    Bari  ?    Syra- 


5.  What  is  said  of  Sicily  ?     Mount  Etna  ?    Stromboli  ?     6.  Describe 

Naples.      7.  Taranto,  iStc.     Palermo,  and  the  other  towns.     8.  What 
j„,,„  *i,„  T — :„.,  - — ..ui;^  „«w.n.:„«    s,~o     n    t\ :u_  ^u_ 

Commerce,  &c.    Population.    10.  What  is  said  of  Malta  ? 


GREECE* 


271 


Ma  1  SZlTfl      ,  Tt " f '"  '^  ^.  ^'^"^  ^^'^"^  J'««  «°"«'  «^ Sicily  ? 

£;;^  Clam  ?  r,r  wt' .  °"'i"  ^^^^^  ^'^  ^  '^^•^'^-  -  ^^^^^  is  iL 

Seri      Co       wr.   *  "^J  ''  ^^'  "'^^  "°'""''^''"  ^    C"-  -  'Jf^i^e  most 
soumern  (    Co.  —  What  strait  separates  Italy  and  Sicily  ?    Ma. 


180 


The  Greeks  destroying  a  Turkish  man  of  war. 

GREECE. 

woi  d.  Two  thousand  years  ago,  it  excelled  all  others  in 
civilization,  learning,  and  the  a?ts.  It  was  for  nearlv  W 
centuries  subject  to  Turkish  bondage ;  but  has  iLe  y  a^er  a 
Woody  and  protracted  warfare,  become  independent^ 

nartJ?K^'"  ^'^^'^''  comprises   a   portion  of  the  southern 

part  of  the  ancient  country  of  the  same  name,  together  v^'th 

I  a  numb,  o^  .lands  in  the  Archipelago,  of  whi^gToJol^ 

ruLP''   '"'1^"'''  ""^  ^}'''  ^°""*'y  '^  ^«eJy  diversified  with 
I  Se  r""^''  r^  ^'""'^^"^    ^"^  ^'^'  v-"-vs.     The 
S    tPd    "".    '"^   P^''^'"*'  ^"^  ^^^^  ««"'  though  badly 
"'"n  iruits  ot  various  kmds. 


f:fl':.  Q-r- 1  What  is  said  of  Greece  ?    How  lon^  w.«  ,>  »„)„-.„t 
^-  i^«««"^e  iVlodern  Greece.    3.  The  interior."  "what 


I  m  nnm> -i 

-••[•^icsHion  i 


'(   M 


It^'::    ■.|::i!:l 


272 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


4.  The  Greeks  are  an  active,  vigorous  race  of  people,  and  are  gen. 
erally  distinguished  for  personal  beauty.  In  their  late  contest  with  the 
Turks,  they  displayed  a  courage  and  bravery  not  unworthy  their  heroic 
ancestors.  The  employment  of  fire-ships  was  with  them  a  favourite 
mode  of  warfare,  by  which  they  destroyed  some  of  the  largest  vessels 
of  their  enemies. 

5  The  great  body  of  the  people  of  Greece  are  destitute  of  education 
and  knowledge ;  but  they  are  anxious  for  improvement,  and  are  eager 
to  rise  f'om  the  degradation  consequent  upon  their  long  political  servi- 
tilde.  Considerable  exertions  are  making  to  introduce  schools  and 
colleges  amongst  them,  and  to  disseminate  learning,  good  morals,  and 
religion.     The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  Greek  church. 

6.  The  government  chosen  for  this  country  by  the  great  European 
powers,  is  a  limited  monarchy :  the  selected  sovereign  is  Otho,  son  of 
Louis  Charles  of  Bavaria.  He  bears  the  title  of  king  of  Greece.  The 
administration  of  the  national  affairs  has  not  as  yet  realized  the  ex- 
pectations of  the  friends  of  Grecian  liberty. 

7.  Athens,  the  capital  of  Modern  Greece,  was  one  of  the  most  cele- 
brated cities  of  antiquity,  and  the  birth-place  of  the  most  renowned 
orators,  philosophers,  and  artists  of  ancient  times.  It  is  now  reduced 
to  a  town  of  moderate  dimensions,  whose  meanly-built  houses  contrast 
strangely  with  the  remaining  relics  of  its  ancient  splendour. 

8.  Tripolizza,  Napoli,  and  Navarino,  are  among  the  chief  towns  of 
Greece.  The  last  is  celebrated  for  the  destruction  of  the  Turkish 
naval  power  by  the  combined  fleets  of  England,  France,  and  Russia, 
on  the  20th  October,  1828 ; — an  event  which  secured  the  independence 
of  Greece. 

9.  Hydra  and  Spezzia,  two  small  islands  on  the  coast  of  the  Morea, 
were  famous  for  their  commerce  before  the  Revolution ;  and  their  mer- 
chant-ships  formed,  during  the  war,  nearly  the  whole  of  the  Greek 
naval  force 

Map  No.  11.  — What  bounds  Greece  on  the  north?  Ty.— South 
and  west?  M.-Sa.  —  E;jst?  Ao.  —  What  peninsula  forms  the  south 
ern  part  of  Greece  ?  Ma.  —  It  is  united  to  the  northern  part  of  the 
kingdom  by  the  Isthmus  of  Corinth.  What  is  the  southern  cape  of 
Greece?  Mn.  — What  island  south  of  the  Morea?  Co.  — What 
islands  west  of  Greece?  Ca.,  Ze.  — What  islands  east?  Nt,  Mo., 
No.  —  What  island  south  of  Milo  ?  Ca.  —  How  long  is  it  ?  To  what 
power  doea  it  belong  ?     Et.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Athens  ? 

does  it  produce ?  4.  Describe  the  Greeks.  What  did  they  display? 
Employ  in  war?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  great  body  of  the  people? 
6.  The  government?  7.  Describe  Athens.  8.  Tripolizza.  For  what 
is  Navarino  celebrated  ?    y.  i*of  what  were  Ilydia  and  Spezzia  lai.io'us 


TURKEY. 


273 


181 


suCZZiii  Iui!lOa= 


TURKEY. 

1  Turkey,  or  the  Ottoman  empire,  comprises  two  great 
divisions,  Turkey  in  Europe  and  Turkey  in  Asia.  It  was 
r'oce  a  powerful  and  influential  state ;  but  has  within  the  last 
hundred  years  greatly  declined  in  strength  and  importance. 

2.  Its  territory  has  been  of  late  much  diminished.  Greece 
has  become  independent ;  while  Egypt,  Syria,  the  fine  islands 
of  Cyprus  and  Candia,  with  the  whole  of  the  western  part  of 
Arabia,  have  fiilen  into  the  hands  of  Mahomet  All,  the 
Pacha  of  Egypt. 

3.  The  government  is  thoroughly  despotic.  The  Sultan, 
or  Grand  Signior,  is  considered  as  reigning  by  divine  com- 
mission ;  and  as  uniting  in  himself  all  the  powers  of  the 
state.  He  is  sometimes  profanely  called  the  shadow  of  God, 
brother  to  the  sun  and  moon,  and  refuge  of  the  world. 

4.  The  court  is  called  the  Ottoman  Porte,  or  Sublime 
Porte,  and  the  Divan  is  the  great  council  of  the  nation.    It 


Grand  Signior. 


Grand  Vizier. 


Mufti. 


P  ^''"rt  ^^  5^  ^'^"^  ^^^^^^'  *^«  Mufti,  the  Capidan 
state  '  ^""^  *^®  ""^^'^"^  principal  officers  of 


-    l^'/^'^y-  Q—l.  What  does  Turkfiv  rnmnr;oo  7     WT,„* 

««  ^Vhatis  said  of  its  territory?    3."  The 'government  ?     4.  What  is 

2  K 


:* 


274 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


I 


nW 


Sal 
ll 


5.  The  Turks  are  grave  and  sedate  in  their  manners,  but  ignorant 
and  bigoted :  and  so  indolent,  that  nothing  short  of  the  strongest  ex- 
citerneiit  will  rouse  them  to  activity.  They  are  temperate  in  both 
eating  and  drinking.  Pork  and  wine  are  prohibited  by  the  Koran. 
Coffee  is  the  principal  beverage ;  though  ardent  spirits  and  opium  are 
used  to  some  "Extent. 

6.  In  religion  they  are  strict  Mahomedans.  They  call  those  who  do 
not  believe  their  creed  infidels,  and  formerly  esteemed  it  lawful  to  re- 
duce  to  subjection  all  who  refused  to  be  converted  to  their  faith. 
Smoking  the  pipe,  lounging  for  hours  cross-legged  upon  a  cushion  or 
sofa,  and  bathing,  are  the  principal  occupations  of  the  better  class. 

7.  Important  changes  have  lately  taken  place  in  the  character  and 
policy  of  the  Turkish  government.  The  present  Sultan  has  organized 
his  army  and  navy  after  those  of  the  other  European  nations ;  and  is 
endeavouring  to  introduce  their  arts  and  sciences  into  his  empire. 

8.  The  Turks,  or,  as  they  call  themselves,  Osmanlis,  are  the  ruling 
race  in  this  empire ;  but  they  constitute  less  than  one-half  of  the  popu- 
lation. The  rest  of  the  inhabitants  consist  of  Greeks,  Albanians, 
Armenians,  Turcomans,  Arabs,  Kurds,  Jews,  and  Gypsies.  There  is 
no  hereditary  nobility  in  Turkey ;  the  only  difference  of  rank  being 
that  of  office. 

182 


Constantinople. 

TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

1.  Turkey  in  Europe  is  the  smallest  of  the  two  great 
divisions  of  the  Ottoman  Empire.     Its  surface  is  mountain- 

the  court  called  ?     5.  Describe  the  Turks.    Of  eating,  &c.  ?    6.  Of 

religion?    Principal  occupations  ?    7.  Important  changes  ?    Army  and 

navy  ?     8.  Of  .the  Turks,  and  the  other  inhabitants?    Of  nobility,  Ac.  ? 

Tkrkey  in  Europe.  Q.  —  i.  What  is  Turkey  in  Europe  ?    2.  vViiut 


TURKEY    IN    EUROPE. 


B?     H,  WlAi 


275 


ouq,  and,  throughout  most  of  its  extent,  interspersed  with 
UfcuutilUl  and  fertile  valleys. 

2.  In  soil  and  climate,  this  country  is  highly  favoured ;  and 
under  a  liberal  government  it  would  doubtless  become  one 
of  the  most  flcuriGhing  countries  of  Europe.  The  products 
are  corn,  wheat,  rice,  cotton,  silk,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  &c. 

3.  The  operations  of  agriculture  and  manufactures  are  but 
negligently  conducted.  The  commerce  is  chiefly  carried  on 
by  foreigners,  and  is  mostly  confined  to  the  port  of  Con- 
stantmople.  The  inland  trade  is  considerable,  and  is  in  the 
hands  of  Greeks,  Jews,  Armenians,  &c. 

4.  The  horses  and  cattle  of  this  region  are  generally  large  and  fine: 
the  former  are  from  the  Arabian  stock.    The  Valkchian  sheep  are 


Pelican. 


Wallachian  Sheep. 


remarkable  for  the  singularity  of  their  horns  and  wool :  the  latter  is 
ong  and  straight,  but  rather  coarse.     The  birds,  particularly  the  water- 
iovvl,  are  numerous,  and  of  various  kinds,  among  which  the  pelican 
and  ttamingo  are  conspicuous. 

5.  The  provinces  of  Wallachia,  Moldavia,  and  Servia,  usually  inclu- 
tied  in  European  Turkey,  are  governed  by  their  own  princes,  and  are 
.^^  ail  respects  independent,  except  that  they  pay  a  fixed  tribute  to  the 

,  ii}^  P^^P^*'  ^^  *"^^^  provinces  are  much  oppressed  by  their 

I  lors.     They  belong  mostly  to  the  Greek  church. 

6.  Constontinoplc  '»  the  capital  of  the  Ottoman  Empire,  and  the 
third  city  m  Eur-pr;  <n  population.     Its  situation  is  beautiful,  and  its 
fuirbour  extensive  ar<!  commodious.     It  presents  a  handsome  apprar- 
ance  at  a  distince.  but  is  found  on  examination  to  consist  of  narrow 
crooked  streets,  with  low,  gloomy-looking  iiouses,  built  of  wood. 

is  said  of  its  surface  ?    Soil  and  climate  ?    Products  ?     3.  Of  ajrricul- 
ture,  &c.  ?     Conuncrce  ?     4.  Hnrsea  and  cattle  ?     Wnllnchia"  s*------ 

&c.y    5.  What  is  said  of  WallaQhia,  &c.  ?     6.  Describe'Constantw 


isiiisiiiiii 


!j; 


276 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


I- 


i,  ih! 


t     I 


7.  Fires  occur  so  often,  that  it  is  said  Constantinople  is  entirely 
rebuilt  every  fifteen  years.  The  Mosques,  or  Mahomedan  places  of 
worship,  are  numerous,  and  some  of  them  are  superb  structures.  The 
mosque  of  St.  Sophia,  once  a  christian  church,  is  accounted  the  finest 
in  the  world.  The  Mosques  of  Sultan  Achmet  and  of  Suleyman  aru 
large  and  splendid,  but  are  not  marked  by  the  same  classic  taste. 

8.  Adrianople  is  the  second  city  in  European  Turkey.  It  was  Ion" 
*he  residence  of  the  Sultans.    Bucharest,  the  capital  of  Wallachia,  is 

arge  dirty  citj,  buill  in  a  swamp :  the  streets,  instead  of  being  paved 
m  the  usual  way,  jue  covered  with  planks.  Belgrade,  Widin,  Silistria, 
and  Shumla,  are  all  strongly.fbrtified  towns.  Serajevo,  Salonica, 
Sophia,  and  Joannina,  are  all  places  of  some  note. 

Map  iVo.  11.  —  What  bounds  Turkey  on  the  north  ?  A  a.  —  South  ? 
Ge.,  Ao.,  S.-Ma.  -  East  ?  B.-Sa.  —  West  ?  G.-Vc.  —  Which  is  the 
chief  river  ?  De.  ~  How  long  is  it  ?  Into  what  sea  does  it  flow  / 
Bk.  —  Point  out  the  principal  mountains.     Bn.  —  How  long  are  they  ? 

What  strait  between  the  Archipelago  and  the  sea  of  Marmora  ?     Ds. 

What  channel  leads  into  the  lilack  sea?  Ce.  — What  is  the  popula- 
ficn  of  Constantinople?  Adrianople?  Bucharest?  Sc.ajevoV  Salonicu? 
Sophia?  Jci  1,31  ina?  Ibraila  ?  Shumla?  Seres?  On  what  strait  is 
Constantinople  ?    On  what  rivers  are  the  largest  of  the  other  cities  ? 

183  

ASIA. 

1.  Asia  is  the  largest  and  most  populous  of  the  great 
divisions  of  the  globe.  It  has  been  the  seat  of  some  of  the 
most  powerful  empires  of  ancient  times,  and  the  theatre  of 
many  of  the  most  interesting  events  recorded  in  history. 

2.  It  was  here  our  first  parents  were  created,  and  from 
this  quarter  the  descendants  of  Noah  peopled  the  world  after 
the  flood.  It  was  also  the  birth-place  of  our  Sa^  iour,  the 
scene  of  his  miracles  and  death,  and  the  field  on  v  hich  the 
apostles  first  published  salvation  to  man. 

3.  The  vast  expanse  of  Asia  stretching  through  almos: 
80  degrees  of  latitude,  presents  every  variecV  of  soil  and  cli- 
mate. Its  large  rivers  ire  inferior  only  to  the  great  streams 
of  the  Western  Continent,  and  its  mountain  chains  are 
among  the  most  extensive  in  the  world,  and  attain  to  a  greater 
height  than  those  of  any  other  region. 

nople.  7.  V/hat  is  said  of  firea?  8.  Describe  Adrianople.  Bucha- 
rest, &c. 

Asia.  Q.  —  I,  What  is  Asia ?  Of  what  has  it  been  the  seat ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  our  first  parents  ?    Our  Saviour  ?     3.  Gi^  the  soil 


ASIA. 


877 


Asia. 


4.  Asia  is  distinguished  for  the  great  variety  of  its  rich 
productions.  It  supplies  the  other  parts  of  the  world  with 
tea,  with  some  of  the  finest  spices  and  perfumes,  and  also 
with  silk,  diamonds,  and  precious  stones  of  various  kinds. 

5.  The  institutions,  manners  and  customs  of  the  people 
are  the  same  at  the  present,  as  in  the  earliest  times ;  and  nc 
advance  appears  to  have  been  made  for  a  long  period  in  arts, 
sciences,  or  learning. 

6.  In  disposition  and  temper,  the  people  are  grave,  serious,  an* 
recluse.  Tlie  women  are  generally  kept  in  ignorance,  and  are  not 
taught  reading  or  writing ;  they  are  also,  in  many  parts  of  Asia 
reprded  almost  as  slaves,  live  in  strict  retirement  and  do  not  go  abroad 
without  being  closely  veiled. 

7.  The  governments  of  Asia  a:e  generally  despotic,  and  their  ad 
ministration  is  frequ^^ntly  arbitrary  and   tyrannical.     Robbery  is  often 
practised  as  a  regular  trade,  evon  hy  chiefs  and  princes,  and  as  a  caK 
ing  that  they  consider  honomab'e  and  honest. 

8.  Agriculture  is  pursued  in  many  parts  of  Asia,  with  great  indus 
try  and  care,  but  not  with  the  same  skiJi  as  in  Europe.     Many  of  tht. 
manufactures,  though   conducted  vi^ith  the  most    simple    tools    and 
machinery,  are  not  surpassed  in  richness  and  beauty  by  those  of  a«» 
other  part  of  the  world. 

and  climate  ?    Rivers  ?    Mountains  ?    4.  For  what  h  Asia  distinguish- 
ed ?    5.  Of  the  institutions,  n-,anners,  &c.  ?     6.  Disposition,  &?.  ?     Of 
the  women  ?    7.  What  i^  i/aid  of  the  govern-iKy  /b  ?   RoLde'/  ?    8. 
Agriculture?      Manufaci^red  ?      9.  Commerce  ?      Foreigr   Vrade? 


Ifl' 


iff   5   *J 


m 


278 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


9.  A  lucrative  commerce  has  been  carried  on  in  this  quarter,  from 
the  earliest  times.  The  internal  trade  by  caravans,  thouiEfh  not  bo  im. 
portunt  as  that  by  sea,  is  yet  very  considerable.  The  foreign  trade, 
particularly  that  with  China  and  India,  is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  the 
English  and  Americans,  and  is  extensive  and  valuable. 

10.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  animals  of  Asia,  are  the  Elephant, 
one-homed  Rhinoceros,  Tiger,  Leopard,  and  Musk  Deer.  The  Horse, 
Camel,  Ass,  Sheep,  and  Goat,  are  supposed  to  have  had  their  origin  in 
this  quarter,  and  with  the  Peacock,  common  Fowl,  and  Pheasant,  have 
been  spread  from  hence  over  other  parts  of  the  world.  Gigantic  Cranes, 
as  tall  as  a  man,  and  the  Cassowary,  similar  to  the  Ostrich,  with  an 
infinite  number  of  birds  of  brilliant  and  varied  plumage,  abound. 


Musk  Deer. 


Tiger. 


1 1.  Crocodiles,  different  however  from  those  of  Africa,  are  found  in 
all  tlie  large  rivers  of  the  south ;  and  Serpents  exist  in  great  variety, 
from  the  gigantic  Python  and  Anaconda,  measuring  from  12  to  20  feet 
in  length,  to  a  species  of  only  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  y,  hose  venom 
causes  the  person  bitten  by  it  to  fall  into  a  deadly  sleep. 

12.  Asia  comprises  a  greater  variety  of  diffcicnt  races  of  men,  than 
any  other  quarter  of  the  world.  The  chief  part  of  the  inhabitants  are 
Pa'Tans,  whose  modes  of  worship  embrace  various  forms  of  idolatry. 
Brahmins,  Buddhists,  worshippers  of  the  Grand  Lama,  of  Confucius, 
and  of  spirits  or  genii,  are  the  most  prevalent :  they  number  probably 
360  millions;  Mahomedans, 80  millions;  Christians,  Jews, &.c.,  10  mil- 
lions :  total,  450  millions. 

13.  Though  nearly  the  whole  of  this  vast  multitude  is  involved 
heathen  darkness,  yet  the  exertions  of  Christian  missionaries  and  the 
distribution  of  the  Scriptures  in  various  Asiatic  languages,  will  no  doubt 
in  time  enlighten  the  nations,  and  lead  to  the  spiritual  redemption  of 
this  great  continent. 

10.  Describe  the  animals.  Birds.  J*.  Croco'-*ile«,  &c.  12.  What 
does  Asia  comprise  ?  What  is  said  o*  tlip  inhnbi'vants  ?  Flow  many 
idolaters  are  there  ?  Mahomedap«,  &.c.  ?  13.  What  is  said  of  the  mis- 
sioaarietf,  &c. 


ASIA. 
184 


S79 


Map  No.  I4.—H0W  is  Asia  bounded  ?    Which  is  the  largest  city 
and  river  7  *•  ^ 


Siberia  . 
Tartary 
Turkey 
Arabia  . 
Persia   . 


Bounded  ?— Capital  ?  j  Binaah  Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

Bounded  ?— Capital  ?  Sian^  Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 


Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

Bounded  ? — Capital  ? 

Bounded  ? — Capital  ? 
Afghanistan  Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 
Beloochistan  Bounded  ? — Capital  ? 
Ilindoostan  Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 
Where  ia  the  sea  of  Kara? 
Japan  ?  Yellow  Sea  ?  Eastern  S 
Dead  S.  ? 

Where   is 
Tonquin  ?   Siani  ?    Martaban  ?    Manar  ? 


Anan?    Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

China    ...  Bounded  ? — Capital  ? 

Chinese  Em.. .  Bounded  ? — Capital  ? 

Tiiibet Bounded  ?— -Capital  ? 

<^'Orea Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

Japan Bounded  ?--Capital  ? 

Kamtschatka  ?    Oehotsk  ?    Jesso  ? 

A/T   r,  c,-^-,-    C'"naS.?   Arabians.?    RedS.? 

Mediterraneans.?     Black  S.?    Caspian  S.?    Sea  of  Aral? 

the  Gulf  of  Obc?    G.  of  the  Lena?    G.  of  Anadir  ? 

Cambay?  Cutch?  Ormus? 


Corea  ?    Formo. 


Persian  Gulf?    Bay  of  Bengal  ? 

Where  is  Bhering's  Strait  ?    Strait  of  Matsmay  ? 
sa?    Malacca?    Babelmandel? 

Where  is  Cape  Cevero  Vostochnoi  ?  C.  Chalagskoi  ?  East  Cape  ? 
CopeStThadcus?C.  Cambodia?  C.Romania?  C.Comorin?  a 
Kas-ai4jrat  /    C  Isolette  ? 

Where  is  the  Obe  River  ?  The  Yenesei  ?  Lena  ?  Amoor  ? 
Hoang.FIo?  Yang-tse-kiang  ?  Cambodia?  Meinain  ?  Salvven? 
Irrrwady?  Burrampooter  ?«  Ganges?  Godavery  ?  Nerbuddah'' 
Indus?  Euphrates?  Don?  Volga?  Ural?  Amoo?  Sihoni 
Oasngar  ? 

Where  are  the  Islands  of  Nova  Zenibla?  KotelnoiL?  New  Siberia' 
LiaghoffI?  Bheringsls.?  Aleutian  Is.  ?  Kurilels.?  Tchantarls.? 
Seghahen?  Jesso?  Niphon  ?  Sikoke  ?  Kiusiu  ?  Loochools.' 
^ormosa?  Haman?  Pulo  Pinang  L  ?  Andaman  Is.  ?  Nicobar  Is.  ? 
•.^ylon/    Laccadive  Is. ?    Maldivels.?    Cyprus? 

Where  is  Balcash  Lake?  Zaizan  Nor  ?  Altyn  L.?  BaikaP 
PoyangL.?     Touting  L.?    KokoNor?    L.Zurrah? 

Where  are  the  Ural  Mountains?  Little  Altay  ?  Great  Altav  ^ 
Taurus  Mts.?      Mt.  Sinai  ?      Ramleah  ?      Mt.  Ararat  ?      Caucasus? 

i.     o^^r"'"f°''^°°-     ^^'^"^^    Beloor?    Thsoung-ling  ?    Thian- 
than?    Kuen-lun?     Peling?    Meling?  ^ 

Where  is  the  Peninsula  of  Kamtschatka?  Corea?  Malacca? 
Hmdoostan?  Arabia?  What  two  seas  form  the  western  part  of 
lurkeymto a  peninsula?  What  seas  and  gulf  form  Arabia  into  a 
peninsula  1     Where  is  the  isthmus  of  Suez  ?    Of  Kraw  ? 

Where  is  the  Desert  of  Gobi?  Of  Akhaf ?  Great  Salt  Desert? 
treat  Sandy  Desert  ? 

In  what  latitude  is  Asia?  In  what  longitude?  In  which  Zone  is 
thc_northern  part?    The  centre?    Southern?  wmcn  zioue  is 

*  Called  aJs"  (ho  Brahmapootra. 


mm 


' 


!  I 


\m 


280 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


185 


'i/t 


f, 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 

1.  Asiatic  Russia  is  an  immense  region  stretching  from 
the  Ural  Mountains  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  It  comprise!^ 
Siberia,  the  countries  situated  between  the  Ural  and  the  Volga 
rivers,  and  the  Caspian  and  Black  Seas ;  the  last  of  which 
is  called  ('aucasian  Russia. 

SIBERIA. 

2.  Siberia  contains  nearly  a  third  part  of  Asia,  and  is 
mostly  u  cold,  dreary  rejjion,  occupied  by  wide  and  extensive 
plains  called  steppes.  Some  of  its  southern  districts  are 
however  rich  and  fertile. 

3.  Siberia  serves  as  a  place  of  banishment  for  convicts  nnd 

prisoners  of  state.     Some  of  these  have  been  men  of  superior 

talents,  and  have  been  banished  only  for  their  virtues   and 

adherence  to  liberal  principles. 

4  Ths  Ural  and  Altay  Mountains  contain  numerous  mines,  which 
furnish  gold,  silver,  platina,  and  different  kinds  of  precious  stones. 
Fur-bearing  animals  abound  in  Siberia,  the  skins  of  winch  form  one 
of  the  chief  articles  of  its  trade.  The  original  inhabitants  are  compose^ 
of  various  barbarous  tribes,  who  live  by  hunting  and  fishing. 

5.  Tobolsk,  the  cnpital  of  Siberia,  is  on  the  river  Irtysh,  at  its  junction 
with  the  Tobol.  AU  the  commerce  of  the  country  passes  through  this 
city,  and  large  caravans  of  merchants  trade  between  it  and  Khokan,  in 
Tartary.  Irkoutsk,  Tomsk,  Yakoutsk,  and  Ochotsk,  are  the  next  im- 
portant  towns.  Kiachta  is  the  only  place  at  which  the  trade  with 
China  is  permitted. 

6.  The  country  lying  between  the  Volga  and  Ural  rivers  con- 
tains the  cities  of  Astrachan  and  Orenburg:  the  former  derives  its  chief 
wealth  from  its  sturgeon  fisheries ;  it  has  also  an  extensive  trade  with 
the  interior  of  Russia.  Orenburg  carries  on  a  great  trade  by  caravar.3 
with  Khokan,  Bucharia,  Khiva,  and  other  Tartar  cities. 

CAUCASIAN  RUSSIA. 

7.  This  country  lies  between  the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas, 
and  on  both  sides  of  the  Caucasian  Mountains.  It  is  a  rough 
and  rugfred  region,  but  contains  many  fertile  districts,  peo- 

Asiatic  Russia.  Q.  — 1.  What  is  Asiatic  Russia?  2.  Describe  Si- 
beria.  3.  What  is  said  of  convicts,  &c.?  4.  What  is  said  of  the  Ural 
and  Altay  mountains  ?  5.  Describe  Tobolsk,  &c.  <).  Astrachan,  &c. 
7.  Caucasi'in   Russia.      Describe   t'ae   country.      8.  The   Circassians 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


281 


Circar^ianH  looking  down  from  the  mountaina  upon  a  Russian  camp. 


pled  by  various  races  who  are  almost  wholly  engaged  in  war 
and  plundering. 

8.  The  Circa9„jans  inhabit  tlie  northern,  and  the  Georgians  the  south- 
ern side  of  the  mountains;  the  former  maintain  ahnost  continual 
war  with  the  Russians,  who  have  long  endeavoured  to  conquer  them, 
but  hitherto  inefTectually. 

9.  The  men  are  celebrated  for  their   activity  and  valour,  and  the 
women  for  their  beauty  and  elegance  of  form  ,  many  of  the  latter  are 
sold  by  their  parents  as  slaves  to  traders,  who  carry  them  to  Turkey 
Persia,  and  other  countries  where  they  are  purchased  by  the  wealthy 

classes. 

10.  Teflis,  on  the  river  Kur,  is  the  capital  of  Georgia ;  it  has  a  strong 
castle,  and  is  the  residence  of  the  Russian  governor.  Derbent  and 
Kisliar,  both  on  the  Caspian  Sea,  are  towns  of  some  importance. 


Map  No.  14.  —  What  bounds  Siberia  on  the  north  ?  A.-On.  —  South  ? 
A-Ms.  —  East?  S.-Ka.— What  great  rivers  flow  into  the  Arctic 
Ocean  ?  Oe.,  Ye.,  La.  —  How  long  is  each  of  these  ?  Which  is  the 
most  northern  cape  of  Siberia  ?  C-Vi.  —  Eastern  ?  Et.  —  Southern  ? 
La.  —  What  strait  between  Siberia  and  North  America  ?  Bs.  —  How 
wide  is  it  ?  What  lakes  are  in  Siberia  ?  Bl.,  Ty.  —  How  long  are 
tlvey  ?  What  peninsula  lies  east  of  the  sea  of  Ochotsk  ?  Ka.  —  What 
tribes  are  in  Siberia?  Ss.,  Os.,  Ts.,  Bs.,  Ys,,  Ks.,  Ti.  — What  is  the 
population  of  Tobolsk  ?  Irkoutsk?  Tomsk?  Barnaule?  Omsk?  On 
what  rivers  are  these  towns  ? 


9.  Describe  the  men.    The  women.    10.  Teflis.    Derbent.    Kisliar. 
s2£ 


i 


^, 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


# 


/. 


/> 


A 


^<3 


1.0 


I.I 


HISS  IM 

1^  1^    III  2.2 
H^    1^    12.0 


L25  iU 


1.6 


6" 


V] 


■^^a 


7 


'^W 


->: 


<<S 


Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  )4580 

(716)  8/2-4503 


^-'^ 


'       \/.^ 


) 


^^^ 


^c 


5 


282 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


What  rivers  flow  into  the  Caspian  Sea  7  Va.,  Ul.,  Kr.  — How  long 
are  the  two  first  ?  What  mountains  separate  Circassia  and  Georgia  ? 
Cs.  —  What  countries  bound  Georgia  on  the  south  ?  Ty.,  Pa.  —  What 
is  the  population  of  Orenburg  ?     Antruchan  ?    Derbent  ?    Teflis  7 


186 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA.  ' 

1.  Turkey  in  Asia  extends  over  some  of  the  finest  regions 
of  that  continent.  It  contained  in  ancient  times  a  number  of 
populous,  flourishing,  and  important  staies;  but  ignorance, 
superstition,  ancj^  barbarism,  now  cover  the  land ;  and  few 
traces  of  its  former  civilization  remain,  except  ruins. 

2.  The  islands  of  the  Archipelago,  once  celebrated  for  their  wealth 
and  prosperity,  are  now  reduced  to  a  more  complete  state  of  barbarism 
than  even  the  continent.  The  principal  of  those,  still  under  tlie  con- 
trol of  the  Turks,  are  Rhodes,  Sainos,  Scio,  and  Metelin. 

3.  Smyrna,  on  a  gulf  of  the  same  name,  is  the  chief  emporium  of 
Asiatic  Turkey.  Carpets,  rags  for  paper,  opium,  figs,  &c.,  are  the  chief 
exports.  About  2,000  Europeans,  principally  French,  reside  here,  and 
form  a  society  among  themselves. 

4.  Trebisonde,  on  the  Black  Sea;  Brusa,  Erzerum,  and  Diarbekir, 
in  the  interior ;  Bagdad,  on  the  Tigris ;  and  Bussorah,  on  the  Euphra- 
tea,  are  all  important  cities.  On  tlie  west  bank  of  the  Euphrates  are 
the  vast,  but  shapeless,  ruins  of  Babylon,  the  most  splendid  city  of  an- 
cient times ;  whose  walls,  towers,  and  gates,  were  esteemed  one  of  the 
wonders  of  the  world. 

SYRIA. 
6.  Syria  has  long  formed  one  of  the  chief  divisions  of  the 
Turkish  empire.  It  was  conquered  in  the  year  1832,  by  the 
Pacha  of  Egypt;  but  in  1840,  several  of  the  great  European 
powers,  in  conjunction  with  the  Turks,  obliged  him  to  relin- 
quish it. 

6.  No  country  was  anciently  more  celebrated  than  Syria.  In  the 
south  was  the  country  of  the  Israelites,  and  the  birth-place  of  the 
Christian  religion.  The  cities  of '(Tyre  and  Sid-'n  were  renowned  for 
their  commerce;  and  Damascus  and  Antioch  for  tieir  wealth  and  popu- 
lation.   Baalbec  and  Palmyra,  once  splendid  cities,  are  now  in  ruins. 

7.  Damascus,  the  capital  of  Syria,  is  one  of  the  oldest  places  in  the 
world ;  and  is  known  to  have  existed  in  the  days  of  Abraham.  It  is 
the  most  flourishing  city  in  Syria,  and  carries  on  an  extensive  trade. 
Aleppo  was  the  finest  city  in  Syria.  In  1822,  it  was  nearly  all  destroyed 
by  an  earthquake ;  but  is  now  slowly  reviving.  Tripoli  and  Beyrout 
on  the  Mediterranean,  are  places  possessing  some  trade. 


PALESTINE. 


283 


Cbrist  and  bis  Disciples  on  the  Mount  of  Olives 

PALESTINE. 

8.  Palestine,  or  the  Holy  Land,  occupies  the  southern 
part  of  Syria.  It  is  the  most  celebrated  country  in  the  world; 
and  remarkable  for  being  the  scene  of  most  of  the  events 
recorded  in  the  sacred  scriptures. 

9.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified  with  mountains  and  valleys. 
Of  the  former,  Lebanon  has  been  long  noted  fox  its  tall  cedars ;  Pisgah, 
for  the  view  it  gave  Moses  of  the  Promised  Land ;  Tabor,  for  the 
transfiguration  of  Christ ;  and  the  Mount  of  Olives,  for  being  the  scene 
of  the  ascension  of  the  Saviour  to  heaven. 

10.  Jerusalem,  the  once  famous  capital  of  the  Jewish  nation,  where 
David  and  Solomon  reigned,  and  which  was  so  often  the  resort  of 
Christ  and  his  disciples,  is  now  a  gloomy,  mean  town,  owing  its  chief 
support  to  the  veneration  in  which  it  is  held  by  Christians,  Jews,  and 
Mahomedans,  which  still  procures  it  the  visits  of  many  pious  pilgrims. 

11.  Bethlehem,  six  miles  south  of  Jerusalem,  is  remarkable  for  being 
the  birth-place  of  our  Saviour.  Nazareth,  where  he  resided  until  he 
commenced  his  ministry,  is,  next  tl>  Jerusalem,  the  most  holy  place  in 
I'alestme.    Gaza,  Joppa,  and  Acre,  are  the  principal  towns  on  the  coast. 

Map  No.  14.  --  How  is  Turkey  bounded  ?  What  river  flows  into  the 
Persian  Gulf?    Es.  — What  flows  into  the  Euphrates?    Ts.— How 

Turkey,  Sfc.  Q.— 1.  Describe  Turkey  in  Asia.  2.  The  islands  of 
the  Archipelago.  3.  Smyrna.  4.  Trebisonde,  &c.  5.  What  did 
Syria  form?  6.  What  is  said  of  the  country?  7.  Damascus?  8. 
Describe  Palestine.  The  surface.  Mountains,  &c.  Jerusalem.  Beth- 
lehem.    Nazareth,  &c. 


284 


OESCRIPTIVR  GEOGRAPHY. 


long  are  these  rivers  ?  What  mts.  lie  north  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ? 
Ts.  —  How  high  are  they  ?  What  mts.  in  the  N.  E.  ?  At  —  What  is 
the  popuir  ion  of  Smyrna  ?  Erzerum  ?  Brusa  ?  Trebisonde  ?  fiusso. 
rah  ?  Diu.'bekir  ?  Mosul  ?  Bagdad  ?  How  is  Syria  bounded  7  What 
is  the  population  of  Damascus  ?  Aleppo  ?  Damascus  and  Aleppo  are 
each  60  miles  east  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  Jerusalem  40. 

Map  No.  13.  —  What  sea  bounds  Palestine  on  the  west?     Mn. — 
What  river  flows  into  the  Dead  Sea  ?    Jn.  —  How  long  is  it  ?    How 

ong  is  the  Dead  Sea?    What: i*. the  population  of  Jerusalem?    The 

ther  towns? 


187 


Bedouins  attacking  n  Caravan. 

ARABIA. 

1.  Arabia  is  a  large  peninsula,  consisting  of  vast  sandy 
deserts,  interspersed  with  fertile  spots  like  islands  in  the 
ocean  ;  these,  when  cultivated,  yield  various  fruits  and  other 
products  in  great  perfection. 

2.  Arabia  comprises  several  distinct  states,  of  which  the 
principal  are  Mecca,  or  the  Hedjaz  ;  Nedsjed,  or  the  territory 
of  the  Wahabees ;  and  the  Imamats  of  Yemen  and  Omen. 
Nearly  the  whole  of  the  west  coast  of  Arabia  has  been  con- 
quered by  the  Pacha  of  Egypt ;  and  its  chief  towns  are 
garrisoned  by  his  troops. 

3.  The  inhabitants  are  principally  Arabians,  with  some  Jewish  and 

Arabia.  Q, —  1.  What  is  said  of  Arabia,  &c.  ?     2.  Describe  the 


ARABIA. 


285 


Hindoo  merchants  in  the  towns.  The  people  of  the  desert,  caUed 
Bedouins,  hve  in  teats,  and  lead  a  wandering  life,  keeping  large  herds 
of  horses  and  camels.  They  are  hospitable  and  courteous  to  those  who 
trust  and  visit  them ;  but  often  attack  and  rob  the  caravans  that  pass 
through  their  country.  *^ 

4.  The  Aubs  are  of  a  brown  complexion,  thin  and  spare  in  person,  but 
vigorous  and  active.  They  are  extremely  temperate,  generally  content- 
ing  themselves  at  meals  with  a  few  dates  or  a  piece  of  hard  bread,  aud 
t  little  oil  or  milk.  ' 

K  ^;  Jr®  !?u^-®^  °^i'''^  *'''""*'7  '''■^  *^«  ^'"est  in  the  world,  and  cele- 
brated  for  their  swiftness  and  beauty.    The  most  useful  animal  is  the 

""flnn  7nn  ^''^^^i^^''  «f^£"^l  days  without  water;  carrying  a  burthen 
of  600  or  700  pounds.  Coffee,  dates,  senna  leaves,  indi|o,  and  pes^k 
are  the  principal  products  of  Arabia.  The  last  are  oBtained  on  thJ 
coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 

6.  Mecca,  the  birth-place  of  Mahomed,  is  the  holy  city  of  Mahom- 
edans,  which  every  one  of  that  sect  is  expected  to  visit  once  in  his  life- 
time.  It  18  supported  entirely  by  the  pilgrims  who  resort  thither  every 
year.     Iheir  number  in  1831.  was  estimated  at  120,000. 

J'  u^o^ni"^*^  celebrated  as  containing  the  tomb  of  Mahorred,  around 
which  300  silver  lamps  are  kept  constantly  burning.  Jid.  ■<  is  the  uort 
of  Mecca,  and  Yambo  that  of  Medina.  Sana,  tlie  capital  of  Yemen  is 
one  o.  the  chief  cities  of  Arabia  ;  and  is  situated  in  the  midst  of  the 
most  fertile  district  m  that  country. 

8.  Mocha  is  the  chief  sea-port  in  the  R'  d  Sea;  and  is  the  seat  of  the 
coffee  trade.    MakuUa  and  Keshin  are  small  towns,  possessing  a  limited 
share  of  commerce.    Muscat  io  the  capital  of  Omon,  and  a  general 
depot  for  the  merchandise  of  India  and  Persia.    It  carries  on  an  ex 
tensive  commerce,  both  by  sea,  and  with  the  interior  by  caravans. 

9.  The  Iniam,  or  chief,  of  Omon  has  a  navy,  comprising  several 
large  ships  of  war ;  and  his  subjects  are  the  best  native  sailors  in  the 
east.  Besides  his  territory  in  Arabia,  he  possesses  several  large  islands 
on  the  coast  of  Africa,  and  in  the  Persian  Gulf. 


i»fa;>JVb.  14.— What  bounds  Arabia  on  the  north?  Tv.  Sa  — 
South  ?  A.-Sa.  -  East  ?  P..Gf ,  G..Os.  -  West  ?  R.-Sa.^!  What 
isthmus  joins  Arabia  to  Africa  ?  Sz.  —  What  mountains  are  in  Arabia? 
»!.,  Kh.  —  What  desert  lies  between  Yemen  and  Omon  ?  Af  —  What 
race  inhabits  it  ?  Bs.  —  What  divisions  of  Arabia  lie  on  the  Red  Sea  ? 
r\\T\—  ^^,^*  °",  t^e  Arabian  Sea  ?  Ht,  On.  -  On  the  Persian 
|»ulf  ?  La.  —  How  long  is  the  Red  Sea  ?  The  Persian  Gulf?  What 
IS  the  population  of  Muscat?  Sana?  Mocha?  Mecca?  Medina? 
Jidda?    Yambo ?    In  what  part  of  Arabia  are  these  places  situated? 

Arabian  states.  3.  The  inhabitants.  The  Bedouins.  4.  The  Arabs 
&c.  5.  Describe  the  horses.  Camels.  Principal  products.  6.  De' 
scribe  Mecca.  T.Medina.  8.  Mocha.  Muscat,  &c.  9.  What  is  said 
01  the  Imam  ? 


286 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


u 


Teheran. 


PERSIA. 


1.  PETisiA  was,  in  early  times,  one  of  tfte  most  powerful 
empires  m  Asia ;  but  its  ancient  splendour  is  abridged,  and  it 
presents  scarcely  a  shadow  of  its  former  greatness. 

2.  Its  mountains  and  deserti?  are  peopled  by  hordes  of 
robbers,  who  plunder  the  fertile  and  cultivated  tracts.  Agri- 
culture is  discouraged  by  their  incursions ;  and  places  for- 
merly well  settled,  are  now,  in  a  measure,  deserted. 

3.  Silk  is  the  staple  produce  of  this  country.  Other  productions  are 
wheat,  rice,  cotton,  tobacco,  rhubarb,  assafoetida,  &.c.  The  Persians 
manufacture  beautiful  carpets,  shawls,  silk,  tapestry,  arms,  porcelain, 
&c.  The  foreign  commerce  is  inconsiderable,  and  is  now  in  the  hands 
of  Europeans. 

4.  The  people  of  Persia  are  the  most  learned  and  polite  of  the  East. 
em  nations.  They  are  lively  and  fond  of  show ;  skilled  in  the  use  of 
flattery  and  compliment ;  but  are  accused  of  dissimulation. 

5.  Teheran,  the  capital  of^ersia,  is  70  miles  south  of  the  Caspian 
Sea;  it  is  a  modern-built  city,  hihabited  by  the  king,  his  court,  ^nd 
army,  only  during  the  winter  months.  The  population,  in  consequence, 
fluctuates  from  10,000  to  60,000. 

6.  Ispahan,  the  ancient  capital,  is  220  miles  southward  of  Teheran; 
it  ranked  once  aniong  the  most  splendid  cities  in  the  east.  Though  a 
great  part  of  it  is  in  ruins,  it  is  still  a  place  of  importance,  with  an  ex- 

Persia  Q.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Persia?  2.  Mountains,  &c. ? 
3.  Silk,  &;c.  ?  Foreign  commerce  ?  4.  Describe  the  people.  5.  Tehe- 
ran.   6.  Ispahan.    Shiraz,  &c.    7.  The  country  between  Persia,  &c. 


AFGHANISTAN,  BBLOOCHISTAN.  287 

tensive  trade,  and  considerable  manufactures.  Shiraz  is  celebrated  for 
Its  delightful  climate,  and  beautiful  environs.  Reshd  is  the  chief  port 
on  the  Caspian  Sea,  and  Bushire  on  the  Persian  Gulf.  Tabreez,  Meshid, 
Yezd,  Balfrush,  and  Herman,  are  important  cities. 

AFGHANISTAN. 

7.  The  country  lying  between  Persia  and  Hindoostan  was 
once  a  part  of  the  Persian  Empire.  It  is  now  divided  into  the 
separate  territories  of  Afghanistan  and  Beloochistan. 

8.  The  inhabitants,  called  Afghans,  are  a  bold  and  warlike  race,  sim. 
pie  m  their  manners,  and  of  unbounded  hospitality.  There  are  school- 
in  every  town  and  village,  and  in  the  encampments  of  the  pastoral 
tribes,  so  that  a  limited  degiee  of  education  is  very  generally  diffused. 

«nL?*^J?V*'Sr  ^P'f.'^  "  **"  ??  ^*^"^  "^«''  »  ''"nch  of  the  Indus ;  it 
enjoys  a  delightful  chmate,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  fertile  country.  The 
next  important  towns  are  Peshawur,  on  the  Cabul ;  Candahar  and  Ghiz- 
nee,  on  the  Helmund.  Herat  k  a  very  ancient  city,  and  the  capital  of 
a  smaU  mdependent  state.  Its  manufactures  and  commerce  are  im- 
portant. 

BELOOCHISTAN. 
10.  Beloochistan  is  divided  among  a  number  of  small 
independent  tribes,  of  whom  the  Beloochees  are  the  chief. 
They  are  mostly  of  warlike  habits,  and  often  make  plunder- 
ing mcursions  upon  each  other. 

11-  The  Brahoos  unlike  the  other  tribes,  are  peaceable,  mUd,  and 
industrious.  They  follow  a  pastoral  life;  and  liVe  in  Uttle  villaffes 
among  the  moimtams.  -e 

This  country  has  but  few  towns.     Kelat,  the  principal,  is  the  resi 
dence  ot  a  chief,  or  Khan,  to  whom  some  of  the  tribes  are  subject. 

Jtfa^iVb.l4.— How  is  Persia  bounded  ?  What  river  separates  it 
from  Tartary  ?    Ak  _  From  Turkey  ?    Ts.,  Es.  -  What  sea  on  the 

a.ri«  P     -7^^^°"^!  '°?*^^    Pn.~What  mountains  extend 
across  Persia?    Ez.~What  desert  south  of  the  Elborz  Mountains? 
uJT^,   t^^*^V°P"^^*'°"  °^  Teheran?    Ispahan?    Tabreez? 
eshd^    Meshid?    Yezd?    Shiraz?    Kerman? 

;  What  bounds  Afghanistan  on  the  north  ?  H-K-Ms.  —  South  ?  Bn. 
--East?  I..Rr.-West?  Pa. -What  lake  in  the  west?  Zh.- 
Wfcat  river  flows  into  it  ?  Hd.  -  What  is  the  population  of  Cabul  ? 
tandahar?    Herat?    Peshawur? 

What  bounds  Beloochistan  on  the  north  ?    An.  —  South  ?    A.-Sa 

SdavaV  Pa.  — What  is  the  population  of  Kelat? 


L'^'i?*^r^*^^„^(^^''"'»;    ^'  ^^^^    Herat    10.  Describe  Beloochi*. 
««•    U.  The  Braiioos,  &c. 


288 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 
189 


Tartar  Caravan. 

TARTARY. 

1.  Ta^tary  comprehends  all  the  central  part  of  Asia, 
stretching  from  the  Caspian  Sea  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Its 
great  divisions  are  Independent  Tartary,  and  Chinese  Tartary. 

2.  Independent  Tartary  comprises  a  number  of  small  states 
professing  the  Mahomedan  faith,  and  governed  by  princes 
called  Khans.  Chinese  Tartary  is  under  the  control  of  the 
Chinese  government,  and  has  for  the  most  part  adopted  the 
worship  of  the  Grand  Lama. 

3.  The  inhabitants  of  this  great  region  comprise  several  distinct 
races.  Those  resident  in  Independent  Tartary  and  Little  Bucharia  are 
similar  to  the  Turks.  The  people  of  Soongaria  or  the  Kalmucks,  and 
those  of  Mongolia  called  Mongols,  are  the  true  Tartars.  The  Mant- 
choos  or  people  of  Mantchooria,  now  the  ruling  race  in  China,  differ  in 
some  respects  from  all  the  others. 

INDEPENDENT  TARTARY  OR  TURKISTAN. 

4.  Independent  Taktary  extends  eastward  from  the 
Caspian  Sea,  and  comprises  the  Kirguis  country  and  Turco* 
mania,  with  the  states  of  Khokan,  Khiva,  Great  Bucharia 
and  Koondooz. 


Tartary.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Tartary  comprehend  ?  2.  What  does 
Independent  Tartary  comprise  ?  Chinese  Tartary  ?  3.  What  is  said 
of  the  inhabitants  ?    4.  Describe  Independent  Tartary.    5.  Its  states 


TARTART. 


289 


5.  The  four  lost  are  all  fertile  diatricta,  inhabited  by  an  induiitrious 
people,  who  are  chiefly  engaged  in  agriculture  and  trade.  The  Usbecks 
n\.  "?«  P''«°0'n»n»nt  race,  hence  this  country  is  aotnetimes  called 
Usbeck  Tartary.    The  chief  part  of  the  inhabitants  are  called  Taujika. 

6.  An  extensive  commerce  is  carried  on  between  these  states  and 
rersia,  Hindoostan,  China,  and  Russia.  The  caravans  proceed  in  large 
bodies,  ai.d  are  well  armed ;  consisting  sometimes  of  several  thousand 
men,  horses,  and  camels. 

7.  The  principal  cities  are  Bucharia,  Khokan,  Tashkent,  Khiva,  and 
bamarcand.  Bucharia,  the  capital  of  the  territory  of  the  same  name, 
contams  numerous  mosques  and  colleges.  It  is  the  chief  seat  of 
Wahomedan  learning  in  this  quarter,  and  is  visited  by  a  great  number 
ot  students.  Khiva  is  rather  a  fixed  encampment,  than  a  regular 
town;  It  IS  the  principal  slave-market  in  Tartary.  Samarcand,  once 
tJie  most  renowned  city  in  Asia,  is  now  nearly  all  in  ruins. 

8.  The  KnaviB  and  Turcomans  raise  large  number^  of  horses  and 
camels,  and  wander  about  from  place  to  place.  The  Turcomans  often 
carry  away  the  inhabitants  from  the  frontier  Persian  viUages,  and  seU 
them  for  slavcfiipi  the  markets  of  Khiva  and  Bucharia.       , 

CHINESE  TARTARY. 

9.  Chinese  Tartary  comprises  Little  Bucharia,  Soon- 
garia,  Mongolia,  and  Mantchooria.  The  chief  part  of  this 
region  is  an  extensive  elevated  plain,  bounded  by  ranges  of 
some  of  the  most  lofty  mountains  in  Asia. 

10.  Tte  whole  territory,  except  that  part  of  it  occupied  by  the  Great 
Desert  of  Cobi,  appears  to  be  better  suited  to  grazing  than  agricukare, 
and  IS  inhabited  principally  by  various  roving  tribes,  who  live  in  tents, 
and  raise  great  numbers  of  horses. 

11.  LiTTu:  Bucharia  and  Soonoaria  are  the  best-settled  and  most 
fertile  divisions  of  this  territory:  they  contain  several  populous  cities, 
of  which  Goulja,  Yarkand,  and  Cashgar,  appear  to  be  the  chief. 

12.  Mantchooria  is  watered  by  the  great  river  Amoor;  it  contains 
several  cities  and  towns,  and  a  stationary  population  in  some  parts. 
Chin  Yang  is  said  to  be  the  chief  city  in  that  district  of  it  adjoining  to 


Map  No.  14.  — How  is  Independent  Tartary  bounded?  What  sea 
on  the  west  ?  Cn.  —  In  the  centre  ?  Al.  —  How  long  are  these  ? 
What  rivers  flow  into  the  Caspian  sea?  Ul.,  Ak.  — Into  the  sea  of 
Aral?    Sn.,  Ao.  — Hew  long  are  these  rivers  ?    What  mountains  are 


6.  What  IS  said  of  commerce?  7.  Describe  the  cities,  &c  8.  The 
Kirgms  and  Turcomans.  9.  What  is  said  of  Chinese  Tartary  ?  10. 
For  what  is  it  suited  ?  11.  Describe  Little  Bucharia  and  Soongaria. 
1«.  Mantchooria. 

2Jf 


200 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


*i   S®   T"«^\    H..Ko.,Br.,L..Ay.  — What  i»  the  population  of 
Taehkcnt?     Bucharia?     Khokan  ?    Samarcand? 
T  ^°^  »^ Chinese  Tarta»y  bounded?    What  are  its  chief  mountains 7 
L.-Ay.,  Br.,  Tg.,  Tn.,  G.-Ay.,  Kn.  — How  high   are   the  three  Inst? 
Which  are  the  principal  lakea  ?     Bh.,  Zr.,  Lr.  —  The  principal  rivers  ? 

Cr.,  Ih.,  Sa.,  Ar.,  Si.,  Ui.  —  Whal  great  desert  in  the  south?    Ci 

How  long  is  it  7    What  is  the  population  of  Goulja?    Cashgar?    Yar- 


190 


INDIA. 

1.  India  has  been  always  celebrated  for  its  great  fertility, 
and  the  profusion  of  its  rich  and  valuable  products.  It  com- 
prises  two  large  peninsulas,  situated  between  the  seas  of 
Arabia  and  China.  The  western  division  is  called  Hindoos- 
tan,  and  the  other  Chin-India,  or  Farther  India. 

2.  Both  the  peninsulas  of  India  are  remarkable  for  the 
numter  and  size  of  their  rivers,  whose  waters  and  inundations, 
united  with  the  heat  of  the  climate,  make  them  the  most 
productive  countries  on  earth.  The  term  East  Indies  is  also 
used  very  frequently  for  the  whole  of  south-eastern  Asia  and 
C/hina. 

h  J*h3?«  ^^^Pj'''"i  ^^Z  f  ^'''"'  ^'^  ^'•^^*^«*  ^"^^  «°d  perfection ;  and 
has  been  rendered  useful  to  man^from  the  earliest  times.    White  ele- 

/n^a.  Q.  — 1.  For  what  has  India  been  celebrated?    2.  What  ifl 
said  of  Uie  penmsulas  7    3.  The  elephant  7     White  elephant  7 


INDIA. 


201 


phant.,  though  sotnotime.  met  with,  are  rare.     In  Birmah  .  nH  s; 

HINDOOSTAN. 

in  fhe^ZT^"^ ''  r  ^^  '^^  '"^^^  remarkable  countries 
intheeas.     Its  singular  customs,  and  rich  products,  have 

sr'p*:iTrr/"'"'  '""""""""^ "««-  ^~""  "J^ 

>  J;  "^ii*  eliwate  of  the  chief  part  of  Hindoostan  is  that  of 
the  torrid  zone,  which  among  the  mountains  is  rendered  teiS 
pcrate  by  elevation.    With  the  exception  of  Tfew  deSS 
sandy  racks.  tl,e  soil  of  this  country  i^  generally  ve'^JS 

dani      BlT''"..'"'^u?  imperfect,  though  the  produce  is  abun- 

tta^  5,  ton  "^t  """'"  "'■  •'■°°'''  ■»"  """er  grains  are 
^rl  !.1       ■      •  ?•  *'"':  '"S"'  "P'"™'  'o'»cco,  and  indiao 

In,!"'"''  '•"^"'^'  '"^'  -«■««.  WPer.  S 

7.  The  cotton  manufactures  have  been  lonir  celohmfo^  «..  «i.  •   i? 

sJver i  .„d  .n  oulting,  poIi.hi„s,  a„d  ^„i„g  p^ii".  ;,^'^«  «°"  "^ 

8.  The  inluid  trade  of  Hindoortan  ia  carried  on  bv  B.Bi.„-  ™ 
Hindoo  merchanta,  Armenians,  and  Paraee.     Tho  S..-^,         ^ 

« in  tiK  hands  of  tlio  English,  Americana  L  Thi.  *?  «>•"«>«"» 
fte  finest  diamonds  in  ..fe  wo'/d?  Ctbouth  .h<i  o°? X^if^eT 
greater  aize,  the  diamonds  of  Golconda  are  aoneiW  in  l™i  j 

bnliancy     Gold,  iron,  tin,  and  ^nc,  a?e 'amorg'^rmtae*!.'"'"'  "^ 

limb^a^d  XTnnot?enaS°"fc^^^^ 

s:?e:T=£c"---"-^^^^^^^ 

10.  They  are  divided  into  four  castes,  or  classeR  •— 1   Th«  p-      • 
or  priests.   2.  The  Rajah-pootras,  or  soldiers    TvliZu  ^™»"«« 

Of  diamonds  7    9.  Dcsorihe  the  I^!^  \TL^T/S^ZZI 


292 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


other  animals.    There  are  likewiao  in  Ilindooatan  a  number  of  Mahom* 
edauH,  with  some  Christians,  botii  native  and  European,  and  Jews. 

13.  The  chief  purt  of  Hindoostan  is  under  the  control  of  the  British 
East  India  company.  Their  territory  contains  a  population  of  about  85 
millions  ;  the  tributary  states  3y\nillion8,totalof  the  company's  subjects 
123  millions.  To  this  must  be  added  one  million  for  the  Island  of 
Coylon,  which  is  a  colony  belon(;ing  to  tho  crown.  Total  of  British 
India,  124  millions.  Of  this  jrrcat  multitude,  tho  Europeans  do  nol, 
probably,  exceed  5U,000  individualti.  The  independent  states  contuii: 
about  16  million  inhabitants. 

13.  Great  efforts  are  now  makinjj  by  various  missionary  societies  for 
introducing  Christianity  into  India.  Many  of  tlie  natives  have  re- 
nounced  their  false  gods  ;  and  some  of  them  have  even  become  inis- 
sionurieii. 

191  


View  in  Calcutta. 

14.  Calcutta,  the  capital  of  British  India,  is  the  largest  city  in  Hiri' 
doostan.  It  is  situated  about  100  miles  from  the  sea,  on  the  Hoogly 
branch  of  the  Ganges;  and,  properly,  comprises  two  divisions.  Chou- 
ringee,  the  part  inhabited  by  the  English,  is  a  city  of  pnlaces ;  while 
the  Black  Town,  inhabited  by  the  Hmdoos,  is  an  assemblage  of  huts. 
Fort  William,  an  extensive  fortress,  is  near  the  city. 

16.  Bombay,  the  capital  of  Western  British  India,  is  noted  for  its 
commerce  and  ship-building.  Madras,  tho  capital  of  southern  British 
India,  is  situated  on  a  flat  sandy  shore,  and  has  no  harbour.  It  presents 
a  fine  appearance  from  the  sea ;  and  many  of  its  public  buildings  are 
handsome  structures.    Seringapatam  was  tho  capital  of  Mysore. 

Sural  is  next  to  Calcutta  in  population.  It  is  noted  for  its  manufac- 
tures of  silks,  brocades,  and  fine  cotton  stuffs.  Benares  is  venerated  by 
the  Hindoos  as  a  most  holy  city,  and  crowds  of  pilgrims  visit  it  from 
all  parts  of  the  country.    Delhi  was  the  capital  of  the  Mogul  Empire. 

16.  Ceylon  is  a  beautifiil  fertile  island,  belonging  to  the  British 

11.  Of  religion?  12.  What  is  said  of  the  British  East  India  Com- 
pany? 13.  Of  missionary  societies?  14.  Describe  Calcutta.  15 
Bombay.    Madras,  &c.    Surat,  &c.    16.  Ceylon.    The  Corallme  Isles. 


INDIA. 


fm 


crown,  and  independent  of  the  East  India  company.  It  is  noted  for 
producing  tho  finest  cinnamon  in  the  world.  Colombo  ii  the  chief  city. 
The  Coralline  Isloa  compriae  the  Loccadivo  and  Maldive  groupa 
They  lie  weat  and  aouth-weat  from  Hindowtan.  Though  numcroua 
♦hey  are  amall  in  extent;  and  produce  cocoa-nuts  in  considerable 
abunaance.    Tho  inhabitanta  of  the  Laccadivcs  aro  called  Moplayg. 

Map  No.  14.  —  How  is  Hindoostan  bounded  7    What  rivers  flow  into 

'  I?®  Arabian  Sea  7     Ih.,  Nh.  —  Into  tho  Bay  of  Bengal  7    Gs.,  Br.,  Gy., 

Ka.--How  long  are  all  these  rivers  7     What  mountains  are  in  the 

north-eost  7     Hh.  -  In  the  Bouth-west  7    Gt.  -  How  long  and  high  are 

the  first  7     What  iBlund  lies  south  of  Hindo'^«»t''.n  7    Cn Hew  lonj? 

and  wide  is  it 7  What  gulf  separates  it  from  Hindoostan?  Mr.— 
What  islands  lie  west  and  south-west  from  Hindoostan  7  CcIs.  — 
What  IS  the  population  of  Calcutta  7  Surat7  Delhi  7  Lucknow7  Patna? 
Madras?  Bombay  7  Benares?  Dacca,  and  the  other  large  cities? 
What  19  the  souUi-east  coast  of  Hindoostan  culled?  CI. —  The  south- 
west 7    Mr.  —  On  what  rivers  ore  the  principal  cities  ? 


Birman  Temples  and  War-Boats. 

CHIN-INDIA. 

1.  Chin-India,  or  Farther  India,  is  situated  between  Hin- 
doostan and  China.  It  comprises  the  empires  of  Birmah  and 
Anam,  the  kingdom  of  Siam,  the  British  territories,  and  the 
petty  states  of  Malacca.  It  is  a  well-watered,  fertile  region, 
and  is  prolific  in  various  tropical  products. 

Chin-India.  Q.  —  1.  Describe  Chin-India.    2.  The  inhabitants.   The 


294 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


2.  Nearly  all  the  inhabitants  of  tiis  region  profess  the 
fe!igion  of  Buddha,  or  Guadama.  Great  attention  b.  paid  by 
them  to  the  building  of  costly  temples,  which  are  very  gaud- 
ily ornamented  with  gilding,  painting,  and  varnishing.  The 
war-boats  of  these  nations,  especially  of  the  Birmans,  are 
often  100  feet  long,  but  very  narrow.  They  carry  from  80 
to  100  men,  with  a  small  cannon  ai  the  prow. 

3.  The  governments  of  ChinJndia  are  completely  despotic.  The 
nobles  show  ♦.he  most  profound  submission  to  their  sovereign,  lying 
prostrate  on  their  faces,  and  creeping  on  the  ground  before  him ;  and 

.  every  male  subject  above  20  years  of  age,  excepting  the  priests  and 
pubUc  ofiicers,  must  serve  the  government  three  years,  either  as  a  sol- 
dler  or  a  labourer. 

4.  It  all  these  countries,  the  mokals  of  the  people  are  in  a  low  state; 
and  the  women,  in  general,  are  little  better  than  slaves,  being  obliged 
to  perform  the  principal  part  of  the  hard  labour ;  and,  in  Anara,  they 
likewise  conduct  all  the  operations  of  buying  and  selling. 

5.  Population  and  Extent  of  Chi*\.India. 


Square  Miln.    Ishabitamts. 

Anim 350,000  I  10,(100,000 

Birmah 354,000      3,350,000 

Siain 184,000     3,800,000 


British  territories  . . .  77  000 
Malacca  55.000 

Total,    920,000 


Square  Milei.    InluibltaDts 


400,000 
450,000 


»),000,000 


192 

BIRMAH. 

6.  The  Eirman  Empire  was  founded  about  eighty  years 
ago,  and  for  a  considerable  period  was  ne  most  important 
power  in  this  quarter.  The  Birmans  are  a  military  people, 
and  their  armies  were,  until  their  late  contest  with  the  East 
India  Company,  thought  to  be  very  efficient. 

^  7.  Ava,  about  500  miles  from  the  seu  "as  been  the  capital  since  1824. 
The  former  metropolis,  Umerapoora,  though  but  lately  a  splendid  o"  v 
is  already  much  decayed.    These  cities  are  both  on  the  Irrawaddy  mJ 

Rangoon,  on  the  Irrawaddy,  near  its  mouth,  is  the  chief  sea-port  of 
Birmah.    Prome,  250  miles  above  Rangoon,  is  an  important  city. 

temples.  War-boats.  3.  What  is  said  of  the  governments ?  Nobles? 
Male  subjects  ?  4.  Morals,  &c.  ?  Of  the  women  ?  5.  How  many 
inhabitants  has  Chin-India  ?  What  is  its  extent  in  square  miles  ? 
Which  18  the  largest  division  ?    The  most  populous  ? 

Birmah.  Q.  —  6.    Whsn    was    the    Birman    Empire    founded? 
What  IS  said  of  the  Birmans  ?    7.  Describe  Ava.    Umerapoora,  &c. 


INDIA. 
ANAM. 


295 


manner;  he  ttuTacWd  a  fo™  ?  u"*  "^J""^  """  "»  Earopean 

c:j&e'irr:s^/„7i^°i~ 

a  branch  of  the  Cambodia  river,  ia  the  chTef lea  «  f  5  Z""  '^'^• 
contain,  a  royal  arsenal.  «.d  caries  »nt  e,toK  cSLmJrcr'" '  " 

SUM. 

12.  Bankok,  the  capital,  ia  situated  on  the  river  M*M-r,-«,       j 
regarded  almost  as  a  citv  floatino  Vm  "»!?      *      ^*=^"*"'»  and  may  be 
are  built  upon  rafts  mooJed  in  tfeiv^r       7^*"' L  "'""^  °^  *he  hoises 

place  to  piTce;  il^esT:re^nlll;LT^^Xi^^^^ 

a  large  portion  of  the  population.  ^  ^  »-ftinese,  who  constitute 

BRITISH  POSSESSIONS. 

13.  The  British  possessions  in  Chin-India,  comprise  a  strin 
of  territory  lying  south  of  the  Burrampooter  river  and  1? 
0  her  south  of  the  Salwen  ;  these  were  both  acquT/ed  Z 
close  of  the  late  war  with  Birmah.  ^  ® 

add^'dth^rn^-n'dlet:;:;:?^^^^^^^^^  ^°  *^-  -y  ^e 

JS{^^»^3  %:^^^  S^iS^r^s  t 

.tensive  commei.^  I^^o^L^^ 

8.  What  is  said  nf  Anntn?    o    tn,«  r^—^-      «    ,~    _ 

«6on.  11.  wh.t-i.;aSofsi-..,rirs„u'°i3'^DS^«Si 


206 


DESGBIPTIVB  GEOGRAPHY. 


H 


Orang  Outang. 


MALACCA.  y 

15.  The  peninsula  of  Malacca  is 
occupied  by  a  number  of  small  inde- 
pendent  states,  of  which  but  little  is 
known.  The  inhabitants,  chiefly 
Mahomedans,  are  called  Malawi, 
and  are  by  turns  merchants,  pirates, 
and  robbers. 

16.  llie  Andaman  and  Nicobar  Islands 
lie  westward  of  Siam.  The  former  are 
inhuoited  by  a  fierce  Negro  race,  and  the 
latter  by  a  people  similar  to  the  Malays, 
but  peaceable  in  their  habits.  The  well, 
known  Orang  Outang  is  found  in  Malacca. 
The  fables  long  propagated  of  this  gigan- 
tic Ape,  walking  erect  like  a  man,  waging 
war  with  clubs,  &c.  are  all  now  explc^ed. 


Map  No.  14.  —  How  is  Birmah  bounded  7  Siam  bounded  7  Anam 
bounded  7  Malacca  bounded  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of 
Martaban  7  ly.,  Sn.  — -  Into  the  Gulf  of  Siam  7  Mn.  —  China  sea  7 
Ca.  —  How  long  are  all  these  rivers  7  What  isthmus  connects  Malacca 
with  Siam  7  Kw.  —  What  strait  separates  it  from  Sumatra  7  Ma.  — 
Which  is  the  south  cape  of  Birmah  7  Ns.  —  Of  Malacca  7  Ra.  —  Of 
Cambodia  7  Ca.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Bankok  7  Ava  7  Hue  7 
Saigon  7  Umerapoora  7  Arracan  7  Singapore  7  What  islands  lie 
west  of  Siam  7    An.  Nr. 

193  

CHINESE  EMPIRE. 

1.  The  Chinese  empire  contains  the  greatest  niAnberof 
inhabitants  subject  to  any  one  government  in  the  world.  It 
embraces  China,  Chinese  Tartary,  Corea,  and  Thibet.  The 
population  of  the  whole  is  supposed  to  be  230  millions.  The 
great  mass  of  the  people  arc  Chinese ;  but  the  ruling  race,  to 
which  the  Emperor  belongs,  is  the  Mantchoo,  by  whom  China 
was  conquered,  in  1644. 


British  Possessions.     14.  Arracan,  &c.     15.  Malacca.    16.  Andaman 
and  Nicobar  Islands.    What  is  said  of  the  Orang  Outang  7 

China.  Q.  — I.  What  does  the  Chmese  empire  contain?    What  is 


CHINA. 


297 


Group  of  Cbineae. 
CHINA. 

2.  China  comprises  a  territory  about  three-fourths  the 
size  of  the  United  States.    It  is  noted  ibr  the  great  antiqi^?^ 

Sons  ^  ^""^  ""'"''"^  P^'^^y  *^^«^^«  «th«^ 

3.  The  soil  and  climate,  from  the  great  extent  of  country 
are  ex  remely  various.     The  former  is  cultivated  with  the 

frfS  ^f'^'.^?/^«^y  P^^t  •  even  the  mountains  and  rocks 
are  made  to  yield  some  useful  product. 

rli'  J^''';"^'^;'^"'"^^  are  numerous;  and  many  of  them  have  been  car 
ned  by  the  Chinese,  to  a  state  of  considerable  perfection.     Fore'^" 
commerce  is  carried  on  at  Canton,  chiefly  with  the  English  and  ZS 
leans,  m  tea,  silks,  cotton,  and  china-ware.  ^"§"81  and  AmcN 

5.  The  export  of  tea  alone  to  Great  Britain  and  the  TTnifp,!  «5f«*«-  ; 

S'„?"„f'"  L'r'  "'  ■"""*•  '°""""^-    The"  n7a„S  of  cSfby 
means  of  the  numerous   rivers  end  canals,  is  very  extensive     Th» 

hfclVh     Tt"^""'  Tf'  if  "■"  '"«'"  '"  'he  world,  Stag  6M  mto 

C  The  great  wall  which  bounds  China  on  the  north  is  DrobaHr  tb. 

ir?eeTin\"lhr.„dT''"f!fY  "■■"•u  "  "  '.500  Siffffigt 
-*  teet  in  height,  and  of  such  thickness,  that  six  horsemen  can  pn«ilJ 

tKrs. "^"  ''    ''  "^"'^""^  '^'''  ^--  ^So.  a:Td"ei"ncTa|:S 


72^7  '"%  ^^v'V  .  ^'  ^^"*  ^°^^  ^^'^•"a  comprise?    For  what  is  it 
«oted?      3,  What   is  said  of  the  soil?    4.  Manufactures ?Forl„ 
5.  Expert  of  tea?    The  Grar^d   canal?     6.  The  gre^at 


commerce  ? 


298 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY, 


7.  The  chief  beauty  of  the  women,  in  this  country,  is  thought  to  be 
the  smallness  of  their  feet,  which  are  bound  up  from  infancy  m  order 
to  prevent  their  growing  to  the  natural  size.  The  shoes  of  a  Chinese 
lady  are  about  four  inches  in  length,  and  two  in  breadth. 

8.  The  principal  food  used  is  rice ;  but  the  poorer  classes  ett  rats, 
mice,  and  puppies;  and  often  suffer  from  famine.  Soups  made  t.f 
edible  birda'-nests,  sea-slug,  and  other  gummy  substances,  are  among 
the  luxuries  of  the  rich. 

9.  Learning  is  highly  esteemed  in  China.  They  have  many  books 
on  various  subjects,  yet  are  very  deficient  in  true  literature  and  science. 
The  Mandarins,  or  great  officers,  employed  in  the  administration  of  the 
government,  owe  their  rank  and  tiUe  entirely  to  their  skill  m  letters. 


Chinese  Military. 

10.  The  army  of  China  is  said  to  amount  to  800,000  men ;  but, 
compared  with  Euronean  soldiers,  their  appearance  is  most  unmihtary. 
Their  paper  helmets,  wadded  gowns,  quilted  petticoats,  and  clumsy 
sat'n  boots,  present  nothing  cf  the  aspect  of  war.  There  are  a  few 
small  armed  vessels  to  suppress  smuggling  and  piracy,  but  nothing  that 
can  be  called  a  navy. 

11.  Tlie  Chinese  are,  in  many  respects,  a  civilized  people,  and  are 
distinguished  for  order,  industry,  and  regularity ;  but  Uieir  treatment  ot 
<emaies,  worshiping  of  idols,  and  general  disregard  of  truth,  are  cir- 
cumstances  which  lower  them  in  the  scale  of  nations,  and  rank  them 
below  the  least  civilized  of  any  of  the  Christian  communities. 

12.  The  reli«^ion  of  Fo  and  Buddha  is  professed  by  the  chief  part 
of  the  people; "but  the  learned  men  worship  the  spirit  of  their  great 
philosopher,  Confucius.  There  are  also  some  Mahoraedans  and  Roman 
Catholics  in  China.  The  government  is  despotic,  and  is  conducted 
with  great  form  and  ceremony.  The  Emperor  is  styled  the  Son  ot 
Heaven ;  and  when  he  goes  abroad,  the  houses  and  shops  must  be  shut, 
and  all  tliat  ho  meets  must  prostrate  themselves  on  the  ground. 

wall '     7.  What  is  said  of  the  women  ?    8.  The  food  ?    9.  Learning? 
10.  The  army?     U.  Chinese  ?     12.  Religion?    13.  Describe  Pekm, 


THIBET. 


299 


13.  Pekin,  the  capital  ot  China,  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  the 
World.  It  contains  two  distinct  towns,  the  Chinese  and  Tartar,  of 
which  the  former  is  the  most  elegant  and  populous ;  but  the  latter  is 
adorned  by  the  injperial  palace  and  gardens.  The  shops  are  very 
numerous,  and  principdiy  only  one  iMory  high :  they  are  adorned  with 
flags,  varnish,  paintings,  and  lanterns,  ifie  streets  are  immensely 
crowded,  for  the  Chinese  spend  much  of  thcdr  tiiM  in  the  open  air. 

14.  Nankin,  Hk  ancient  capital,  is  much  larger  than  Pekin ;  but  it 
is  now  greatly  decayed,  and  is  aoted  fi)r  its  porcelain  tower,  and  its 
manufactures  of  nankeen. 

Capton  is  the  only  port  at  which  Europeans  are  allowed  to  trade  and 
reside.  Its  commerce  is  very  great,  and  it  is  said  that  5000  vessels  are 
often  seen  lying  before  the  city  at  once.  Shanghae  is,  next  to  Canton, 
the  greatest  commercial  city  of  China.  Teentsin  is  the  port  of  Pekin, 
and  a  great  emporium  for  salt ;  its  inhabitants  have  more  resemblance 
to  Europeans,  than  those  of  any  other  part  of  the  empire.  Sootchow, 
Hongtchow,  Kingteching,  and  Voutchang,  are  all  populous  cities,  and 
situated  in  the  midst  of  rich  and  fertile  districts. 


194 


THIBET. 

1.  Thibet  is  a  cold  elevated  region,  bounded  by  ranges 

of  the  highest  mountains  on  the  globe ;   and  some  of  the 

largest  rivers  on  the  eastern  continent  take  their  rise  within 

its  territory.     This  country,  together  with  Bootan  and  Little 

Thibet,  all  belong  to  China. 

3.  The  soil  is  sterile,  and  vegetation  is  scanty ;  but  the  people  possess 
large  herds  of  cattle.  The  musk  deer,  broad-tailed  sheep,  and  shawl 
gost,  are  some  of  the  chief  animals  of  this  country ;  the  latter  furnishes 
the  fine  wool,  of  which  the  valuable  shawls  of  Cashmere  are  made. 

3.  Thibet  is  the  chief  seat  of  the  religion  of  Buddha,  called  Fo  in 
China,  and  Shamanism  in  Tartary.  The  Grand  Lama  is  the  head  of 
this  system,  and  is  considered  as  the  Creator  himself,  dwelling  in  a 
human  form ;  and  when  he  dies,  the  divine  spirit  is  supposed  to  pass 
into  another  body,  known  by  certain  signs  to  the  priests  only. 

4.  Lassa  is  the  religious  capital  of  Central  Asia,  and  the  residence 
the  Chinese  governor.    Not  far  from  the  city,  is  the  temple  or  palace 

f  the  Grand  Lama ;  it  is  said  to  contain  ten  thousand  rooms :  the 
towers  and  obelisks  of  the  building  are  covered  with  gold  and  silver, 
and  there  are  innumerable  images  of  Buddha  of  gold,  silver,  and  otlicr 
metals.    This  city  is  on  a  smalf  branch  of  the  Burrampoota  river. 


The  shops. 
China. 


14.  Nankin.     Canton.     The  omk     principal  cities  of 


Thibet.  Q.— I.  What  is  Thibet?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  soil? 
Of  cattle?  3.  Of  reUgion?  The  Grand  Lama.  4.  Describe  Lassa. 
5.  Teshoo  Lomboo. 


300 


DCSCRIPTIVE  GEOORAPHT. 


Palace  of  Teshoo  Lomboo. 

5  Teshoo  Lomboo  is  the  seat  of  an  inferior  Lama,  who  resides  in  a 
large  monastery,  composed  of  400  houses,  encompassed  by  a  high  wall. 
Jigagungar  is  the  most  populous  city  in  Thibet 

Map  No.  14.  —  How  is  China  bounded  ?  What  sea  lies  between  China 
and  Cor^  ?  Yw —  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Eastern  sea  ?  H.-Ho.,  Yg., 
H..Kg.  — -  How  long  are  they  ?  What  islands  lie  cast  of  China  ?  Lo.,  Fa. 
—What  islands  south  '!  Hn.  —  How  long  are  Formosa  and  Hainan  ? 
What  mountains  are  in  China?  Pg.,  Mg.  — What  lakes?  Tg.,  Pg,» 
K..Nr.  — What  is  the  population  of  Pekin?  Canton?  Teentsin  ?  Nan- 
km?  Voutchang?  Sootchow?  Hangtchow?  Kingteching?  On  what 
rivers  are  the  first  five  of  the  foregoing  cities  ? 

How  is  Thibet  bounded  ?  What  rivers  take  their  rise  in  it  ?  Br., 
ly.,  Ca.,  Yg.  —  How  long  are  all  these  ?  What  mountains  are  on  the' 
north?  Kn.  — The  south-west?  Hh.  —  How  high  are  these  ?  What 
mountain  west  of  Lassa?  Ce.  — How  high  is  it?  What  river 
runs  through  Little  Thibet  ?  Is —  What  is  the  population  of  Jigaffun- 
gar?    Of  Lassa?  ®  ^ 


195 


COREA. 

1.  CoREA  is  a  large  peninsula,  situated  between  China  and' 
Japan.     The  people  have  no  intercourse  with  any  nation,  ex- 
cept the  Chinese  and  Japanese,  and  are  consequently  but 
little  known. 

2.  This  kingdom  is  ruled  by  a  sovereign,  who  pays  homage  and' 
tribute  to  Chma.     The  arts,  learning,  and  written  language  of  that. 
country  are  in  use  in  Corea;  but  the  spoken  language  is  entirely  differ- 
ent   Kingkitao,  the  capital,  is  situated  nearly  in  the  centre  of  ther 
country. 


Corea  and  Japan.  Q.—  l.  What  is  Corea  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  the 
sovereign  ?    Arts,  learning,  &c.  ?    Kingkitao  ?    3.  What  does  Japam 


IbMPIRE   OF   JAPAN. 


301 


EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN. 

3.  The  empire  of  Japan  comprises  the  islands  of  Niphon, 
Kiusiu,  and  Sikoke,  wif  h  the  southernmost  of  the  Kurile  islands. 
1  he  people,  like  the  Chinese,  are  very  jealous  of  Europeans  ; 
so  that  our  knowledge  of  the  country  is  rather  limited. 

4.  The  agriculture  is  in  a  highly  improved  state.  Rice, 
wheat,  sugar,  cotton,  and  tobacco,  are  extensively  cultivated, 
and  the  tea-plant  grows  wild  in  the  hedges.  The  manufac- 
tures  are  numerous,  and  include  silk,  cotton,  porcelain,  and 

ackered  or  Japan  ware,  in  which,  and  the  working  of  metals, 
the  Japanese  excel.  Gold,  silver,  and  copper,  are  the  princi- 
pal  mmerals  found  in  this  country. 

5.  Japan  is  one  of  the  most  civilized  nations  in  Eastern  Asia.    The 

Me&nfi/n '^ •jrfh"^"  '°  '-^^  '^"""'^P'^  °^*^^^'-  <^»"''J'-«"»  ^d  females 
are  instructed  witli  the  same  care  as  the  other  sex.    They  rifforousiy 

C^lt      JTf  uT  u^  ^"'P''^'  *"^  P^"">t  "'^"«  b«t  the  Chinese, 
Coroans,  and  Dutch,  to  have  intercourse  with  them.    The  latter  are 

;:;otsVrtrade"'''"^^' '''  ^'^^  ^"'^^^  ^° ''  ^°^  ^«  -•^^  °^  ^« 

6.  The  worship  of  Buddha,  of  Confucius,  and  of  spirits,  or  ffenii 
prevails  m  Japan.  The  last  is  called  the  religion  of  s'ito  ^The 
government  is  absolute;  and  tliere  are  two  monarchs:  the  Kubo  or 
commander  m  chief  of  the  army,  is  the  real  sovereign  whUe  the 
TudlnLT'lr^  head  of  the  empire.  He  lives  retire^d,  in  Cpalace 
gre^t  templet  ''''*"'''  '^'°"^'  '^^P*  °"  ^  '''^  t°  '''^^  °f  the 

Thl'  Jilfrj/rj  """"^  extremely  severe,  and  are  rigorously  executed. 
ItrSZ  t  r''°"  ^""^  r^P".""*^  ^^'  '^  consequence,  rendered  very 
r»r^^i  .1  ''^*  *;"'""'  ^"**  ^"P^*^^  punishments  are,  perhaps,  more 
rare  here  than  in  almost  any  other  nation.  Cutting  to  pieces,  akTm! 
mersion  in  boihng  oil,  are  common  modes  of  punishing  th^  gui  ty. 

8.  Jedo,  the  capital,  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  the  world.  It  is 
Z'Jiri""  ^r^'^"*^  five  broad;  and  contains  many  palaces  of  the 
great  lords,  who  must  reside  here  part  of  the  year.  The  buildings,  on 
account  of  the  frequency  of  earthquakes,  are  built  of  one  story^only" 
s^ldfnn  ooft'*  '"^  dreadful  fires,  one  of  which,  in  the  year  17(fl.  Z. 
sumed  100,000  houses.    Jedo  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  island  of  Niphon 


Sf  &^^   ^  Z\^\  '"  r^  f  S.!  =8r"«"lture?      Manufactures? 
Uold,  &c.?    J;  What  is  Japan?     What  is  said  of  education?    For- 

arrhoV  ■  7  "wl't  .""^="'H  "^  ^uuuna,  otc.  f    Tile  government  ?    Mon- 
archs?    7.  What  is  said  of  the  laws?    Cutting  to   pieces,  &c.?    8 
Describe  Jedo.    9.  Miaco.    Osaco?    Nangasaki!  ^««»  <^c.  f    ». 


302 


DESCRIPTIVB   GEOGRAPHY. 


9.  M iaco  is  the  religious  capital  of  Japan ;  and  is  also  the  centre  of 
its  literature  and  sciunce.  It  contains  some  very  largo  palaces  and 
temples.  One  of  the  latter,  Fokosi,  is  1,000  feet  long ;  and  contains 
an  image  of  Buddha,  83  feet  high.  Osaca  is  a  large  city  in  Niphon. 
It  is,  like  Venice,  intersected  by  numerous  canals.  Nangasaki,  in 
Kiusiu,  is  the  only  port  at  which  foreigners  are  allowed  to  trade.  Th*) 
Dutch  are  here  restricted  to  a  small  island,  where  they  are  allowed  a 
space  of  only  600  feet  long,  by  120  wide,  in  which  to  carry  on  their 
business. 


Map  No.  14. — What  sea  bounds  Corea  on  the  west?  Yw.  —  On 
the  east  ?  Jn.  —  How  wide  is  the  sea  of  Japan  ?  What  strait  sepa- 
rates Corea  from  Japan  ?  Ca.  —  What  country  bounds  Corea  on  the 
north  ?  Ma.  —  What  sea  on  the  south  ?  En.  —  Which  is  the  largest 
of  the  Japan  Islands  ?  Nn.  —  The  next  in  extent  ?  Jo.  —  How  long 
is  each  of  these  islands  ?  What  strait  sepat'ates  Niphon  and  Jesso  ? 
My.  —  What  island  lies  north  of  Jesso  ?  Sn.  —  How  long  is  Seghalien  ? 
Wnat  channel  separates  it  from  Mantchooria  ?  Ty.  —  What  islands 
lie  north-east  of  Jesso  ?  Ke.  —  Which  is  the  largest  of  these  ?  Sn.  — 
What  ooean  bounds  Japan  on  the  east  7  Pc.  —  How  long  and  wide  is 
the  Pacific  ocean  ?  How  many  miles  is  it  from  Japan  to  Mexico  7 
How  many  inhabitants  has  Jedo  7    Miaco  7    Osaca  7    Matsmay  7 

196 


AFRICA. 

1.  Africa  is  the  third  in  size  among  the  great  divisions 
of  the  globe,  being  about  one-third  less  than  Asia,  and  three 
times  larger  than  Europe.  It  is  a  vast  peninsula,  joined  to 
Asia  by  the  Isthmus  of  Suez. 

2.  This  quarter  of  the  world  is  almost  wholly  in  a  state 
of  barbarism;  yet,  in  ancient  times  its  northern  countries 
were  among  the  most  enlightened  in  the  world,  and  still  have 
written  languages.  They  are  now,  however,  among  the 
lowest  of  the  half-civilized  nations. 

3.  Africa  is  the  hottest  region  of  the  globe ;  and  lies  mostl 
within  the  tropics ;  and  the  influence  of  a  tropical  climate  ex 
tends  even  to  those  portions  which  are  in  the  temperate  zones. 

The  most  striking  natural  feature  is  the  great  desert,  which 
extends  3,000  miles  in  length,  and  1,000  in  breadth.  It  is 
covered  with  sand  and  gravel ;  and  appears  like  the  bottom  of 
a  dried-up  sea. 

Africa. Q.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Africa?    2.  Of  this  quarter,  &c. 7 


AFRICA. 


303 


Africa. 


4.  The  rivers  of  Africa  are  but  few  in  number;  and  none 
of  them  are  navigable,  to  any  extent,  for  large  vessels.  The 
principal  streams  are  the  Niger  and  the  Nile.  The  latter  is 
remarkable  for  flowing  sixteen  hundred  miles  without  re- 
ceiving a  single  tributary. 

5.  The  mountains  are,  generally,  more  distinguished  for 
their  extent  than  their  elevation.  The  Atlas  Mountains  in 
Barbary,  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  in  central,  and  the  Snow 
Mountains  in  southern  Africa,  are  the  principal.  Other 
ranges,  as  the  Crystal  Mountains  in  Congo,  and  the  Lupata 
Mountains  on  the  east  coast,  are  so  little  known,  that  even 
their  very  existence  is  doubted. 

6.  The  principal  African  animals  are  the  elephant,  hippopotamus, 
camelopard  or  giraffe,  and  the  two-horned  rhinoceros,  witli  the  lion, 
leopard,  zebra,  &c.  The  African  lion  is  the  noblest  animal  of  his  race  j 
those  found  elsewhere  being  much  inferior  in  size  and  strength.  The 
antelopes  comprise  not  less  than  sixty  different  species:  of  these,. the 
springbok  is  found  in  troops  of  several  thousands.  The  camel  in  north- 
em,  and  the  ass  in  western  Africa,  are  the  chief  beasts  of  burden,  and 
are  often  employed  in  long  and  painful  journeys. 

7.  The  ostrich  is  the  largest  African  bird,  and  the  largest  in  the 
"-'''     It  runs  with  great  rapidity,  but  does  not  fly ;  and  its  feathers 


world. 


are  valuable  as  ornaments  of  dress.    The  secretary  vulture,  or  serpent. 

3.  The  Great  Desert  ?    4.  Rivers  ?    5.  Mountains  ?    6.  Describe  the 
animals.    7.  Birds.     8.  Crocodiles,  &,c.     9.  Great  k^^ngdoms.    Agri- 


. 


304 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


African  Lion. 


Springboic. 

Th^VilT "^  il"^®  ^°'  ^'^"'^""fir  the  most  noxious  of  the  serpent  tribe. 
IS  tound  among  all  the  high  mountains  of  the  interior.    The  bustard 

8.  Crocodiles  are  found  in  all  thp  mw««  «r  ♦!,»  *      •    i       .      « 
Africa ;  and  serpents,  scorpionsri^d'lizarro  Vat    T^^^^^^^^^ 
Wahli^r     are  singular  insects.     They  build  nests  10  or  12 Tet 
Jiftr  )      r  ^'""i^^  \"to  apartments  with  magazines  for  provisions 
arched  chambers,  and  galleries  of  communication!  P'^ovwions, 

.hhtf''^  l!''-  Z^'^*''  ^.^*  kingdoms  *han  Asia  or  Europe.    It  is 
^51  LttspoU?  "tT^'  1-  ^''y/''^'^^  -hose  goverZms  «; 

10.  The  chief  trade  of  the  interior  i<*  narrSo^  '«„  u^ 

•  J  .1    ,    v-^jniijitrce,  on  me  northern  and  western  conofs  Jq 

earned  on  mostly  by  Europeans,  and  on  the  east  by  (hTSs  ' 

hniii^"*?  ^*"  ^""""'iH^  slaves  to  Christian  and  other  nations  for 

?s^1itt?:er^;ri:3'o^  ^"^^'*^°"^^  --^^^^^'  checked  Jlat 

Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  were  formerly  deepiv  enrraffed 

r{;:£r  c^ri:;^  ,J!:  sr  ke'irsf  ^^^^"^^^-  ^^"^  ^--^ 

12.  The  people  of  Africa  are  estimated  to  amount  to  almost  60  mil- 

WhrisS"%'*"r    10.  Trade  of  the  interior.    Commerce.    11. 

>vnat   IS   said   of   slaves?      Grt^n*    n,u,.:^ j    xk.    tt  •.    .    /^..   .     « 

l'>   Whn*  n.,rv.K».    r-  u  I--.    VV   YJ.      "  """   "'^'   ^""ea  stales  » 
1-.  What  number  of  mhabitants  ?    To  what  do  they  belong,  &c. 


AFRICA. 


B05 


IjOM.  They  belong  to  two  great  racea,  the  African  and  Caucasian. 
The  former  are  the  most  numerous,  and  comprise  the  chief  part  of  the 
inhabitants  south  of  the  Great  Desert.  They  ore  nearly  all  pagans ; 
and  are  extremely  ignorant  and  superstitious. 

The  Moors,  Arabs,  Berbers,  Egyptians,  Abyssinlans,  Fcllatas,  &c., 
belong  to  the  Caucasian  race.  They  are  chiefly  Mahomcdans ;  and 
though  superior  in  knowledge  to  the  African  races,  are  still  rude  and 
barbarous. 


197 


Map  No.  16.— How  is  Africa  bounded  ? 


Morocco  . . .  Bounded  ?— -Capital  ? 
Algiers  ....  Bounded  ?— Capital  7 

Tunis Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

Tripoli  ....  Bounded  ?— Capital  7 

Egypt Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 

Nubia Bounded  7— Capital  ? 

Abyssinia  . .  Bounded  7— Capital  ? 
Liberia  ....  Bounded  7 — Capital  7 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Sidra? 


Ashantee  . . .  Bounded  ?— Capital  ? 
Dahomey  . .  Bounded  7— Capital  ? 

Benin  Bounded  7— Capital  7 

Congo Bounded  7— Capital? 

Angola  ....  Bounded  7 — Capital  ? 
Bengpela . . .  Bounded  7— Capital  ? 
Cupo  Colony  Bounded  7 — Capital  7 
Mozambique  Bounded  7 — Capital  7 

Gulf  of  Guinea  7    Gulf  of  Aden  ? 


Strait  of  Gibraltar  ?    Strait  of  Babelmandel  7   Channel  orMozamWque  7 
Where  is  Great  Fish  Bay?    Walwisch  B.?    Santa  Cruz  B.?    St 
Helena  B.  7    Delagoa  B.  7    Bombetok  B.  ?    Anton  Gils  B.  ?    Vohe- 
maire  B.  7 

Where  is  Cape  Bona?  C.  Guardafui  ?  C.  Bassas?  C.  Delffado? 
C.  Corrientes  7     C.  Lagullas  7      C.  of  Good  Hope  7      C.  Cross  7     C 

J"^-,F'^^^'"''^^  C.Verde?  C.Blanco?  C.Bojador?  C.  Ambro? 
C.  St.  Mary  7 

o.^'^^'n  if  *\®  .K'ver  Nile  ?  The  Senegal  River  ?  Gambia  7  Grnnde  7 
St.  Pauls?  Niger?  Congo?  Ambriz?  Coanza?  Bembaroiiehe 7 
Orange?  Mamce  7  Zambeze?  Ozee?  Webbe?  Yeou?  Sharv? 
Misselad?  ' 

Where  are  the  Atlas  Mountains?  Mts.  of  Kong?  Mts.  of  the 
Moon?  Crystal  Mts.?  Lupata  Mts.?  Snow  Mts.?  Red  Mts.? 
itadama  Mts.  7 

Where  are  the  Azores  Islands  7  Madeira  Is.  7  Canary  Is.  7  Cane 
Verde  Is.?  Fernando  Fo  I. ?  Prince's  I.?  St.  Thomas  1. 7  AntZ 
bon  I.?  Ascension  I.?  St.  Helena?  Ethiopian  Archipela/ro 7  Mas- 
cfircnha  Is.  7  Mauritius  1. 7  Bourbon  I.  7  Seychelle  Is.  7  Almirante 
Is.?    Comoro  Is.?    Monfial.7    Zanzibar  1. 7    Pemba  I.  7    Socotral.7 

Where  is  the  Great  Desert?  Libyan  Desert?  Nubian  Desert? 
Desert  of  Challahengah  7    This  is  called  also  the  Karri  Harri  Desert 

What  tliree  great  circles  pass  through  Africa  7  T-Cr.,  Er.,  T.-Cn 
In  what  zones  is  Africa  situated  7  Td.,  Te.  In  what  zone  is  it  mostly  7 
i  a.  Africa  contains  37  degrees  of  north  and  35  of  south  la»itud'»  T» 
what  latitude  then  is  it  mostly  ?  Nh.  It  contains  50  degrees  of  east 
and  18  of  west  longitude.    In  what  longitude  then  is  it  chiefly  7    Et 


306 


DESCRIPTIVE  OBOORAPHY. 

198 


M 


Arab  Familiefl  removing. 

BARBARY. 


1 .  Barbary  is  that  part  of  northern  Africa  which  includes 
Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  and  Tripoli,  together  with  the  in- 
terior  region  called  Beled  el  Jerid,  or  Land  of  Dates. 

2.  It  is  traversed  sonne  distance  inland  by  the  Atlas  Moun- 
tains, between  which  and  the  sea-coast  the  climate  is  mild, 
and  the  soil  is,  generally,  fertile,  but  poorly  cultivated.  Wheat 
and  barley  are  the  principal  products ;  but  grapes,  olives, 
almonds,  dates,  and  other  fruits,  are  raised  in  great  perfection. 

3.  The  foreign  commerce  of  the  Barbary  states  is  extremely 
limited,  and  much  burthened  with  arbitrary  exactions.  The 
exports  consist  principally  of  the  raw  produce  of  the  soil. 
The  most  active  traffic  is  that  carried  on  by  the  caravans 
with  the  interior  country  south  of  the  Great  Desert. 

4.  Piracy  was  once  the  chief  eniployment  of  the  peo'~^*  of 
thi.*^  region.     Many  vessels  were  captured,  and  numbers 
European  and  American  sailors  were  enslaved  by  ther  i ;  >  •  t 
this  practice,  so  long  a  disgrace  to  Christendom,  no  longer 
exists. 

5.  Barbary  is  inhabited  by  several  distinct  races.  The  Moors,  who 
are  the  ruling  people,  inhabit  the  towms.  The  Arabs,  originally  from 
the  Great  Dei:ert,  h  e  in  tents ;  and  raise  cattle  and  grain.    In  re- 

Barhary.  Q.  « } .  ',  -  bai  does  Barbary  include  ?  2.  By  what  is  it 
traversed  ?  Vf  hit  is  -aid  of  the  ciiraate  ?  Soil,  &c.  ?  Products  ?  3. 
Commerce  ?    4.  Piracy  ?    5.  Describe  the  Moors.    6.  Shelluhs  ?    Jews, 


MOROCCO. 


307 


moving-  from  one  spot  to  another,  the  women,  children,  oiid  smullcr 
domestic  animals,  arc  carried  on  camels.  The  men,  on  horsebuck, 
drive  tlie  cattle ;  and  are  armed,  ready  to  defend  tljeir  properly,  or  repel 
aggression. 

6.  TJie  Shelluhs  inhabit  the  Atlas  Momitaina,  and  live  chiefly  by 
hunting  and  cultivating  the  ground.  They  belong  to  the  Berber  race, 
BiippoHcd  to  have  been  the  first  inhabitants  of  this  part  of  the  continent 
The  Kabyles  of  Algiers,  the  Tuaricks  and  Tibboos  of  the  Great 
DcHcrt,  and  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  Nubia,  all  appear  to  be  the  same 
people.  There  nro  ■  Iho  numbers  of  Jews  in  Barbary,  who  are  much 
oppressed,  and  heavily  tu.vcd ;  but,  being  allowed  to  engage  in  trade,  often 
become  wen  II 'jy.  BoHiues  thcso  races,  there  are  many  negroes,  brought 
originally  fr  m  Pmdan,  who  in  Morocco  form  the  chief  part  of  the 
military  force  ot  the  empire. 

7.  Extent  and  Population  of  the  Barbary  SUatca. 


Square  Milei, 

Morocco   190,000 

•Algiers fiO.IWX) 

£"."'* 50,000 

Tripoli 100.000 

Beled  el  Jerid 140,000 


PopulatioD.    Fop.  to  S(^  ta. 


Total,    570,000 


6,000,000 

1,.'>00,000 

1,000,000 

000,000 

soo.ooo 

31 

1(J 

20 

lii 

0 

10,000,000 

m 

View  of  the  Plain  of  Morocco,  and  the  Atlas  Mountains. 
MOROCCO. 
8.  Morocco  is  the  most  important  of  the  Barbary  powers. 
It  includes  the  kingdoms  of  Morocco  and  Fez ;  and  has  also 
a  nominal  control  over  those  of  Suse  and  Tafilelt. 
9.  This  state  is,  at  present,  much  less  flourishing  than  formerly. 

&c.     7.  Which  is  the  largest  and  most  populous  stale  in  Barbary? 
The  next  in  extent  ?    In  population  ?    8.  What  is  Morocco  ?    9.  What 


308 


DCSCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


The  acts  uf  its  government  are  calculated  to  discourage  agriculture,  and 
every  branch  of  useful  industry ;  and  its  commerce,  once  considerable, 
is  now  almost  destroyed.  The  only  important  manufacture  is  that  of 
Morocco  leather,  whicli  is  superior  to  any  made  elsewhere. 

10.  The  city  of  Mc  pgco,  the  capital,  is  situated  in  a  fertile,  thickly, 
wooded  plain,  near  the  foot  of  the  Atlas  Mountains,  and  180  miles  from 
the  sea.  It  is  enclosed  by  a  wall,  and  is  surrounded  by  numerous  gar- 
dens. Fez  is  220  miles  nearly  north  of  Morocco ;  it  was,  for  a  long 
tme,  the  most  splendid  city  of  western  Africa,  but  is  now  much  de- 
cayed, and  a  groat  poition  of  It  is  in  ruins. 

11.  Mequincz  is  sometimes  the  residence  of  the  emperor.  Its  in- 
habitants are  more  civilized  and  humane  than  those  of  any  oUier  city 
of  Morocco.  Mogadore  is  the  chief  sea-port.  Rabat  is  one  of  the 
most  important  towns  on  the  coast  Sallee,  almost  adjoining  it,  was 
long  noted  for  its  piracies,  but  is  now  nearly  deserted. 


Map  No.  14.  —  What  bounds  Morocco  on  the  north?  M.-Sa. — 
South?  G.-Dt.  — East?  As.,  B..Jd.,  G.-Dt.—- What  strait  separates 
it  from  Spain  ?  Gr.  —  What  islands  lie  west  of  Morocco  ?  Ma.,  Cy. 
—  What  mountains  extend  through  Morocco?  As.  —  Which  is  the 
principal  peak  ?  M.-Mn.  —  How  high  is  it  ?  What  is  the  population 
of  Morocco?  Fez?  Mequinez?  Rabat?  Mogadore?  Santa  Cruz? 
How  far  is  it  from  Morocco  to  Florida  ? 


-199 


ALGIERS,  OR  ALGERIA. 

1.  Algiers  occupies  the  territory  of  the  ancient  Numidia. 
The  people  of  this  state  were  the  most  enterprising  and 
daring  pirates  in  Barbary,  and  formerly  maintained  a  naval 
force  which  rendered  the  name  of  Algerines  a  terror  to  the 
people  of  southern  Europe.  It  was  conquered  by  France  in 
1830,  and  is  now  held  as  a  colonial  territory. 

2.  The  city  of  Algiers  is  strongly  fortified.  It  has  a  good  harbour, 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade.  It  is  now  a  half  French  and  half 
Moorish  town.  The  invading  army  captured  in  this  city  10  million 
dollars  in  money,  besides  an  ample  supply  of  ships,  stores,  and  ammu- 
nition.   Algiers  is  about  500  miles  east  of  the  Strait  of  Gibrfiltar. 

3.  Constantine,  Mascara,  and  Tlemsen,  are  the  most  important  towns 
in  the  interior.  Oran  in  the  west,  and  Bona  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
territory,  are  the  most  considerable  sea-ports ;  the  latter  is  the  seat  of 


Fez. 


is  said  of  its  condition  ?      10.  Describe  the  city  of  Morocco. 
a.  Mequinez,  and  the  other  towns. 

Algiers.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Algiers  occupy?    What  is  said  of  the 
people?     2.  Describe  the  city  of  Algiers.     Constantine.     4.  What 


BARBARY    STATES. 


309 


the  noted  coral  fishery  which  yields  to  the  amount  of  300,000  or 
400,000  doUars  annuaUy. 

TUNIS. 

4.  Tunis  is  the  most  fertile  and  best  cultivated  of  the 
Barbary  States,  and  the  people  are  at  the  same  time  the  most 
civilized  and  indusf;rious  in  this  quarter. 

5.  Of  the  products  of  the  country,  grain,  dates,  olive-oil,  and  wool, 
are  exported  to  some  extent.  There  is  a  considerable  traffic  also  carried 
on  with  interior  Africa. 

6.  The  city  of  Tunis  is  the  largest  and  most  flourishing  place  in 
Barbary,  and  being  no  longer  engaged  in  piracy,  has  applied  itself  to 
manufactures  and  commerce ;  of  the  former,  siil:  stuffs  and  velvets  ar^ 
the  most  oonsiderable.  Kairwan,  Monaster,  and  Cabes,  are  important 
towns. 

TRIPOLI. 

7.  Tripoli  is  the  most  eastern,  and  is  also  the  least  fer- 
tile  and  populous  part  of  Barbary.     Its  sovereign  is  more 
friendly  to  Christians,  and  has  shown  a  greater  desire  to 
introduce  the  improvements  of  civilized  life  into  his  dominions 
than  any  other  prince  in  this  part  of  the  world. 

8.  The  territory  of  Tripoli  is  nearl3r  all  a  desert,  but  contains  some 
fertile  districts  along  the  sea-coast,  in  which  agriculture  is  actively 
pursued.  An  extensive  commerce  by  means  of  caravans  is  carried  on 
witli  the  countries  of  interior  Africa.  Fezzan,  the  great  emporium  of 
the  caravan  trade,  is  tributary  to  this  state.  Barca  and  Angela,  also, 
belong  to  it. 

9.  Tripoli,  the  capital,  has  a  good  harbour,  and  carries  on  a  consider, 
able  commerce ;  the  streets  are  narrow,  with  low  mean  houses ;  but  the 
palace  of  the  Dey  and  some  of  the  mosques  are  handsome  structures. 
Mesurata  is,  next  to  the  capital,  the  most  important  town, 

BARCA. 

10.  Ba.f,ca,  the  ancient  Libya,  is  separated  from  Tripoli 
by  an  extensive  desert.  It  was  in  ancient  times  noted  for  its 
productiveness,  but  hardly  any  part  of  its  soil  is  now  culti- 
vated. The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  Arabs,  who  wander  about 
the  country  with  their  flocks  and  herds. 

11.  The  ruins  of  ancient  cities  are  numerous  and  interesting;  of 

is  said  of  Tunis  ?  5.  The  products  ?  6.  Describe  the  city  of  Tunis. 
7.  What  is  said  of  Tripoli  ?  8.  The  territory  ?  Commerce  ?  9.  De- 
scribe the  capital.    10.  What  is  said  of  Barca  ?    H.  Ruins,  &,c 


310 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Tombs  of  Cyrene^ 

these,  Oyrene,  with  its  Necropolis,  or  city  of  the  tombs,  is  the  most 
striking.  Derne  and  Bengazi  are  the  only  places  that  can  be  called 
towns.  The  first  was  captured  with  great  gallantry  by  General  Eaton, 
an  American,  in  1805. 

Map  No.  16.  —  By  what  is  Algiers  bounded  on  the  north  ?  M.-Sa. 
—  South?  Bi-Jd — East?  Ts.  — West?  Mo.  — What  mountains 
are  in  the  south  ?  As.  —  How  long  are  they  ?  What  is  the  popula- 
tion of  Algiers  ?  Constantino  ?  Bona  ?  Oran  ?  What  bounds  Tunis 
on  the  north?  M.-Sa.  —  South ?  B.-Jd.  — East?  M.-Sa.,  Ti.— 
West  ?  As.  —  What  cape  on  the  north  ?  Ba.  —  What  lake  in  the 
south  ?  Lh.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Tunis  ?  Kairwan  ?  What 
bounds  Tripoli  on  the  north?  M.-Sa.  —  South ?  G.-Dt.  —  West '^ 
Ts.,  B.  Jd.  —  What  gulf  separates  Tripoli  from  Barca  ?  Sa.  —  What 
is  the  population  of  Tripoli  ?  What  bounds  Barca  on  the  nortli  ? 
M..Sa.  — South?    L..Dt.  — East?    Et.  — West?    G.-Sa. 


200 


BELED  EL  JERID. 

1 .  The  Beled  el  .Terid,  or  Land  of  Dates,  stretches  along 
the  northern  edge  of  the  Great  Desert,  from  the  Atlas  Moun- 
tains on  the  west,  to  the  frontiers  of  Tripoli  on  the  east. 

9.  The  soil,  though  dry  and  arid,  produces  dates  in  great  abundance, 
which  form  the  chief  food  of  the  inhabitants.  This  region  comprises 
peveral  petty  states,  which  are  peopled  by  various  tribes  of  Berbers  and 
Arabs. 


Beled  el  Jerid.  Q.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  Beled  el  Jerid  ?    2  Soil  ( 


THE    GREAT    AFRICAN    DESERT. 


311 


3.  Nearly  all  the  towns  arc  surrounded  by  walls,  and  are  inhabited 
some  by  two  and  others  by  three  different  tribes.  They  are  in  con- 
sequence divided  into  corresponding  sections.  Furious  contests  often 
occur  between  the  tribes  in  these  towns,  in  which  event  the  gates  con- 
necting the  different  quarters  are  closed,  until  peace  is  restored, 
i^ghwaat,  Tuggurt,  and  Gadames,  are  the  principal  towns. 


THE   GREAT   DESERT. 

4.  The  Great  Pesert  stretches  with  but  little  interruption 
from  the  Atlantic  ocean  to  the  river  Nile.  It  is  composed 
of  vast  sandy  plains,  swept  by  hot  winds  and  parched  by  a 
burning  sun.  ^ 

5.  The  Desert  is  here  and  there  diversitied  with  watered 
and  fertile  spots,  called  oases;  of  these,  Fezzan,  Tibesly, 
Bilmah,  Agdass,  and  Tuat,  appear  to  be  the  principal.  That 
part  of  the  Great  Desert  extending  from  Fezzan  to  theAtlan. 
tic  ocean,  is  called  by  the  Arabs  the  Sahara,  while  the  east- 
ern  and  smaller  section  is  most  usually  termed  the  Libya  n 
,  esert.  ^ 

'    6.  Fczran  is  the  largest  of  the  oases,  and  is  tributary  to  Tripoli 
xts  people,  reckoned  at  70,000,  possess  but  little  energy  of  charaSer 
and  are  imperfectly  acquainted  with  the  arts.     It  is  principally  impor' 
tant  as  the  centre  of  the  caravan  trade.     Mourzuk,  the  capital,  s  a 
small  mud- walled  town.    It  is  600  miles  nearly  south  from  Tripoli. 

^  u.  ^u^yiiji  I     ^i.  uescriDe  liie  Wreat  Desert.    5.  How  is 

It  diversified  ?    What  is  Uie  Sahara,  &c.?    6.  Describe  Fezzan.    7. 


312 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


4U  r,  J^®  central  part  of  the  Desert  is  occupied  by  the  Tibboos  .and 
the  I  uancks.  The  former  are  as  black  as  negroes,  but  of  a  different 
aspect.  Bilmah  appears  to  be  their  principal  district.  The  Tuaricks 
are  a  tall  handsome  race,  with  bright  sparkling  eyes  and  complexions, 
but  little  darker  than  southern  Europeans.  Agdass  and  Timbuctoo 
are  said  to  be  in  their  possession. 

8.  In  crossing  the  Great  Desert,  travellers  are  often  plundered  by  the 
barbarous  inhabitants;  their  lives  are  also  endangered  by  the  sand 
blown  up  by  tempests,  which  fills  and  darkens  the  air,  and  threatens  to- 
suffocate  and  overwhelm  them.  The  occasional  failures  of  water  a 
the  usual  stopping-places,  is  likewise  often  attended  with  fatal  con 
sequences;  from  the  latter  cause  in  the  year  1805,  a  caravan  of  1,800 
camels,  and  2,000  men,  perished  with  thirst. 

9.  On  the  sea-coast  of  the  desert  are  various  wandering  and  preda- 
tory  tribes,  who  often  meet  with  a  rich  booty  in  the  vessels  shipwrecked 
on  their  shores,  and  which  are  always  plundered  with  the  greatest 
avidity.  In  different  parts  of  the  desert,  there  are  mines  of  rock  salt  • 
the  extensive  demand  for  which  in  Soudan  causes  the  surface  of  this 
dreary  region  to  be  often  enlivened  by  the  passage  of  numerous  cara- 
vans.     M  r       o  »»o^ 


Map  No.  16 — How  is  the  Beled  el  Jerid  bounded  ?  How  is  the 
ureat  Desert  bounded  ?  What  tribes  are  in  the  centre  ?  Ts  Ts  — • 
On  the  west  ?  Ms.,  Ws.,  Ts.,  Bs.  — What  saU-mines  are  in  the  Great 
llesert  ?  Ty.,  Tt.,  An.  —  What  oases  are  in  the  Great  Desert  ?  Fn 
Ty.,  Bh.,  As.,  Tt.,  Aa.,  Sh.,  E..D1.,  E.-Kh.-  What  country  in  the 
south  7  Lr.  —  How  long  and  wide  is  the  Great  Desert  ?  What  capes 
are  on  the  coast  ?     Br.,  Bo —  How  far  is  it  to  Mexico  ?    To  Cuba  ? 


201 


THE  REGION  OF  THE  NILE. 

1.  The  Region  of  the  Nile  comprehends  all  that  part 
of  Africa  watered  by  the  river  Nile  and  its  tributaries.  It 
comprises  Egypt,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Kordofiin,  Darfur, 
Fertit,  &c. 

EGYPT. 

2.  Egypt  is  celebrated  for  its  great  antiquity,  and  the  early 
civilization  of  its  inhabitants.  Its  mighty  pyramids,  splendid 
obelisks,  and  the  ruins  of  its  ancient  cities,  ail  attest  its  former 
magnificence. 

Tibboos. 
coast  ? 


Tuaricks.    8.  What  is  said  of  travellers  ?    9.  Of  the  sea- 


The  Region  of  the  Nile.  Q.  — 1.  What  does  the  Region  of  the  Nile 
comprehend  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  Egypt  ?    3.  Of  its^pre^nt  ruler? 


EGYPT. 


313 


3.  It  was,  until  lately,  a  Turkish  province ;  but  the  present 
ruler  has  rendered  himself  independent  of  his  former  Ser 
and  IS  introducing  mto  Egypt  the  arts,  learning,  and  civiliza' 
tion  of  European  nations.  The  great  mass  of  the  people  ai^ 
however  much  oppressed  by  heavy  exactions ;  and  are  fre- 
quently  torn  irom  their  families,  and  compelled  to  serve  in 
the  armies  or  fleets  of  their  military  ruler. 

4.  The  soil  of  Egypt  is  naturally  barren,  and  owes  all  its  fertilifir  f« 
the  overflowing  of  the  river  Nile,  which  enricheX  countr^^^^^^^^ 
of  ram.     Agriculture  is  diligently  pursued ;  and  in  many  parts  ofth« 
country  three  crops  of  some  products  are  raised,  annSirinSil^ 
^rduSs" '"'  ^"^""^"^'  ^"''«°'  ^'^^^°-'  cottonX .  afe  th^cS 

nuLTot^-S^Sjr'thT^^^^^^^ 

f::rtT  f  %'  ^"'^^'^"^  EpptianlTheVeTrl  Ito  a^X  o? 

thTgoJelLnr  ^""^^"^-     '''  ''''''  "^  "^'^fly  -  *^«  -vt  of' 

X;:^rit  rr-i  Jnt  ^-'^^^-  °^  ^'-  — -p^'^t 

„  J"  ^¥^1  abounds   in   remarkable   antiquities.    The   pyramids  are 
amongst  the  most  astonishing  monument^  of  human  kbour.    The 

l^^t^''^^^^j,'^-J^''^^\Asricnhme7    Products?    5.  The  inhab- 
itants?     6.  Foreign  possessions?    7.  In  what  does  Egypt   abound? 


314 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


laigcst  is  500  feet  high,  and  its  base  covers  1 1  acres  of  ground.  An. 
cient  historians  state  that  100,000  men  were  employed  in  this  work  for 
20  years. 

8.  At  Thebes,  in  Upper  Egypt,  are  remains  which  are  calculated  to 
fill  the  beholder  with  astonishment.  Almost  the  whole  extent  of  ciglit 
miles  along  the  river  is  covered  with  magnificent  portals,  decorated 
with  sculpture,  forests  of  columns,  and  long  avenues  of  colossal  statues. 


Cairo. 

9.  Cairo,  the  capital  of  Egypt,  is  the  most  populous  city  in  Africa ; 
and  carries  on  a  considerable  trade  with  the  interior  of  the  continent 
by  caravans.  This  place  is  beginning  to  imbibe  some  of  the  elements 
of  European  civilization.  A  scientific  society,  and  various  schools  have 
been  lately  established.  Hotels  are  kept  on  the  plan  of  those  in  Paris ; 
and  steam-boats  navigate  the  Nile  from  Alexandria  to  some  distance 
above  Cairo.   This  city  is  on  the  river  Nile  130  miles  from  the  sea. 

10.  Alexandria  was  one  of  the  most  celebrated  cities  of  ancient  times; 
and  long  the  seat  of  the  arts  and  sciences.  After  being  for  ages  in  a 
state  of  decay,  it  is  at  length  reviving.  It  is  now  the  chief  sea-port 
and  naval  station  of  Egypt.  Vessels  of  nearly  every  European  nation 
are  to  be  found  in  its  harbour  ;  and  steam-lwats  run  to  all  the  principal 
ports  and  islands  in  the  Mediterranean.  Damictta  and  Rosetta  are  the 
chief  towns  in  Lower,  and  Siout  and  Girge  in  Upper  Egypt  Suez  and 
Cosseir,  on  the  Red  Sea,  possess  some  trade. 


Map  No.  16.  —  What  bounds  Egypt  on  the  north  ?  M.-Sa.  —  South  ? 
Na — East?  R.-Sa.  — West?  G.-Dt.-— What  river  flows  through 
Egypt  ?  Ne.  —  How  long  is  it  ?  What  isthmus  connects  Egypt  with 
Arabia?  Sz.  —  How  wide  is  it?  What  is  the  country  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Nile  called  ?  Da.  —  What  is  a  Delta  ?  (See  page  74.)  What 
is  the  population  of  Cairo ?  Damictta?  Alexandria  ?  Siout ?  Rosetta ? 
Cosseir  ?  Suez  ?  What  three  oases  are  included  in  Egypt  ?  Sh.,  E.-Dl., 
E.-Kh.  —  What  do  you  observe  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile  near 
Cairo  ?    Ps.  —  What  ruins  are  in  the  south  part  of  Egypt  ?    Ts. 

a  Describe  Thebes.    9.  Cairo  7    10.  Alexandria.    Damietta,  &o. 


NUBIA,   ABYSSINIA. 


315 


202 


NUBIA. 

1.  Nubia  is  an  extensive  region,  chiefly  composed  of  rockv 
and  sandy  deserts.  The  climate,  though  hot,  is  dry,  and 
generally  healthful.  j»  «»*u 

2.  Nearly  all  the  productive  soil  which  Nubia  possesses  is 
a  narrow  strip  on  both  sides  of  the  Nile:  this  being  watered 
from  the  river,  by  means  of  wheels  >^orked  by  oxen,  pro- 

anrfndr'""'''''  ^  '"''''"'''  ^^^  ""^  ^'^''^'  ^'^^^'  "^""""^  ^^^^^^'^ 

3.  The  inhabitants  of  the  towns  and  villages  are  similar  to  the  Ber 
bers  of  Mount  Atlas;  those  of  the  desert  are  of  Arab  orLh^  and  re 
Z^^'  Kt'"'"\T u'"  °'''^''  'J""'-^^^^-     The  latter  were  Sorious  S 
litL^Sj^f-tli  'palll^T^ypT  ''-''''''''  '--  ''^'  practice  b^t: 

n  J*  Tu^  '■^'?^'"^  °^  'i"*''^"*  ^''"1''^^  ^""^  common  in  Nubia.    These 
are  either  under  ground  or  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock.    That  of  Ebsam 
bul  ,s  the  most  magnificent,  and  rivals  the  most  splendid  of  ie  W 
tian  monuments.  ^sjP' 

5.  New  Dongola,  the  capital  of  Nubia,  once  an  important  town  is 
now  much  decayed  Scnnaar,  the  capital  of  the  kingdmn  of  the  same 
name,  formerly  said  to  have  contained  100,000  inhabitants  is  alm^«? 
deserted  and  in  ruins.  Suukem  is  a  small  port  on  ?rRed  siTat 
which  Mahomedan  pilgrims  from  the  interior  take  passage  for  Mecca! 

6.  Darfur  possesses  a  dry  and  sandy  soil,  but  the  influence  of  the 
tropical  rains  causes  it  to  produce,  to  some  extent,  wheat  and  mil  et 
Caniels,  horses  and  cattle,  abound.  Bergoo,  or  VVaday,  lying  west 
ward  from  Darfur,  is  an  extensive  kingdom.  It  is  imperfectly  LowiT 
but  IS  reported  to  be  well  peopled.  ^         ^  *nown, 

7.  KoRDoFAN  was  sometime  since  conquered  by  the  Pacha  of  EffynL 
Its  sddiers,  hke  those  of  Bornou,  wear  armour  in  time  of  war  Fertit 
and  Donga  are  known  only  by  report:  the  former  is  said  to  abound  in 

stTenath  ""'  '^^  "^  "'^'''"  °^  "'^'°^''  °^  """^"'^  "^  '^d 

ABYSSINIA. 

8.  Abvssinia,  the  ancient  Ethiopia,  is  a  country  of  ruff- 
ged  mountains,  intersected  by  deep  and  fertile  valleys. 
1  hough  situated  in  the  torrid  zone,  the  climate  is  generally 
temperate   and  pleasant.     Wheat,   barley,  and  tef?  a  very 

^"-^ii^^Q —  1.  What  is  Nubia?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  ?  3 
The  mhabitants  ?  4.  The  remains  of  ancient  temples  ?  5.  DescrilS 
Dongolu.    6.  Darfur.    7.  Kordofan.    8.  Abyssinia.     9.  What  is  siid 


i  i 


916 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


small  grain,  are  the  chief  products ;  and  salt  is  the  principal 
mineral. 

9.  The  people  arc  in  some  respects  superior  to  the  nations  around 
them,  and  Imve  some  knowledgp  of  the  urts ;  yet  their  manners  are 
extremely  cruel  and  licentious.  At  their  feasts,  tliey  cat  raw  Hesh  cut 
from  the  animal  while  yet  warm.  Intoxication  is  frequent,  a  plurality 
of  wives  ia  common,  and  great  depravity  of  manners  prevails. 

10.  The  religion  of  Abyssinia  is  a  corrupt  kind  of  (^hristiiiqity,  in- 
termixed with  Jewish  rites  and  ceremonies.  Circumcision  is  pnieliscd. 
Uaptism  and  the  Lord's  Supper  aie  administered,  and  Saturday  und 
Sunday  are  both  observed  as  a  sabbiitli.  The  churches  are  nunierotifi, 
and  are  much  adorned  with  paintings.  Learning  is  extremely  limikd, 
being  confined  to  the  priests,  and  is  connected  principally  with  their 
system  of  religion. 

IL  This  coimtry  was  formerly  under  one  government,  but  now  com- 
prises  three  divisions — Tigre,  Amhara,  and  Shoa  and  Efat.  Some  of 
the  provinces  have  been  conquered  by  the  Galla,  a  most  ferocious  and 
brutal  people,  who  in  tlieir  incursions  spare  neither  age  nor  sex.  They 
perform  immense  marches,  swim  rivers,  and  endure  incredible  fatigue. 

12.  Gondar,  the  capital  of  Amhara,  is  the  largest  city  in  Abyssinia, 
and  is  said  to  be  eight  or  ten  miles  in  circuit.  Antalo  and  Adowa  are 
the  other  principal  towns.  Axum,  tiie  ancient  capital  of  Abyssinia,  is 
now  in  ruins,  but  is  remarkable  for  its  antiquities.  Massuah,  a  port 
belonging  to  Egypt,  is  the  only  place  through  which  the  trifling  foreign 
trade  of  this  country  is  carried  on. 


Map  No,  16.  —  IIow  is  Nubia  bounded?  What  river  is  in  Nubia? 
Ne.  —  What  desert?  Nn. —  What  is  the  population  of  Suakem? 
Shendy  ?  Merawe  ?  Old  Dongola  ?  New  Dongola  ?  Dcrr  ?  What 
bounds  Abyssinia  on  the  north  ?  Na.  —  South  ?  Ea.  Al.  —  East  ? 
R.-Sa. -- West  ?  Ss.  — What  lake  in  the  centre?  Da.  — What 
river  flows  from  it?  Ni.  —  What  is  the  population  of  Gondar? 
Antalo?  Massuah?  Axum?  What  countries  lie  w^est  of  the  Nile  ? 
Kn.,  Dr.,  Bo.  —  South  of  Darfur  ?  Ft.,  Da.  —  What  river  flows  through 
Bcrgoo  ?  Md.  —  The  capitals  of  these  countries  ?  It.,  Ce.,  Wa.  — 
The  population  of  Cobbe  ?  What  towns  are  on  the  Nile  ?  On  the  Abaw 


203 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 

♦ 

1.  This  region  extends  from  the  Great  Desert  to  the  Tropic 
of  Capricorn.  Its  chief  divisions  are  Senegambia,  and  Upper 
and  Lower  Guinea.     A  highly  productive  soil,  a  rich  luxu- 


of  the  people?    10.  Religion?    11.  Government? 
12.  Gondar  and  the  other  towns. 


Describe  the  Galla. 


WESTERN    AFRICA. 


'  317 


riance  of  vegetation,  and  a  great  variety  and  abundance  of 
animals,  distinguish  this  part  of  the  continent. 

2.  The  inhabitants  are  rude,  ignorant,  and  barbarous.  Their  chicfa 
are  cruel  and  despolic.  and  in  some  parts  are  regarded  by  thebfiub^cS 
as  a  sacred  race.  Mahomed.nism  is  the  religion  of  mLy  trills  -bul 
^:^^:'^^  °^-^^-'  "-^^'  -^  -her  disgurti^tobjcct 

standing  the  exertions  .nade  to  suVcss  Tnl£!s7ZtT^U 

SENEGAMBIA. 
4.  Senegambia  stretches   from  the  Great  Desert  to  the 

nf  ?vl^  f  r '^''t'  n  ^^  T^^^"'  ""  """^^^^  «^  ^ifl^rent  statps, 
of  which  FootaJallon,  Bambouk,  and  Soolimana,  all  in  Uip 
mterior,  appear  to  be  the  principal. 

5.  The  inhabitants  of  Foota  Jallon  belong  to  the  Foulah  -  ^i\nr^  «,i, 
are  wadely  dispersed  over  Western  and  CenVaVAfricr  ke!  :;;t 
whhbT7  1  People  of  this  region,  and  have  dark  olive  comVexions 
with  high  and  often  pleasing  features.     The  Jaloffs  and  MandinCs  are 

atd  geTeS^r;;:raL^^^^  ''''''  '^"^  '''  ^^^'^'^  ^"  ^'^'^  -"^-i- 

6.  The  French,  English,  and  Portuguese,  have  settlements  estaWi.h 
ed  on  various  parts  of  the  coast,  for  the  purpose  of  tr^SLV^S  ^ 
natives  for  slaves,  ivory,  gum-arabic,  and  gold-dust  ^ 

RefSon'"  S^^Si't  ?•  7  ^'  P^'^^  region.  2.  The  inhabitants. 
Keiigion.  3.  Slave-trade.  4.  What  s  said  of  Seneo-ambia  ?  >i  Thl 
Foulahs?    Jaloffs.  &c.?    6.  The  French.  &c.  ?^  ^^^ 


318 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


SIERRA  LEONE. 

7.  The  British  Colony  of  Sierra  Leone  was  established  in 
1787,  for  the  purpose  of  introducing  the  Christian  religion 
and  civilization  into  Africa. 

8.  The  bulk  of  the  inhabitants  are  liberated  slaves,  taken  from  cap. 
tured  slave-ships.  The  population  of  the  colony  is  about  30,000,  of 
whom  not  more  than  100  arc  whites;  the  extreme  unhealthincss  of  the 
climate  rendering  it  almost  impossible  for  them  to  reside  here  with 
safety.  Freetown  is  the  capital  of  Sierra  Leone,  besides  which  there 
are  8  or  10  villages. 

LIBERIA. 

9.  Liberia,  now  the  most  interesting  country  in  Africa,  is 
an  American  colony,  founded  in  1821,  by  the  American 
Colonization  Society,  as  a  place  of  refuge  for  the  free  negroes 
and  emancipated  slaves  of  the  United  States. 

10.  Many  have  emigrated  thither,  and  the  colony  is  in  a  flourishing 
condition.  Several  of  the  neighbouring  tribes  have  put  themselves 
under  its  protection,  and  are  endeavouring  to  imitate  its  customs  and 
lenrn  its  arts.  The  slave-trade  has  been  abolished  within  the  limits  of 
Liberia.  Several  vessels,  built  at  Monrovia,  trade  along  the  coast  with 
the  native  tribes,  for  gold,  ivory,  palm-oil,  &c.,  in  exchange  for  Araeri' 
can  and  European  manufactures. 

11.  The  first  settled  and  chief  town  is  Monrovia;  it  contains  about 
300  houses,  including  churches,  schools,  a  public  library,  &c.  There 
are  ten  other  towns  and  settlements  which  are  situated  at  various 
points  on  the  coast,  from  the  St.  Paul's  river  to  Cape  Palmas.  The 
territory  of  Liberia  extends  along  the  sea-shore  about  300  miles :  it 
contains  3,500  colonists,  and  20,000  natives. 


Map  No.  14.  —  How  is  Senegambia  bounded  ?  What  are  the  princi- 
pal rivers  ?  SI.,  Ga.,  Nr.,  R.-Ge.  —  How  long  are  the  three  first  ?  What 
cape  on  the  west?  Ve.  —  On  the  south  ?  Ps.  —  What  French  settle- 
ment on  the  Senegal  river  ?  St.-Ls.  —  British  settlement  on  the  Gam- 
bia ?  Bt.  —  What  settlement  on  the  Rio  Grande?  Pe.  —  What 
islands  lie  west  of  Cape  Verde  ?  C-Ve.  —  What  British  Colony  in  the 
south  ?    S.-Le. 

Map  No.  15. — What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Liberia?  How  long 
is  the  St.  Paul's  river  ?  Which  is  the  most  northern  cape  ?  Mt.  — 
Southern  ?  Ps.  —  There  are  ten  colonial  towns  —  which  are  they  ? 
"Native  towns  ?  What  colony  at  Cape  Palmas  ?  Md.  —  At  the  St 
John's  river  ?     Pa.  —  Near  what  cape  is  the  town  of  Monrovia  ?     Mo. 


Sierra  Leone.  Q.  —  7.  Describe  Sierra  Leone.  8.  What  is  said  of 
the  iuhabilduls  ?  D.  Describe  Liberia.  10.  What  is  said  of  the  colo- 
ny?  The  neighbouring  tribes?  The  slave-trade?  11.  The  chief 
towns,  &c.  ?    How  far  docs  the  territory  extend  ? 


UPPER   GUINEA. 

204 


319 


UPPER    GUINEA. 

1.  Upper  Guinea  extends  from  Senegambia  to  Biafra. 
The  coast  is  divided  by  navigators  into  the  Grain,  Ivory, 
Gold,  and  Slave  Coasts :  these'  are  so  named  from  the  chief 
objects  of  trade  at  the  respective  places. 

2.  Besides  part  of  the  colony  of  Liberia,  this  region  con- 
tains  the  native  kingdoms  of  Ashantee,  Dahomey,  Benin,  &c. 
also  some  English,  Dutch,  and  Danish  settlements. 

3.  The  kingdom  of  Ashantee  is  situated  to  the  north  of  the  Gold 
Coast,  and  is  the  most  important  native  state  in  Western  Africa.  The 
inhabitants  possess  some  of  the  comforts  of  civilization,  but  live  not- 
withstanding, in  a  state  of  shocking  barbarity. 

4.  The  horrid  custom  of  sacrificing  human  beings  at  the  decease  of 
the  sovereign,  or  any  of  the  royal  family,  prevails  to  a  great  extent, 
and  three  thousand  victims  are  said  to  have  been  immolated  on  the 
grave  of  the  king's  mother,  on  one  occasion  only. 

The  houses  in  Coomassie,  th?  capital,  are  neat  and  well-built.  The 
streets  are  all  named,  and  are  each  under  the  charge  of  a  captain. 

5.  The  Gold  Coast  contains  a  number  of  European  settlements  or 
factories,  founded  for  the  purpose  of  trading  with  the  natives  for  gold 
dust,  the  most  valuable  product  of  the  country.  Cape  Coas*  Castle  is 
the  principal  of  the  British  factories,  Elmina  of  the  Dutch,  and  Chris- 
tiansburg  of  the  Danes ;  these  are  all  fortified  and  have  small  garrisons. 

6.  Dahomey,  on  the  Slave  Coasx,  is  a  fertile  country  :  it  is  inhabited 
by  a  warlike  and  ferocious  people,  whose  manners  and  customs  are 
even  more  cruel  and  barbarous  than  tliose  of  the  Ashantees.  Abomey  is 
the  capital.  ' 

Benin  is  but  little  known :  the  king  is  not  only  absolute,  but  is  con- 
sidered  a  god  in  the  eyes  of  his  subjects,  and  all  crimes  against  him 
are  pumshed  both  as  treason  and  impiety. 

LOWER  GUINEA. 

7.  The  principal  countries  comprised  in  Lower  Guinea, 
are  Loango,  Congo,  Angola,  and  Benguela.  The  sea-coast 
of  these  countries  is  known  to  navigators  by  the  name  of 
the  Coast  of  Angola,  or  simply  the  Coast. 

8.  Biafra,  Calbonoas,  and  Gauoon,  lying  south  of  the  Niger  river, 
are  reported  to  be  fertile  and  populous  countries,  but  are  seldom  visited. 

Upper  Guinea.  Q.— 1.  Describe  Upper  Guinea.  2.  Kingdoms.  &c. 
3.  Ashantee.  4.  What  is  said  of  human  sacrifices  ?  Coomassie  7 
5.  The  Gold  Coast  ?    6.  Dahomey  ?    .Benin  ?     7.  Describe  Lower 


320 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


LoANoo  poMcssos  a  fine  climate  and  a  fertile  soil;  the  siavo  trade  !a 
earned  on  to  aomo  extent  from  its  chief  ports,  Cubenda  and  Loango. 

9.  CoNoo,  Anoola,  Benoukla,  and  Matemp*.  arc  situated  to  tho 
southward  of  tho  river  Congo.  Tlio  whole  region  in  said  to  be  fertile, 
though  in  some  parts  but  thinly  peopled.  These  territories  were  dis. 
covered  by  the  Portuguese  in  1487,  nnd  ever  since  that  time  have  been 
under  their  control ;  but  their  auUiority  in  tho  interior  is  supposed  to  be 
only  nominal.  '^ 

Til?*  f *,'?*"*''=  ''"^.  MooLooA  are  countries  reported  to  be  far  inland. 
I  ho  mhabitants  of  tho  latter  are  more  civilizx-d  and  industrious  tlian 
iMose  on  the  coast,  yet  tho  atrocious  custom  of  human  sacrifice  pre- 
nt^ki  St  Salvador  IS  the  principal  town  of  Congo.  St.  Paul  de  Loando 
and  bt.  I-elipe  do  Bengucla,  are  the  chief  sea-ports :  from  Uicse  the 
Slave-trade  is  carried  on  to  some  extent. 

rrni!'  n'*'''  ^^="4,^  CouNTiiY  extends  five  hundred  miles  southward 
from  Bcnguela.  The  whole  coast  appears  to  be  a  desert,  but  the 
interior  of  the  country  is  well  fitted  for  pasturage.  The  inhabitants 
ore  a  simple  and  inoffensive  race;  they  are  clothed  in  ox-hides  and 
possess  large  herds  of  cattle. 

qnS  ^*  r'  ~  S'''"^'^^"";?'  UPP^"-  ^"i"^'^  o"  the  north  ?    Sn.  - 

nn^tl  Hh^V^'^'Uu^-.^'.'-^^^^^  Sa.,  La. -What  mountain. 
OT^the  north  ?    Kg.  -  What  is  the  population  of  Coomassie  ?    AbomeyT 

Benin?  How  is  Lower  Guinea  bounded  ?  Which  are  its  rivers  ?  Co. 
Az.,  Ca.,  Be.  — Mountains?    CI.— What  islands  in  the  Gulf  of 

£;r'/  vv^-^-'  ^"\?:?"  An. -To  what  power  do  the  three  last 
belong  7  What  river  divides  Upper  from  Lower  Guinea  ?  Nr.  —  What 
IS  the  population  of  Loango ?  St.  Salvador?  St. Paul  de  Loando » 
How  far  is  it  from  Guinea  to  Brazil  ?    From  Angola  to  Brazil  ? 


205 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 

1.  Southern  Africa  comprises  nearly  all  that  part  of 
the  continent  which  lies  south  of  the  tropic  of  Capricorn.  Its 
subdivisions  are  the  Cape  Colony,  Caffraria,  the  country  of 
the  Hottentots,  and  the  country  of  the  Boshuanas. 
.J;JJ'^  Cape  Colony  was  settled  by  the  Dutch  in  lol5.  It  was 
power  in'lsTs        ^  ^^'"'  ""'^  '"''  ^"'^"^  "^'^^'"'"^^  *°  ^^''^ 

3.  The  soil  along  the  sea-coast  is,  generally,  fertile,  and  productive  in 

Sbasctnt^'^^-     »-'^^^^-      10.Cassange,&e.      IL 

WW  it'"*- /*%•  9:^1  T^^"-^  ^""'^  Southern  Africa  comprise?   2. 
What  IS  said  of  the  Cape  Colony  ?    3.  Th*.  «o;i  ?    f-"t>"-  ?    4  ^-ns 


SOUTHERN    AFRICA. 


321 


CAFFRARIA. 

6.  War  [iunlinn^,  and  tending  their  cattio,  of  which  thcv  have  larcr^ 
bu    r'tlT'/''^  ^"'P'"'>''"7''  °f"  ^'>^'  '"en.     The  women  cuSu,Ihe/oiL 

choVS"  "'issionaries  had  made  a  favourable  impression  on  some  of 
c  Cal  res  ;  but  the  recent  war  with  the  British  colonists  hos  deseed 


Busbiiiao  disguised  as  an  Odtricli. 


ifoA   K?T      n '  *""  "oyENTOTs—This  tract  of  country  is  inhab. 

?1    ^  u'l    ^'*"^r"\  Namaquas,    Corannas,   Griquus,    and    other 

tnbcs.  all  known  by  the  general  name  of  Hottentots.     They  «e  i 

T"^.f  ^S.^Describe  Caffraria.     The  inhabitants.    6.  Their  «n,nW- 
-vu^.     ,.  missionaries     H.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of  the'lIoU 


I 


322 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


quiet,  inoffensive,  ignorant  race ;  but  are  Very  filthy  in  their  habits, 
and  uncommonly  ugly  in  person.  Some  of  them  h-ivc  been  taught  by 
tlie  missionaries  to  cultivate  the  ground,  raise  cattle,  and  work  at  a 
few  of  the  most  common  trades. 

9.  The  Bushmen,  or  Wild  Hottentots,  go  almost  naked,  and  reside  in 
holes  made  in  the  ground,  or  clefts  in  the  rocks.  They  Ub- ;  poisoned 
arrows  in  war,  or  in  destroying  wild  beasts.  They  display  some  in- 
genuity in  disguising  themselves  in  imitation  of  the  ostrich,  and  tiius 
are  enabled  to  approach  that  shy  animal  sufficiently  near  to  destroy  it. 


Kiirreechane. 

10.  Country  op  the  Boshuanas. — The  Boshuanas  appear  to  be  of 
the  same  race  as  the  CaffrcT ;  but  have  made  more  progress  in  industry 
and  tiic  arts.  They  dwell  in  towns  of  some  mngnitdde ;  and  cultivate 
the  ground,  raising  millet,  beans,  water-melons,  &c.  These  people  have 
large  herds  of  cattle,  the  robbing  of  which  from  each  other  is  the  cause 
of  frequent  wors  among  the  different  tribes.  Lattakoo,  Mashow,  and 
Kurreechane,the  chief  towns,  are  from  600  to  800  miles  from  Cape  Town. 

Map  No.  16.  —  What  countries  lie  south  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ? 
Hs.,  Bfi.,  C.-Cy.,  Ca.  —  What  is  the  most  southern  cape  ?  Ls.  —  Whot 
other  cape  is  there?  G.-He.  —  What  rivers  in  this  region?  Oe.,  Ke., 
G.-Ki.,  S.-La.,  Me.  —  How  long  is  the  first?     What  mountains  ?     Sw. 

—  How  high  are  they?  What  desert  extends  north-west  from  the 
Boshuana  country  ?    "Ch.    This  is  also  called  the  Karri-Harri  Desert. 

—  How  far  is  it  from  the  Cape  Colony  to  the  Swan  River  Colony  ? 
What  is  the  population  of  Kurreechane  ?  Mashow  7  Lattakoo  ? 
Caj»  Town  ?    Graham's  Town  7 


206 


EASTERN    AFRICA. 
1.  Eastern  Africa  comprises  a  vast  extent  of  coast, 
reaching  from  Caffraria  to  Abyssinia,  3000  miles  in  length. 


tentots  7    9.  The  Bushmen  7    10.  Country  of  the  Boshuanas  7    Towns, 
&c.  ?     Herds  of  cattle  7 

Eastern  Africa.  Q.  —  1.  What  does  Eastern  Africa  comprise?    2. 


EASTERN  AFRICA. 


323 


Scarcely  any  part  of  the  world  is  30  imperfectly  known,  as 
the  interior  of  this  region,  or  opposes  so  many  obstacles  to 
the  investigations  of  the  traveller. 

2.  The  states  of  this  territory  are  generally  occupied  by 
dai'k  brown  or  black  nations,  who,  however,  bear  but  little  re- 
semblance to  negroes  except  in  colour.  In  some  of  them,  the 
inhabitants  are  not  entirely  destitute  of  arts  and  industry. 

3.  The  Country  of  the  Somaulies  extends  from  Abyssinia  to  Cape 
Gardafui.  The  people  are  an  active  industrious  race,  who  trade  with 
the  Arabs,  Hindoos,  and  the  interior  tribes.  The  country  is  hilly  and 
beautiful,  and  may  be  considered  as  the  native  region  of  incense,  myrrh, 
and  sweet-smelling  gums.  * 

4.  Berbora  and  Adel  are  the  chief  states  on  the  coast,  of  which  the 
principal  towns  are  Berbora  and  Zoyla ;  Hurrur,  in  the  interior,  is  the 
residence  of  the  Sultan  of  the  Somaulics.  The  inland  country  is  scarcely 
known,  but  appears  to  be  occupied  Uy  the  savage  Galla,  and  by  the  king- 
dom of  Gingiro,  whose  inhabitants  arc  equally  barbarous. 

5.  Ajan,  or  AzANiA,  stretching  southward  from  Cape  Gardufui,  is 
sandy,  hilly,  and,  except  in  the  northern  parts,  barren.  The  want  of 
harbours,  and  the  fierce  character  of  the  inhabitants,  have  prevented  it 
from  being  much  frequented  by  traders. 

6.  Zanguebar  extends  from  Cape  Basaas  to  Cape  Delgado.  It  con- 
tains  several  states,  of  which  Magadoxn,  Mombas,  and  Quiloa,  appear  to 
be  the  chief:  the  latter  is  under  the  control  of  the  Arabs  of  Muscat. 
The  city  of  Melinda,  once  a  handsome  and  important  place,  is  now  in 
ruins,  having  been,  with  the  wiiole  of  its  territory,  desolated  by  tlie 
savage  Galla. 

7.  The  commerce  of  this  region  is  carried  on  principally  by  the  Arabs 
of  Muscat,  who  navigate  vessels  called  dows,  the  planks  of  which,  instead 
of  being  fastened  in  the  usual  manner,  are  sewed  together.  The  ports 
of  Mombas,  Lamoo,  and  Brava,  are  sometimes  visited  by  American  ves< 
eels. 

8.  The  Portuguese  Possessions  commence  at  Cape  Delgado;  the 
authority  of  this  nation  was  once  very  extensive  and  firmly  fixed,  but  it 
is  now  little  more  than  nominal.  Mozambique,  tlie  residence  of  the 
Governor  General,  Quilimane  at  the  n^outh  of  the  Zambeze  river,  and 
Sofala  and  Inhambane,  are  the  chief  stations  on  the  coast ;  those  in  the 
interior  are  Sena,  Tete,  and  Manica.  The  trade,  now  greatly  reduced, 
is  chiefly  in  slaves,  gold,  and  ivory. 

'  9.  Monomotapa,  or  Motapa,  a  once  powerful  empire,  is  now  destroyed ; 
its  territory  is  mostly  occupied  by  the  Maravis,  a  warlike,  plundering 

'-Yhat  is  said  of  its  states  ?  3.  Somaulies  ?  4.  Berbora  and  Adel  ? 
5.  Ajan?  6.  Zanguebar?  7.  Commerce?  8.  What  is  said  of  the 
Portuguese  possessions?  9.  Monomotapa?  10.  The  Bororas,  ^c. 
Cazembe  ? 


'S24 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


tribe,  whose  chief,  called  the  Changamera,  resides  at  Zimbao,  the  ancient 
capital.  Farther  inland  ia  the  country  of  the  Movizas,  an  industrious 
and  peaceable  race. 

10.  The  BoRouAS  and  Makooas  are  populous  tribes  in  the  interior : 
me  latter  are  reported  to  be  cannibals. 

Cazembe,  a  kingdom  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  continent,  is  fertile 
and  populous,  and  subject  to  the  will  of  a  despot;  it  yields  in  abundance 
iron  and  copper,  and  possesses  a  considerable  trade  in  slaves  and  ivory, 

J^Top  No.  16.  —  What  gulf  separates  Berboru  from  Arabia  ?  An.  — 
What  capes  on  the  coast  of  Ajan  ?  Gi.,  Oi.,  Bs,  —  How  far  is  it  trom 
Ajan  to  Ceylon  ?  What  country  of  Zanguebar  lies  north  of  the  Equator  f 
Ma.  —  Which  lie  south  ?  Ma.,  Ms.,  Qa.  —  How  far  from  Zanguebar 
to  Sumatra?  Whtt  rivers  are  in  Zanguebar?  We.,  Oe.  — In  Mo- 
za'nbique?  Ze., Me.  —  What  mountains ?  La.  — Capes?  Do.,Cs.— 
What  channel  separates  Mozambique  from  Madagascar  ?    Me. 


207 


CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

1.  Central  Africa   comprises   all  the  interior  of  the 

ntinent  lying  south  of  the  Great  Desert.     Its  northern  di- 

ision,  Soudan,  or  Nigritia,  has  been  partially  explored  by 

Europeans;    but  the  southern,  called  Ethiopia,   has   never 

been  visited  by  white  men,  and  is,  consequently,  unknown. 

2.  The  principal  river  of  this  region,  the  Niger,  (.called  by  the  natives 

Cintral  Africa.  Q.  —  1.  Describe  Central  Africa.    Northern  division 


CENTRAL   AFRICA. 


325 


Joliba,  or  Quorra)  was  long  a  subject  of  intense  interest  to  the  civilizpj 
world,  in  conscf|iienco  of  tlio  various  opinions  entertained  concerring  if 
Mr.  Park,  in  17U5,  determined  the  upper  part  of  its  course;  and  tb 
lower  purt,  and  termination  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  were  ascertained  \ 
the  brothers  Landers,  in  1830.     It  was  ascended,  a  few  years  since,  b 
two  steain-boats,  lor  a  distance  of  400  miles. 

3.  Soudan  is,  in  most  parts,  fertile  and  populous ;  and  tlio 
inhabitants  generally  excel  those  of  the  coast  in  industry  ond 
intelligence.  It  contains  a  great  number  of  states,  various  in 
extent  and  character. 

4.  Kaarta,  tlio  most  western  state  in  Soudan,  is  a  considerable  kiiii^ 
dorn,  of  moderate  fertility;  the  capital  of  which  is  Kemmoo.  Bouiis 
and  VVasskla  on  the  Niger,  and  Kong  extending  aloqg  the  mountaini 
of  the  eame  name,  are  all  imperfectly  known.  The  first  abounds  ii 
gold,  BEERooand  Massina  on  the  western,  and  Baeooo  on  the  east  sidt 
of  the  Niger,  are  countries  with  which  the  civilized  world  is  acquainted 
only  by  name.  Walet,  the  capital  of  Beeroo,  is  reported  to  curry  on  a 
great  trade  in  salt. 

5.  Bambarra  was,  until  lately,  the  most  important  state  in  this  quar. 
ter ;  but  it  is  now  divided  into  two  distinct  kingdoms.  Lower  Bam- 
barra, the  last  fijrmed  of  the  two,  is  the  most  powerful  state ;  and  is 
governed  by  a  Foulah,  or  Fellata  chief.  Jenne,  the  capital,  is  one  of 
the  most  commercial  towns  in  this  part  of  Africa.  Sego,  the  capital  of 
Upper  or  Old  Bambarra,  stands  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Niger,  and  is 
enclosed  by  a  wall.     The  houses  are  built  of  clay,  and  whitewashed. 

6.  TiMBUCTOo  is  about  8  miles  north  of  the  left  bank  of  the  Niger. 
It  has  for  a  long  time  excited  great  attention,  from  its  supposed  tiches ; 
and  is  the  point  at  which  most  European  travellers  have  aimed  to  arrive. 
M.  Caillie,  who  visited  it  in  1828,  has  dispelled,  in  a  measure,  the 
reputation  it  enjoyed  for  wealth  and  importance. 

7.  The  Fellatas  arc  the  most  powerful  nation  in  the  interior  of 
Africa.  They  are  similar  to  the  Foulahs ;  but  are  more  warlike.  They 
have  conquered  Houssa,  the  most  civilized  country  in  this  quarter ;  also 
several  small  states  on  the  Niger.  Soccatoo  is  their  capital.  Kano  and 
Cashna  are  important  cities  in  Houssa.  Zcgzeg  is  a  fine  fertile  distiict, 
the  capital  of  which  is  Zaria. 

8.  BoussA  and  Youri  are  considerable  towns  on  the  Niger.  The 
former  is  the  capital  of  Borgoo,  a  confederacy  of  states  on  the  same 
river ;  and  Youri  is  the  place  at  which  Mr.  Park  lost  his  life.  Nvffe 
and  Yarriba  are  fertile  and  populous  countries ;  the  people  of  which 
are  the  most  improved  and  industrious  of  all  the  Negro  nations.  Eyeo, 
the  capital  of  Yarriba,  is  said  to  be  15  milos  in  circuit. 

9.  BoRNou  is  one  of  the  most  important  states  of  Soudan.  A  con- 
Southern,  y.  What  is  said  of  the  principal  river  ?  3.  Soudan  ?  4. 
Kaarta,  &c.  ?  5.  Bambarra  ?  6.  Timbuctoo  ?  7.  The  Fellatas  ?  8. 
Boussa,  ifcc.  ?    9.  Bornou?    10.  Beghurnii?    DarkuUa?    Mandara? 


826 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


sidorable  trade  is  carried  on  across  the  Great  Desert  with  Tripoli,  in 
slaves,  ivory,  and  ostrich  feathers.  Kanrm,  lying  north  of  Lake  Tchad, 
is  a  district  dependent  on  Bornou ;  and  furnishes  to  that  country  its 
bravest  and  most  effective  soldiers.  Kouka  is  the  capital,  and  Angornou 
is  the  largest  tovi^n. 

10.  Beqiiarmi,  lying  south-east  of  Lake  Tchad,  is  almost  always  at 
war  with  Bornou.  The  cavalry  of  both  these  nations  cover  themselves, 
and  even  their  horses,  with  iron  armour,  and  fight  with  long  spears. 
Darkulla  is  inhabited  by  a  fierce  i^agan  race,  called  El  Fellati,  who 
fight  with  poisoned  arrows.  Mandara  occupies  a  fine  fertile  valley  con- 
taining several  populous  towns,  of  which  Mora  is  the  chief. 

Ma;?,  iVo.  16.  —  How  is  Soudan  bounded?  What  are  its  rivers? 
Nr.,  Yu.,  Sy.,  Tp.,  Be.  How  long  is  the  first  ?  What  lakes  are  in 
Soudan  ?  Td.,  Fe.,  Do.  How  long  is  the  first  ?  What  mountains  ? 
'Ig.,  Mn.  What  is  the  population  of  Sego?  Jenne?  Timbuctoo? 
Soccatoo?    Kano?    Zaria?    Boussa?    Bornou?    Angcrnou? 


208 


AFRICAN    ISLANDS. 

1.  On  both  sides  of  the  African  continent  are  to  be  found 
a  number  of  single  islands  and  groups  of  islands,  belonging 
principally  to  different  European  powers  ;  most  of  them  are 
populous,  fertile,  and  productive  in  a  variety  of  valuable 
commodirties. 

2.  The  Azores,  or  Western  Isles,  have  a  fine  climate  and  fertile 
soil,  which  produces  abundantly  grain,  wine,  and  fruits  of  various 
kinds.  The  chief  towns  are  Porto  Delgado,  in  St.  Michael's,  and  An- 
gra,  in  Terceira :  the  latter  is  the  capital  of  the  whole  group. 

3.  Madeira  is  a  beautiful,  healthful,  and  fertile  island,  long  cele- 
brated  for  its  excellent  wines,  the  trade  in  which  is  less  important  than 
formerly.    Fuuchal  is  the  capital. 

The  Canary  Islands  are  noted  for  their  wines,  fruits,  and  Canary 
birds.  These  islands  contain  numerous  mountains,  of  which  the  most 
celebrated  is  the  Peak  of  TenerifFe.  Santa  Cruz,  in  the  island  of 
Tenerilfe,  is  the  capital.    Orotava  is  the  largest  town. 

4.  The  Cape  Verde  Islands.  The  climate  of  these  islands  is  hot 
and  unhealthful,  and  the  soil  is  mostly  dry  and  arid.  Many  of  the 
inhabitants  died  of  famine  in  1831,  from  the  effects  of  a  long-continued 
drought.  Fogo,  one  of  the  islands,  contains  an  active  volcano.  Salt, 
goat  skins,  and  some  cotton,  are  the  chief  articles  of  trade.  The  capi« 
tal  is  Porto  Pray  a. 

African  Islands.  Q.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  African  continent?  2. 
Describe  the  Azores.    3.  Madeira  islands.     Canary  islands.    4.  Cape 


AFRICAN  I3LAND3. 


327 


5.  AacENSiON  Island,  now  garrisoned  by  a  small  military  force,  was 
long  uninhabited  and  famous  tor  its  turtle.  St.  Helena  is  a  small  rocky 
island :  it  has  but  one  harbour  and  town  (Jamestown),  and  is  noted  for 
having  been  the  residence  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte  for  six  years:  he 
died  there  in  May,  1821.    In  1840,  his  remains  were  conveyed  to  France. 

6.  The  Ethiopian  Archipelago,  situated  on  the  eastern 
uu      ^[^^?'^'  comprises  Madagascar,  the  Mascarenha,  Sey- 

chelle,  Almirante,  Comoro,  and  some  other  smaller  islands. 

7.  Madagascar  is  the  largest  of  the  African  islands.  It  has  a  health- 
ful climate,  a  fertile  soil,  and  is  said  to  be  rich  in  minerals.  The  inhab- 
itants consist  of  Arabs,  Malays,  and  Negroes.  Some  of  these  cultivate 
the  ground,  and  are  not  destitute  of  arts :  others  are  pirates,  and  commit 
depredations  on  the  neighbouring  islands. 

8.  IMERJNA,  or  the  kingdom  of  the  Ovahs,  the  most  important  state 
m  this  island,  was  founded  by  Radama.  This  prince  received  Christian 
missionaries,  and  endeavoured  to  civilize  his  subjects  by  introducinff 
among  them  European  arts  and  sciences.  He  was  poisoned  by  his  wife 
in  18^a.  bince  his  death,  the  kingdom  has  been  the  scene  of  anarchy 
and  confusion.  Tananarivou  is  the  capital.  Bombetok  Bay,  and  the 
other  bays  and  ports,  are  sometimes  visited  by  American  vessels. 

9.  Eastward  from  Madagascar  are  the  Mascarenha  Islands.  These 
are  Bourbon,  and  Mauritius  or  the  Isle  of  France:  they  are  both  well, 
settled,  fertile  islands,  and  produce  coffee  and  sugar  to  a  great  extent. 
Bourbon  contains  a  volcano  constantly  burning,  which  serves  at  night  as 
a  hght-liouse  to  mariners.    Port  Louis  and  St.  Denis  are  the  chief  towns. 

10.  The  Seychelle  and  Almirante  Islands  are  a  deiiendency  of 
Mauritius:  tf.ey  produce  cotton  and  cocoa-nuts.  The  Comoro  Isles  arp 
mountainous  but  fertile  The  inhabitants  have  been  nearly  all  extir-' 
paled  by  the  ravages  of  the  Madagascar  pirates;  Monfia,  Zanzibar, 
and  Pemba,  are  fertile,  well-settled  islands,  and  belong  to  Muscat.    The 

wmf-S^^w"^^':  "''^^''  ^'•^"'^  °^  *^^  ^^""^  "«»"«.  <^o"t«^ins  about 
10,000  inliabitants.  ^ocotra  is  subject  to  Keshin  in  Arabia,  and  is 
chiefly  noted  for  the  superior  quality  of  its  aloes. 

Map  No  16.-Tell  the  population  of  the  following  islands,  and  the 
nation  to  which  they  belong:  Azores,  Madeira,  Canary,  Cape  Verde, 
Ascension,  St.  Helena,  Mauritius,  Bourbon,  Almirante,  and  Seychelle 
What  IS  the  population  of  Madagascar?  How  long  is  this  island  ? 
Whatis  Its  northern  cape?  Ao.  Southern?  S.-My.  How  far  is  it 
from  Madagascar  to  New  Holland  ?  What  islands  lie  between  Mada- 
gascar  and  Mozambique  ?  Co.  What  islands  belong  to  Muscat  ?  Pa.. 
Zr.,  Ma.    What  island  belongs  to  Keshin  ? 


Verde   Islands. 


EthiQoian 


5.  Ascension  and  St.  Helena. 

A  ml»  1  riri  I  ■>  #>*« 

1 


CGnjpriSC  i 


6.  What  does  the 
What  is  said  of  Madagascar  ? 


fi  T^  •  1  „  i_^e.-  —"!-'* '^  '  «.  ».iiat  m  saiu  ot  madaffascar  / 
8.1merina?  9.  Describe  the  Mascarenha  Islands.  10.  The  Seychelle. 
Ac.    Comoro.    Monfia,  &c.    S«cotra. 


U 


328 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


209 


Inhabitants  of  Oceanica. 


OCEANICA. 

1.  Oceanica  comprises  the  islands  lying  immediately 
south  of  Asia,  together  with  the  greater  part  of  those  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  situated  between  Asia  and  America.  They 
form  three  great  divisions  :  Malaysia,  Australasia,  and  Poly- 
rjesia. 

2.  This  region  extends  from  north  to  south  about  6200 
miles,  and  from  east  to  west  11,000  miles.  It  comprises 
almost  a  third  part  of  the  superficies  of  the  globe,  and  its 
land  area  is  about  one-eleventh  part  of  the  land  surface  of 
the  earth. 

3.  The  discovery  of  this  quarter  of  the  world  commenced  soon  after 
America  was  known  to  Europeans.  Magellan,  the  first  navigator  who 
sailed  round  the  globe,  passed  through  the  strait  which  bears  his  name, 
n»ore  than  300  years  ago,  and  crossed  the  Pacific  Ocean  in  a  direction 
from  south-east  to  north-west. 

4.  After  Magellan,  the  Spaniards,  Dutch,  and  English,  continued  the 
progress  of  discovery.  Of  the  latter,  Captain  James  Cook  contributed 
more  to  our  knowledge  of  the  islands  in  this  quarter,  than  any  other 


Oceanica.  Q.  —  1.     Describe  Oceanica.    2.  Its  extent.    3.  What  is 
said  of  its  discovery,  &c.  ?    4.  What  took  place  after  Magellan  ?  What 


OCEANICA — MALAYSIA. 


820 


individual.  Since  h\i  time,  numerous  navigators  and  whalers,  princi- 
pally  H-nglish,  French,  and  Americans,  have  traversed  the  Pacific  Ocean 
in  ovory  direction,  and  liave  probably  left  but  little  to  be  explored. 

5.  The  islands  of  Oceanica  are  situated  principally  within  the  tropics, 
and  are  exposed  to  a  considerable  degree  of  heat.  The  temperature, 
however,  is  various.  Some  of  them  enjoy  a  delightful  climate,  and  arc 
among  the  most  favoured  and  fertile  countries  on  the  globe. 

6.  Nearly  air  the  large  islands  are  elevated.  Some  contain  mountains 
of  great  altitude.    Volcanoes  are  numerous,  and   occasionally  cause 

.  dreadful  ravages.  The  smaller  islands  are  low,  many  of  them  scarcely 
rising  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  arc  ollen  destitute  of  vcge. 
tation  and  inhabitants :  some  again  are  covered  with  groves  of  cocoa- 
nut  and  other  trees,  and  arc  well  peopled. 

7.  Most  of  the  animals  found  in  these  islands  are  similar  to  those  of 
tJic  south  of  Asia ;  but  there  nro  several  varieties  peculiar  to  this  quar- 
ter, i  he  orang-outang  abounds  in  Borneo,  and  the  Malay  tapir  in 
Java  and  other  islands.  The  kangaroo,  emeu,  duckbill,  and  black 
swan,  exisl  only  in  Australia.  In  Polynesia,  a  species  of  dog  is  fat- 
tencd  and  eaten,  being  considered  a  great  delicacy. 

8.  The  natives  of  Oceanica  are  various  in  manners,  customs,  and 
condition.  1  hey  consist,  for  the  most  part,  of  two  distinct  races,  the 
Malays,  or  brown  variety  of  the  human  family,  and  the  Papuan,  Ori- 
ental, or  Melanesian  Negroes. 

9.  The  Malays  are  found  in  diflferent  stages  of  civilization,  and  com- 
prise  two  distinct  classes,  nobles  and  slaves.  Some  of  them  are  compa- 
ratively improved;  others  are  extremely  barbarous,  and  in  many  in- 
stances  they  are  cannibals.  The  people  of  Polynesia  are  principally 
pagans;  those  of  Malaysia  are  partly  Mahomedans  and  partly  pagans. 

10.  The  Papuans  constitute  a  variety  of  the  black  race.  They  are, 
for  the  most  part,  smaller  in  person,  and  not  so  dark  in  complexion,  as 
tiie  African  negroes.  They  are  generally  destitute  of  clothifig  or  dwell- 
ings, often  live  on  the  most  disgusting  food,  and  are  supposed  to  have 
no  definite  ideas  of  a  Supreme  Being. 


210. 


MALAYSIA. 

1.  Malaysia  deri/es  its  name  from  the  Malays,  the  most 
numerous  people  in  this  region.  It  is  also  called  the  East 
India  Archipelago ;  and  contains  the  islands  of  Sumatra, 
Java,  and  Borneo,  usually  called  the  Sunda  Isles,  together 

is  said  of  Captain  Cook  ?    Since  his  time  ? 


*S"  ■ 


117      ! 


t  a    .rxxiizixaio  : 


o.  itiuuvus  oi  uccanica  / 


5.  The  islands,  &c.  ?    (5. 

,      -,     ,n   T>  «  Oceanica?    9.  ihe  Ma- 

lays?    10.  Papuans  ? 

Malaysia.  Q —  1.  What  is  said  of  Malaysia  ?  What  does  it  contain  t 


330 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


with  Celebes,  the  Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands,  the  Philippine, 
and  some  smaller  groups. 

2  The  climuto  of  Malaysia  is  that  of  the  torrid  zone.  The  soil  is 
highly  prolific,  and  yields  in  abundance  the  most  exquisite  spices  and 
fruits.  The  clove,  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon,  and  pepper,  abound ;  also 
sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  rice,  tobacco,  and  indigo. 

3.  The  commerce  is  extensive,  and  is  carried  on* mostly  by  Eu- 
ropeans  and  Chinese.  The  latter,  in  their  uncouth  vessels,  called  junks, 
trade  in  great  numbers  to  the  different  islands.  Tripang,  sea-slug,  and 
edible  birds'-nests,  luxuries  not  in  use  among  Europeans,  form  import- 
ant  articles  of  tlie  traffic  with  China,  where  they  bear  a  high  price. 


Malays  capturing  a  European  Vessel. 

4.  The  Malays,  the  prevalent  race  in  this  region,  are,  generally,  of 
a  deep-yellow  complexion.  They  are  chiefly  Mahomedans.  Many  of 
them  are  pirates;  and  the  most  daring  attempts  are  often  made  by 
them  to  capture  vessels  of  superior  force.  A  number  of  Chinese  emi- 
grants  have  settled  in  some  of  the  islands  of  this  region,  and  are  noted 
for  their  industrious  and  quiet  habits. 

5.  Sumatra,  the  most  western  of  the  Sunda  Islands,  is  nearly  equal 
in  extent  to  our  Middle  and  Eastern  Stales  united.  It  is  divided  into 
several  petty  native  kingdoms ;  and  is  partly  under  the  dominion  of 
Holland.  Some  of  the  interior  tribes  are  cannibals.  Among  the  Bat- 
tas,  the  punishment  of  several  crimes,  by  their  laws,  is  to  be  eaten  alive. 
They  also  eat  the  prisoners  they  take  in  war. 

6.  Java  is  a  fine  fertile  island,  principally  under  the  control  of  the 
Dutch.  The  natives  are  well  acqurunted  with  many  arts.  They  carry 
on  a  lucrative  trade  with  the  Chinese,  and  profess  the  Hindoo  religion. 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    3.  Commerce  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  the 


MALAYSIA. 


331 


1 

_ 

n  J;tfr  r  '  •  •""  !'^"^  °f  ^^V"^  ""'^  °^  ^^^  ^""^^^  possessions  in  this 
')uarter,  is  lens  important  than  formerly;  but  still  carries  on  an  cxten- 
B.VC  commerce  Cheribon,  Samarang,  apd  Sourabaya.  are  Jhe  other 
Snnh  u''"  Fr''°''"!-     Eastward  from  Java  are  the^Isknds  of  Bally 

8.  Borneo  is  one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the  world.  Its  area  is 
rather  less  than  that  of  the  Southern  States,  including  Florida.  The 
u4.nr  '^r"P''*^  bya  n„„,ber  of  rude,  ferocious  tribes,  between 
whom  and  the  people  of  the  coast  there  is  constant  war.  Among  the 
Uyaks  one  of  the  inland  tribes,  an  individual  cannot  obtain  a  wife,  or 
aspire  to  the  distmction  of  manhood,  until  he  can  show  the  head  of,  at 
least,  one  enemy,  as  a  proof  of  his  prowess.  Gold  and  diamonds  ire 
found  in  considerable  quantities.  The  principal  trade  is  at  Benjarmassin. 

9.  Iinmediately  eastward  of  Borneo  are  the  Sooloo  Islands.     The 
nhabitants,  al    pirates,  are  the  Algerines  of  the  eastern  seas.    Celebes 

« J'  f  ^n  ^"f^'Vtr'^-  ^''^  inhabitants,  called  Macassars,  and  Bugis, 
nn  f.^  i^-  'f  ^v  *°  ^r "'  °^  '^'^""'^-  '^^«  ^°'"*'n  '"ingl*^  «-eei; in 
stations  ""'^  ^''''"  sometimes  elevated  to  h?gh  political 

10.  The  Spice  Islands,  or  Moluccas,  produce  the  precious  spices, 
cloves,  nutmegs,  and  mace.  Gilolo,  Ceram,  Bouro,  Banda,  and  Ambov- 
na,  are  the  principal  islands.  Nassau,  a  small  town  on  the  island  of 
^cira,  IS  the  residence  of  the  Dutch  governor. 

11.  The  PniLimNE  Islands  form  an  extensive  group  of  two  larire 
and  a  number  of  small  islands.  They  are  very  rich  in  naturaf  r^e! 
sources,  and  furnish  many  valuable  articles  of  commerce.  They 
belong  to  Spain;  but  the  inhabitants  are  chiefly  of  the  native  races, 
i  .igalas,  Bisayas,  jtc.  Among  some  of  these  are  several  small  inde 
pendent  states.  Manilla,  the  capital  of  all  the  Spanish  colonies  in  the 
east,  IS  a  large  and  Hourishing  city.  It  is  the  centre  of  an  extensive 
commerce,  and  its  harbour  is  thronged  with  European,  American  and 
Chinese  vessels.  This  city  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island  of  Luzon 

•  ■^f^^r,^"- 18. —  What  great  circle  passes  through  the  middle  of  Malav- 

uJ.  ?  r Ji"  T  T  '""'  f  ^r^T'"-  ^  '^^'  -  "°^  l°"ff  i^  Sumatra  ? 
i'Z?  A^if'\\  ^"'?.-  ^^i^d^ao?  How  long  and  wide  is  Bor. 
noo?  What  IS  the  population  of  Sumatra?  Java?  Borneo  ?  Celebes ? 
Philippine  Islands  Manilla?  Batavia?  Samarang  ?  Acheen  ? 
Palambang  ?  What  strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Malacca  ?  Ma.  — 
Sumatra  from  Java?  S^  -  Borneo  from  Celebes  ?  Mr.-Howwide 
are  the  straits  of  Sunda  f  "w  wiu« 


Malays?    5.  Sumatra? 
loo  Is.?    10.  Spice  Is.  ? 


G.Java?    7.  Batavia?    8.  Borneo?    P.  Sno= 
1 1.  Philippine  Is.  ?    Manilla  ? 


832 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 
211  


Convicts  landing  at  Botany  Bay. 

AUSTRALASIA. 

1.  Australasia  comprises  a  number  of  islands  lying 
south-eastward  from  Malaysia:  of  these,  Australia  or  New 
Holland,  New  Guinea,  and  New  Zealand,  are  the  most  exten- 
sive. The  inhabitants  belong  chiefly  to  the  black  race  called 
Papuan  Negroes,  and  are  among  the  most  degraded  of  the 
human  family. 

2.  Australia,  formerly  called  New  Holland,  is  the  largest  island  in 
the  world.  It  is  claimed  by  the  British  g;overnment,  who  have  laid  it 
ofF  into  three  great  divisions :  viz.  New  South  Wales,  South  Australia, 
and  West  Australia.  The  Blue  Mountains  are  the  highest  range,  and 
the  Murray  the  largest  river,  yet  discovered  in  this  island. 

3.  The  aborigines  of 
Australia  are  very  rude 
and  degraded  :  those  in 
the  interior  exist  on  roots, 
grubs,  worms,  and  what 
little  they  kill  in  the 
chase.  Those  on  the 
coast  live  mostly  on  fish- 
ing, yet  their  canoes  are 
of  the  rudest  description. 


Native  on  his  Log. 


Australasia.  Q. —  1.  What  is  said  of  Australasia? 
Its  three   great  divisions,  &c.  ? 


3.  Describe    the    aborigines. 


2.  Australia? 
4 


AUSTRALASIA. 


3a3 


some  are  merely  a  lar^o  piece  of  bnrk  fi)lded  and  tied  up  at  ench  end, 
and  some  only  a  log  on  which  they  sit  uiid  guide  with  their  hands. 

4.  In  the  south-east  piirt  of  Australia  is  the  Botany  Bay  Colony, 
founded  in  1787  :  to  this  place  many  thousands  of  criminulu  have  been 
banished  from  Great  Britain.  The  bulk  of  the  population  is,  however, 
formed  of  free  selllers :  to  these,  the  convicts,  as  they  arrive,  are  appor- 
tioned as  labourers  during  the  period  for  which  they  were  sentenced. 

5.  The  Colony  extends  along  the  coast  about  three  hundred  miles  :  it 
is  divided  into  a  number  of  counties,  and  contains  several  towns :  Syd- 
Jiey,  the  capital,  has  a  good  harbour,  with  considerable  commerce. 

'I'ho  country  is  in  general  better  adapted  for  grazing  than  tillage; 
fihccp  are  abundant,  and  their  wool  fbrmd  a  large  part  of  the  exports : 
wheat,  Indian-corn,  and  potatoes,  arc  the  principal  products, 

6.  In  VVest  Australia  is  the  Swan  Rivkr  Coi.ony  :  several  towns  have 
been  laid  out,  but  no  great  improvement  has  yet  taken  place.  The 
Colony  of  South  Australia  has  been  lately  established,  and  several 
thousand  emigrants  from  England  are  settled  there.  Adelaide  is  the 
chief  town.  Melbourne,  Austraiind,  and  Victoria,  are  small  settlements 
recently  established. 

7.  Van  Diemen's  Land,  or  Tasmania,  settled  in  1804,  is  nearly  equal 
in  size  to  South  Carolina.  The  climate  is  colder,  but  the  productions 
are  nearly  the  same  as  in  the  other  colonies.  About  one-third  of  the 
population  are  convicts.     Hobart  Town  is  the  capital. 

8.  New  Zealand  comprises  two  large  and  one  small  island.  The 
area  of  the  whole  somewhat  exceeds  t!iut  of  the  State  of  Virginia.  The 
soil  is  fertile,  and  produces  Indian-corn,  yams,  potatoes,  and  a  species 
of  strong  and  serviceable  flax.  The  natives  are  a  finely  formed  race 
of  savages,  but  very  warlike  and  ferocious. 

9.  Tattooing  is  practised  to  a  great  extent  amongst  them,  and  the 
faces  of  the  chiefs  are  often  entirely  covered  over  with  various  regular 

figures.  In  the  northern  island,  owing  to  exer- 
tions of  the  missionaries,  many  of  the  tribes 
have  become  improved,  and  wars  are  much  less 
frequent  than  formerly,  'i  iiis  part  of  New 
Zealand  has  been  lately  annexed  to  the  British 
Empire.  The  towns  of  Auckland,  Wellimrton, 
and  New  Plymouth,  have  been  founded  by  ling- 
lish  settlers.    The  first  is  tlie  capital. 

10.  Papua,  or  New  Guinea,  if  believed  to  be 
one  of  the  most  fertile  countries  in  the  world, 
but  the  interior  parts  have  never  been  explored. 
LouisiADE,  New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  Solo- 
mon's Archipelago,  the  New  Hebrides,  and  New  Caledonia,  occupy 
the  north-east  part  of  Australia,  and  are  but  little  known.     The  inhabi- 

Botany  Bay  Colony.  5.  What  is  said  of  it?  Country,  ifec;  ?  6=  Swan 
River  Colony  ?  South  Australia  ?  7.  Van  Diemen's  Land  ?  8.  New  Zca- 
land  ?  9.  What  is  said  of  tattooing  ?  10.  Of  Papua,  &c.  ?  Louisiade,  &c.  ? 


New  Zealand  Chief. 


1      ! 


384 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


tantfl  of  these  islands,  liko  all  savages,  are  divided  into  petty  tribes,  and 
are  at  constant  war  with  each  other. 


Map  No.  IS. — What  great  circle  forms  the  north  boundary  of 
Australasia  ?  Er.  —  What  tropic  crosses  Australia  7  Cn.  —  In  what 
zones  is  Australasia  ?  Td,,  S..Te.  —  How  long  and  wide  are  Australia 
und  Van  Diemcn's  Land?  How  long  are  New  Guinea  and  the  two 
largest  i»«!and3  of  New  Zealand  ?  What  strait  separates  Australia  und 
New  Guinea  7  Ts.  —  Australia  and  Van  Diemen's  Land  7  JJs.  —  How 
wide  are  they  7  What  island  is  inhabited  by  convicts  from  New  South 
Wales?  Nk.  — What  is  the  population  of  the  liotany  Bay  Colony  7 
Van  Diemen's  Land  7  South  Australia?  New  Hebrides?  NewCaledonia? 
Swan  River  Colony?  Sydney?  HobartTown?  How  far  is  it  from  Hobart 
Town  to  London  7    To  New  York  7    Name  the  New  Zealand  Isles.* 

212  


Sandwich  Islanders  burning  an  Idol. 

POLYNESIA. 

1.  Polynesia  comprises  the  numerous  groups  of  islands 
situated  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  between  Malaysia,  Australasia, 
and  South  America.  The  climate  of  this  region  is  similar  to 
that  of  the  West  Indies,  but  is  more  mild  and  regular. 

2.  The  most  useful  products  of  Pol5'nesia  are  the  brcad- 
IVuit,  yams,  taro  root,  sweet  potatoes,  plantains,  bananas,  and 
cocoa-nuts,  besides  various  fruits,  comprising  oranges,  limes, 
citrons,  pine-apples,  guavas,  figs,  &c. 

Polynesia.  Q.  —  1.  Describe  Polynesia.    2.  Products.    3.  The  peo- 
*  Seo  tho  account  on  Map  18,  near  New  Zealand. 


POLYNESIA. 


335 


3.  The  people  of  Polynesia  arc  in  general  n-.lld  nnd  gentle,  yet  fierce 
and  warlike  when  Btimulutcd  by  some  particular  object;  nnd  their  con- 
tests have  been  carried  on  with  such  ferocity,  that  Honio  islands  have 
been  entirely  depopulated;  they  were  much  addicted  to  various  cruel 
and  barbarous  customs,  to  which  their  native  religion  gave  full  sanction, 
of  whicli  the  sacrificing  of  human  beings,  the  eating  of  human  flesh, 
nnd  the  murder  of  infanta,  were  common.  These  practices,  though  not 
BO  general  as  formerly,  have  not  entirely  ceased. 

4.  The  Ladrone  Islands  were  the  first  known  to  Europeans  of  any 
in  this  region,  having  been  discovered  by  Magellan  in  ISlii.  Tlio  ori- 
ginal inhabitants  have  been  nearly  all  exterminated  by  the  Spaniards. 

The  Caroline  Islands  arc  but  little  known,  being  situated  in  a  tem- 
pestuous ucean  and  exposed  to  furious  hurricanes.  Those  islands,  with 
the  Ladrones,  both  belong  to  Spain. 

5.  The  Sandwich  Islands  are  the  most  important  and  interesting 
of  this  region.  Hawaii  or  Owhyhce  is  the  largest  of  the  group :  its 
urea  is  nearly  equal  to  that  of  the  State  of  Connecticut. 

The  people  in  1819  destroyed  their  idols  and  embraced  Christianity. 

6.  A  number  of  missionaries  from  the  United  States  are  residing 
here,  and  a  large  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  have  been  taught  reading, 
writing,  and  arithmetic.  Churches  have  been  erected :  the  press  bae 
been  for  some  time  in  operation,  at  which  schopl-books.  the  Scriotures 
newspapers,  &.c.  arc  printed  in  the  language  of  the  country. 

7.  Honolulu,  in  the  island  of  Oahu,  is  the  capital  of  the  Sandwich 
Islands;  it  contains  about  7000  inhabitants,  of  whom  300  are  Americans 
and  English.  Many  American  and  European  ships  are  always  in  port, 
and  a  confiiderable  number  of  small  vessels  belong  to  the  natives.  La- 
heina,  on  the  island  of  Maui,  is  also  a  considerable  town. 

8.  The  Mendana  AncniPELAOo  comprises  the  Marquesas  and  Wash- 
ington islands:  they  are  very  fertile,  and  furnish  food  to  the  inhabitants 
almost  without  labour ;  the  people  are  among  the  most  finely  formed  of 
any  known  race,  and  are  but  little  darker  than  Southern  Europeans. 

9.  The  Society  and  Georgian  Islands  are  remarkable  for  being  the 
first  in  Polynesia,  of  which  the  inhabitants  embraced  Christianity. 
Otaheite,  or  Tahiti,  the  largest  of  the  Georgian  islands,  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  this  quarter  of  the  world.  Dancing,  once  the  chief  amusement 
of  the  people,  was  performed  on  all  occasions  of  pleasure,  worship,  state, 
or  ceremony,  but  is  now  less  practised  than  formerly. 

'  The  Pearl  or  Pactmotu  Islands  are  a  numerous  range  of  small 
islands;  they  are  but  little  known,  and  many  of  them  are  uninhabited. 
The  Austral,  Hervey,  and  Palliser  Islands  are  situated  at  various 
distances  from  Otaheite ;  the  people  speak  a  language  similar  to  that 
of  the  Otaheiteans,  and  have  all  been  converted  to  Christianity  by  the 
missionaries. 


plo,^  A-c.  ^  4.  Ladrone.  Caroline.  5.  Sandwich  islands.  6.  What  is 
Buid  of  the  missionaries  ?  v.  Ilonoiuiu  ?  b.  Mendana  Archipelago  ? 
9.  Society  and  Georgian  Is.?    Pearl?    Austral,  &,c.7    10.  Friendly 


li 


}-^ 


SS6 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Otabeitean  Dance. 

10.  The  Friendly  Islands  comprise  the  Navigator's,  Tonga,  Habaai, 
and  Feejee  islands ;  the  inhabitants  of  the  latter  are  the  most  ferocious 
and  savage  of  any  in  Polynesia;  they  are  large  and  muscular,  and  of 
very  dark  complexions.  In  the  Tonga  and  Habaai  islands,  upwards 
of  2,000  children  are  instructed  in  the  schools,  and  the  church  numbers 
upwards  of  1,100  native  members. 

11.  Pitcairn's  Island  is  settled  by  the  descendants  of  the  mutineers 
of  the  sljip  Bounty :  the  inhabitants  are  an  amiable,  religious,  and 
moral  people,  and  speak  the  English  language.  The  Central  Archi- 
pelago, and  the  Archipelagoes  of  Magellan  and  Anson,  are  composed 
of  a  number  of  small  islands :  they  are  but  little  known,  and  are  seldom 
visited. 

The  Bonin  Islands  are  settled  by  a  colony  comprising  a  few  Ameri. 
can  and  English  sailors,  who  took  wives  with  them  from  the  Sandwich 
islands. 


Ma^  No.  18.  —  What  great  circles  pass  through  Polynesia  ?  T..Cr., 
Er.,  r.-Cn.  —  What  zones  is  Polynesia  in?  N.-Te.,  Td.,  S-Te.— 
What  is  the  population  of  the  Sandwich  islands?  Washington  Is.? 
Marquesas  Is.?  Society  and  Georgian  Is.?  Paumotu  Is.?  Cook's 
Is.  ?  Austral  Is.  ?  Navigator's  Is.  ?  Vavou  ?  Habaai  Is.  ?  Tonga  Is.  f 
I-eejeels.?  Gambierls.?  Pitcairn's  L?  Easter  I.?  How  far  is  it  from 
the  Sandwich  Islands  to  London  ?  To  New  York  ?  To  the  coast  of' 
Mexico?  To  the  Columbia  River?  To  China  ?  From  the  Marquesas 
to  the  coast  of  Peru  ?  What  islands  have  been  converted  to  the  Christian 
religion  ?  Which  have  been  partially  converted  ?  How  many  miles  does 
the  Pacific  ocean  extend  Irom  east  to  west  ?    From  north  to  soutli  ? 

Mlands  ?    Tonga,  &c.  ?    11.  Pitcairn's  island  ?    Centrnl  Archipelairo, 
CLO.i    Bonin  islauds  ? 

THE  END. 


